Initial import of kinetic-animations branch from the old kinetic

repository to the new repository

74 files changed, 34480 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/kernel.pri b/src/corelib/kernel/kernel.pri
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b34e59d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/kernel.pri
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+# Qt core object module
+
+HEADERS += \
+	kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher.h \
+        kernel/qabstractitemmodel.h \
+        kernel/qabstractitemmodel_p.h \
+	kernel/qbasictimer.h \
+	kernel/qeventloop.h\
+	kernel/qpointer.h \
+        kernel/qcorecmdlineargs_p.h \
+	kernel/qcoreapplication.h \
+	kernel/qcoreevent.h \
+	kernel/qmetaobject.h \
+	kernel/qmetatype.h \
+	kernel/qmimedata.h \
+	kernel/qobject.h \
+	kernel/qobjectdefs.h \
+	kernel/qsignalmapper.h \
+	kernel/qsocketnotifier.h \
+	kernel/qtimer.h \
+	kernel/qtranslator.h \
+        kernel/qtranslator_p.h \
+        kernel/qvariant.h \
+	kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher_p.h \
+	kernel/qcoreapplication_p.h \
+	kernel/qobjectcleanuphandler.h \
+        kernel/qvariant_p.h \
+        kernel/qmetaobject_p.h \
+        kernel/qobject_p.h \
+	kernel/qcoreglobaldata_p.h \
+	kernel/qsharedmemory.h \
+        kernel/qsharedmemory_p.h \
+        kernel/qsystemsemaphore.h \
+        kernel/qsystemsemaphore_p.h \
+        kernel/qfunctions_p.h
+
+SOURCES += \
+	kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher.cpp \
+        kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp \
+	kernel/qbasictimer.cpp \
+	kernel/qeventloop.cpp \
+	kernel/qcoreapplication.cpp \
+	kernel/qcoreevent.cpp \
+	kernel/qmetaobject.cpp \
+	kernel/qmetatype.cpp \
+	kernel/qmimedata.cpp \
+	kernel/qobject.cpp \
+	kernel/qobjectcleanuphandler.cpp \
+	kernel/qsignalmapper.cpp \
+	kernel/qsocketnotifier.cpp \
+	kernel/qtimer.cpp \
+	kernel/qtranslator.cpp \
+	kernel/qvariant.cpp \
+	kernel/qcoreglobaldata.cpp \
+	kernel/qsharedmemory.cpp \
+	kernel/qsystemsemaphore.cpp
+        
+win32 {
+	SOURCES += \
+		kernel/qeventdispatcher_win.cpp \
+		kernel/qcoreapplication_win.cpp \
+		kernel/qwineventnotifier_p.cpp \
+                kernel/qsharedmemory_win.cpp \
+                kernel/qsystemsemaphore_win.cpp
+	HEADERS += \
+		kernel/qeventdispatcher_win_p.h \
+		kernel/qwineventnotifier_p.h
+}
+
+
+wince*: {
+	SOURCES += \
+		kernel/qfunctions_wince.cpp
+	HEADERS += \
+		kernel/qfunctions_wince.h
+}
+
+mac:!embedded {
+    SOURCES += \
+        kernel/qcoreapplication_mac.cpp
+}
+
+mac {
+       SOURCES += \
+		kernel/qcore_mac.cpp
+}
+
+unix {
+	SOURCES += \
+                kernel/qcrashhandler.cpp \
+                kernel/qsharedmemory_unix.cpp \
+                kernel/qsystemsemaphore_unix.cpp
+	HEADERS += \
+		kernel/qcrashhandler_p.h
+
+        contains(QT_CONFIG, glib) {
+            SOURCES += \
+                kernel/qeventdispatcher_glib.cpp
+            HEADERS += \
+                kernel/qeventdispatcher_glib_p.h
+            QMAKE_CXXFLAGS += $$QT_CFLAGS_GLIB
+            LIBS +=$$QT_LIBS_GLIB
+        }
+            SOURCES += \
+                kernel/qeventdispatcher_unix.cpp
+            HEADERS += \
+                kernel/qeventdispatcher_unix_p.h
+
+   contains(QT_CONFIG, clock-gettime):include($$QT_SOURCE_TREE/config.tests/unix/clock-gettime/clock-gettime.pri)
+}
+
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51fde17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,461 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qabstracteventdispatcher.h"
+#include "qabstracteventdispatcher_p.h"
+
+#include "qthread.h"
+#include <private/qthread_p.h>
+#include <private/qcoreapplication_p.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+// we allow for 2^24 = 8^8 = 16777216 simultaneously running timers
+enum { NumberOfBuckets = 8, FirstBucketSize = 8 };
+
+static const int BucketSize[NumberOfBuckets] =
+    { 8, 64, 512, 4096, 32768, 262144, 2097152, 16777216 - 2396744 };
+static const int BucketOffset[NumberOfBuckets] =
+    { 0,  8,  72,  584,  4680,  37448,  299592,  2396744 };
+
+static int FirstBucket[FirstBucketSize] = { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 };
+static QBasicAtomicPointer<int> timerIds[NumberOfBuckets] =
+    { Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(FirstBucket),
+      Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(0),
+      Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(0),
+      Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(0),
+      Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(0),
+      Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(0),
+      Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(0),
+      Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(0) };
+
+static void timerIdsDestructorFunction()
+{
+    // start at one, the first bucket is pre-allocated
+    for (int i = 1; i < NumberOfBuckets; ++i)
+        delete [] static_cast<int *>(timerIds[i]);
+}
+Q_DESTRUCTOR_FUNCTION(timerIdsDestructorFunction)
+
+static QBasicAtomicInt nextFreeTimerId = Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(1);
+
+// avoid the ABA-problem by using 7 of the top 8 bits of the timerId as a serial number
+static inline int prepareNewValueWithSerialNumber(int oldId, int newId)
+{
+    return (newId & 0x00FFFFFF) | ((oldId + 0x01000000) & 0x7f000000);
+}
+
+static inline int bucketOffset(int timerId)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < NumberOfBuckets; ++i) {
+        if (timerId < BucketSize[i])
+            return i;
+        timerId -= BucketSize[i];
+    }
+    qFatal("QAbstractEventDispatcher: INTERNAL ERROR, timer ID %d is too large", timerId);
+    return -1;
+}
+
+static inline int bucketIndex(int bucket, int timerId)
+{
+    return timerId - BucketOffset[bucket];
+}
+
+static inline int *allocateBucket(int bucket)
+{
+    // allocate a new bucket
+    const int size = BucketSize[bucket];
+    const int offset = BucketOffset[bucket];
+    int *b = new int[size];
+    for (int i = 0; i != size; ++i)
+        b[i] = offset + i + 1;
+    return b;
+}
+
+void QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate::init()
+{
+    Q_Q(QAbstractEventDispatcher);
+    if (threadData->eventDispatcher != 0) {
+        qWarning("QAbstractEventDispatcher: An event dispatcher has already been created for this thread");
+    } else {
+        threadData->eventDispatcher = q;
+    }
+}
+
+int QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate::allocateTimerId()
+{
+    int timerId, newTimerId;
+    do {
+        timerId = nextFreeTimerId;
+
+        // which bucket are we looking in?
+        int which = timerId & 0x00ffffff;
+        int bucket = bucketOffset(which);
+        int at = bucketIndex(bucket, which);
+        int *b = timerIds[bucket];
+
+        if (!b) {
+            // allocate a new bucket
+            b = allocateBucket(bucket);
+            if (!timerIds[bucket].testAndSetRelease(0, b)) {
+                // another thread won the race to allocate the bucket
+                delete [] b;
+                b = timerIds[bucket];
+            }
+        }
+
+        newTimerId = b[at];
+    } while (!nextFreeTimerId.testAndSetRelaxed(timerId, newTimerId));
+
+    return timerId;
+}
+
+void QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate::releaseTimerId(int timerId)
+{
+    int which = timerId & 0x00ffffff;
+    int bucket = bucketOffset(which);
+    int at = bucketIndex(bucket, which);
+    int *b = timerIds[bucket];
+
+    int freeId, newTimerId;
+    do {
+        freeId = nextFreeTimerId;
+        b[at] = freeId & 0x00ffffff;
+
+        newTimerId = prepareNewValueWithSerialNumber(freeId, timerId);
+    } while (!nextFreeTimerId.testAndSetRelease(freeId, newTimerId));
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QAbstractEventDispatcher
+    \brief The QAbstractEventDispatcher class provides an interface to manage Qt's event queue.
+
+    \ingroup application
+    \ingroup events
+
+    An event dispatcher receives events from the window system and other
+    sources. It then sends them to the QCoreApplication or QApplication
+    instance for processing and delivery. QAbstractEventDispatcher provides
+    fine-grained control over event delivery.
+
+    For simple control of event processing use
+    QCoreApplication::processEvents().
+
+    For finer control of the application's event loop, call
+    instance() and call functions on the QAbstractEventDispatcher
+    object that is returned. If you want to use your own instance of
+    QAbstractEventDispatcher or of a QAbstractEventDispatcher
+    subclass, you must create your instance \e before you create the
+    QApplication object.
+
+    The main event loop is started by calling
+    QCoreApplication::exec(), and stopped by calling
+    QCoreApplication::exit(). Local event loops can be created using
+    QEventLoop.
+
+    Programs that perform long operations can call processEvents()
+    with a bitwise OR combination of various QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlag
+    values to control which events should be delivered.
+
+    QAbstractEventDispatcher also allows the integration of an
+    external event loop with the Qt event loop. For example, the
+    \l{Qt Solutions}{Motif Extension Qt Solution} includes a
+    reimplementation of QAbstractEventDispatcher that merges Qt and
+    Motif events together.
+
+    \sa QEventLoop, QCoreApplication
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new event dispatcher with the given \a parent.
+*/
+QAbstractEventDispatcher::QAbstractEventDispatcher(QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(*new QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate, parent)
+{
+    Q_D(QAbstractEventDispatcher);
+    d->init();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+QAbstractEventDispatcher::QAbstractEventDispatcher(QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate &dd,
+                                                   QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(dd, parent)
+{
+    Q_D(QAbstractEventDispatcher);
+    d->init();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the event dispatcher.
+*/
+QAbstractEventDispatcher::~QAbstractEventDispatcher()
+{ }
+
+/*!
+    Returns a pointer to the event dispatcher object for the specified
+    \a thread. If \a thread is zero, the current thread is used. If no
+    event dispatcher exists for the specified thread, this function
+    returns 0.
+
+    \bold{Note:} If Qt is built without thread support, the \a thread
+    argument is ignored.
+ */
+QAbstractEventDispatcher *QAbstractEventDispatcher::instance(QThread *thread)
+{
+    QThreadData *data = thread ? QThreadData::get2(thread) : QThreadData::current();
+    return data->eventDispatcher;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QAbstractEventDispatcher::processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags)
+
+    Processes pending events that match \a flags until there are no
+    more events to process. Returns true if an event was processed;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    This function is especially useful if you have a long running
+    operation and want to show its progress without allowing user
+    input; i.e. by using the QEventLoop::ExcludeUserInputEvents flag.
+
+    If the QEventLoop::WaitForMoreEvents flag is set in \a flags, the
+    behavior of this function is as follows:
+
+    \list
+
+    \i If events are available, this function returns after processing
+    them.
+
+    \i If no events are available, this function will wait until more
+    are available and return after processing newly available events.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    If the QEventLoop::WaitForMoreEvents flag is not set in \a flags,
+    and no events are available, this function will return
+    immediately.
+
+    \bold{Note:} This function does not process events continuously; it
+    returns after all available events are processed.
+
+    \sa hasPendingEvents()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QAbstractEventDispatcher::hasPendingEvents()
+
+    Returns true if there is an event waiting; otherwise returns
+    false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractEventDispatcher::registerSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *notifier)
+
+    Registers \a notifier with the event loop. Subclasses must
+    implement this method to tie a socket notifier into another
+    event loop.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QAbstractEventDispatcher::unregisterSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *notifier)
+
+    Unregisters \a notifier from the event dispatcher. Subclasses must
+    reimplement this method to tie a socket notifier into another
+    event loop. Reimplementations must call the base
+    implementation.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QAbstractEventDispatcher::registerTimer(int interval, QObject *object)
+
+    Registers a timer with the specified \a interval for the given \a object.
+*/
+int QAbstractEventDispatcher::registerTimer(int interval, QObject *object)
+{
+    int id = QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate::allocateTimerId();
+    registerTimer(id, interval, object);
+    return id;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractEventDispatcher::registerTimer(int timerId, int interval, QObject *object)
+
+    Register a timer with the specified \a timerId and \a interval for
+    the given \a object.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QAbstractEventDispatcher::unregisterTimer(int timerId)
+
+    Unregisters the timer with the given \a timerId.
+    Returns true if successful; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa registerTimer(), unregisterTimers()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QAbstractEventDispatcher::unregisterTimers(QObject *object)
+
+    Unregisters all the timers associated with the given \a object.
+    Returns true if all timers were successful removed; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa unregisterTimer(), registeredTimers()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<TimerInfo> QAbstractEventDispatcher::registeredTimers(QObject *object) const
+
+    Returns a list of registered timers for \a object. The timer ID
+    is the first member in each pair; the interval is the second.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QAbstractEventDispatcher::wakeUp()
+    \threadsafe
+
+    Wakes up the event loop.
+
+    \sa awake()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractEventDispatcher::interrupt()
+
+    Interrupts event dispatching; i.e. the event dispatcher will
+    return from processEvents() as soon as possible.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QAbstractEventDispatcher::flush()
+
+    Flushes the event queue. This normally returns almost
+    immediately. Does nothing on platforms other than X11.
+*/
+
+// ### DOC: Are these called when the _application_ starts/stops or just
+// when the current _event loop_ starts/stops?
+/*! \internal */
+void QAbstractEventDispatcher::startingUp()
+{ }
+
+/*! \internal */
+void QAbstractEventDispatcher::closingDown()
+{ }
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QAbstractEventDispatcher::TimerInfo
+
+    Typedef for QPair<int, int>. The first component of
+    the pair is the timer ID; the second component is
+    the interval.
+
+    \sa registeredTimers()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QAbstractEventDispatcher::EventFilter
+
+    Typedef for a function with the signature
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qabstracteventdispatcher.cpp 0
+
+    \sa setEventFilter(), filterEvent()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the event filter \a filter. Returns a pointer to the filter
+    function previously defined.
+
+    The event filter is a function that receives all messages taken
+    from the system event loop before the event is dispatched to the
+    respective target. This includes messages that are not sent to Qt
+    objects.
+
+    The function can return true to stop the event to be processed by
+    Qt, or false to continue with the standard event processing.
+
+    Only one filter can be defined, but the filter can use the return
+    value to call the previously set event filter. By default, no
+    filter is set (i.e. the function returns 0).
+*/
+QAbstractEventDispatcher::EventFilter QAbstractEventDispatcher::setEventFilter(EventFilter filter)
+{
+    Q_D(QAbstractEventDispatcher);
+    EventFilter oldFilter = d->event_filter;
+    d->event_filter = filter;
+    return oldFilter;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sends \a message through the event filter that was set by
+    setEventFilter().  If no event filter has been set, this function
+    returns false; otherwise, this function returns the result of the
+    event filter function.
+
+    Subclasses of QAbstractEventDispatcher \e must call this function
+    for \e all messages received from the system to ensure
+    compatibility with any extensions that may be used in the
+    application.
+
+    \sa setEventFilter()
+*/
+bool QAbstractEventDispatcher::filterEvent(void *message)
+{
+    Q_D(QAbstractEventDispatcher);
+    if (d->event_filter)
+        return d->event_filter(message);
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QAbstractEventDispatcher::awake()
+
+    This signal is emitted after the event loop returns from a
+    function that could block.
+
+    \sa wakeUp() aboutToBlock()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QAbstractEventDispatcher::aboutToBlock()
+
+    This signal is emitted before the event loop calls a function that
+    could block.
+
+    \sa awake()
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7daeaad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QABSTRACTEVENTDISPATCHER_H
+#define QABSTRACTEVENTDISPATCHER_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+#include <QtCore/qeventloop.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+class QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate;
+class QSocketNotifier;
+template <typename T1, typename T2> struct QPair;
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QAbstractEventDispatcher : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QAbstractEventDispatcher)
+
+public:
+    typedef QPair<int, int> TimerInfo;
+
+    explicit QAbstractEventDispatcher(QObject *parent = 0);
+    ~QAbstractEventDispatcher();
+
+    static QAbstractEventDispatcher *instance(QThread *thread = 0);
+
+    virtual bool processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags) = 0;
+    virtual bool hasPendingEvents() = 0;
+
+    virtual void registerSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *notifier) = 0;
+    virtual void unregisterSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *notifier) = 0;
+
+    int registerTimer(int interval, QObject *object);
+    virtual void registerTimer(int timerId, int interval, QObject *object) = 0;
+    virtual bool unregisterTimer(int timerId) = 0;
+    virtual bool unregisterTimers(QObject *object) = 0;
+    virtual QList<TimerInfo> registeredTimers(QObject *object) const = 0;
+
+    virtual void wakeUp() = 0;
+    virtual void interrupt() = 0;
+    virtual void flush() = 0;
+
+    virtual void startingUp();
+    virtual void closingDown();
+
+    typedef bool(*EventFilter)(void *message);
+    EventFilter setEventFilter(EventFilter filter);
+    bool filterEvent(void *message);
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void aboutToBlock();
+    void awake();
+
+protected:
+    QAbstractEventDispatcher(QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate &,
+                             QObject *parent);
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QABSTRACTEVENTDISPATCHER_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7909ab4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstracteventdispatcher_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QABSTRACTEVENTDISPATCHER_P_H
+#define QABSTRACTEVENTDISPATCHER_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists purely as an
+// implementation detail.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "QtCore/qabstracteventdispatcher.h"
+#include "private/qobject_p.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate : public QObjectPrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QAbstractEventDispatcher)
+public:
+    inline QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate()
+        : event_filter(0)
+    { }
+    void init();
+    QAbstractEventDispatcher::EventFilter event_filter;
+
+    static int allocateTimerId();
+    static void releaseTimerId(int id);
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QABSTRACTEVENTDISPATCHER_P_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd0e105
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2783 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qabstractitemmodel.h"
+#include <private/qabstractitemmodel_p.h>
+#include <qdatastream.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+#include <qsize.h>
+#include <qmimedata.h>
+#include <qdebug.h>
+#include <qvector.h>
+#include <qstack.h>
+#include <qbitarray.h>
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QPersistentModelIndexData *QPersistentModelIndexData::create(const QModelIndex &index)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(index.isValid()); // we will _never_ insert an invalid index in the list
+    QPersistentModelIndexData *d = 0;
+    QAbstractItemModel *model = const_cast<QAbstractItemModel *>(index.model());
+    QHash<QModelIndex, QPersistentModelIndexData *> &indexes = model->d_func()->persistent.indexes;
+    const QHash<QModelIndex, QPersistentModelIndexData *>::iterator it = indexes.find(index);
+    if (it != indexes.end()) {
+        d = (*it);
+    } else {
+        d = new QPersistentModelIndexData(index);
+        indexes.insert(index, d);
+    }
+    Q_ASSERT(d);
+    return d;
+}
+
+void QPersistentModelIndexData::destroy(QPersistentModelIndexData *data)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(data);
+    Q_ASSERT(data->ref == 0);
+    QAbstractItemModel *model = const_cast<QAbstractItemModel *>(data->model);
+    // a valid persistent model index with a null model pointer can only happen if the model was destroyed
+    if (model) {
+        QAbstractItemModelPrivate *p = model->d_func();
+        Q_ASSERT(p);
+        p->removePersistentIndexData(data);
+    }
+    delete data;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \class QPersistentModelIndex
+
+  \brief The QPersistentModelIndex class is used to locate data in a data model.
+
+  \ingroup model-view
+
+  A QPersistentModelIndex is a model index that can be stored by an
+  application, and later used to access information in a model.
+  Unlike the QModelIndex class, it is safe to store a
+  QPersistentModelIndex since the model will ensure that references
+  to items will continue to be valid as long as they can be accessed
+  by the model.
+
+  It is good practice to check that persistent model indexes are valid
+  before using them.
+
+  \sa {Model/View Programming}, QModelIndex, QAbstractItemModel
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn QPersistentModelIndex::QPersistentModelIndex()
+
+  \internal
+*/
+
+QPersistentModelIndex::QPersistentModelIndex()
+    : d(0)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn QPersistentModelIndex::QPersistentModelIndex(const QPersistentModelIndex &other)
+
+  Creates a new QPersistentModelIndex that is a copy of the \a other persistent
+  model index.
+*/
+
+QPersistentModelIndex::QPersistentModelIndex(const QPersistentModelIndex &other)
+    : d(other.d)
+{
+    if (d) d->ref.ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Creates a new QPersistentModelIndex that is a copy of the model \a index.
+*/
+
+QPersistentModelIndex::QPersistentModelIndex(const QModelIndex &index)
+    : d(0)
+{
+    if (index.isValid()) {
+        d = QPersistentModelIndexData::create(index);
+        d->ref.ref();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPersistentModelIndex::~QPersistentModelIndex()
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+QPersistentModelIndex::~QPersistentModelIndex()
+{
+    if (d && !d->ref.deref()) {
+        QPersistentModelIndexData::destroy(d);
+        d = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns true if this persistent model index is equal to the \a other
+  persistent model index; otherwise returns false.
+
+  All values in the persistent model index are used when comparing
+  with another persistent model index.
+*/
+
+bool QPersistentModelIndex::operator==(const QPersistentModelIndex &other) const
+{
+    if (d && other.d)
+        return d->index == other.d->index;
+    return d == other.d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.1
+
+    Returns true if this persistent model index is smaller than the \a other
+    persistent model index; otherwise returns false.
+
+    All values in the persistent model index are used when comparing
+    with another persistent model index.
+*/
+
+bool QPersistentModelIndex::operator<(const QPersistentModelIndex &other) const
+{
+    if (d && other.d)
+        return d->index < other.d->index;
+
+    return d < other.d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPersistentModelIndex::operator!=(const QPersistentModelIndex &other) const
+    \since 4.2
+
+    Returns true if this persistent model index is not equal to the \a
+    other persistent model index; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the persistent model index to refer to the same item in a model
+    as the \a other persistent model index.
+*/
+
+QPersistentModelIndex &QPersistentModelIndex::operator=(const QPersistentModelIndex &other)
+{
+    if (d == other.d)
+        return *this;
+    if (d && !d->ref.deref())
+        QPersistentModelIndexData::destroy(d);
+    d = other.d;
+    if (d) d->ref.ref();
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the persistent model index to refer to the same item in a model
+    as the \a other model index.
+*/
+
+QPersistentModelIndex &QPersistentModelIndex::operator=(const QModelIndex &other)
+{
+    if (d && !d->ref.deref())
+        QPersistentModelIndexData::destroy(d);
+    if (other.isValid()) {
+        d = QPersistentModelIndexData::create(other);
+        if (d) d->ref.ref();
+    } else {
+        d = 0;
+    }
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn QPersistentModelIndex::operator const QModelIndex&() const
+
+  Cast operator that returns a const QModelIndex&.
+*/
+
+QPersistentModelIndex::operator const QModelIndex&() const
+{
+    static const QModelIndex invalid;
+    if (d)
+        return d->index;
+    return invalid;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPersistentModelIndex::operator==(const QModelIndex &other) const
+
+    Returns true if this persistent model index refers to the same location as
+    the \a other model index; otherwise returns false.
+    Note that all values in the persistent model index are used when comparing
+    with another model index.
+*/
+
+bool QPersistentModelIndex::operator==(const QModelIndex &other) const
+{
+    if (d)
+        return d->index == other;
+    return !other.isValid();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPersistentModelIndex::operator!=(const QModelIndex &other) const
+
+    Returns true if this persistent model index does not refer to the same
+    location as the \a other model index; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+bool QPersistentModelIndex::operator!=(const QModelIndex &other) const
+{
+    if (d)
+        return d->index != other;
+    return other.isValid();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPersistentModelIndex::row() const
+
+    Returns the row this persistent model index refers to.
+*/
+
+int QPersistentModelIndex::row() const
+{
+    if (d)
+        return d->index.row();
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QPersistentModelIndex::column() const
+
+    Returns the column this persistent model index refers to.
+*/
+
+int QPersistentModelIndex::column() const
+{
+    if (d)
+        return d->index.column();
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void *QPersistentModelIndex::internalPointer() const
+
+    \internal
+
+    Returns a \c{void} \c{*} pointer used by the model to associate the index with
+    the internal data structure.
+*/
+
+void *QPersistentModelIndex::internalPointer() const
+{
+    if (d)
+        return d->index.internalPointer();
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void *QPersistentModelIndex::internalId() const
+
+    \internal
+
+    Returns a \c{qint64} used by the model to associate the index with
+    the internal data structure.
+*/
+
+qint64 QPersistentModelIndex::internalId() const
+{
+    if (d)
+        return d->index.internalId();
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns the parent QModelIndex for this persistent index, or
+  QModelIndex() if it has no parent.
+
+  \sa child() sibling() model()
+*/
+QModelIndex QPersistentModelIndex::parent() const
+{
+    if (d)
+        return d->index.parent();
+    return QModelIndex();
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns the sibling at \a row and \a column or an invalid
+  QModelIndex if there is no sibling at this position.
+
+  \sa parent() child()
+*/
+
+QModelIndex QPersistentModelIndex::sibling(int row, int column) const
+{
+    if (d)
+        return d->index.sibling(row, column);
+    return QModelIndex();
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns the child of the model index that is stored in the given
+  \a row and \a column.
+
+  \sa parent() sibling()
+*/
+
+QModelIndex QPersistentModelIndex::child(int row, int column) const
+{
+    if (d)
+        return d->index.child(row, column);
+    return QModelIndex();
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns the data for the given \a role for the item referred to by the index.
+
+  \sa Qt::ItemDataRole, QAbstractItemModel::setData()
+*/
+QVariant QPersistentModelIndex::data(int role) const
+{
+    if (d)
+        return d->index.data(role);
+    return QVariant();
+}
+
+/*!
+  \since 4.2
+
+  Returns the flags for the item referred to by the index.
+*/
+Qt::ItemFlags QPersistentModelIndex::flags() const
+{
+    if (d)
+        return d->index.flags();
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns the model that the index belongs to.
+*/
+const QAbstractItemModel *QPersistentModelIndex::model() const
+{
+    if (d)
+        return d->index.model();
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPersistentModelIndex::isValid() const
+
+    Returns true if this persistent model index is valid; otherwise returns
+    false.
+    A valid index belongs to a model, and has non-negative row and column numbers.
+
+    \sa model(), row(), column()
+*/
+
+bool QPersistentModelIndex::isValid() const
+{
+    return d && d->index.isValid();
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM
+QDebug operator<<(QDebug dbg, const QModelIndex &idx)
+{
+#ifndef Q_BROKEN_DEBUG_STREAM
+    dbg.nospace() << "QModelIndex(" << idx.row() << "," << idx.column()
+                  << "," << idx.internalPointer() << "," << idx.model() << ")";
+    return dbg.space();
+#else
+    qWarning("This compiler doesn't support streaming QModelIndex to QDebug");
+    return dbg;
+    Q_UNUSED(idx);
+#endif
+}
+
+QDebug operator<<(QDebug dbg, const QPersistentModelIndex &idx)
+{
+    if (idx.d)
+        dbg << idx.d->index;
+    else
+        dbg << QModelIndex();
+    return dbg;
+}
+#endif
+
+class QEmptyItemModel : public QAbstractItemModel
+{
+public:
+    explicit QEmptyItemModel(QObject *parent = 0) : QAbstractItemModel(parent) {}
+    QModelIndex index(int, int, const QModelIndex &) const { return QModelIndex(); }
+    QModelIndex parent(const QModelIndex &) const { return QModelIndex(); }
+    int rowCount(const QModelIndex &) const { return 0; }
+    int columnCount(const QModelIndex &) const { return 0; }
+    bool hasChildren(const QModelIndex &) const { return false; }
+    QVariant data(const QModelIndex &, int) const { return QVariant(); }
+};
+
+Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QEmptyItemModel, qEmptyModel)
+
+QAbstractItemModel *QAbstractItemModelPrivate::staticEmptyModel()
+{
+    return qEmptyModel();
+}
+
+void QAbstractItemModelPrivate::removePersistentIndexData(QPersistentModelIndexData *data)
+{
+    if (data->index.isValid()) {
+        int removed = persistent.indexes.remove(data->index);
+        Q_ASSERT_X(removed == 1, "QPersistentModelIndex::~QPersistentModelIndex",
+                   "persistent model indexes corrupted"); //maybe the index was somewhat invalid?
+        // This assert may happen if the model use changePersistentIndex in a way that could result on two
+        // QPersistentModelIndex pointing to the same index.
+        Q_UNUSED(removed);
+    }
+    // make sure our optimization still works
+    for (int i = persistent.moved.count() - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
+        int idx = persistent.moved[i].indexOf(data);
+        if (idx >= 0)
+            persistent.moved[i].remove(idx);
+    }
+    // update the references to invalidated persistent indexes
+    for (int i = persistent.invalidated.count() - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
+        int idx = persistent.invalidated[i].indexOf(data);
+        if (idx >= 0)
+            persistent.invalidated[i].remove(idx);
+    }
+
+}
+
+void QAbstractItemModelPrivate::rowsAboutToBeInserted(const QModelIndex &parent,
+                                                      int first, int last)
+{
+    Q_Q(QAbstractItemModel);
+    Q_UNUSED(last);
+    QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *> persistent_moved;
+    if (first < q->rowCount(parent)) {
+        for (QHash<QModelIndex, QPersistentModelIndexData *>::const_iterator it = persistent.indexes.constBegin();
+             it != persistent.indexes.constEnd(); ++it) {
+            QPersistentModelIndexData *data = *it;
+            const QModelIndex &index = data->index;
+            if (index.row() >= first && index.isValid() && index.parent() == parent) {
+                persistent_moved.append(data);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    persistent.moved.push(persistent_moved);
+}
+
+void QAbstractItemModelPrivate::rowsInserted(const QModelIndex &parent,
+                                             int first, int last)
+{
+    QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *> persistent_moved = persistent.moved.pop();
+    int count = (last - first) + 1; // it is important to only use the delta, because the change could be nested
+    for (QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *>::const_iterator it = persistent_moved.constBegin();
+         it != persistent_moved.constEnd(); ++it) {
+        QPersistentModelIndexData *data = *it;
+        QModelIndex old = data->index;
+        persistent.indexes.erase(persistent.indexes.find(old));
+        data->index = q_func()->index(old.row() + count, old.column(), parent);
+        if (data->index.isValid()) {
+            persistent.insertMultiAtEnd(data->index, data);
+        } else {
+            qWarning() << "QAbstractItemModel::endInsertRows:  Invalid index (" << old.row() + count << "," << old.column() << ") in model" << q_func();
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void QAbstractItemModelPrivate::rowsAboutToBeRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent,
+                                                     int first, int last)
+{
+    QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *>  persistent_moved;
+    QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *>  persistent_invalidated;
+    // find the persistent indexes that are affected by the change, either by being in the removed subtree
+    // or by being on the same level and below the removed rows
+    for (QHash<QModelIndex, QPersistentModelIndexData *>::const_iterator it = persistent.indexes.constBegin();
+         it != persistent.indexes.constEnd(); ++it) {
+        QPersistentModelIndexData *data = *it;
+        bool level_changed = false;
+        QModelIndex current = data->index;
+        while (current.isValid()) {
+            QModelIndex current_parent = current.parent();
+            if (current_parent == parent) { // on the same level as the change
+                if (!level_changed && current.row() > last) // below the removed rows
+                    persistent_moved.append(data);
+                else if (current.row() <= last && current.row() >= first) // in the removed subtree
+                    persistent_invalidated.append(data);
+                break;
+            }
+            current = current_parent;
+            level_changed = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    persistent.moved.push(persistent_moved);
+    persistent.invalidated.push(persistent_invalidated);
+}
+
+void QAbstractItemModelPrivate::rowsRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent,
+                                            int first, int last)
+{
+    QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *> persistent_moved = persistent.moved.pop();
+    int count = (last - first) + 1; // it is important to only use the delta, because the change could be nested
+    for (QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *>::const_iterator it = persistent_moved.constBegin();
+         it != persistent_moved.constEnd(); ++it) {
+        QPersistentModelIndexData *data = *it;
+        QModelIndex old = data->index;
+        persistent.indexes.erase(persistent.indexes.find(old));
+        data->index = q_func()->index(old.row() - count, old.column(), parent);
+        if (data->index.isValid()) {
+            persistent.insertMultiAtEnd(data->index, data);
+        } else {
+            qWarning() << "QAbstractItemModel::endRemoveRows:  Invalid index (" << old.row() - count << "," << old.column() << ") in model" << q_func();
+        }
+    }
+    QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *> persistent_invalidated = persistent.invalidated.pop();
+    for (QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *>::const_iterator it = persistent_invalidated.constBegin();
+         it != persistent_invalidated.constEnd(); ++it) {
+        QPersistentModelIndexData *data = *it;
+        persistent.indexes.erase(persistent.indexes.find(data->index));
+        data->index = QModelIndex();
+        data->model = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+void QAbstractItemModelPrivate::columnsAboutToBeInserted(const QModelIndex &parent,
+                                                         int first, int last)
+{
+    Q_Q(QAbstractItemModel);
+    Q_UNUSED(last);
+    QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *> persistent_moved;
+    if (first < q->columnCount(parent)) {
+        for (QHash<QModelIndex, QPersistentModelIndexData *>::const_iterator it = persistent.indexes.constBegin();
+             it != persistent.indexes.constEnd(); ++it) {
+            QPersistentModelIndexData *data = *it;
+            const QModelIndex &index = data->index;
+            if (index.column() >= first && index.isValid() && index.parent() == parent)
+                persistent_moved.append(data);
+        }
+    }
+    persistent.moved.push(persistent_moved);
+}
+
+void QAbstractItemModelPrivate::columnsInserted(const QModelIndex &parent,
+                                                int first, int last)
+{
+    QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *> persistent_moved = persistent.moved.pop();
+    int count = (last - first) + 1; // it is important to only use the delta, because the change could be nested
+    for (QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *>::const_iterator it = persistent_moved.constBegin();
+         it != persistent_moved.constEnd(); ++it) {
+        QPersistentModelIndexData *data = *it;
+        QModelIndex old = data->index;
+        persistent.indexes.erase(persistent.indexes.find(old));
+        data->index = q_func()->index(old.row(), old.column() + count, parent);
+        if (data->index.isValid()) {
+            persistent.insertMultiAtEnd(data->index, data);
+        } else {
+            qWarning() << "QAbstractItemModel::endInsertColumns:  Invalid index (" << old.row() << "," << old.column() + count << ") in model" << q_func();
+        }
+     }
+}
+
+void QAbstractItemModelPrivate::columnsAboutToBeRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent,
+                                                        int first, int last)
+{
+    QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *> persistent_moved;
+    QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *> persistent_invalidated;
+    // find the persistent indexes that are affected by the change, either by being in the removed subtree
+    // or by being on the same level and to the right of the removed columns
+    for (QHash<QModelIndex, QPersistentModelIndexData *>::const_iterator it = persistent.indexes.constBegin();
+         it != persistent.indexes.constEnd(); ++it) {
+        QPersistentModelIndexData *data = *it;
+        bool level_changed = false;
+        QModelIndex current = data->index;
+        while (current.isValid()) {
+            QModelIndex current_parent = current.parent();
+            if (current_parent == parent) { // on the same level as the change
+                if (!level_changed && current.column() > last) // right of the removed columns
+                    persistent_moved.append(data);
+                else if (current.column() <= last && current.column() >= first) // in the removed subtree
+                    persistent_invalidated.append(data);
+                break;
+            }
+            current = current_parent;
+            level_changed = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    persistent.moved.push(persistent_moved);
+    persistent.invalidated.push(persistent_invalidated);
+
+}
+
+void QAbstractItemModelPrivate::columnsRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent,
+                                               int first, int last)
+{
+    QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *> persistent_moved = persistent.moved.pop();
+    int count = (last - first) + 1; // it is important to only use the delta, because the change could be nested
+    for (QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *>::const_iterator it = persistent_moved.constBegin();
+         it != persistent_moved.constEnd(); ++it) {
+        QPersistentModelIndexData *data = *it;
+        QModelIndex old = data->index;
+        persistent.indexes.erase(persistent.indexes.find(old));
+        data->index = q_func()->index(old.row(), old.column() - count, parent);
+        if (data->index.isValid()) {
+            persistent.insertMultiAtEnd(data->index, data);
+        } else {
+            qWarning() << "QAbstractItemModel::endRemoveColumns:  Invalid index (" << old.row() << "," << old.column() - count << ") in model" << q_func();
+        }
+    }
+    QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *> persistent_invalidated = persistent.invalidated.pop();
+    for (QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *>::const_iterator it = persistent_invalidated.constBegin();
+         it != persistent_invalidated.constEnd(); ++it) {
+        QPersistentModelIndexData *data = *it;
+        persistent.indexes.erase(persistent.indexes.find(data->index));
+        data->index = QModelIndex();
+        data->model = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QModelIndex
+
+    \brief The QModelIndex class is used to locate data in a data model.
+
+    \ingroup model-view
+    \mainclass
+
+    This class is used as an index into item models derived from
+    QAbstractItemModel. The index is used by item views, delegates, and
+    selection models to locate an item in the model.
+
+    New QModelIndex objects are created by the model using the
+    QAbstractItemModel::createIndex() function. An \e invalid model index
+    can be constructed with the QModelIndex constructor. Invalid indexes are
+    often used as parent indexes when referring to top-level items in a model.
+
+    Model indexes refer to items in models, and contain all the information
+    required to specify their locations in those models. Each index is located
+    in a given row and column, and may have a parent index; use row(), column(),
+    and parent() to obtain this information. Each top-level item in a model is
+    represented by a model index that does not have a parent index - in this
+    case, parent() will return an invalid model index, equivalent to an index
+    constructed with the zero argument form of the QModelIndex() constructor.
+
+    To obtain a model index that refers to an existing item in a model, call
+    QAbstractItemModel::index() with the required row and column
+    values, and the model index of the parent. When referring to
+    top-level items in a model, supply QModelIndex() as the parent index.
+
+    The model() function returns the model that the index references as a
+    QAbstractItemModel.
+    The child() function is used to examine the items held beneath the index
+    in the model.
+    The sibling() function allows you to traverse items in the model on the
+    same level as the index.
+
+    \note Model indexes should be used immediately and then discarded. You
+    should not rely on indexes to remain valid after calling model functions
+    that change the structure of the model or delete items. If you need to
+    keep a model index over time use a QPersistentModelIndex.
+
+    \sa \link model-view-programming.html Model/View Programming\endlink QPersistentModelIndex QAbstractItemModel
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QModelIndex::QModelIndex()
+
+    Creates a new empty model index.
+    This type of model index is used to indicate
+    that the position in the model is invalid.
+
+    \sa isValid() QAbstractItemModel
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QModelIndex::QModelIndex(int row, int column, void *data, const QAbstractItemModel *model)
+
+    \internal
+
+    Creates a new model index at the given \a row and \a column,
+    pointing to some \a data.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QModelIndex::QModelIndex(const QModelIndex &other)
+
+    Creates a new model index that is a copy of the \a other model
+    index.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QModelIndex::~QModelIndex()
+
+    Destroys the model index.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QModelIndex::row() const
+
+    Returns the row this model index refers to.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QModelIndex::column() const
+
+    Returns the column this model index refers to.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void *QModelIndex::internalPointer() const
+
+    Returns a \c{void} \c{*} pointer used by the model to associate
+    the index with the internal data structure.
+
+    \sa QAbstractItemModel::createIndex()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void *QModelIndex::internalId() const
+
+    Returns a \c{qint64} used by the model to associate
+    the index with the internal data structure.
+
+    \sa QAbstractItemModel::createIndex()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QModelIndex::isValid() const
+
+    Returns true if this model index is valid; otherwise returns false.
+    A valid index belongs to a model, and has non-negative row and column numbers.
+
+    \sa model(), row(), column()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QAbstractItemModel *QModelIndex::model() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the model containing the item that this index
+    refers to.
+
+    You receive a const pointer to the model because calls to
+    non-const functions of the model might invalidate the model index
+    - and possibly crash your application.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QModelIndex QModelIndex::sibling(int row, int column) const
+
+    Returns the sibling at \a row and \a column or an invalid
+    QModelIndex if there is no sibling at this position.
+
+    \sa parent() child()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QModelIndex QModelIndex::child(int row, int column) const
+
+    Returns the child of the model index that is stored in the given
+    \a row and \a column.
+
+    \sa parent() sibling()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVariant QModelIndex::data(int role) const
+
+    Returns the data for the given \a role for the item referred to by the index.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Qt::ItemFlags QModelIndex::flags() const
+    \since 4.2
+
+    Returns the flags for the item referred to by the index.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QModelIndex::operator==(const QModelIndex &other) const
+
+    Returns true if this model index refers to the same location as
+    the \a other model index; otherwise returns false.
+    Note that all values in the model index are used when comparing
+    with another model index.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QModelIndex::operator!=(const QModelIndex &other) const
+
+    Returns true if this model index does not refer to the same
+    location as the \a other model index; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn QModelIndex QModelIndex::parent() const
+
+  Returns the parent of the model index, or QModelIndex() if it has no
+  parent.
+
+  \sa child() sibling() model()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QAbstractItemModel
+
+    \brief The QAbstractItemModel class provides the abstract interface for
+    item model classes.
+
+    \ingroup model-view
+    \mainclass
+
+    The QAbstractItemModel class defines the standard interface that item
+    models must use to be able to interoperate with other components in the
+    model/view architecture. It is not supposed to be instantiated directly.
+    Instead, you should subclass it to create new models.
+
+    The QAbstractItemModel class is one of the \l{Model/View Classes}
+    and is part of Qt's \l{Model/View Programming}{model/view framework}.
+
+    If you need a model to use with a QListView or a QTableView, you should
+    consider subclassing QAbstractListModel or QAbstractTableModel instead of
+    this class.
+
+    The underlying data model is exposed to views and delegates as a hierarchy
+    of tables. If you do not make use of the hierarchy, then the model is a
+    simple table of rows and columns. Each item has a unique index specified by
+    a QModelIndex.
+
+    \img modelindex-no-parent.png
+
+    Every item of data that can be accessed via a model has an associated model
+    index. You can obtain this model index using the index() function. Each
+    index may have a sibling() index; child items have a parent() index.
+
+    Each item has a number of data elements associated with it and they can be
+    retrieved by specifying a role (see \l Qt::ItemDataRole) to the model's
+    data() function. Data for all available roles can be obtained at the same
+    time using the itemData() function.
+
+    Data for each role is set using a particular \l Qt::ItemDataRole. Data for
+    individual roles are set individually with setData(), or they can be set
+    for all roles with setItemData().
+
+    Items can be queried with flags() (see \l Qt::ItemFlag) to see if they can
+    be selected, dragged, or manipulated in other ways.
+
+    If an item has child objects, hasChildren() returns true for the
+    corresponding index.
+
+    The model has a rowCount() and a columnCount() for each level of the
+    hierarchy. Rows and columns can be inserted and removed with insertRows(),
+    insertColumns(), removeRows(), and removeColumns().
+
+    The model emits signals to indicate changes. For example, dataChanged() is
+    emitted whenever items of data made available by the model are changed.
+    Changes to the headers supplied by the model cause headerDataChanged() to
+    be emitted. If the structure of the underlying data changes, the model can
+    emit layoutChanged() to indicate to any attached views that they should
+    redisplay any items shown, taking the new structure into account.
+
+    The items available through the model can be searched for particular data
+    using the match() function.
+
+    To sort the model, you can use sort().
+
+
+    \section1 Subclassing
+
+    \note Some general guidelines for subclassing models are available in the
+    \l{Model Subclassing Reference}.
+
+    When subclassing QAbstractItemModel, at the very least you must implement
+    index(), parent(), rowCount(), columnCount(), and data(). These functions
+    are used in all read-only models, and form the basis of editable models.
+
+    You can also reimplement hasChildren() to provide special behavior for
+    models where the implementation of rowCount() is expensive. This makes it
+    possible for models to restrict the amount of data requested by views, and
+    can be used as a way to implement lazy population of model data.
+
+    To enable editing in your model, you must also implement setData(), and
+    reimplement flags() to ensure that \c ItemIsEditable is returned.  You can
+    also reimplement headerData() and setHeaderData() to control the way the
+    headers for your model are presented.
+
+    The dataChanged() and headerDataChanged() signals must be emitted
+    explicitly when reimplementing the setData() and setHeaderData() functions,
+    respectively.
+
+    Custom models need to create model indexes for other components to use. To
+    do this, call createIndex() with suitable row and column numbers for the
+    item, and an identifier for it, either as a pointer or as an integer value.
+    The combination of these values must be unique for each item. Custom models
+    typically use these unique identifiers in other reimplemented functions to
+    retrieve item data and access information about the item's parents and
+    children. See the \l{Simple Tree Model Example} for more information about
+    unique identifiers.
+
+    It is not necessary to support every role defined in Qt::ItemDataRole.
+    Depending on the type of data contained within a model, it may only be
+    useful to implement the data() function to return valid information for
+    some of the more common roles. Most models provide at least a textual
+    representation of item data for the Qt::DisplayRole, and well-behaved
+    models should also provide valid information for the Qt::ToolTipRole and
+    Qt::WhatsThisRole. Supporting these roles enables models to be used with
+    standard Qt views. However, for some models that handle highly-specialized
+    data, it may be appropriate to provide data only for user-defined roles.
+
+    Models that provide interfaces to resizable data structures can provide
+    implementations of insertRows(), removeRows(), insertColumns(),and
+    removeColumns(). When implementing these functions, it is important to
+    notify any connected views about changes to the model's dimensions both
+    \e before and \e after they occur:
+
+    \list
+        \o An insertRows() implementation must call beginInsertRows() \e before
+           inserting new rows into the data structure, and endInsertRows()
+           \e{immediately afterwards}.
+        \o An insertColumns() implementation must call beginInsertColumns()
+           \e before inserting new columns into the data structure, and
+           endInsertColumns() \e{immediately afterwards}.
+        \o A removeRows() implementation must call beginRemoveRows() \e before
+           the rows are removed from the data structure, and endRemoveRows()
+           \e{immediately afterwards}.
+        \o A removeColumns() implementation must call beginRemoveColumns()
+           \e before the columns are removed from the data structure, and
+           endRemoveColumns() \e{immediately afterwards}.
+    \endlist
+
+    The \e private signals that these functions emit give attached components
+    the chance to take action before any data becomes unavailable. The
+    encapsulation of the insert and remove operations with these begin and end
+    functions also enables the model to manage \l{QPersistentModelIndex}
+    {persistent model indexes} correctly. \bold{If you want selections to be
+    handled properly, you must ensure that you call these functions.} If you
+    insert or remove an item with children, you do not need to call these
+    functions for the child items. In other words, the parent item will take
+    care of its child items.
+
+    To create models that populate incrementally, you can reimplement
+    fetchMore() and canFetchMore(). If the reimplementation of fetchMore() adds
+    rows to the model, \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{beginInsertRows()} and
+    \l{QAbstractItemModel::}{endInsertRows()} must be called.
+
+    \sa {Model Classes}, {Model Subclassing Reference}, QModelIndex,
+        QAbstractItemView, {Using Drag and Drop with Item Views},
+        {Simple DOM Model Example},
+        {Simple Tree Model Example}, {Editable Tree Model Example},
+        {Fetch More Example}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QModelIndex QAbstractItemModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) const = 0
+
+    Returns the index of the item in the model specified by the given \a row,
+    \a column and \a parent index.
+
+    When reimplementing this function in a subclass, call createIndex() to generate
+    model indexes that other components can use to refer to items in your model.
+
+    \sa createIndex()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QAbstractItemModel::insertColumn(int column, const QModelIndex &parent)
+
+    Inserts a single column before the given \a column in the child items of
+    the \a parent specified. Returns true if the column is inserted; otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+    \sa insertColumns() insertRow() removeColumn()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QAbstractItemModel::insertRow(int row, const QModelIndex &parent)
+
+    Inserts a single row before the given \a row in the child items of the
+    \a parent specified. Returns true if the row is inserted; otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+    \sa insertRows() insertColumn() removeRow()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QObject *QAbstractItemModel::parent() const
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QModelIndex QAbstractItemModel::parent(const QModelIndex &index) const = 0
+
+    Returns the parent of the model item with the given \a index, or QModelIndex()
+    if it has no parent.
+
+    A common convention used in models that expose tree data structures is that
+    only items in the first column have children. For that case, when reimplementing
+    this function in a subclass the column of the returned QModelIndex would be 0.
+
+    \note When reimplementing this function in a subclass, be careful to avoid
+    calling QModelIndex member functions, such as QModelIndex::parent(), since
+    indexes belonging to your model will simply call your implementation, leading
+    to infinite recursion.
+
+    \sa createIndex()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QAbstractItemModel::removeColumn(int column, const QModelIndex &parent)
+
+    Removes the given \a column from the child items of the \a parent specified.
+    Returns true if the column is removed; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa removeColumns(), removeRow(), insertColumn()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QAbstractItemModel::removeRow(int row, const QModelIndex &parent)
+
+    Removes the given \a row from the child items of the \a parent specified.
+    Returns true if the row is removed; otherwise returns false.
+
+    The removeRow() is a convenience function that calls removeRows().
+    The QAbstractItemModel implementation of removeRows does nothing.
+
+    \sa removeRows(), removeColumn(), insertRow()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractItemModel::headerDataChanged(Qt::Orientation orientation, int first, int last)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever a header is changed. The \a orientation
+    indicates whether the horizontal or vertical header has changed. The
+    sections in the header from the \a first to the \a last need to be updated.
+
+    Note that this signal must be emitted explicitly when
+    reimplementing the setHeaderData() function.
+
+    If you are changing the number of columns or rows you don't need
+    to emit this signal, but use the begin/end functions (see the
+    section on subclassing in the QAbstractItemModel class description
+    for details).
+
+    \sa headerData(), setHeaderData(), dataChanged()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractItemModel::layoutAboutToBeChanged()
+    \since 4.2
+
+    This signal is emitted just before the layout of a model is changed.
+    Components connected to this signal use it to adapt to changes
+    in the model's layout.
+
+    Subclasses should update any persistent model indexes after emitting
+    layoutAboutToBeChanged().
+
+    \sa layoutChanged(), changePersistentIndex()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractItemModel::layoutChanged()
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the layout of items exposed by the model
+    has changed; for example, when the model has been sorted. When this signal is
+    received by a view, it should update the layout of items to reflect this
+    change.
+
+    When subclassing QAbstractItemModel or QAbstractProxyModel, ensure that
+    you emit layoutAboutToBeChanged() before changing the order of items or
+    altering the structure of the data you expose to views, and emit
+    layoutChanged() after changing the layout.
+
+    Subclasses should update any persistent model indexes before
+    emitting layoutChanged().
+
+    \sa layoutAboutToBeChanged(), dataChanged(), headerDataChanged(), reset(), changePersistentIndex()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an abstract item model with the given \a parent.
+*/
+QAbstractItemModel::QAbstractItemModel(QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(*new QAbstractItemModelPrivate, parent)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+*/
+QAbstractItemModel::QAbstractItemModel(QAbstractItemModelPrivate &dd, QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(dd, parent)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the abstract item model.
+*/
+QAbstractItemModel::~QAbstractItemModel()
+{
+    d_func()->invalidatePersistentIndexes();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QModelIndex QAbstractItemModel::sibling(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &index) const
+
+    Returns the sibling at \a row and \a column for the item at \a index, or
+    an invalid QModelIndex if there is no sibling at that location.
+
+    sibling() is just a convenience function that finds the item's parent, and
+    uses it to retrieve the index of the child item in the specified \a row
+    and \a column.
+
+    \sa index(), QModelIndex::row(), QModelIndex::column()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QAbstractItemModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+
+    Returns the number of rows under the given \a parent.   When the parent
+    is valid it means that rowCount is returning the number of children of parent.
+
+    \bold{Tip:} When implementing a table based model, rowCount() should return 0 when
+    the parent is valid.
+
+    \sa columnCount()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QAbstractItemModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+
+    Returns the number of columns for the children of the given \a parent.
+
+    In most subclasses, the number of columns is independent of the
+    \a parent. For example:
+
+    \snippet examples/itemviews/simpledommodel/dommodel.cpp 2
+
+    \bold{Tip:} When implementing a table based model, columnCount() should return 0 when
+    the parent is valid.
+
+    \sa rowCount()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractItemModel::dataChanged(const QModelIndex &topLeft, const QModelIndex &bottomRight)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the data in an existing item changes.
+
+    If the items are of the same parent, the affected ones are those between
+    \a topLeft and \a bottomRight inclusive. If the items do not have the same
+    parent, the behavior is undefined.
+
+    When reimplementing the setData() function, this signal must be emitted
+    explicitly.
+
+    \sa headerDataChanged(), setData(), layoutChanged()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractItemModel::rowsInserted(const QModelIndex &parent, int start, int end)
+
+    This signal is emitted after rows have been inserted into the
+    model. The new items are those between \a start and \a end
+    inclusive, under the given \a parent item.
+
+    \bold{Note:} Components connected to this signal use it to adapt to changes
+    in the model's dimensions. It can only be emitted by the QAbstractItemModel
+    implementation, and cannot be explicitly emitted in subclass code.
+
+    \sa insertRows(), beginInsertRows()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractItemModel::rowsAboutToBeInserted(const QModelIndex &parent, int start, int end)
+
+    This signal is emitted just before rows are inserted into the
+    model. The new items will be positioned between \a start and \a end
+    inclusive, under the given \a parent item.
+
+    \bold{Note:} Components connected to this signal use it to adapt to changes
+    in the model's dimensions. It can only be emitted by the QAbstractItemModel
+    implementation, and cannot be explicitly emitted in subclass code.
+
+    \sa insertRows(), beginInsertRows()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractItemModel::rowsRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int start, int end)
+
+    This signal is emitted after rows have been removed from the
+    model. The removed items are those between \a start and \a end
+    inclusive, under the given \a parent item.
+
+    \bold{Note:} Components connected to this signal use it to adapt to changes
+    in the model's dimensions. It can only be emitted by the QAbstractItemModel
+    implementation, and cannot be explicitly emitted in subclass code.
+
+    \sa removeRows(), beginRemoveRows()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractItemModel::rowsAboutToBeRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int start, int end)
+
+    This signal is emitted just before rows are removed from the
+    model. The items that will be removed are those between \a start and \a end
+    inclusive, under the given \a parent item.
+
+    \bold{Note:} Components connected to this signal use it to adapt to changes
+    in the model's dimensions. It can only be emitted by the QAbstractItemModel
+    implementation, and cannot be explicitly emitted in subclass code.
+
+    \sa removeRows(), beginRemoveRows()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractItemModel::columnsInserted(const QModelIndex &parent, int start, int end)
+
+    This signal is emitted after columns have been inserted into the
+    model. The new items are those between \a start and \a end
+    inclusive, under the given \a parent item.
+
+    \bold{Note:} Components connected to this signal use it to adapt to changes
+    in the model's dimensions. It can only be emitted by the QAbstractItemModel
+    implementation, and cannot be explicitly emitted in subclass code.
+
+    \sa insertColumns(), beginInsertColumns()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractItemModel::columnsAboutToBeInserted(const QModelIndex &parent, int start, int end)
+
+    This signal is emitted just before columns are inserted into the
+    model. The new items will be positioned between \a start and \a end
+    inclusive, under the given \a parent item.
+
+    \bold{Note:} Components connected to this signal use it to adapt to changes
+    in the model's dimensions. It can only be emitted by the QAbstractItemModel
+    implementation, and cannot be explicitly emitted in subclass code.
+
+    \sa insertColumns(), beginInsertColumns()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractItemModel::columnsRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int start, int end)
+
+    This signal is emitted after columns have been removed from the
+    model. The removed items are those between \a start and \a end
+    inclusive, under the given \a parent item.
+
+    \bold{Note:} Components connected to this signal use it to adapt to changes
+    in the model's dimensions. It can only be emitted by the QAbstractItemModel
+    implementation, and cannot be explicitly emitted in subclass code.
+
+    \sa removeColumns(), beginRemoveColumns()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QAbstractItemModel::columnsAboutToBeRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int start, int end)
+
+    This signal is emitted just before columns are removed
+    from the model. The items to be removed are those between \a start and
+    \a end inclusive, under the given \a parent item.
+
+    \bold{Note:} Components connected to this signal use it to adapt to changes
+    in the model's dimensions. It can only be emitted by the QAbstractItemModel
+    implementation, and cannot be explicitly emitted in subclass code.
+
+    \sa removeColumns(), beginRemoveColumns()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Returns true if the model returns a valid QModelIndex for \a row and
+  \a column with \a parent, otherwise returns false.
+*/
+bool QAbstractItemModel::hasIndex(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+    if (row < 0 || column < 0)
+        return false;
+    return row < rowCount(parent) && column < columnCount(parent);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Returns true if \a parent has any children; otherwise returns false.
+  Use rowCount() on the parent to find out the number of children.
+
+  \sa parent() index()
+*/
+bool QAbstractItemModel::hasChildren(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+    return (rowCount(parent) > 0) && (columnCount(parent) > 0);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a map with values for all predefined roles in the model
+    for the item at the given \a index.
+
+    Reimplemented this function if you want to extend the default behavior
+    of this function to include custom roles in the map.
+
+    \sa Qt::ItemDataRole, data()
+*/
+QMap<int, QVariant> QAbstractItemModel::itemData(const QModelIndex &index) const
+{
+    QMap<int, QVariant> roles;
+    for (int i = 0; i < Qt::UserRole; ++i) {
+        QVariant variantData = data(index, i);
+        if (variantData.type() != QVariant::Invalid)
+            roles.insert(i, variantData);
+    }
+    return roles;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the \a role data for the item at \a index to \a value.
+    Returns true if successful; otherwise returns false.
+
+    The dataChanged() signal should be emitted if the data was successfully set.
+
+    The base class implementation returns false. This function and
+    data() must be reimplemented for editable models. Note that the
+    dataChanged() signal must be emitted explicitly when
+    reimplementing this function.
+
+    \sa Qt::ItemDataRole, data(), itemData()
+*/
+bool QAbstractItemModel::setData(const QModelIndex &index, const QVariant &value, int role)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(index);
+    Q_UNUSED(value);
+    Q_UNUSED(role);
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVariant QAbstractItemModel::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const = 0
+
+    Returns the data stored under the given \a role for the item referred to
+    by the \a index.
+
+    \note If you do not have a value to return, return an \bold invalid
+    QVariant() instead of returning 0.
+
+    \sa Qt::ItemDataRole, setData(), headerData()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the role data for the item at \a index to the associated value in
+    \a roles, for every Qt::ItemDataRole. Returns true if successful; otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+    Roles that are not in \a roles will not be modified.
+
+    \sa setData() data() itemData()
+*/
+bool QAbstractItemModel::setItemData(const QModelIndex &index, const QMap<int, QVariant> &roles)
+{
+    bool b = true;
+    for (QMap<int, QVariant>::ConstIterator it = roles.begin(); it != roles.end(); ++it)
+        b = b && setData(index, it.value(), it.key());
+    return b;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of MIME types that can be used to describe a list of
+    model indexes.
+
+    \sa mimeData()
+*/
+QStringList QAbstractItemModel::mimeTypes() const
+{
+    QStringList types;
+    types << QLatin1String("application/x-qabstractitemmodeldatalist");
+    return types;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns an object that contains serialized items of data corresponding to the
+    list of \a indexes specified. The formats used to describe the encoded data
+    is obtained from the mimeTypes() function.
+
+    If the list of indexes is empty, or there are no supported MIME types,
+    0 is returned rather than a serialized empty list.
+
+    \sa mimeTypes(), dropMimeData()
+*/
+QMimeData *QAbstractItemModel::mimeData(const QModelIndexList &indexes) const
+{
+    if (indexes.count() <= 0)
+        return 0;
+    QStringList types = mimeTypes();
+    if (types.isEmpty())
+        return 0;
+    QMimeData *data = new QMimeData();
+    QString format = types.at(0);
+    QByteArray encoded;
+    QDataStream stream(&encoded, QIODevice::WriteOnly);
+    encodeData(indexes, stream);
+    data->setData(format, encoded);
+    return data;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Handles the \a data supplied by a drag and drop operation that ended with
+    the given \a action. Returns true if the data and action can be handled
+    by the model; otherwise returns false.
+
+    Although the specified \a row, \a column and \a parent indicate the location of
+    an item in the model where the operation ended, it is the responsibility of the
+    view to provide a suitable location for where the data should be inserted.
+
+    For instance, a drop action on an item in a QTreeView can result in new items
+    either being inserted as children of the item specified by \a row, \a column,
+    and \a parent, or as siblings of the item.
+
+    When row and column are -1 it means that it is up to the model to decide
+    where to place the data.  This can occur in a tree when data is dropped
+    on a parent.  Models will usually append the data to the parent in this case.
+
+    Returns true if the dropping was successful otherwise false.
+
+    \sa supportedDropActions(), {Using Drag and Drop with Item Views}
+*/
+bool QAbstractItemModel::dropMimeData(const QMimeData *data, Qt::DropAction action,
+                                      int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent)
+{
+    // check if the action is supported
+    if (!data || !(action == Qt::CopyAction || action == Qt::MoveAction))
+        return false;
+    // check if the format is supported
+    QStringList types = mimeTypes();
+    if (types.isEmpty())
+        return false;
+    QString format = types.at(0);
+    if (!data->hasFormat(format))
+        return false;
+    if (row > rowCount(parent))
+        row = rowCount(parent);
+    if (row == -1)
+        row = rowCount(parent);
+    if (column == -1)
+        column = 0;
+    // decode and insert
+    QByteArray encoded = data->data(format);
+    QDataStream stream(&encoded, QIODevice::ReadOnly);
+    return decodeData(row, column, parent, stream);
+}
+
+/*!
+  \since 4.2
+
+  Returns the drop actions supported by this model.
+
+  The default implementation returns Qt::CopyAction. Reimplement this
+  function if you wish to support additional actions. Note that you
+  must also reimplement the dropMimeData() function to handle the
+  additional operations.
+
+  \sa dropMimeData(), Qt::DropActions, {Using Drag and Drop with Item
+  Views}
+*/
+Qt::DropActions QAbstractItemModel::supportedDropActions() const
+{
+    return Qt::CopyAction;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns the actions supported by the data in this model.
+
+  The default implementation returns supportedDropActions() unless
+  specific values have been set with setSupportedDragActions().
+
+  supportedDragActions() is used by QAbstractItemView::startDrag() as
+  the default values when a drag occurs.
+
+  \sa Qt::DropActions, {Using Drag and Drop with Item Views}
+*/
+Qt::DropActions QAbstractItemModel::supportedDragActions() const
+{
+    // ### Qt 5: make this virtual or these properties
+    Q_D(const QAbstractItemModel);
+    if (d->supportedDragActions != -1)
+        return d->supportedDragActions;
+    return supportedDropActions();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.2
+
+    Sets the supported drag \a actions for the items in the model.
+
+    \sa supportedDragActions(), {Using Drag and Drop with Item Views}
+*/
+void QAbstractItemModel::setSupportedDragActions(Qt::DropActions actions)
+{
+    Q_D(QAbstractItemModel);
+    d->supportedDragActions = actions;
+}
+
+/*!
+  On models that support this, inserts \a count rows into the model before the
+  given \a row.  The items in the new row will be children of the item
+  represented by the \a parent model index.
+
+  If \a row is 0, the rows are prepended to any existing rows in the parent.
+  If \a row is rowCount(), the rows are appended to any existing rows in the
+  parent.
+  If \a parent has no children, a single column with \a count rows is inserted.
+
+  Returns true if the rows were successfully inserted; otherwise returns
+  false.
+
+  The base class implementation does nothing and returns false.
+
+  If you implement your own model, you can reimplement this function
+  if you want to support insertions. Alternatively, you can provide
+  you own API for altering the data.
+
+  \sa insertColumns(), removeRows(), beginInsertRows(), endInsertRows()
+*/
+bool QAbstractItemModel::insertRows(int, int, const QModelIndex &)
+{
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+  On models that support this, inserts \a count new columns into the model
+  before the given \a column.  The items in each new column will be children
+  of the item represented by the \a parent model index.
+
+  If \a column is 0, the columns are prepended to any existing columns.
+  If \a column is columnCount(), the columns are appended to any existing
+  columns.
+  If \a parent has no children, a single row with \a count columns is inserted.
+
+  Returns true if the columns were successfully inserted; otherwise returns
+  false.
+
+  The base class implementation does nothing and returns false.
+
+  If you implement your own model, you can reimplement this function
+  if you want to support insertions. Alternatively, you can provide
+  you own API for altering the data.
+
+  \sa insertRows(), removeColumns(), beginInsertColumns(), endInsertColumns()
+*/
+bool QAbstractItemModel::insertColumns(int, int, const QModelIndex &)
+{
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    On models that support this, removes \a count rows starting with the given
+    \a row under parent \a parent from the model. Returns true if the rows
+    were successfully removed; otherwise returns false.
+
+    The base class implementation does nothing and returns false.
+
+    If you implement your own model, you can reimplement this function
+    if you want to support removing. Alternatively, you can provide
+    you own API for altering the data.
+
+    \sa removeRow(), removeColumns(), insertColumns(), beginRemoveRows(), endRemoveRows()
+*/
+bool QAbstractItemModel::removeRows(int, int, const QModelIndex &)
+{
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    On models that support this, removes \a count columns starting with the
+    given \a column under parent \a parent from the model. Returns true if the
+    columns were successfully removed; otherwise returns false.
+
+    The base class implementation does nothing and returns false.
+
+    If you implement your own model, you can reimplement this function
+    if you want to support removing. Alternatively, you can provide
+    you own API for altering the data.
+
+    \sa removeColumn(), removeRows(), insertColumns(), beginRemoveColumns(), endRemoveColumns()
+*/
+bool QAbstractItemModel::removeColumns(int, int, const QModelIndex &)
+{
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Fetches any available data for the items with the parent specified by the
+    \a parent index.
+
+    Reimplement this if you are populating your model incrementally.
+
+    The default implementation does nothing.
+
+    \sa canFetchMore()
+*/
+void QAbstractItemModel::fetchMore(const QModelIndex &)
+{
+    // do nothing
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if there is more data available for \a parent; otherwise returns
+    false.
+    
+    The default implementation always returns false.
+
+    If canFetchMore() returns true, QAbstractItemView will call fetchMore().
+    However, the fetchMore() function is only called when the model is being
+    populated incrementally.
+
+    \sa fetchMore()
+*/
+bool QAbstractItemModel::canFetchMore(const QModelIndex &) const
+{
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the item flags for the given \a index.
+
+    The base class implementation returns a combination of flags that
+    enables the item (\c ItemIsEnabled) and allows it to be
+    selected (\c ItemIsSelectable).
+
+    \sa Qt::ItemFlags
+*/
+Qt::ItemFlags QAbstractItemModel::flags(const QModelIndex &index) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QAbstractItemModel);
+    if (!d->indexValid(index))
+        return 0;
+
+    return Qt::ItemIsSelectable|Qt::ItemIsEnabled;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sorts the model by \a column in the given \a order.
+
+    The base class implementation does nothing.
+*/
+void QAbstractItemModel::sort(int column, Qt::SortOrder order)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(column);
+    Q_UNUSED(order);
+    // do nothing
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns a model index for the buddy of the item represented by \a index.
+  When the user wants to edit an item, the view will call this function to
+  check whether another item in the model should be edited instead, and
+  construct a delegate using the model index returned by the buddy item.
+
+  In the default implementation each item is its own buddy.
+*/
+QModelIndex QAbstractItemModel::buddy(const QModelIndex &index) const
+{
+    return index;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of indexes for the items in the column of the \a
+    start index where the data stored under the given \a role matches
+    the specified \a value. The way the search is performed is defined
+    by the \a flags given. The list that is returned may be empty.
+
+    The search starts from the \a start index, and continues until the
+    number of matching data items equals \a hits, the search reaches
+    the last row, or the search reaches \a start again, depending on
+    whether \c MatchWrap is specified in \a flags. If you want to search
+    for all matching items, use \a hits = -1.
+
+    By default, this function will perform a wrapping, string-based comparison
+    on all items, searching for items that begin with the search term specified
+    by \a value.
+    
+    \note The default implementation of this function only searches columns,
+    This function can be reimplemented to include other search behavior.
+*/
+QModelIndexList QAbstractItemModel::match(const QModelIndex &start, int role,
+                                          const QVariant &value, int hits,
+                                          Qt::MatchFlags flags) const
+{
+    QModelIndexList result;
+    uint matchType = flags & 0x0F;
+    Qt::CaseSensitivity cs = flags & Qt::MatchCaseSensitive ? Qt::CaseSensitive : Qt::CaseInsensitive;
+    bool recurse = flags & Qt::MatchRecursive;
+    bool wrap = flags & Qt::MatchWrap;
+    bool allHits = (hits == -1);
+    QString text; // only convert to a string if it is needed
+    QModelIndex p = parent(start);
+    int from = start.row();
+    int to = rowCount(p);
+
+    // iterates twice if wrapping
+    for (int i = 0; (wrap && i < 2) || (!wrap && i < 1); ++i) {
+        for (int r = from; (r < to) && (allHits || result.count() < hits); ++r) {
+            QModelIndex idx = index(r, start.column(), p);
+            if (!idx.isValid())
+                 continue;
+            QVariant v = data(idx, role);
+            // QVariant based matching
+            if (matchType == Qt::MatchExactly) {
+                if (value == v)
+                    result.append(idx);
+            } else { // QString based matching
+                if (text.isEmpty()) // lazy conversion
+                    text = value.toString();
+                QString t = v.toString();
+                switch (matchType) {
+                case Qt::MatchRegExp:
+                    if (QRegExp(text, cs).exactMatch(t))
+                        result.append(idx);
+                    break;
+                case Qt::MatchWildcard:
+                    if (QRegExp(text, cs, QRegExp::Wildcard).exactMatch(t))
+                        result.append(idx);
+                    break;
+                case Qt::MatchStartsWith:
+                    if (t.startsWith(text, cs))
+                        result.append(idx);
+                    break;
+                case Qt::MatchEndsWith:
+                    if (t.endsWith(text, cs))
+                        result.append(idx);
+                    break;
+                case Qt::MatchFixedString:
+                    if (t.compare(text, cs) == 0)
+                        result.append(idx);
+                    break;
+                case Qt::MatchContains:
+                default:
+                    if (t.contains(text, cs))
+                        result.append(idx);
+                }
+            }
+            if (recurse && hasChildren(idx)) { // search the hierarchy
+                result += match(index(0, idx.column(), idx), role,
+                                (text.isEmpty() ? value : text),
+                                (allHits ? -1 : hits - result.count()), flags);
+            }
+        }
+        // prepare for the next iteration
+        from = 0;
+        to = start.row();
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the row and column span of the item represented by \a index.
+
+    Note: span is not used currently, but will be in the future.
+*/
+
+QSize QAbstractItemModel::span(const QModelIndex &) const
+{
+    return QSize(1, 1);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Called to let the model know that it should submit whatever it has cached
+  to the permanent storage. Typically used for row editing.
+
+  Returns false on error, otherwise true.
+*/
+
+bool QAbstractItemModel::submit()
+{
+    return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Called to let the model know that it should discard whatever it has cached.
+  Typically used for row editing.
+*/
+
+void QAbstractItemModel::revert()
+{
+    // do nothing
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns the data for the given \a role and \a section in the header
+  with the specified \a orientation.
+
+  For horizontal headers, the section number corresponds to the column
+  number of items shown beneath it. For vertical headers, the section
+  number typically to the row number of items shown alongside it.
+
+  \sa Qt::ItemDataRole, setHeaderData(), QHeaderView
+*/
+
+QVariant QAbstractItemModel::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(orientation);
+    if (role == Qt::DisplayRole)
+        return section + 1;
+    return QVariant();
+}
+
+/*!
+  Sets the data for the given \a role and \a section in the header with
+  the specified \a orientation to the \a value supplied.
+  Returns true if the header's data was updated; otherwise returns false.
+
+  Note that the headerDataChanged() signal must be emitted explicitly
+  when reimplementing this function.
+
+  \sa Qt::ItemDataRole, headerData()
+*/
+
+bool QAbstractItemModel::setHeaderData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation,
+                                       const QVariant &value, int role)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(section);
+    Q_UNUSED(orientation);
+    Q_UNUSED(value);
+    Q_UNUSED(role);
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QModelIndex QAbstractItemModel::createIndex(int row, int column, void *ptr) const
+
+    Creates a model index for the given \a row and \a column with the internal pointer \a ptr.
+
+    Note that when you are using a QSortFilterProxyModel its indexes have their own
+    internal pointer.  It is not advisable to access the internal pointer in the index
+    outside of the model.  Use the data() function instead.
+
+    This function provides a consistent interface that model subclasses must
+    use to create model indexes.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QModelIndex QAbstractItemModel::createIndex(int row, int column, int id) const
+    \obsolete
+
+    Use QModelIndex QAbstractItemModel::createIndex(int row, int column, quint32 id) instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QModelIndex QAbstractItemModel::createIndex(int row, int column, quint32 id) const
+
+    Creates a model index for the given \a row and \a column with the internal
+    identifier, \a id.
+
+    This function provides a consistent interface that model subclasses must
+    use to create model indexes.
+    \sa QModelIndex::internalId()
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+*/
+void QAbstractItemModel::encodeData(const QModelIndexList &indexes, QDataStream &stream) const
+{
+    QModelIndexList::ConstIterator it = indexes.begin();
+    for (; it != indexes.end(); ++it)
+        stream << (*it).row() << (*it).column() << itemData(*it);
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+ */
+bool QAbstractItemModel::decodeData(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent,
+                                    QDataStream &stream)
+{
+    int top = INT_MAX;
+    int left = INT_MAX;
+    int bottom = 0;
+    int right = 0;
+    QVector<int> rows, columns;
+    QVector<QMap<int, QVariant> > data;
+
+    while (!stream.atEnd()) {
+        int r, c;
+        QMap<int, QVariant> v;
+        stream >> r >> c >> v;
+        rows.append(r);
+        columns.append(c);
+        data.append(v);
+        top = qMin(r, top);
+        left = qMin(c, left);
+        bottom = qMax(r, bottom);
+        right = qMax(c, right);
+    }
+
+    // insert the dragged items into the table, use a bit array to avoid overwriting items,
+    // since items from different tables can have the same row and column
+    int dragRowCount = 0;
+    int dragColumnCount = right - left + 1;
+
+    // Compute the number of continuous rows upon insertion and modify the rows to match
+    QVector<int> rowsToInsert(bottom + 1);
+    for (int i = 0; i < rows.count(); ++i)
+        rowsToInsert[rows.at(i)] = 1;
+    for (int i = 0; i < rowsToInsert.count(); ++i) {
+        if (rowsToInsert[i] == 1){
+            rowsToInsert[i] = dragRowCount;
+            ++dragRowCount;
+        }
+    }
+    for (int i = 0; i < rows.count(); ++i)
+        rows[i] = top + rowsToInsert[rows[i]];
+
+    QBitArray isWrittenTo(dragRowCount * dragColumnCount);
+
+    // make space in the table for the dropped data
+    int colCount = columnCount(parent);
+    if (colCount == 0) {
+        insertColumns(colCount, dragColumnCount - colCount, parent);
+        colCount = columnCount(parent);
+    }
+    insertRows(row, dragRowCount, parent);
+
+    row = qMax(0, row);
+    column = qMax(0, column);
+
+    QVector<QPersistentModelIndex> newIndexes(data.size());
+    // set the data in the table
+    for (int j = 0; j < data.size(); ++j) {
+        int relativeRow = rows.at(j) - top;
+        int relativeColumn = columns.at(j) - left;
+        int destinationRow = relativeRow + row;
+        int destinationColumn = relativeColumn + column;
+        int flat = (relativeRow * dragColumnCount) + relativeColumn;
+        // if the item was already written to, or we just can't fit it in the table, create a new row
+        if (destinationColumn >= colCount || isWrittenTo.testBit(flat)) {
+            destinationColumn = qBound(column, destinationColumn, colCount - 1);
+            destinationRow = row + dragRowCount;
+            insertRows(row + dragRowCount, 1, parent);
+            flat = (dragRowCount * dragColumnCount) + relativeColumn;
+            isWrittenTo.resize(++dragRowCount * dragColumnCount);
+        }
+        if (!isWrittenTo.testBit(flat)) {
+            newIndexes[j] = index(destinationRow, destinationColumn, parent);
+            isWrittenTo.setBit(flat);
+        }
+    }
+
+    for(int k = 0; k < newIndexes.size(); k++) {
+        if (newIndexes.at(k).isValid())
+            setItemData(newIndexes.at(k), data.at(k));
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Begins a row insertion operation.
+
+    When reimplementing insertRows() in a subclass, you must call this
+    function \e before inserting data into the model's underlying data
+    store.
+
+    The \a parent index corresponds to the parent into which the new
+    rows are inserted; \a first and \a last are the row numbers that the
+    new rows will have after they have been inserted.
+
+    \table 80%
+    \row \o \inlineimage modelview-begin-insert-rows.png Inserting rows
+    \o Specify the first and last row numbers for the span of rows
+       you want to insert into an item in a model.
+
+    For example, as shown in the diagram, we insert three rows before
+    row 2, so \a first is 2 and \a last is 4:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qabstractitemmodel.cpp 0
+    This inserts the three new rows as rows 2, 3, and 4.
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage modelview-begin-append-rows.png Appending rows
+    \o To append rows, insert them after the last row.
+
+    For example, as shown in the diagram, we append two rows to a
+    collection of 4 existing rows (ending in row 3), so \a first is 4
+    and \a last is 5:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qabstractitemmodel.cpp 1
+    This appends the two new rows as rows 4 and 5.
+    \endtable
+
+    \sa endInsertRows()
+*/
+void QAbstractItemModel::beginInsertRows(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(first >= 0);
+    Q_ASSERT(last >= first);
+    Q_D(QAbstractItemModel);
+    d->changes.push(QAbstractItemModelPrivate::Change(parent, first, last));
+    emit rowsAboutToBeInserted(parent, first, last);
+    d->rowsAboutToBeInserted(parent, first, last);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Ends a row insertion operation.
+
+    When reimplementing insertRows() in a subclass, you must call this
+    function \e after inserting data into the model's underlying data
+    store.
+
+    \sa beginInsertRows()
+*/
+void QAbstractItemModel::endInsertRows()
+{
+    Q_D(QAbstractItemModel);
+    QAbstractItemModelPrivate::Change change = d->changes.pop();
+    d->rowsInserted(change.parent, change.first, change.last);
+    emit rowsInserted(change.parent, change.first, change.last);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Begins a row removal operation.
+
+    When reimplementing removeRows() in a subclass, you must call this
+    function \e before removing data from the model's underlying data
+    store.
+
+    The \a parent index corresponds to the parent from which the new
+    rows are removed; \a first and \a last are the row numbers of the
+    rows to be removed.
+
+    \table 80%
+    \row \o \inlineimage modelview-begin-remove-rows.png Removing rows
+    \o Specify the first and last row numbers for the span of rows
+       you want to remove from an item in a model.
+
+    For example, as shown in the diagram, we remove the two rows from
+    row 2 to row 3, so \a first is 2 and \a last is 3:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qabstractitemmodel.cpp 2
+    \endtable
+
+    \sa endRemoveRows()
+*/
+void QAbstractItemModel::beginRemoveRows(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(first >= 0);
+    Q_ASSERT(last >= first);
+    Q_D(QAbstractItemModel);
+    d->changes.push(QAbstractItemModelPrivate::Change(parent, first, last));
+    emit rowsAboutToBeRemoved(parent, first, last);
+    d->rowsAboutToBeRemoved(parent, first, last);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Ends a row removal operation.
+
+    When reimplementing removeRows() in a subclass, you must call this
+    function \e after removing data from the model's underlying data
+    store.
+
+    \sa beginRemoveRows()
+*/
+void QAbstractItemModel::endRemoveRows()
+{
+    Q_D(QAbstractItemModel);
+    QAbstractItemModelPrivate::Change change = d->changes.pop();
+    d->rowsRemoved(change.parent, change.first, change.last);
+    emit rowsRemoved(change.parent, change.first, change.last);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Begins a column insertion operation.
+
+    When reimplementing insertColumns() in a subclass, you must call this
+    function \e before inserting data into the model's underlying data
+    store.
+
+    The \a parent index corresponds to the parent into which the new
+    columns are inserted; \a first and \a last are the column numbers of
+    the new columns will have after they have been inserted.
+
+    \table 80%
+    \row \o \inlineimage modelview-begin-insert-columns.png Inserting columns
+    \o Specify the first and last column numbers for the span of columns
+       you want to insert into an item in a model.
+
+    For example, as shown in the diagram, we insert three columns before
+    column 4, so \a first is 4 and \a last is 6:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qabstractitemmodel.cpp 3
+    This inserts the three new columns as columns 4, 5, and 6.
+    \row
+    \o \inlineimage modelview-begin-append-columns.png Appending columns
+    \o To append columns, insert them after the last column.
+
+    For example, as shown in the diagram, we append three columns to a
+    collection of six existing columns (ending in column 5), so \a first
+    is 6 and \a last is 8:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qabstractitemmodel.cpp 4
+    This appends the two new columns as columns 6, 7, and 8.
+    \endtable
+
+    \sa endInsertColumns()
+*/
+void QAbstractItemModel::beginInsertColumns(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(first >= 0);
+    Q_ASSERT(last >= first);
+    Q_D(QAbstractItemModel);
+    d->changes.push(QAbstractItemModelPrivate::Change(parent, first, last));
+    emit columnsAboutToBeInserted(parent, first, last);
+    d->columnsAboutToBeInserted(parent, first, last);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Ends a column insertion operation.
+
+    When reimplementing insertColumns() in a subclass, you must call this
+    function \e after inserting data into the model's underlying data
+    store.
+
+    \sa beginInsertColumns()
+*/
+void QAbstractItemModel::endInsertColumns()
+{
+    Q_D(QAbstractItemModel);
+    QAbstractItemModelPrivate::Change change = d->changes.pop();
+    d->columnsInserted(change.parent, change.first, change.last);
+    emit columnsInserted(change.parent, change.first, change.last);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Begins a column removal operation.
+
+    When reimplementing removeColumns() in a subclass, you must call this
+    function \e before removing data from the model's underlying data
+    store.
+
+    The \a parent index corresponds to the parent from which the new
+    columns are removed; \a first and \a last are the column numbers of
+    the first and last columns to be removed.
+
+    \table 80%
+    \row \o \inlineimage modelview-begin-remove-columns.png Removing columns
+    \o Specify the first and last column numbers for the span of columns
+       you want to remove from an item in a model.
+
+    For example, as shown in the diagram, we remove the three columns
+    from column 4 to column 6, so \a first is 4 and \a last is 6:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qabstractitemmodel.cpp 5
+    \endtable
+
+    \sa endRemoveColumns()
+*/
+void QAbstractItemModel::beginRemoveColumns(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(first >= 0);
+    Q_ASSERT(last >= first);
+    Q_D(QAbstractItemModel);
+    d->changes.push(QAbstractItemModelPrivate::Change(parent, first, last));
+    emit columnsAboutToBeRemoved(parent, first, last);
+    d->columnsAboutToBeRemoved(parent, first, last);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Ends a column removal operation.
+
+    When reimplementing removeColumns() in a subclass, you must call this
+    function \e after removing data from the model's underlying data
+    store.
+
+    \sa beginRemoveColumns()
+*/
+void QAbstractItemModel::endRemoveColumns()
+{
+    Q_D(QAbstractItemModel);
+    QAbstractItemModelPrivate::Change change = d->changes.pop();
+    d->columnsRemoved(change.parent, change.first, change.last);
+    emit columnsRemoved(change.parent, change.first, change.last);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Resets the model to its original state in any attached views.
+
+    \note The view to which the model is attached to will be reset as well.
+
+    When a model is reset it means that any previous data reported from the
+    model is now invalid and has to be queried for again.
+
+    When a model radically changes its data it can sometimes be easier to just
+    call this function rather than emit dataChanged() to inform other
+    components when the underlying data source, or its structure, has changed.
+
+    \sa modelAboutToBeReset(), modelReset()
+*/
+void QAbstractItemModel::reset()
+{
+    Q_D(QAbstractItemModel);
+    emit modelAboutToBeReset();
+    d->invalidatePersistentIndexes();
+    emit modelReset();
+}
+
+/*!
+  Changes the QPersistentModelIndex that is equal to the given \a from
+  model index to the given \a to model index.
+
+  If no persistent model index equal to the given \a from model index was
+  found, nothing is changed.
+
+  \sa persistentIndexList(), changePersistentIndexList()
+*/
+void QAbstractItemModel::changePersistentIndex(const QModelIndex &from, const QModelIndex &to)
+{
+    Q_D(QAbstractItemModel);
+    if (d->persistent.indexes.isEmpty())
+        return;
+    // find the data and reinsert it sorted
+    const QHash<QModelIndex, QPersistentModelIndexData *>::iterator it = d->persistent.indexes.find(from);
+    if (it != d->persistent.indexes.end()) {
+        QPersistentModelIndexData *data = *it;
+        d->persistent.indexes.erase(it);
+        data->index = to;
+        if (to.isValid())
+            d->persistent.insertMultiAtEnd(to, data);
+        else
+            data->model = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  \since 4.1
+
+  Changes the QPersistentModelIndexes that is equal to the indexes in the given \a from
+  model index list to the given \a to model index list.
+
+  If no persistent model indexes equal to the indexes in the given \a from model index list
+  was found, nothing is changed.
+
+  \sa persistentIndexList(), changePersistentIndex()
+*/
+void QAbstractItemModel::changePersistentIndexList(const QModelIndexList &from,
+                                                   const QModelIndexList &to)
+{
+    Q_D(QAbstractItemModel);
+    if (d->persistent.indexes.isEmpty())
+        return;
+    QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *> toBeReinserted;
+    toBeReinserted.reserve(to.count());
+    for (int i = 0; i < from.count(); ++i) {
+        if (from.at(i) == to.at(i))
+            continue;
+        const QHash<QModelIndex, QPersistentModelIndexData *>::iterator it = d->persistent.indexes.find(from.at(i));
+        if (it != d->persistent.indexes.end()) {
+            QPersistentModelIndexData *data = *it;
+            d->persistent.indexes.erase(it);
+            data->index = to.at(i);
+            if (data->index.isValid())
+                toBeReinserted << data;
+            else
+                data->model = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    for (QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *>::const_iterator it = toBeReinserted.constBegin();
+         it != toBeReinserted.constEnd() ; ++it) {
+        QPersistentModelIndexData *data = *it;
+        d->persistent.insertMultiAtEnd(data->index, data);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  \since 4.2
+
+  Returns the list of indexes stored as persistent indexes in the model.
+*/
+QModelIndexList QAbstractItemModel::persistentIndexList() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QAbstractItemModel);
+    QModelIndexList result;
+    for (QHash<QModelIndex, QPersistentModelIndexData *>::const_iterator it = d->persistent.indexes.constBegin();
+         it != d->persistent.indexes.constEnd(); ++it) {
+        QPersistentModelIndexData *data = *it;
+        result.append(data->index);
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QAbstractTableModel
+    \brief The QAbstractTableModel class provides an abstract model that can be
+    subclassed to create table models.
+
+    \ingroup model-view
+
+    QAbstractTableModel provides a standard interface for models that represent
+    their data as a two-dimensional array of items. It is not used directly,
+    but must be subclassed.
+
+    Since the model provides a more specialized interface than
+    QAbstractItemModel, it is not suitable for use with tree views, although
+    it can be used to provide data to a QListView. If you need to represent
+    a simple list of items, and only need a model to contain a single column
+    of data, subclassing the QAbstractListModel may be more appropriate.
+
+    The rowCount() and columnCount() functions return the dimensions of the
+    table. To retrieve a model index corresponding to an item in the model, use
+    index() and provide only the row and column numbers.
+
+    \section1 Subclassing
+
+    \bold{Note:} Some general guidelines for subclassing models are
+    available in the \l{Model Subclassing Reference}.
+
+    When subclassing QAbstractTableModel, you must implement rowCount(),
+    columnCount(), and data(). Default implementations of the index() and
+    parent() functions are provided by QAbstractTableModel.
+    Well behaved models will also implement headerData().
+
+    Editable models need to implement setData(), and implement flags() to
+    return a value containing
+    \l{Qt::ItemFlags}{Qt::ItemIsEditable}.
+
+    Models that provide interfaces to resizable data structures can
+    provide implementations of insertRows(), removeRows(), insertColumns(),
+    and removeColumns(). When implementing these functions, it is
+    important to call the appropriate functions so that all connected views
+    are aware of any changes:
+
+    \list
+    \o An insertRows() implementation must call beginInsertRows()
+       \e before inserting new rows into the data structure, and it must
+       call endInsertRows() \e{immediately afterwards}.
+    \o An insertColumns() implementation must call beginInsertColumns()
+       \e before inserting new columns into the data structure, and it must
+       call endInsertColumns() \e{immediately afterwards}.
+    \o A removeRows() implementation must call beginRemoveRows()
+       \e before the rows are removed from the data structure, and it must
+       call endRemoveRows() \e{immediately afterwards}.
+    \o A removeColumns() implementation must call beginRemoveColumns()
+       \e before the columns are removed from the data structure, and it must
+       call endRemoveColumns() \e{immediately afterwards}.
+    \endlist
+
+    \sa {Model Classes}, {Model Subclassing Reference}, QAbstractItemModel,
+        QAbstractListModel,
+        {Pixelator Example}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an abstract table model for the given \a parent.
+*/
+
+QAbstractTableModel::QAbstractTableModel(QObject *parent)
+    : QAbstractItemModel(parent)
+{
+
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Constructs an abstract table model with \a dd and the given \a parent.
+*/
+
+QAbstractTableModel::QAbstractTableModel(QAbstractItemModelPrivate &dd, QObject *parent)
+    : QAbstractItemModel(dd, parent)
+{
+
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the abstract table model.
+*/
+
+QAbstractTableModel::~QAbstractTableModel()
+{
+
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QModelIndex QAbstractTableModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const
+
+    Returns the index of the data in \a row and \a column with \a parent.
+
+    \sa parent()
+*/
+
+QModelIndex QAbstractTableModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+    return hasIndex(row, column, parent) ? createIndex(row, column, 0) : QModelIndex();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QModelIndex QAbstractTableModel::parent(const QModelIndex &index) const
+
+    Returns the parent of the model item with the given \a index.
+
+    \sa index() hasChildren()
+*/
+
+QModelIndex QAbstractTableModel::parent(const QModelIndex &) const
+{
+    return QModelIndex();
+}
+
+bool QAbstractTableModel::hasChildren(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+    if (parent.model() == this || !parent.isValid())
+        return rowCount(parent) > 0 && columnCount(parent) > 0;
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QAbstractListModel
+    \brief The QAbstractListModel class provides an abstract model that can be
+    subclassed to create one-dimensional list models.
+
+    \ingroup model-view
+
+    QAbstractListModel provides a standard interface for models that represent
+    their data as a simple non-hierarchical sequence of items. It is not used
+    directly, but must be subclassed.
+
+    Since the model provides a more specialized interface than
+    QAbstractItemModel, it is not suitable for use with tree views; you will
+    need to subclass QAbstractItemModel if you want to provide a model for
+    that purpose. If you need to use a number of list models to manage data,
+    it may be more appropriate to subclass QAbstractTableModel class instead.
+
+    Simple models can be created by subclassing this class and implementing
+    the minimum number of required functions. For example, we could implement
+    a simple read-only QStringList-based model that provides a list of strings
+    to a QListView widget. In such a case, we only need to implement the
+    rowCount() function to return the number of items in the list, and the
+    data() function to retrieve items from the list.
+
+    Since the model represents a one-dimensional structure, the rowCount()
+    function returns the total number of items in the model. The columnCount()
+    function is implemented for interoperability with all kinds of views, but
+    by default informs views that the model contains only one column.
+
+    \section1 Subclassing
+
+    \bold{Note:} Some general guidelines for subclassing models are
+    available in the \l{Model Subclassing Reference}.
+
+    When subclassing QAbstractListModel, you must provide implementations
+    of the rowCount() and data() functions. Well behaved models also provide
+    a headerData() implementation.
+
+    For editable list models, you must also provide an implementation of
+    setData(), implement the flags() function so that it returns a value
+    containing \l{Qt::ItemFlags}{Qt::ItemIsEditable}.
+
+    Note that QAbstractListModel provides a default implementation of
+    columnCount() that informs views that there is only a single column
+    of items in this model.
+
+    Models that provide interfaces to resizable list-like data structures
+    can provide implementations of insertRows() and removeRows(). When
+    implementing these functions, it is important to call the appropriate
+    functions so that all connected views are aware of any changes:
+
+    \list
+    \o An insertRows() implementation must call beginInsertRows()
+       \e before inserting new rows into the data structure, and it must
+       call endInsertRows() \e{immediately afterwards}.
+    \o A removeRows() implementation must call beginRemoveRows()
+       \e before the rows are removed from the data structure, and it must
+       call endRemoveRows() \e{immediately afterwards}.
+    \endlist
+
+    \sa {Model Classes}, {Model Subclassing Reference}, QAbstractItemView,
+        QAbstractTableModel, {Item Views Puzzle Example}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an abstract list model with the given \a parent.
+*/
+
+QAbstractListModel::QAbstractListModel(QObject *parent)
+    : QAbstractItemModel(parent)
+{
+
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Constructs an abstract list model with \a dd and the given \a parent.
+*/
+
+QAbstractListModel::QAbstractListModel(QAbstractItemModelPrivate &dd, QObject *parent)
+    : QAbstractItemModel(dd, parent)
+{
+
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the abstract list model.
+*/
+
+QAbstractListModel::~QAbstractListModel()
+{
+
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QModelIndex QAbstractListModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const
+
+    Returns the index of the data in \a row and \a column with \a parent.
+
+    \sa parent()
+*/
+
+QModelIndex QAbstractListModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+    return hasIndex(row, column, parent) ? createIndex(row, column, 0) : QModelIndex();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the parent of the model item with the given \a index.
+
+    \sa index() hasChildren()
+*/
+
+QModelIndex QAbstractListModel::parent(const QModelIndex & /* index */) const
+{
+    return QModelIndex();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Returns the number of columns in the list with the given \a parent.
+
+    \sa rowCount()
+*/
+
+int QAbstractListModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+    return parent.isValid() ? 0 : 1;
+}
+
+bool QAbstractListModel::hasChildren(const QModelIndex &parent) const
+{
+    return parent.isValid() ? false : (rowCount() > 0);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QModelIndexList
+    \relates QModelIndex
+
+    Synonym for QList<QModelIndex>.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \reimp
+*/
+bool QAbstractTableModel::dropMimeData(const QMimeData *data, Qt::DropAction action,
+                                       int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent)
+{
+    if (!data || !(action == Qt::CopyAction || action == Qt::MoveAction))
+        return false;
+
+    QStringList types = mimeTypes();
+    if (types.isEmpty())
+        return false;
+    QString format = types.at(0);
+    if (!data->hasFormat(format))
+        return false;
+
+    QByteArray encoded = data->data(format);
+    QDataStream stream(&encoded, QIODevice::ReadOnly);
+
+    // if the drop is on an item, replace the data in the items
+    if (parent.isValid() && row == -1 && column == -1) {
+        int top = INT_MAX;
+        int left = INT_MAX;
+        QVector<int> rows, columns;
+        QVector<QMap<int, QVariant> > data;
+
+        while (!stream.atEnd()) {
+            int r, c;
+            QMap<int, QVariant> v;
+            stream >> r >> c >> v;
+            rows.append(r);
+            columns.append(c);
+            data.append(v);
+            top = qMin(r, top);
+            left = qMin(c, left);
+        }
+
+        for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) {
+            int r = (rows.at(i) - top) + parent.row();
+            int c = (columns.at(i) - left) + parent.column();
+            if (hasIndex(r, c))
+                setItemData(index(r, c), data.at(i));
+        }
+
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    // otherwise insert new rows for the data
+    return decodeData(row, column, parent, stream);
+}
+
+/*!
+  \reimp
+*/
+bool QAbstractListModel::dropMimeData(const QMimeData *data, Qt::DropAction action,
+                                      int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent)
+{
+    if (!data || !(action == Qt::CopyAction || action == Qt::MoveAction))
+        return false;
+
+    QStringList types = mimeTypes();
+    if (types.isEmpty())
+        return false;
+    QString format = types.at(0);
+    if (!data->hasFormat(format))
+        return false;
+
+    QByteArray encoded = data->data(format);
+    QDataStream stream(&encoded, QIODevice::ReadOnly);
+
+    // if the drop is on an item, replace the data in the items
+    if (parent.isValid() && row == -1 && column == -1) {
+        int top = INT_MAX;
+        int left = INT_MAX;
+        QVector<int> rows, columns;
+        QVector<QMap<int, QVariant> > data;
+
+        while (!stream.atEnd()) {
+            int r, c;
+            QMap<int, QVariant> v;
+            stream >> r >> c >> v;
+            rows.append(r);
+            columns.append(c);
+            data.append(v);
+            top = qMin(r, top);
+            left = qMin(c, left);
+        }
+
+        for (int i = 0; i < data.size(); ++i) {
+            int r = (rows.at(i) - top) + parent.row();
+            if (columns.at(i) == left && hasIndex(r, 0))
+                setItemData(index(r), data.at(i));
+        }
+
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    if (row == -1)
+        row = rowCount(parent);
+
+    // otherwise insert new rows for the data
+    return decodeData(row, column, parent, stream);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QAbstractItemModel::modelAboutToBeReset()
+    \since 4.2
+
+    This signal is emitted when reset() is called, before the model's internal
+    state (e.g. persistent model indexes) has been invalidated.
+
+    \sa reset(), modelReset()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QAbstractItemModel::modelReset()
+    \since 4.1
+
+    This signal is emitted when reset() is called, after the model's internal
+    state (e.g. persistent model indexes) has been invalidated.
+
+    \sa reset(), modelAboutToBeReset()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QModelIndex::operator<(const QModelIndex &other) const
+    \since 4.1
+
+    Returns true if this model index is smaller than the \a other
+    model index; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint qHash(const QPersistentModelIndex &index)
+    \since 4.5
+
+    Returns a hash of the QPersistentModelIndex
+ */
+
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    QHash::insertMulti insert the value before the old value. and find() return the new value.
+    We need insertMultiAtEnd because we don't want to overwrite the old one, which should be removed later
+
+    There should be only one instance QPersistentModelIndexData per index, but in some intermediate state there may be
+    severals of PersistantModelIndex pointing to the same index, but one is already updated, and the other one is not.
+    This make sure than when updating the first one we don't overwrite the second one in the hash, and the second one
+    will be updated right later.
+ */
+void QAbstractItemModelPrivate::Persistent::insertMultiAtEnd(const QModelIndex& key, QPersistentModelIndexData *data)
+{
+    QHash<QModelIndex,QPersistentModelIndexData *>::iterator newIt =
+            indexes.insertMulti(key, data);
+    QHash<QModelIndex,QPersistentModelIndexData *>::iterator it = newIt + 1;
+    while (it != indexes.end() && it.key() == key) {
+        qSwap(*newIt,*it);
+        newIt = it;
+        ++it;
+    }
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b062768
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.h
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QABSTRACTITEMMODEL_H
+#define QABSTRACTITEMMODEL_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qvariant.h>
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+#include <QtCore/qhash.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+class QAbstractItemModel;
+class QPersistentModelIndex;
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QModelIndex
+{
+    friend class QAbstractItemModel;
+    friend class QProxyModel;
+public:
+    inline QModelIndex() : r(-1), c(-1), p(0), m(0) {}
+    inline QModelIndex(const QModelIndex &other)
+        : r(other.r), c(other.c), p(other.p), m(other.m) {}
+    inline ~QModelIndex() { p = 0; m = 0; }
+    inline int row() const { return r; }
+    inline int column() const { return c; }
+    inline void *internalPointer() const { return p; }
+    inline qint64 internalId() const { return reinterpret_cast<qint64>(p); }
+    inline QModelIndex parent() const;
+    inline QModelIndex sibling(int row, int column) const;
+    inline QModelIndex child(int row, int column) const;
+    inline QVariant data(int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const;
+    inline Qt::ItemFlags flags() const;
+    inline const QAbstractItemModel *model() const { return m; }
+    inline bool isValid() const { return (r >= 0) && (c >= 0) && (m != 0); }
+    inline bool operator==(const QModelIndex &other) const
+        { return (other.r == r) && (other.p == p) && (other.c == c) && (other.m == m); }
+    inline bool operator!=(const QModelIndex &other) const
+        { return !(*this == other); }
+    inline bool operator<(const QModelIndex &other) const
+        {
+          if (r < other.r) return true;
+          if (r == other.r) {
+              if (c < other.c) return true;
+              if (c == other.c) {
+                  if (p < other.p) return true;
+                  if (p == other.p) return m < other.m;
+              }
+          }
+          return false; }
+private:
+    inline QModelIndex(int row, int column, void *ptr, const QAbstractItemModel *model);
+    int r, c;
+    void *p;
+    const QAbstractItemModel *m;
+};
+Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QModelIndex, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM
+Q_CORE_EXPORT QDebug operator<<(QDebug, const QModelIndex &);
+#endif
+
+class QPersistentModelIndexData;
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QPersistentModelIndex
+{
+public:
+    QPersistentModelIndex();
+    QPersistentModelIndex(const QModelIndex &index);
+    QPersistentModelIndex(const QPersistentModelIndex &other);
+    ~QPersistentModelIndex();
+    bool operator<(const QPersistentModelIndex &other) const;
+    bool operator==(const QPersistentModelIndex &other) const;
+    inline bool operator!=(const QPersistentModelIndex &other) const
+    { return !operator==(other); }
+    QPersistentModelIndex &operator=(const QPersistentModelIndex &other);
+    bool operator==(const QModelIndex &other) const;
+    bool operator!=(const QModelIndex &other) const;
+    QPersistentModelIndex &operator=(const QModelIndex &other);
+    operator const QModelIndex&() const;
+    int row() const;
+    int column() const;
+    void *internalPointer() const;
+    qint64 internalId() const;
+    QModelIndex parent() const;
+    QModelIndex sibling(int row, int column) const;
+    QModelIndex child(int row, int column) const;
+    QVariant data(int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const;
+    Qt::ItemFlags flags() const;
+    const QAbstractItemModel *model() const;
+    bool isValid() const;
+private:
+    QPersistentModelIndexData *d;
+    friend uint qHash(const QPersistentModelIndex &);
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM
+    friend Q_CORE_EXPORT QDebug operator<<(QDebug, const QPersistentModelIndex &);
+#endif
+};
+Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QPersistentModelIndex, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE);
+
+inline uint qHash(const QPersistentModelIndex &index)
+{ return qHash(index.d); }
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM
+Q_CORE_EXPORT QDebug operator<<(QDebug, const QPersistentModelIndex &);
+#endif
+
+template<typename T> class QList;
+typedef QList<QModelIndex> QModelIndexList;
+
+class QMimeData;
+class QAbstractItemModelPrivate;
+template <class Key, class T> class QMap;
+
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QAbstractItemModel : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+    friend class QPersistentModelIndexData;
+    friend class QAbstractItemViewPrivate;
+public:
+
+    explicit QAbstractItemModel(QObject *parent = 0);
+    virtual ~QAbstractItemModel();
+
+    bool hasIndex(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const;
+    virtual QModelIndex index(int row, int column,
+                              const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const = 0;
+    virtual QModelIndex parent(const QModelIndex &child) const = 0;
+
+    inline QModelIndex sibling(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &idx) const
+        { return index(row, column, parent(idx)); }
+
+    virtual int rowCount(const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const = 0;
+    virtual int columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const = 0;
+    virtual bool hasChildren(const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const;
+
+    virtual QVariant data(const QModelIndex &index, int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const = 0;
+    virtual bool setData(const QModelIndex &index, const QVariant &value, int role = Qt::EditRole);
+
+    virtual QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation,
+                                int role = Qt::DisplayRole) const;
+    virtual bool setHeaderData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, const QVariant &value,
+                               int role = Qt::EditRole);
+
+    virtual QMap<int, QVariant> itemData(const QModelIndex &index) const;
+    virtual bool setItemData(const QModelIndex &index, const QMap<int, QVariant> &roles);
+
+    virtual QStringList mimeTypes() const;
+    virtual QMimeData *mimeData(const QModelIndexList &indexes) const;
+    virtual bool dropMimeData(const QMimeData *data, Qt::DropAction action,
+                              int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent);
+    virtual Qt::DropActions supportedDropActions() const;
+
+    Qt::DropActions supportedDragActions() const;
+    void setSupportedDragActions(Qt::DropActions);
+
+    virtual bool insertRows(int row, int count, const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex());
+    virtual bool insertColumns(int column, int count, const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex());
+    virtual bool removeRows(int row, int count, const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex());
+    virtual bool removeColumns(int column, int count, const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex());
+
+    inline bool insertRow(int row, const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex());
+    inline bool insertColumn(int column, const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex());
+    inline bool removeRow(int row, const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex());
+    inline bool removeColumn(int column, const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex());
+
+    virtual void fetchMore(const QModelIndex &parent);
+    virtual bool canFetchMore(const QModelIndex &parent) const;
+    virtual Qt::ItemFlags flags(const QModelIndex &index) const;
+    virtual void sort(int column, Qt::SortOrder order = Qt::AscendingOrder);
+    virtual QModelIndex buddy(const QModelIndex &index) const;
+    virtual QModelIndexList match(const QModelIndex &start, int role,
+                                  const QVariant &value, int hits = 1,
+                                  Qt::MatchFlags flags =
+                                  Qt::MatchFlags(Qt::MatchStartsWith|Qt::MatchWrap)) const;
+    virtual QSize span(const QModelIndex &index) const;
+
+#ifdef Q_NO_USING_KEYWORD
+    inline QObject *parent() const { return QObject::parent(); }
+#else
+    using QObject::parent;
+#endif
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void dataChanged(const QModelIndex &topLeft, const QModelIndex &bottomRight);
+    void headerDataChanged(Qt::Orientation orientation, int first, int last);
+    void layoutChanged();
+    void layoutAboutToBeChanged();
+
+#if !defined(Q_MOC_RUN) && !defined(qdoc)
+private: // can only be emitted by QAbstractItemModel
+#endif
+    void rowsAboutToBeInserted(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+    void rowsInserted(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+
+    void rowsAboutToBeRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+    void rowsRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+
+    void columnsAboutToBeInserted(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+    void columnsInserted(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+
+    void columnsAboutToBeRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+    void columnsRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+
+    void modelAboutToBeReset();
+    void modelReset();
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    virtual bool submit();
+    virtual void revert();
+
+protected:
+    QAbstractItemModel(QAbstractItemModelPrivate &dd, QObject *parent = 0);
+
+    inline QModelIndex createIndex(int row, int column, void *data = 0) const;
+    inline QModelIndex createIndex(int row, int column, int id) const;
+    inline QModelIndex createIndex(int row, int column, quint32 id) const;
+
+    void encodeData(const QModelIndexList &indexes, QDataStream &stream) const;
+    bool decodeData(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent, QDataStream &stream);
+
+    void beginInsertRows(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+    void endInsertRows();
+
+    void beginRemoveRows(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+    void endRemoveRows();
+
+    void beginInsertColumns(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+    void endInsertColumns();
+
+    void beginRemoveColumns(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+    void endRemoveColumns();
+
+    void reset();
+
+    void changePersistentIndex(const QModelIndex &from, const QModelIndex &to);
+    void changePersistentIndexList(const QModelIndexList &from, const QModelIndexList &to);
+    QModelIndexList persistentIndexList() const;
+
+private:
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QAbstractItemModel)
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QAbstractItemModel)
+};
+
+inline bool QAbstractItemModel::insertRow(int arow, const QModelIndex &aparent)
+{ return insertRows(arow, 1, aparent); }
+inline bool QAbstractItemModel::insertColumn(int acolumn, const QModelIndex &aparent)
+{ return insertColumns(acolumn, 1, aparent); }
+inline bool QAbstractItemModel::removeRow(int arow, const QModelIndex &aparent)
+{ return removeRows(arow, 1, aparent); }
+inline bool QAbstractItemModel::removeColumn(int acolumn, const QModelIndex &aparent)
+{ return removeColumns(acolumn, 1, aparent); }
+
+inline QModelIndex QAbstractItemModel::createIndex(int arow, int acolumn, void *adata) const
+{ return QModelIndex(arow, acolumn, adata, this); }
+inline QModelIndex QAbstractItemModel::createIndex(int arow, int acolumn, int aid) const
+#if defined(Q_CC_MSVC)
+#pragma warning( push )
+#pragma warning( disable : 4312 ) // avoid conversion warning on 64-bit
+#endif
+{ return QModelIndex(arow, acolumn, reinterpret_cast<void*>(aid), this); }
+#if defined(Q_CC_MSVC)
+#pragma warning( pop )
+#endif
+inline QModelIndex QAbstractItemModel::createIndex(int arow, int acolumn, quint32 aid) const
+#if defined(Q_CC_MSVC)
+#pragma warning( push )
+#pragma warning( disable : 4312 ) // avoid conversion warning on 64-bit
+#endif
+{ return QModelIndex(arow, acolumn, reinterpret_cast<void*>(aid), this); }
+#if defined(Q_CC_MSVC)
+#pragma warning( pop )
+#endif
+
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QAbstractTableModel : public QAbstractItemModel
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    explicit QAbstractTableModel(QObject *parent = 0);
+    ~QAbstractTableModel();
+
+    QModelIndex index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const;
+    bool dropMimeData(const QMimeData *data, Qt::DropAction action,
+                      int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent);
+protected:
+    QAbstractTableModel(QAbstractItemModelPrivate &dd, QObject *parent);
+
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QAbstractTableModel)
+    QModelIndex parent(const QModelIndex &child) const;
+    bool hasChildren(const QModelIndex &parent) const;
+};
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QAbstractListModel : public QAbstractItemModel
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    explicit QAbstractListModel(QObject *parent = 0);
+    ~QAbstractListModel();
+
+    QModelIndex index(int row, int column = 0, const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const;
+    bool dropMimeData(const QMimeData *data, Qt::DropAction action,
+                      int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent);
+protected:
+    QAbstractListModel(QAbstractItemModelPrivate &dd, QObject *parent);
+
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QAbstractListModel)
+    QModelIndex parent(const QModelIndex &child) const;
+    int columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const;
+    bool hasChildren(const QModelIndex &parent) const;
+};
+
+// inline implementations
+
+inline QModelIndex::QModelIndex(int arow, int acolumn, void *adata,
+                                const QAbstractItemModel *amodel)
+    : r(arow), c(acolumn), p(adata), m(amodel) {}
+
+inline QModelIndex QModelIndex::parent() const
+{ return m ? m->parent(*this) : QModelIndex(); }
+
+inline QModelIndex QModelIndex::sibling(int arow, int acolumn) const
+{ return m ? (r == arow && c == acolumn) ? *this : m->index(arow, acolumn, m->parent(*this)) : QModelIndex(); }
+
+inline QModelIndex QModelIndex::child(int arow, int acolumn) const
+{ return m ? m->index(arow, acolumn, *this) : QModelIndex(); }
+
+inline QVariant QModelIndex::data(int arole) const
+{ return m ? m->data(*this, arole) : QVariant(); }
+
+inline Qt::ItemFlags QModelIndex::flags() const
+{ return m ? m->flags(*this) : Qt::ItemFlags(0); }
+
+inline uint qHash(const QModelIndex &index)
+{ return uint((index.row() << 4) + index.column() + index.internalId()); }
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QABSTRACTITEMMODEL_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df1a6ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QABSTRACTITEMMODEL_P_H
+#define QABSTRACTITEMMODEL_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of QAbstractItemModel*.  This header file may change from version
+// to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#include "private/qobject_p.h"
+#include "QtCore/qstack.h"
+#include "QtCore/qset.h"
+#include "QtCore/qhash.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QPersistentModelIndexData
+{
+public:
+    QPersistentModelIndexData() : model(0) {}
+    QPersistentModelIndexData(const QModelIndex &idx) : index(idx), model(idx.model()) {}
+    QModelIndex index;
+    QAtomicInt ref;
+    const QAbstractItemModel *model;
+    static QPersistentModelIndexData *create(const QModelIndex &index);
+    static void destroy(QPersistentModelIndexData *data);
+};
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QAbstractItemModelPrivate : public QObjectPrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QAbstractItemModel)
+
+public:
+    QAbstractItemModelPrivate() : QObjectPrivate(), supportedDragActions(-1) {}
+    void removePersistentIndexData(QPersistentModelIndexData *data);
+    void rowsAboutToBeInserted(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+    void rowsInserted(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+    void rowsAboutToBeRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+    void rowsRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+    void columnsAboutToBeInserted(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+    void columnsInserted(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+    void columnsAboutToBeRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+    void columnsRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int first, int last);
+    static QAbstractItemModel *staticEmptyModel();
+
+    inline QModelIndex createIndex(int row, int column, void *data = 0) const {
+        return q_func()->createIndex(row, column, data);
+    }
+
+    inline QModelIndex createIndex(int row, int column, int id) const {
+        return q_func()->createIndex(row, column, id);
+    }
+
+    inline bool indexValid(const QModelIndex &index) const {
+         return (index.row() >= 0) && (index.column() >= 0) && (index.model() == q_func());
+    }
+
+    inline void invalidatePersistentIndexes() {
+        foreach (QPersistentModelIndexData *data, persistent.indexes) {
+            data->index = QModelIndex();
+            data->model = 0;
+        }
+        persistent.indexes.clear();
+    }
+
+    /*!
+      \internal
+      clean the QPersistentModelIndex relative to the index if there is one.
+      To be used before an index is invalided
+      */
+    inline void invalidatePersistentIndex(const QModelIndex &index) {
+        QHash<QModelIndex, QPersistentModelIndexData *>::iterator it = persistent.indexes.find(index);
+        if(it != persistent.indexes.end()) {
+            QPersistentModelIndexData *data = *it;
+            persistent.indexes.erase(it);
+            data->index = QModelIndex();
+            data->model = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    struct Change {
+        Change() : first(-1), last(-1) {}
+        Change(const Change &c) : parent(c.parent), first(c.first), last(c.last) {}
+        Change(const QModelIndex &p, int f, int l) : parent(p), first(f), last(l) {}
+        QModelIndex parent;
+        int first, last;
+    };
+    QStack<Change> changes;
+
+    struct Persistent {
+        Persistent() {}
+        QHash<QModelIndex, QPersistentModelIndexData *> indexes;
+        QStack<QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *> > moved;
+        QStack<QVector<QPersistentModelIndexData *> > invalidated;
+        void insertMultiAtEnd(const QModelIndex& key, QPersistentModelIndexData *data);
+    } persistent;
+
+    Qt::DropActions supportedDragActions;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QABSTRACTITEMMODEL_P_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qbasictimer.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qbasictimer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..40a12c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qbasictimer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qbasictimer.h"
+#include "qcoreapplication.h"
+#include "qabstracteventdispatcher.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QBasicTimer
+    \brief The QBasicTimer class provides timer events for objects.
+
+    \ingroup time
+    \ingroup events
+
+    This is a fast, lightweight, and low-level class used by Qt
+    internally. We recommend using the higher-level QTimer class
+    rather than this class if you want to use timers in your
+    applications.
+
+    To use this class, create a QBasicTimer, and call its start()
+    function with a timeout interval and with a pointer to a QObject
+    subclass. When the timer times out it will send a timer event to
+    the QObject subclass. The timer can be stopped at any time using
+    stop(). isActive() returns true for a timer that is running;
+    i.e. it has been started, has not reached the timeout time, and
+    has not been stopped. The timer's ID can be retrieved using
+    timerId().
+
+    The \l{widgets/wiggly}{Wiggly} example uses QBasicTimer to repaint
+    a widget at regular intervals.
+
+    \sa QTimer, QTimerEvent, QObject::timerEvent(), Timers, {Wiggly Example}
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QBasicTimer::QBasicTimer()
+
+    Contructs a basic timer.
+
+    \sa start()
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn QBasicTimer::~QBasicTimer()
+
+    Destroys the basic timer.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QBasicTimer::isActive() const
+
+    Returns true if the timer is running, has not yet timed
+    out, and has not been stopped; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa start() stop()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QBasicTimer::timerId() const
+
+    Returns the timer's ID.
+
+    \sa QTimerEvent::timerId()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QBasicTimer::start(int msec, QObject *object)
+
+    Starts (or restarts) the timer with a \a msec milliseconds
+    timeout.
+
+    The given \a object will receive timer events.
+
+    \sa stop() isActive() QObject::timerEvent()
+ */
+void QBasicTimer::start(int msec, QObject *obj)
+{
+   stop();
+   if (obj)
+       id = obj->startTimer(msec);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Stops the timer.
+
+    \sa start() isActive()
+*/
+void QBasicTimer::stop()
+{
+    if (id) {
+        QAbstractEventDispatcher *eventDispatcher = QAbstractEventDispatcher::instance();
+        if (eventDispatcher)
+            eventDispatcher->unregisterTimer(id);
+    }
+    id = 0;
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qbasictimer.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qbasictimer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1146b62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qbasictimer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QBASICTIMER_H
+#define QBASICTIMER_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qglobal.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+class QObject;
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QBasicTimer
+{
+    int id;
+public:
+    inline QBasicTimer() : id(0) {}
+    inline ~QBasicTimer() { if (id) stop(); }
+
+    inline bool isActive() const { return id != 0; }
+    inline int timerId() const { return id; }
+
+    void start(int msec, QObject *obj);
+    void stop();
+};
+Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QBasicTimer, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE);
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QBASICTIMER_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcore_mac.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qcore_mac.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1681b09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcore_mac.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include <private/qcore_mac_p.h>
+#include <new>
+#include "qvarlengtharray.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QString QCFString::toQString(CFStringRef str)
+{
+    if(!str)
+        return QString();
+    CFIndex length = CFStringGetLength(str);
+    const UniChar *chars = CFStringGetCharactersPtr(str);
+    if (chars)
+        return QString(reinterpret_cast<const QChar *>(chars), length);
+
+    QVarLengthArray<UniChar> buffer(length);
+    CFStringGetCharacters(str, CFRangeMake(0, length), buffer.data());
+    return QString(reinterpret_cast<const QChar *>(buffer.constData()), length);
+}
+
+QCFString::operator QString() const
+{
+    if (string.isEmpty() && type)
+        const_cast<QCFString*>(this)->string = toQString(type);
+    return string;
+}
+
+CFStringRef QCFString::toCFStringRef(const QString &string)
+{
+    return CFStringCreateWithCharacters(0, reinterpret_cast<const UniChar *>(string.unicode()),
+                                        string.length());
+}
+
+QCFString::operator CFStringRef() const
+{
+    if (!type)
+        const_cast<QCFString*>(this)->type = toCFStringRef(string);
+    return type;
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcore_mac_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qcore_mac_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54c9aaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcore_mac_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QCORE_MAC_P_H
+#define QCORE_MAC_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of other Qt classes.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef __IMAGECAPTURE__
+#  define __IMAGECAPTURE__
+#endif
+
+#undef OLD_DEBUG
+#ifdef DEBUG
+# define OLD_DEBUG DEBUG
+# undef DEBUG
+#endif
+#define DEBUG 0
+#ifdef qDebug
+#  define old_qDebug qDebug
+#  undef qDebug
+#endif
+
+#include <ApplicationServices/ApplicationServices.h>
+
+#undef DEBUG
+#ifdef OLD_DEBUG
+#  define DEBUG OLD_DEBUG
+#  undef OLD_DEBUG
+#endif
+
+#ifdef old_qDebug
+#  undef qDebug
+#  define qDebug QT_NO_QDEBUG_MACRO
+#  undef old_qDebug
+#endif
+
+#include "qstring.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*
+    Helper class that automates refernce counting for CFtypes.
+    After constructing the QCFType object, it can be copied like a
+    value-based type.
+
+    Note that you must own the object you are wrapping.
+    This is typically the case if you get the object from a Core
+    Foundation function with the word "Create" or "Copy" in it. If
+    you got the object from a "Get" function, either retain it or use
+    constructFromGet(). One exception to this rule is the
+    HIThemeGet*Shape functions, which in reality are "Copy" functions.
+*/
+template <typename T>
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QCFType
+{
+public:
+    inline QCFType(const T &t = 0) : type(t) {}
+    inline QCFType(const QCFType &helper) : type(helper.type) { if (type) CFRetain(type); }
+    inline ~QCFType() { if (type) CFRelease(type); }
+    inline operator T() { return type; }
+    inline QCFType operator =(const QCFType &helper)
+    {
+	if (helper.type)
+	    CFRetain(helper.type);
+	CFTypeRef type2 = type;
+	type = helper.type;
+	if (type2)
+	    CFRelease(type2);
+	return *this;
+    }
+    inline T *operator&() { return &type; }
+    static QCFType constructFromGet(const T &t)
+    {
+        CFRetain(t);
+        return QCFType<T>(t);
+    }
+protected:
+    T type;
+};
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QCFString : public QCFType<CFStringRef>
+{
+public:
+    inline QCFString(const QString &str) : QCFType<CFStringRef>(0), string(str) {}
+    inline QCFString(const CFStringRef cfstr = 0) : QCFType<CFStringRef>(cfstr) {}
+    inline QCFString(const QCFType<CFStringRef> &other) : QCFType<CFStringRef>(other) {}
+    operator QString() const;
+    operator CFStringRef() const;
+    static QString toQString(CFStringRef cfstr);
+    static CFStringRef toCFStringRef(const QString &str);
+private:
+    QString string;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#if (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_5)
+#ifndef __LP64__
+	typedef float CGFloat;
+        typedef int NSInteger;
+        typedef unsigned int NSUInteger;
+	#define SRefCon SInt32
+	#define URefCon UInt32
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#endif // QCORE_MAC_P_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3f9f1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2406 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qcoreapplication.h"
+#include "qcoreapplication_p.h"
+
+#include "qabstracteventdispatcher.h"
+#include "qcoreevent.h"
+#include "qeventloop.h"
+#include "qcorecmdlineargs_p.h"
+#include <qdatastream.h>
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#include <qdebug.h>
+#include <qdir.h>
+#include <qfile.h>
+#include <qfileinfo.h>
+#include <qhash.h>
+#include <private/qprocess_p.h>
+#include <qtextcodec.h>
+#include <qthread.h>
+#include <qthreadpool.h>
+#include <qthreadstorage.h>
+#include <private/qthread_p.h>
+#include <qlibraryinfo.h>
+#include <private/qfactoryloader_p.h>
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX
+#  if !defined(QT_NO_GLIB)
+#    include "qeventdispatcher_glib_p.h"
+#  endif
+#  include "qeventdispatcher_unix_p.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN
+#  include "qeventdispatcher_win_p.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_MAC
+#  include "qcore_mac_p.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX
+#  include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+extern QString qAppFileName();
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(Q_OS_WIN)
+#ifdef Q_OS_MAC
+QString QCoreApplicationPrivate::macMenuBarName()
+{
+    QString bundleName;
+    CFTypeRef string = CFBundleGetValueForInfoDictionaryKey(CFBundleGetMainBundle(), CFSTR("CFBundleName"));
+    if (string)
+        bundleName = QCFString::toQString(static_cast<CFStringRef>(string));
+    return bundleName;
+}
+#endif
+QString QCoreApplicationPrivate::appName() const
+{
+    static QString applName;
+#ifdef Q_OS_MAC
+    applName = macMenuBarName();
+#endif
+    if (applName.isEmpty() && argv[0]) {
+        char *p = strrchr(argv[0], '/');
+        applName = QString::fromLocal8Bit(p ? p + 1 : argv[0]);
+    }
+    return applName;
+}
+#endif
+
+bool QCoreApplicationPrivate::checkInstance(const char *function)
+{
+    bool b = (QCoreApplication::self != 0);
+    if (!b)
+        qWarning("QApplication::%s: Please instantiate the QApplication object first", function);
+    return b;
+}
+
+// Support for introspection
+
+QSignalSpyCallbackSet Q_CORE_EXPORT qt_signal_spy_callback_set = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+
+void qt_register_signal_spy_callbacks(const QSignalSpyCallbackSet &callback_set)
+{
+    qt_signal_spy_callback_set = callback_set;
+}
+
+extern "C" void Q_CORE_EXPORT qt_startup_hook()
+{
+}
+
+typedef QList<QtCleanUpFunction> QVFuncList;
+Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QVFuncList, postRList)
+
+void qAddPostRoutine(QtCleanUpFunction p)
+{
+    QVFuncList *list = postRList();
+    if (!list)
+        return;
+    list->prepend(p);
+}
+
+void qRemovePostRoutine(QtCleanUpFunction p)
+{
+    QVFuncList *list = postRList();
+    if (!list)
+        return;
+    list->removeAll(p);
+}
+
+void Q_CORE_EXPORT qt_call_post_routines()
+{
+    QVFuncList *list = postRList();
+    if (!list)
+        return;
+    while (!list->isEmpty())
+        (list->takeFirst())();
+}
+
+
+// app starting up if false
+bool QCoreApplicationPrivate::is_app_running = false;
+ // app closing down if true
+bool QCoreApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing = false;
+// initialized in qcoreapplication and in qtextstream autotest when setlocale is called.
+Q_CORE_EXPORT bool qt_locale_initialized = false;
+
+
+Q_CORE_EXPORT uint qGlobalPostedEventsCount()
+{
+    QThreadData *currentThreadData = QThreadData::current();
+    return currentThreadData->postEventList.size() - currentThreadData->postEventList.startOffset;
+}
+
+
+void qt_set_current_thread_to_main_thread()
+{
+    QCoreApplicationPrivate::theMainThread = QThread::currentThread();
+}
+
+
+
+QCoreApplication *QCoreApplication::self = 0;
+QAbstractEventDispatcher *QCoreApplicationPrivate::eventDispatcher = 0;
+uint QCoreApplicationPrivate::attribs;
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX
+Qt::HANDLE qt_application_thread_id = 0;
+#endif
+
+struct QCoreApplicationData {
+    QCoreApplicationData() {
+#ifndef QT_NO_LIBRARY
+        app_libpaths = 0;
+#endif
+    }
+    ~QCoreApplicationData() {
+#ifndef QT_NO_LIBRARY
+        delete app_libpaths;
+#endif
+
+        // cleanup the QAdoptedThread created for the main() thread
+       if (QCoreApplicationPrivate::theMainThread) {
+           QThreadData *data = QThreadData::get2(QCoreApplicationPrivate::theMainThread);
+           QCoreApplicationPrivate::theMainThread = 0;
+           data->deref(); // deletes the data and the adopted thread
+       }
+    }
+    QString orgName, orgDomain, application;
+    QString applicationVersion;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_LIBRARY
+    QStringList *app_libpaths;
+#endif
+
+};
+
+Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QCoreApplicationData, coreappdata)
+
+QCoreApplicationPrivate::QCoreApplicationPrivate(int &aargc, char **aargv)
+    : QObjectPrivate(), argc(aargc), argv(aargv), application_type(0), eventFilter(0),
+      in_exec(false), aboutToQuitEmitted(false)
+{
+    static const char *const empty = "";
+    if (argc == 0 || argv == 0) {
+        argc = 0;
+        argv = (char **)&empty; // ouch! careful with QCoreApplication::argv()!
+    }
+    QCoreApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing = false;
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX
+    qt_application_thread_id = QThread::currentThreadId();
+#endif
+
+    // note: this call to QThread::currentThread() may end up setting theMainThread!
+    if (QThread::currentThread() != theMainThread)
+        qWarning("WARNING: QApplication was not created in the main() thread.");
+}
+
+QCoreApplicationPrivate::~QCoreApplicationPrivate()
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_THREAD
+    void *data = &threadData->tls;
+    QThreadStorageData::finish((void **)data);
+#endif
+
+    // need to clear the state of the mainData, just in case a new QCoreApplication comes along.
+    QMutexLocker locker(&threadData->postEventList.mutex);
+    for (int i = 0; i < threadData->postEventList.size(); ++i) {
+        const QPostEvent &pe = threadData->postEventList.at(i);
+        if (pe.event) {
+            --pe.receiver->d_func()->postedEvents;
+            pe.event->posted = false;
+            delete pe.event;
+        }
+    }
+    threadData->postEventList.clear();
+    threadData->postEventList.recursion = 0;
+    threadData->quitNow = false;
+}
+
+void QCoreApplicationPrivate::createEventDispatcher()
+{
+    Q_Q(QCoreApplication);
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIX)
+#  if !defined(QT_NO_GLIB)
+    if (qgetenv("QT_NO_GLIB").isEmpty() && QEventDispatcherGlib::versionSupported())
+        eventDispatcher = new QEventDispatcherGlib(q);
+    else
+#  endif
+        eventDispatcher = new QEventDispatcherUNIX(q);
+#elif defined(Q_OS_WIN)
+    eventDispatcher = new QEventDispatcherWin32(q);
+#else
+#  error "QEventDispatcher not yet ported to this platform"
+#endif
+}
+
+QThread *QCoreApplicationPrivate::theMainThread = 0;
+QThread *QCoreApplicationPrivate::mainThread()
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(theMainThread != 0);
+    return theMainThread;
+}
+
+#if !defined (QT_NO_DEBUG) || defined (QT_MAC_FRAMEWORK_BUILD)
+void QCoreApplicationPrivate::checkReceiverThread(QObject *receiver)
+{
+    QThread *currentThread = QThread::currentThread();
+    QThread *thr = receiver->thread();
+    Q_ASSERT_X(currentThread == thr || !thr,
+               "QCoreApplication::sendEvent",
+               QString::fromLatin1("Cannot send events to objects owned by a different thread. "
+                                   "Current thread %1. Receiver '%2' (of type '%3') was created in thread %4")
+               .arg(QString::number((quintptr) currentThread, 16))
+               .arg(receiver->objectName())
+               .arg(QLatin1String(receiver->metaObject()->className()))
+               .arg(QString::number((quintptr) thr, 16))
+               .toLocal8Bit().data());
+    Q_UNUSED(currentThread);
+    Q_UNUSED(thr);
+}
+#endif
+
+void QCoreApplicationPrivate::appendApplicationPathToLibraryPaths()
+{
+#if !defined(QT_NO_LIBRARY) && !defined(QT_NO_SETTINGS)
+    QStringList *app_libpaths = coreappdata()->app_libpaths;
+    Q_ASSERT(app_libpaths);
+    QString app_location( QCoreApplication::applicationFilePath() );
+    app_location.truncate(app_location.lastIndexOf(QLatin1Char('/')));
+    app_location = QDir(app_location).canonicalPath();
+    if (app_location !=  QLibraryInfo::location(QLibraryInfo::PluginsPath) && QFile::exists(app_location) && !app_libpaths->contains(app_location))
+        app_libpaths->append(app_location);
+#endif
+}
+
+QString qAppName()
+{
+    if (!QCoreApplicationPrivate::checkInstance("qAppName"))
+        return QString();
+    return QCoreApplication::instance()->d_func()->appName();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QCoreApplication
+    \brief The QCoreApplication class provides an event loop for console Qt
+    applications.
+
+    \ingroup application
+    \mainclass
+
+    This class is used by non-GUI applications to provide their event
+    loop. For non-GUI application that uses Qt, there should be exactly
+    one QCoreApplication object. For GUI applications, see
+    QApplication.
+
+    QCoreApplication contains the main event loop, where all events
+    from the operating system (e.g., timer and network events) and
+    other sources are processed and dispatched. It also handles the
+    application's initialization and finalization, as well as
+    system-wide and application-wide settings.
+
+    The command line arguments which QCoreApplication's constructor
+    should be called with are accessible using arguments(). The
+    event loop is started with a call to exec(). Long running
+    operations can call processEvents() to keep the application
+    responsive.
+
+    Some Qt classes, such as QString, can be used without a
+    QCoreApplication object. However, in general, we recommend that
+    you create a QCoreApplication or a QApplication object in your \c
+    main() function as early as possible. The application will enter
+    the event loop when exec() is called. exit() will not return
+    until the event loop exits, e.g., when quit() is called.
+
+    An application has an applicationDirPath() and an
+    applicationFilePath(). Translation files can be added or removed
+    using installTranslator() and removeTranslator(). Application
+    strings can be translated using translate(). The QObject::tr()
+    and QObject::trUtf8() functions are implemented in terms of
+    translate().
+
+    The class provides a quit() slot and an aboutToQuit() signal.
+
+    Several static convenience functions are also provided. The
+    QCoreApplication object is available from instance(). Events can
+    be sent or posted using sendEvent(), postEvent(), and
+    sendPostedEvents(). Pending events can be removed with
+    removePostedEvents() or flushed with flush(). Library paths (see
+    QLibrary) can be retrieved with libraryPaths() and manipulated by
+    setLibraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), and removeLibraryPath().
+
+    \sa QApplication, QAbstractEventDispatcher, QEventLoop,
+    {Semaphores Example}, {Wait Conditions Example}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn static QCoreApplication *QCoreApplication::instance()
+
+    Returns a pointer to the application's QCoreApplication (or
+    QApplication) instance.
+
+    If no instance has been allocated, \c null is returned.
+*/
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+QCoreApplication::QCoreApplication(QCoreApplicationPrivate &p)
+    : QObject(p, 0)
+{
+    init();
+    // note: it is the subclasses' job to call
+    // QCoreApplicationPrivate::eventDispatcher->startingUp();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Flushes the platform specific event queues.
+
+    If you are doing graphical changes inside a loop that does not
+    return to the event loop on asynchronous window systems like X11
+    or double buffered window systems like Mac OS X, and you want to
+    visualize these changes immediately (e.g. Splash Screens), call
+    this function.
+
+    \sa sendPostedEvents()
+*/
+void QCoreApplication::flush()
+{
+    if (self && self->d_func()->eventDispatcher)
+        self->d_func()->eventDispatcher->flush();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a Qt kernel application. Kernel applications are
+    applications without a graphical user interface. These type of
+    applications are used at the console or as server processes.
+
+    The \a argc and \a argv arguments are processed by the application,
+    and made available in a more convenient form by the arguments()
+    function.
+
+    \warning The data referred to by \a argc and \a argv must stay valid
+    for the entire lifetime of the QCoreApplication object. In addition,
+    \a argc must be greater than zero and \a argv must contain at least
+    one valid character string.
+*/
+QCoreApplication::QCoreApplication(int &argc, char **argv)
+    : QObject(*new QCoreApplicationPrivate(argc, argv))
+{
+    init();
+    QCoreApplicationPrivate::eventDispatcher->startingUp();
+}
+
+extern void set_winapp_name();
+
+// ### move to QCoreApplicationPrivate constructor?
+void QCoreApplication::init()
+{
+    Q_D(QCoreApplication);
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX
+    setlocale(LC_ALL, "");                // use correct char set mapping
+    qt_locale_initialized = true;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    // Get the application name/instance if qWinMain() was not invoked
+    set_winapp_name();
+#endif
+
+    Q_ASSERT_X(!self, "QCoreApplication", "there should be only one application object");
+    QCoreApplication::self = this;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_THREAD
+    QThread::initialize();
+#endif
+
+    // use the event dispatcher created by the app programmer (if any)
+    if (!QCoreApplicationPrivate::eventDispatcher)
+        QCoreApplicationPrivate::eventDispatcher = d->threadData->eventDispatcher;
+    // otherwise we create one
+    if (!QCoreApplicationPrivate::eventDispatcher)
+        d->createEventDispatcher();
+    Q_ASSERT(QCoreApplicationPrivate::eventDispatcher != 0);
+
+    if (!QCoreApplicationPrivate::eventDispatcher->parent())
+        QCoreApplicationPrivate::eventDispatcher->moveToThread(d->threadData->thread);
+
+    d->threadData->eventDispatcher = QCoreApplicationPrivate::eventDispatcher;
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_LIBRARY) && !defined(QT_NO_SETTINGS)
+    if (!coreappdata()->app_libpaths) {
+        // make sure that library paths is initialized
+        libraryPaths();
+    } else {
+        d->appendApplicationPathToLibraryPaths();
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIX) && !(defined(QT_NO_PROCESS))
+    // Make sure the process manager thread object is created in the main
+    // thread.
+    QProcessPrivate::initializeProcessManager();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT_EVAL
+    extern void qt_core_eval_init(uint);
+    qt_core_eval_init(d->application_type);
+#endif
+
+    qt_startup_hook();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QCoreApplication object.
+*/
+QCoreApplication::~QCoreApplication()
+{
+    qt_call_post_routines();
+
+    self = 0;
+    QCoreApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing = true;
+    QCoreApplicationPrivate::is_app_running = false;
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_THREAD)
+#if !defined(QT_NO_CONCURRENT)
+    // Synchronize and stop the global thread pool threads.
+    QThreadPool::globalInstance()->waitForDone();
+#endif
+    QThread::cleanup();
+#endif
+
+    d_func()->threadData->eventDispatcher = 0;
+    if (QCoreApplicationPrivate::eventDispatcher)
+        QCoreApplicationPrivate::eventDispatcher->closingDown();
+    QCoreApplicationPrivate::eventDispatcher = 0;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_LIBRARY
+    delete coreappdata()->app_libpaths;
+    coreappdata()->app_libpaths = 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the attribute \a attribute if \a on is true;
+    otherwise clears the attribute.
+
+    One of the attributes that can be set with this method is
+    Qt::AA_ImmediateWidgetCreation. It tells Qt to create toplevel
+    windows immediately. Normally, resources for widgets are allocated
+    on demand to improve efficiency and minimize resource usage.
+    Therefore, if it is important to minimize resource consumption, do
+    not set this attribute.
+
+    \sa testAttribute()
+*/
+void QCoreApplication::setAttribute(Qt::ApplicationAttribute attribute, bool on)
+{
+    if (on)
+        QCoreApplicationPrivate::attribs |= 1 << attribute;
+    else
+        QCoreApplicationPrivate::attribs &= ~(1 << attribute);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns true if attribute \a attribute is set;
+  otherwise returns false.
+
+  \sa setAttribute()
+ */
+bool QCoreApplication::testAttribute(Qt::ApplicationAttribute attribute)
+{
+    return QCoreApplicationPrivate::testAttribute(attribute);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+
+  This function is here to make it possible for Qt extensions to
+  hook into event notification without subclassing QApplication
+*/
+bool QCoreApplication::notifyInternal(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event)
+{
+    // Make it possible for Qt Jambi and QSA to hook into events even
+    // though QApplication is subclassed...
+    bool result = false;
+    void *cbdata[] = { receiver, event, &result };
+    if (QInternal::activateCallbacks(QInternal::EventNotifyCallback, cbdata)) {
+        return result;
+    }
+
+    // Qt enforces the rule that events can only be sent to objects in
+    // the current thread, so receiver->d_func()->threadData is
+    // equivalent to QThreadData::current(), just without the function
+    // call overhead.
+    QObjectPrivate *d = receiver->d_func();
+    QThreadData *threadData = d->threadData;
+    ++threadData->loopLevel;
+
+#ifdef QT_JAMBI_BUILD
+    int deleteWatch = 0;
+    int *oldDeleteWatch = QObjectPrivate::setDeleteWatch(d, &deleteWatch);
+
+    bool inEvent = d->inEventHandler;
+    d->inEventHandler = true;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS)
+    bool returnValue = notify(receiver, event);
+#else
+    bool returnValue;
+    try {
+        returnValue = notify(receiver, event);
+    } catch(...) {
+        --threadData->loopLevel;
+        throw;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT_JAMBI_BUILD
+    // Restore the previous state if the object was not deleted..
+    if (!deleteWatch) {
+        d->inEventHandler = inEvent;
+    }
+    QObjectPrivate::resetDeleteWatch(d, oldDeleteWatch, deleteWatch);
+#endif
+    --threadData->loopLevel;
+    return returnValue;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Sends \a event to \a receiver: \a {receiver}->event(\a event).
+  Returns the value that is returned from the receiver's event
+  handler. Note that this function is called for all events send to
+  any object is all threads.
+
+  For certain types of events (e.g. mouse and key events),
+  the event will be propagated to the receiver's parent and so on up to
+  the top-level object if the receiver is not interested in the event
+  (i.e., it returns false).
+
+  There are five different ways that events can be processed;
+  reimplementing this virtual function is just one of them. All five
+  approaches are listed below:
+  \list 1
+  \i Reimplementing paintEvent(), mousePressEvent() and so
+  on. This is the commonest, easiest and least powerful way.
+
+  \i Reimplementing this function. This is very powerful, providing
+  complete control; but only one subclass can be active at a time.
+
+  \i Installing an event filter on QCoreApplication::instance(). Such
+  an event filter is able to process all events for all widgets, so
+  it's just as powerful as reimplementing notify(); furthermore, it's
+  possible to have more than one application-global event filter.
+  Global event filters even see mouse events for
+  \l{QWidget::isEnabled()}{disabled widgets}. Note that application
+  event filters are only called for objects that live in the main
+  thread.
+
+  \i Reimplementing QObject::event() (as QWidget does). If you do
+  this you get Tab key presses, and you get to see the events before
+  any widget-specific event filters.
+
+  \i Installing an event filter on the object. Such an event filter gets all
+  the events, including Tab and Shift+Tab key press events, as long as they
+  do not change the focus widget.
+  \endlist
+
+  \sa QObject::event(), installEventFilter()
+*/
+
+bool QCoreApplication::notify(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event)
+{
+    Q_D(QCoreApplication);
+    // no events are delivered after ~QCoreApplication() has started
+    if (QCoreApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing)
+        return true;
+
+    if (receiver == 0) {                        // serious error
+        qWarning("QCoreApplication::notify: Unexpected null receiver");
+        return true;
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    d->checkReceiverThread(receiver);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    if (event->type() == QEvent::ChildRemoved && !receiver->d_func()->pendingChildInsertedEvents.isEmpty())
+        receiver->d_func()->removePendingChildInsertedEvents(static_cast<QChildEvent *>(event)->child());
+#endif // QT3_SUPPORT
+
+    return receiver->isWidgetType() ? false : d->notify_helper(receiver, event);
+}
+
+bool QCoreApplicationPrivate::sendThroughApplicationEventFilters(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event)
+{
+    if (receiver->d_func()->threadData == this->threadData) {
+        // application event filters are only called for objects in the GUI thread
+        for (int i = 0; i < eventFilters.size(); ++i) {
+            register QObject *obj = eventFilters.at(i);
+            if (!obj)
+                continue;
+            if (obj->d_func()->threadData != threadData) {
+                qWarning("QCoreApplication: Application event filter cannot be in a different thread.");
+                continue;
+            }
+            if (obj->eventFilter(receiver, event))
+                return true;
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool QCoreApplicationPrivate::sendThroughObjectEventFilters(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event)
+{
+    Q_Q(QCoreApplication);
+    if (receiver != q) {
+        for (int i = 0; i < receiver->d_func()->eventFilters.size(); ++i) {
+            register QObject *obj = receiver->d_func()->eventFilters.at(i);
+            if (!obj)
+                continue;
+            if (obj->d_func()->threadData != receiver->d_func()->threadData) {
+                qWarning("QCoreApplication: Object event filter cannot be in a different thread.");
+                continue;
+            }
+            if (obj->eventFilter(receiver, event))
+                return true;
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+
+  Helper function called by notify()
+ */
+bool QCoreApplicationPrivate::notify_helper(QObject *receiver, QEvent * event)
+{
+    // send to all application event filters
+    if (sendThroughApplicationEventFilters(receiver, event))
+        return true;
+    // send to all receiver event filters
+    if (sendThroughObjectEventFilters(receiver, event))
+        return true;
+    // deliver the event
+    return receiver->event(event);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns true if an application object has not been created yet;
+  otherwise returns false.
+
+  \sa closingDown()
+*/
+
+bool QCoreApplication::startingUp()
+{
+    return !QCoreApplicationPrivate::is_app_running;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns true if the application objects are being destroyed;
+  otherwise returns false.
+
+  \sa startingUp()
+*/
+
+bool QCoreApplication::closingDown()
+{
+    return QCoreApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Processes all pending events for the calling thread according to
+    the specified \a flags until there are no more events to process.
+
+    You can call this function occasionally when your program is busy
+    performing a long operation (e.g. copying a file).
+
+    In event you are running a local loop which calls this function
+    continuously, without an event loop, the
+    \l{QEvent::DeferredDelete}{DeferredDelete} events will
+    not be processed. This can affect the behaviour of widgets,
+    e.g. QToolTip, that rely on \l{QEvent::DeferredDelete}{DeferredDelete}
+    events to function properly. An alternative would be to call
+    \l{QCoreApplication::sendPostedEvents()}{sendPostedEvents()} from
+    within that local loop.
+
+    Calling this function processes events only for the calling thread.
+
+    \threadsafe
+
+    \sa exec(), QTimer, QEventLoop::processEvents(), flush(), sendPostedEvents()
+*/
+void QCoreApplication::processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags)
+{
+    QThreadData *data = QThreadData::current();
+    if (!data->eventDispatcher)
+        return;
+    if (flags & QEventLoop::DeferredDeletion)
+        QCoreApplication::sendPostedEvents(0, QEvent::DeferredDelete);
+    data->eventDispatcher->processEvents(flags);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload processEvents()
+
+    Processes pending events for the calling thread for \a maxtime
+    milliseconds or until there are no more events to process,
+    whichever is shorter.
+
+    You can call this function occasionally when you program is busy
+    doing a long operation (e.g. copying a file).
+
+    Calling this function processes events only for the calling thread.
+
+    \threadsafe
+
+    \sa exec(), QTimer, QEventLoop::processEvents()
+*/
+void QCoreApplication::processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags, int maxtime)
+{
+    QThreadData *data = QThreadData::current();
+    if (!data->eventDispatcher)
+        return;
+    QTime start;
+    start.start();
+    if (flags & QEventLoop::DeferredDeletion)
+        QCoreApplication::sendPostedEvents(0, QEvent::DeferredDelete);
+    while (data->eventDispatcher->processEvents(flags & ~QEventLoop::WaitForMoreEvents)) {
+        if (start.elapsed() > maxtime)
+            break;
+        if (flags & QEventLoop::DeferredDeletion)
+            QCoreApplication::sendPostedEvents(0, QEvent::DeferredDelete);
+    }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Main event loop wrappers
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    Enters the main event loop and waits until exit() is called.
+    Returns the value that was set to exit() (which is 0 if exit() is
+    called via quit()).
+
+    It is necessary to call this function to start event handling. The
+    main event loop receives events from the window system and
+    dispatches these to the application widgets.
+
+    To make your application perform idle processing (i.e. executing a
+    special function whenever there are no pending events), use a
+    QTimer with 0 timeout. More advanced idle processing schemes can
+    be achieved using processEvents().
+
+    We recommend that you connect clean-up code to the
+    \l{QCoreApplication::}{aboutToQuit()} signal, instead of putting it in
+    your application's \c{main()} function because on some platforms the
+    QCoreApplication::exec() call may not return. For example, on Windows
+    when the user logs off, the system terminates the process after Qt
+    closes all top-level windows. Hence, there is no guarantee that the
+    application will have time to exit its event loop and execute code at
+    the end of the \c{main()} function after the QCoreApplication::exec()
+    call.
+
+    \sa quit(), exit(), processEvents(), QApplication::exec()
+*/
+int QCoreApplication::exec()
+{
+    if (!QCoreApplicationPrivate::checkInstance("exec"))
+        return -1;
+
+    QThreadData *threadData = self->d_func()->threadData;
+    if (threadData != QThreadData::current()) {
+        qWarning("%s::exec: Must be called from the main thread", self->metaObject()->className());
+        return -1;
+    }
+    if (!threadData->eventLoops.isEmpty()) {
+        qWarning("QCoreApplication::exec: The event loop is already running");
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    threadData->quitNow = false;
+    QEventLoop eventLoop;
+    self->d_func()->in_exec = true;
+    self->d_func()->aboutToQuitEmitted = false;
+    int returnCode = eventLoop.exec();
+    threadData->quitNow = false;
+    if (self) {
+        self->d_func()->in_exec = false;
+        if (!self->d_func()->aboutToQuitEmitted)
+            emit self->aboutToQuit();
+        self->d_func()->aboutToQuitEmitted = true;
+        sendPostedEvents(0, QEvent::DeferredDelete);
+    }
+
+    return returnCode;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Tells the application to exit with a return code.
+
+    After this function has been called, the application leaves the
+    main event loop and returns from the call to exec(). The exec()
+    function returns \a returnCode. If the event loop is not running,
+    this function does nothing.
+
+  By convention, a \a returnCode of 0 means success, and any non-zero
+  value indicates an error.
+
+  Note that unlike the C library function of the same name, this
+  function \e does return to the caller -- it is event processing that
+  stops.
+
+  \sa quit(), exec()
+*/
+void QCoreApplication::exit(int returnCode)
+{
+    if (!self)
+        return;
+    QThreadData *data = self->d_func()->threadData;
+    data->quitNow = true;
+    for (int i = 0; i < data->eventLoops.size(); ++i) {
+        QEventLoop *eventLoop = data->eventLoops.at(i);
+        eventLoop->exit(returnCode);
+    }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QCoreApplication management of posted events
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QCoreApplication::sendEvent(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event)
+
+    Sends event \a event directly to receiver \a receiver, using the
+    notify() function. Returns the value that was returned from the
+    event handler.
+
+    The event is \e not deleted when the event has been sent. The normal
+    approach is to create the event on the stack, for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qcoreapplication.cpp 0
+
+    \sa postEvent(), notify()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Adds the event \a event, with the object \a receiver as the
+    receiver of the event, to an event queue and returns immediately.
+
+    The event must be allocated on the heap since the post event queue
+    will take ownership of the event and delete it once it has been
+    posted.  It is \e {not safe} to modify or delete the event after
+    it has been posted.
+
+    When control returns to the main event loop, all events that are
+    stored in the queue will be sent using the notify() function.
+
+    Events are processed in the order posted. For more control over
+    the processing order, use the postEvent() overload below, which
+    takes a priority argument. This function posts all event with a
+    Qt::NormalEventPriority.
+
+    \threadsafe
+
+    \sa sendEvent(), notify(), sendPostedEvents()
+*/
+
+void QCoreApplication::postEvent(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event)
+{
+    postEvent(receiver, event, Qt::NormalEventPriority);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload postEvent()
+    \since 4.3
+
+    Adds the event \a event, with the object \a receiver as the
+    receiver of the event, to an event queue and returns immediately.
+
+    The event must be allocated on the heap since the post event queue
+    will take ownership of the event and delete it once it has been
+    posted.  It is \e {not safe} to modify or delete the event after
+    it has been posted.
+
+    When control returns to the main event loop, all events that are
+    stored in the queue will be sent using the notify() function.
+
+    Events are sorted in descending \a priority order, i.e. events
+    with a high \a priority are queued before events with a lower \a
+    priority. The \a priority can be any integer value, i.e. between
+    INT_MAX and INT_MIN, inclusive; see Qt::EventPriority for more
+    details. Events with equal \a priority will be processed in the
+    order posted.
+
+    \threadsafe
+
+    \sa sendEvent(), notify(), sendPostedEvents(), Qt::EventPriority
+*/
+void QCoreApplication::postEvent(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event, int priority)
+{
+    if (receiver == 0) {
+        qWarning("QCoreApplication::postEvent: Unexpected null receiver");
+        delete event;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    QThreadData * volatile * pdata = &receiver->d_func()->threadData;
+    QThreadData *data = *pdata;
+    if (!data) {
+        // posting during destruction? just delete the event to prevent a leak
+        delete event;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // lock the post event mutex
+    data->postEventList.mutex.lock();
+
+    // if object has moved to another thread, follow it
+    while (data != *pdata) {
+        data->postEventList.mutex.unlock();
+
+        data = *pdata;
+        if (!data) {
+            // posting during destruction? just delete the event to prevent a leak
+            delete event;
+            return;
+        }
+
+        data->postEventList.mutex.lock();
+    }
+
+    // if this is one of the compressible events, do compression
+    if (receiver->d_func()->postedEvents
+        && self && self->compressEvent(event, receiver, &data->postEventList)) {
+        data->postEventList.mutex.unlock();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    event->posted = true;
+    ++receiver->d_func()->postedEvents;
+    if (event->type() == QEvent::DeferredDelete && data == QThreadData::current()) {
+        // remember the current running eventloop for DeferredDelete
+        // events posted in the receiver's thread
+        event->d = reinterpret_cast<QEventPrivate *>(quintptr(data->loopLevel));
+    }
+
+    if (data->postEventList.isEmpty() || data->postEventList.last().priority >= priority) {
+        // optimization: we can simply append if the last event in
+        // the queue has higher or equal priority
+        data->postEventList.append(QPostEvent(receiver, event, priority));
+    } else {
+        // insert event in descending priority order, using upper
+        // bound for a given priority (to ensure proper ordering
+        // of events with the same priority)
+        QPostEventList::iterator begin = data->postEventList.begin()
+                                         + data->postEventList.insertionOffset,
+                                   end = data->postEventList.end();
+        QPostEventList::iterator at = qUpperBound(begin, end, priority);
+        data->postEventList.insert(at, QPostEvent(receiver, event, priority));
+    }
+    data->canWait = false;
+    data->postEventList.mutex.unlock();
+
+    if (data->eventDispatcher)
+        data->eventDispatcher->wakeUp();
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+  Returns true if \a event was compressed away (possibly deleted) and should not be added to the list.
+*/
+bool QCoreApplication::compressEvent(QEvent *event, QObject *receiver, QPostEventList *postedEvents)
+{
+#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
+    Q_ASSERT(event);
+    Q_ASSERT(receiver);
+    Q_ASSERT(postedEvents);
+
+    // compress posted timers to this object.
+    if (event->type() == QEvent::Timer && receiver->d_func()->postedEvents > 0) {
+        int timerId = ((QTimerEvent *) event)->timerId();
+        for (int i=0; i<postedEvents->size(); ++i) {
+            const QPostEvent &e = postedEvents->at(i);
+            if (e.receiver == receiver && e.event && e.event->type() == QEvent::Timer
+                && ((QTimerEvent *) e.event)->timerId() == timerId) {
+                delete event;
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+    } else
+#endif
+        if ((event->type() == QEvent::DeferredDelete
+             || event->type() == QEvent::Quit)
+            && receiver->d_func()->postedEvents > 0) {
+            for (int i = 0; i < postedEvents->size(); ++i) {
+                const QPostEvent &cur = postedEvents->at(i);
+                if (cur.receiver != receiver
+                    || cur.event == 0
+                    || cur.event->type() != event->type())
+                    continue;
+                // found an event for this receiver
+                delete event;
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QCoreApplication::sendPostedEvents()
+  \overload sendPostedEvents()
+
+    Dispatches all posted events, i.e. empties the event queue.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Immediately dispatches all events which have been previously queued
+  with QCoreApplication::postEvent() and which are for the object \a receiver
+  and have the event type \a event_type.
+
+  Events from the window system are \e not dispatched by this
+  function, but by processEvents().
+
+  If \a receiver is null, the events of \a event_type are sent for all
+  objects. If \a event_type is 0, all the events are sent for \a receiver.
+
+  \note This method must be called from the same thread as its QObject parameter, \a receiver.
+
+  \sa flush(), postEvent()
+*/
+
+void QCoreApplication::sendPostedEvents(QObject *receiver, int event_type)
+{
+    QThreadData *data = QThreadData::current();
+
+    QCoreApplicationPrivate::sendPostedEvents(receiver, event_type, data);
+}
+
+void QCoreApplicationPrivate::sendPostedEvents(QObject *receiver, int event_type,
+                                               QThreadData *data)
+{
+    if (event_type == -1) {
+        // we were called by an obsolete event dispatcher.
+        event_type = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (receiver && receiver->d_func()->threadData != data) {
+        qWarning("QCoreApplication::sendPostedEvents: Cannot send "
+                 "posted events for objects in another thread");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    ++data->postEventList.recursion;
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    if (event_type == QEvent::ChildInserted) {
+        if (receiver) {
+            // optimize sendPostedEvents(w, QEvent::ChildInserted) calls away
+            receiver->d_func()->sendPendingChildInsertedEvents();
+            --data->postEventList.recursion;
+            return;
+        }
+
+        // ChildInserted events are sent in response to *Request
+        event_type = QEvent::ChildInsertedRequest;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    QMutexLocker locker(&data->postEventList.mutex);
+
+    // by default, we assume that the event dispatcher can go to sleep after
+    // processing all events. if any new events are posted while we send
+    // events, canWait will be set to false.
+    data->canWait = (data->postEventList.size() == 0);
+
+    if (data->postEventList.size() == 0 || (receiver && !receiver->d_func()->postedEvents)) {
+        --data->postEventList.recursion;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    data->canWait = true;
+
+    // okay. here is the tricky loop. be careful about optimizing
+    // this, it looks the way it does for good reasons.
+    int startOffset = data->postEventList.startOffset;
+    int &i = (!event_type && !receiver) ? data->postEventList.startOffset : startOffset;
+    data->postEventList.insertionOffset = data->postEventList.size();
+
+    while (i < data->postEventList.size()) {
+        // avoid live-lock
+        if (i >= data->postEventList.insertionOffset)
+            break;
+
+        const QPostEvent &pe = data->postEventList.at(i);
+        ++i;
+
+        if (!pe.event)
+            continue;
+        if ((receiver && receiver != pe.receiver) || (event_type && event_type != pe.event->type())) {
+            data->canWait = false;
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        if (pe.event->type() == QEvent::DeferredDelete) {
+            // DeferredDelete events are only sent when we are explicitly asked to
+            // (s.a. QEvent::DeferredDelete), and then only if the event loop that
+            // posted the event has returned.
+            const bool allowDeferredDelete =
+                (quintptr(pe.event->d) > unsigned(data->loopLevel)
+                 || (!quintptr(pe.event->d) && data->loopLevel > 0)
+                 || (event_type == QEvent::DeferredDelete
+                     && quintptr(pe.event->d) == unsigned(data->loopLevel)));
+            if (!allowDeferredDelete) {
+                // cannot send deferred delete
+                if (!event_type && !receiver) {
+                    // don't lose the event
+                    data->postEventList.append(pe);
+                    const_cast<QPostEvent &>(pe).event = 0;
+                }
+                continue;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // first, we diddle the event so that we can deliver
+        // it, and that no one will try to touch it later.
+        pe.event->posted = false;
+        QEvent * e = pe.event;
+        QObject * r = pe.receiver;
+
+        --r->d_func()->postedEvents;
+        Q_ASSERT(r->d_func()->postedEvents >= 0);
+
+        // next, update the data structure so that we're ready
+        // for the next event.
+        const_cast<QPostEvent &>(pe).event = 0;
+
+        locker.unlock();
+        // after all that work, it's time to deliver the event.
+#ifdef QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS
+        QCoreApplication::sendEvent(r, e);
+#else
+        try {
+            QCoreApplication::sendEvent(r, e);
+        } catch (...) {
+            delete e;
+            locker.relock();
+
+            // since we were interrupted, we need another pass to make sure we clean everything up
+            data->canWait = false;
+
+            // uglehack: copied from below
+            --data->postEventList.recursion;
+            if (!data->postEventList.recursion && !data->canWait && data->eventDispatcher)
+                data->eventDispatcher->wakeUp();
+            throw;              // rethrow
+        }
+#endif
+
+        delete e;
+        locker.relock();
+
+        // careful when adding anything below this point - the
+        // sendEvent() call might invalidate any invariants this
+        // function depends on.
+    }
+
+    --data->postEventList.recursion;
+    if (!data->postEventList.recursion && !data->canWait && data->eventDispatcher)
+        data->eventDispatcher->wakeUp();
+
+    // clear the global list, i.e. remove everything that was
+    // delivered.
+    if (!event_type && !receiver && data->postEventList.startOffset >= 0) {
+        const QPostEventList::iterator it = data->postEventList.begin();
+        data->postEventList.erase(it, it + data->postEventList.startOffset);
+        data->postEventList.insertionOffset -= data->postEventList.startOffset;
+        Q_ASSERT(data->postEventList.insertionOffset >= 0);
+        data->postEventList.startOffset = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  Removes all events posted using postEvent() for \a receiver.
+
+  The events are \e not dispatched, instead they are removed from the
+  queue. You should never need to call this function. If you do call it,
+  be aware that killing events may cause \a receiver to break one or
+  more invariants.
+
+  \threadsafe
+*/
+
+void QCoreApplication::removePostedEvents(QObject *receiver)
+{
+    removePostedEvents(receiver, 0);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload removePostedEvents()
+    \since 4.3
+
+    Removes all events of the given \a eventType that were posted
+    using postEvent() for \a receiver.
+
+    The events are \e not dispatched, instead they are removed from
+    the queue. You should never need to call this function. If you do
+    call it, be aware that killing events may cause \a receiver to
+    break one or more invariants.
+
+    If \a receiver is null, the events of \a eventType are removed for
+    all objects. If \a eventType is 0, all the events are removed for
+    \a receiver.
+
+    \threadsafe
+*/
+
+void QCoreApplication::removePostedEvents(QObject *receiver, int eventType)
+{
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    if (eventType == QEvent::ChildInserted)
+        eventType = QEvent::ChildInsertedRequest;
+#endif
+
+    QThreadData *data = receiver ? receiver->d_func()->threadData : QThreadData::current();
+    QMutexLocker locker(&data->postEventList.mutex);
+
+    // the QObject destructor calls this function directly.  this can
+    // happen while the event loop is in the middle of posting events,
+    // and when we get here, we may not have any more posted events
+    // for this object.
+    if (receiver && !receiver->d_func()->postedEvents)
+        return;
+    QCoreApplicationPrivate::removePostedEvents_unlocked(receiver, eventType, data);
+}
+
+void QCoreApplicationPrivate::removePostedEvents_unlocked(QObject *receiver,
+                                                          int eventType,
+                                                          QThreadData *data)
+{
+    int n = data->postEventList.size();
+    int j = 0;
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
+        const QPostEvent &pe = data->postEventList.at(i);
+
+        if ((!receiver || pe.receiver == receiver)
+            && (pe.event && (eventType == 0 || pe.event->type() == eventType))) {
+            --pe.receiver->d_func()->postedEvents;
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+            if (pe.event->type() == QEvent::ChildInsertedRequest)
+                pe.receiver->d_func()->removePendingChildInsertedEvents(0);
+#endif
+            pe.event->posted = false;
+            delete pe.event;
+            const_cast<QPostEvent &>(pe).event = 0;
+        } else if (!data->postEventList.recursion) {
+            if (i != j)
+                data->postEventList.swap(i, j);
+            ++j;
+        }
+    }
+
+#ifdef QT_DEBUG
+    if (receiver && eventType == 0) {
+        Q_ASSERT(!receiver->d_func()->postedEvents);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if (!data->postEventList.recursion) {
+        // truncate list
+        data->postEventList.erase(data->postEventList.begin() + j, data->postEventList.end());
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Removes \a event from the queue of posted events, and emits a
+  warning message if appropriate.
+
+  \warning This function can be \e really slow. Avoid using it, if
+  possible.
+
+  \threadsafe
+*/
+
+void QCoreApplicationPrivate::removePostedEvent(QEvent * event)
+{
+    if (!event || !event->posted)
+        return;
+
+    QThreadData *data = QThreadData::current();
+
+    QMutexLocker locker(&data->postEventList.mutex);
+
+    if (data->postEventList.size() == 0) {
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+        qDebug("QCoreApplication::removePostedEvent: Internal error: %p %d is posted",
+                (void*)event, event->type());
+        return;
+#endif
+    }
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < data->postEventList.size(); ++i) {
+        const QPostEvent & pe = data->postEventList.at(i);
+        if (pe.event == event) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+            qWarning("QCoreApplication::removePostedEvent: Event of type %d deleted while posted to %s %s",
+                     event->type(),
+                     pe.receiver->metaObject()->className(),
+                     pe.receiver->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data());
+#endif
+            --pe.receiver->d_func()->postedEvents;
+            pe.event->posted = false;
+            delete pe.event;
+            const_cast<QPostEvent &>(pe).event = 0;
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*!\reimp
+
+*/
+bool QCoreApplication::event(QEvent *e)
+{
+    if (e->type() == QEvent::Quit) {
+        quit();
+        return true;
+    }
+    return QObject::event(e);
+}
+
+/*! \enum QCoreApplication::Encoding
+
+    This enum type defines the 8-bit encoding of character string
+    arguments to translate():
+
+    \value CodecForTr  The encoding specified by
+                       QTextCodec::codecForTr() (Latin-1 if none has
+                       been set).
+    \value UnicodeUTF8  UTF-8.
+    \value DefaultCodec  (Obsolete) Use CodecForTr instead.
+
+    \sa QObject::tr(), QObject::trUtf8(), QString::fromUtf8()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Tells the application to exit with return code 0 (success).
+    Equivalent to calling QCoreApplication::exit(0).
+
+    It's common to connect the QApplication::lastWindowClosed() signal
+    to quit(), and you also often connect e.g. QAbstractButton::clicked() or
+    signals in QAction, QMenu, or QMenuBar to it.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qcoreapplication.cpp 1
+
+    \sa exit(), aboutToQuit(), QApplication::lastWindowClosed()
+*/
+
+void QCoreApplication::quit()
+{
+    exit(0);
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QCoreApplication::aboutToQuit()
+
+  This signal is emitted when the application is about to quit the
+  main event loop, e.g. when the event loop level drops to zero.
+  This may happen either after a call to quit() from inside the
+  application or when the users shuts down the entire desktop session.
+
+  The signal is particularly useful if your application has to do some
+  last-second cleanup. Note that no user interaction is possible in
+  this state.
+
+  \sa quit()
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+/*!
+    Adds the translation file \a translationFile to the list of
+    translation files to be used for translations.
+
+    Multiple translation files can be installed. Translations are
+    searched for in the reverse order in which they were installed,
+    so the most recently installed translation file is searched first
+    and the first translation file installed is searched last.
+    The search stops as soon as a translation containing a matching
+    string is found.
+
+    Installing or removing a QTranslator, or changing an installed QTranslator
+    generates a \l{QEvent::LanguageChange}{LanguageChange} event for the
+    QCoreApplication instance. A QApplication instance will propagate the event
+    to all toplevel windows, where a reimplementation of changeEvent can
+    re-translate the user interface by passing user-visible strings via the
+    tr() function to the respective property setters. User-interface classes
+    generated by \l{Qt Designer} provide a \c retranslateUi() function that can be
+    called.
+
+    \sa removeTranslator() translate() QTranslator::load() {Dynamic Translation}
+*/
+
+void QCoreApplication::installTranslator(QTranslator *translationFile)
+{
+    if (!translationFile)
+        return;
+
+    if (!QCoreApplicationPrivate::checkInstance("installTranslator"))
+        return;
+    QCoreApplicationPrivate *d = self->d_func();
+    d->translators.prepend(translationFile);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION_BUILDER
+    if (translationFile->isEmpty())
+        return;
+#endif
+
+    QEvent ev(QEvent::LanguageChange);
+    QCoreApplication::sendEvent(self, &ev);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes the translation file \a translationFile from the list of
+    translation files used by this application. (It does not delete the
+    translation file from the file system.)
+
+    \sa installTranslator() translate(), QObject::tr()
+*/
+
+void QCoreApplication::removeTranslator(QTranslator *translationFile)
+{
+    if (!translationFile)
+        return;
+    if (!QCoreApplicationPrivate::checkInstance("removeTranslator"))
+        return;
+    QCoreApplicationPrivate *d = self->d_func();
+    if (d->translators.removeAll(translationFile) && !self->closingDown()) {
+        QEvent ev(QEvent::LanguageChange);
+        QCoreApplication::sendEvent(self, &ev);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload translate()
+*/
+QString QCoreApplication::translate(const char *context, const char *sourceText,
+                                    const char *disambiguation, Encoding encoding)
+{
+    return translate(context, sourceText, disambiguation, encoding, -1);
+}
+
+static void replacePercentN(QString *result, int n)
+{
+    if (n >= 0) {
+        int percentPos = 0;
+        int len = 0;
+        while ((percentPos = result->indexOf(QLatin1Char('%'), percentPos + len)) != -1) {
+            len = 1;
+            QString fmt;
+            if (result->at(percentPos + len) == QLatin1Char('L')) {
+                ++len;
+                fmt = QLatin1String("%L1");
+            } else {
+                fmt = QLatin1String("%1");
+            }
+            if (result->at(percentPos + len) == QLatin1Char('n')) {
+                fmt = fmt.arg(n);
+                ++len;
+                result->replace(percentPos, len, fmt);
+                len = fmt.length();
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reentrant
+    \since 4.5
+
+    Returns the translation text for \a sourceText, by querying the
+    installed translation files. The translation files are searched
+    from the most recently installed file back to the first
+    installed file.
+
+    QObject::tr() and QObject::trUtf8() provide this functionality
+    more conveniently.
+
+    \a context is typically a class name (e.g., "MyDialog") and \a
+    sourceText is either English text or a short identifying text.
+
+    \a disambiguation is an identifying string, for when the same \a
+    sourceText is used in different roles within the same context. By
+    default, it is null.
+
+    See the \l QTranslator and \l QObject::tr() documentation for
+    more information about contexts, disambiguations and comments.
+
+    \a encoding indicates the 8-bit encoding of character strings.
+
+    \a n is used in conjunction with \c %n to support plural forms.
+    See QObject::tr() for details.
+
+    If none of the translation files contain a translation for \a
+    sourceText in \a context, this function returns a QString
+    equivalent of \a sourceText. The encoding of \a sourceText is
+    specified by \e encoding; it defaults to CodecForTr.
+
+    This function is not virtual. You can use alternative translation
+    techniques by subclassing \l QTranslator.
+
+    \warning This method is reentrant only if all translators are
+    installed \e before calling this method. Installing or removing
+    translators while performing translations is not supported. Doing
+    so will most likely result in crashes or other undesirable
+    behavior.
+
+    \sa QObject::tr() installTranslator() QTextCodec::codecForTr()
+*/
+
+
+QString QCoreApplication::translate(const char *context, const char *sourceText,
+                                    const char *disambiguation, Encoding encoding, int n)
+{
+    QString result;
+
+    if (!sourceText)
+        return result;
+
+    if (self && !self->d_func()->translators.isEmpty()) {
+        QList<QTranslator*>::ConstIterator it;
+        QTranslator *translationFile;
+        for (it = self->d_func()->translators.constBegin(); it != self->d_func()->translators.constEnd(); ++it) {
+            translationFile = *it;
+            result = translationFile->translate(context, sourceText, disambiguation, n);
+            if (!result.isEmpty())
+                break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (result.isEmpty()) {
+#ifdef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+        Q_UNUSED(encoding)
+#else
+        if (encoding == UnicodeUTF8)
+            result = QString::fromUtf8(sourceText);
+        else if (QTextCodec::codecForTr() != 0)
+            result = QTextCodec::codecForTr()->toUnicode(sourceText);
+        else
+#endif
+            result = QString::fromLatin1(sourceText);
+    }
+
+    replacePercentN(&result, n);
+    return result;
+}
+
+bool QCoreApplicationPrivate::isTranslatorInstalled(QTranslator *translator)
+{
+    return QCoreApplication::self
+           && QCoreApplication::self->d_func()->translators.contains(translator);
+}
+
+#endif //QT_NO_TRANSLATE
+
+/*!
+    Returns the directory that contains the application executable.
+
+    For example, if you have installed Qt in the \c{C:\Trolltech\Qt}
+    directory, and you run the \c{regexp} example, this function will
+    return "C:/Trolltech/Qt/examples/tools/regexp".
+
+    On Mac OS X this will point to the directory actually containing the
+    executable, which may be inside of an application bundle (if the
+    application is bundled).
+
+    \warning On Linux, this function will try to get the path from the
+    \c {/proc} file system. If that fails, it assumes that \c
+    {argv[0]} contains the absolute file name of the executable. The
+    function also assumes that the current directory has not been
+    changed by the application.
+
+    \sa applicationFilePath()
+*/
+QString QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath()
+{
+    if (!self) {
+        qWarning("QCoreApplication::applicationDirPath: Please instantiate the QApplication object first");
+        return QString();
+    }
+
+    QCoreApplicationPrivate *d = self->d_func();
+    if (d->cachedApplicationDirPath == QString())
+        d->cachedApplicationDirPath = QFileInfo(applicationFilePath()).path();
+    return d->cachedApplicationDirPath;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the file path of the application executable.
+
+    For example, if you have installed Qt in the \c{/usr/local/qt}
+    directory, and you run the \c{regexp} example, this function will
+    return "/usr/local/qt/examples/tools/regexp/regexp".
+
+    \warning On Linux, this function will try to get the path from the
+    \c {/proc} file system. If that fails, it assumes that \c
+    {argv[0]} contains the absolute file name of the executable. The
+    function also assumes that the current directory has not been
+    changed by the application.
+
+    \sa applicationDirPath()
+*/
+QString QCoreApplication::applicationFilePath()
+{
+    if (!self) {
+        qWarning("QCoreApplication::applicationFilePath: Please instantiate the QApplication object first");
+        return QString();
+    }
+
+    QCoreApplicationPrivate *d = self->d_func();
+    if (d->cachedApplicationFilePath != QString())
+        return d->cachedApplicationFilePath;
+
+#if defined( Q_WS_WIN )
+    QFileInfo filePath;
+    QT_WA({
+        wchar_t module_name[MAX_PATH+1];
+        GetModuleFileNameW(0, module_name, MAX_PATH);
+        module_name[MAX_PATH] = 0;
+        filePath = QString::fromUtf16((ushort *)module_name);
+    }, {
+        char module_name[MAX_PATH+1];
+        GetModuleFileNameA(0, module_name, MAX_PATH);
+        module_name[MAX_PATH] = 0;
+        filePath = QString::fromLocal8Bit(module_name);
+    });
+
+    d->cachedApplicationFilePath = filePath.filePath();
+    return d->cachedApplicationFilePath;
+#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
+    QString qAppFileName_str = qAppFileName();
+    if(!qAppFileName_str.isEmpty()) {
+        QFileInfo fi(qAppFileName_str);
+        d->cachedApplicationFilePath = fi.exists() ? fi.canonicalFilePath() : QString();
+        return d->cachedApplicationFilePath;
+    }
+#endif
+#if defined( Q_OS_UNIX )
+#  ifdef Q_OS_LINUX
+    // Try looking for a /proc/<pid>/exe symlink first which points to
+    // the absolute path of the executable
+    QFileInfo pfi(QString::fromLatin1("/proc/%1/exe").arg(getpid()));
+    if (pfi.exists() && pfi.isSymLink()) {
+        d->cachedApplicationFilePath = pfi.canonicalFilePath();
+        return d->cachedApplicationFilePath;
+    }
+#  endif
+
+    QString argv0 = QFile::decodeName(QByteArray(argv()[0]));
+    QString absPath;
+
+    if (!argv0.isEmpty() && argv0.at(0) == QLatin1Char('/')) {
+        /*
+          If argv0 starts with a slash, it is already an absolute
+          file path.
+        */
+        absPath = argv0;
+    } else if (argv0.contains(QLatin1Char('/'))) {
+        /*
+          If argv0 contains one or more slashes, it is a file path
+          relative to the current directory.
+        */
+        absPath = QDir::current().absoluteFilePath(argv0);
+    } else {
+        /*
+          Otherwise, the file path has to be determined using the
+          PATH environment variable.
+        */
+        QByteArray pEnv = qgetenv("PATH");
+        QDir currentDir = QDir::current();
+        QStringList paths = QString::fromLocal8Bit(pEnv.constData()).split(QLatin1String(":"));
+        for (QStringList::const_iterator p = paths.constBegin(); p != paths.constEnd(); ++p) {
+            if ((*p).isEmpty())
+                continue;
+            QString candidate = currentDir.absoluteFilePath(*p + QLatin1Char('/') + argv0);
+            QFileInfo candidate_fi(candidate);
+            if (candidate_fi.exists() && !candidate_fi.isDir()) {
+                absPath = candidate;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    absPath = QDir::cleanPath(absPath);
+
+    QFileInfo fi(absPath);
+    d->cachedApplicationFilePath = fi.exists() ? fi.canonicalFilePath() : QString();
+    return d->cachedApplicationFilePath;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.4
+
+    Returns the current process ID for the application.
+*/
+qint64 QCoreApplication::applicationPid()
+{
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) || defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
+    return GetCurrentProcessId();
+#else
+    // UNIX
+    return getpid();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+
+    Use arguments().size() instead.
+*/
+int QCoreApplication::argc()
+{
+    if (!self) {
+        qWarning("QCoreApplication::argc: Please instantiate the QApplication object first");
+        return 0;
+    }
+    return self->d_func()->argc;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+
+    Use arguments() instead.
+*/
+char **QCoreApplication::argv()
+{
+    if (!self) {
+        qWarning("QCoreApplication::argv: Please instantiate the QApplication object first");
+        return 0;
+    }
+    return self->d_func()->argv;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.1
+
+    Returns the list of command-line arguments.
+
+    Usually arguments().at(0) is the program name, arguments().at(1)
+    is the first argument, and arguments().last() is the last
+    argument. See the note below about Windows.
+
+    Calling this function is slow - you should store the result in a variable
+    when parsing the command line.
+
+    \warning On Unix, this list is built from the argc and argv parameters passed
+    to the constructor in the main() function. The string-data in argv is
+    interpreted using QString::fromLocal8Bit(); hence it is not possible to
+    pass i.e. Japanese command line arguments on a system that runs in a latin1
+    locale. Most modern Unix systems do not have this limitation, as they are
+    Unicode based.
+
+    On NT-based Windows, this limitation does not apply either.
+    On Windows, the arguments() are not built from the contents of argv/argc, as
+    the content does not support Unicode. Instead, the arguments() are constructed
+    from the return value of
+    \l{http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms683156(VS.85).aspx}{GetCommandLine()}.
+    As a result of this, the string given by arguments().at(0) might not be
+    the program name on Windows, depending on how the application was started.
+
+    \sa applicationFilePath()
+*/
+
+QStringList QCoreApplication::arguments()
+{
+    QStringList list;
+
+    if (!self) {
+        qWarning("QCoreApplication::arguments: Please instantiate the QApplication object first");
+        return list;
+    }
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN
+    QString cmdline = QT_WA_INLINE(QString::fromUtf16((unsigned short *)GetCommandLineW()), QString::fromLocal8Bit(GetCommandLineA()));
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
+    wchar_t tempFilename[MAX_PATH+1];
+    if (GetModuleFileNameW(0, tempFilename, MAX_PATH)) {
+        tempFilename[MAX_PATH] = 0;
+        cmdline.prepend(QString(QLatin1String("\"")) + QString::fromUtf16((unsigned short *)tempFilename) + QString(QLatin1String("\" ")));
+    }
+#endif // Q_OS_WINCE
+
+    list = qWinCmdArgs(cmdline);
+    if (self->d_func()->application_type) { // GUI app? Skip known - see qapplication.cpp
+        QStringList stripped;
+        for (int a = 0; a < list.count(); ++a) {
+            QString arg = list.at(a);
+            QByteArray l1arg = arg.toLatin1();
+            if (l1arg == "-qdevel" ||
+                l1arg == "-qdebug" ||
+                l1arg == "-reverse" ||
+                l1arg == "-stylesheet" ||
+                l1arg == "-widgetcount" ||
+                l1arg == "-direct3d")
+                ;
+            else if (l1arg.startsWith("-style="))
+                ;
+            else if (l1arg == "-style" ||
+                     l1arg == "-session" ||
+                     l1arg == "-graphicssystem")
+                ++a;
+            else
+                stripped += arg;
+        }
+        list = stripped;
+    }
+#else
+    const int ac = self->d_func()->argc;
+    char ** const av = self->d_func()->argv;
+    for (int a = 0; a < ac; ++a) {
+        list << QString::fromLocal8Bit(av[a]);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return list;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QCoreApplication::organizationName
+    \brief the name of the organization that wrote this application
+
+    The value is used by the QSettings class when it is constructed
+    using the empty constructor. This saves having to repeat this
+    information each time a QSettings object is created.
+
+    On Mac, QSettings uses organizationDomain() as the organization
+    if it's not an empty string; otherwise it uses
+    organizationName(). On all other platforms, QSettings uses
+    organizationName() as the organization.
+
+    \sa organizationDomain applicationName
+*/
+
+void QCoreApplication::setOrganizationName(const QString &orgName)
+{
+    coreappdata()->orgName = orgName;
+}
+
+QString QCoreApplication::organizationName()
+{
+    return coreappdata()->orgName;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QCoreApplication::organizationDomain
+    \brief the Internet domain of the organization that wrote this application
+
+    The value is used by the QSettings class when it is constructed
+    using the empty constructor. This saves having to repeat this
+    information each time a QSettings object is created.
+
+    On Mac, QSettings uses organizationDomain() as the organization
+    if it's not an empty string; otherwise it uses organizationName().
+    On all other platforms, QSettings uses organizationName() as the
+    organization.
+
+    \sa organizationName applicationName applicationVersion
+*/
+void QCoreApplication::setOrganizationDomain(const QString &orgDomain)
+{
+    coreappdata()->orgDomain = orgDomain;
+}
+
+QString QCoreApplication::organizationDomain()
+{
+    return coreappdata()->orgDomain;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QCoreApplication::applicationName
+    \brief the name of this application
+
+    The value is used by the QSettings class when it is constructed
+    using the empty constructor. This saves having to repeat this
+    information each time a QSettings object is created.
+
+    \sa organizationName organizationDomain applicationVersion
+*/
+void QCoreApplication::setApplicationName(const QString &application)
+{
+    coreappdata()->application = application;
+}
+
+QString QCoreApplication::applicationName()
+{
+    return coreappdata()->application;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QCoreApplication::applicationVersion
+    \since 4.4
+    \brief the version of this application
+
+    \sa applicationName organizationName organizationDomain
+*/
+void QCoreApplication::setApplicationVersion(const QString &version)
+{
+    coreappdata()->applicationVersion = version;
+}
+
+QString QCoreApplication::applicationVersion()
+{
+    return coreappdata()->applicationVersion;
+}
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_LIBRARY) && !defined(QT_NO_SETTINGS)
+
+Q_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(QMutex, libraryPathMutex, (QMutex::Recursive))
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of paths that the application will search when
+    dynamically loading libraries.
+
+    Qt provides default library paths, but they can also be set using
+    a \l{Using qt.conf}{qt.conf} file. Paths specified in this file
+    will override default values.
+
+    This list will include the installation directory for plugins if
+    it exists (the default installation directory for plugins is \c
+    INSTALL/plugins, where \c INSTALL is the directory where Qt was
+    installed).  The directory of the application executable (NOT the
+    working directory) is always added, as well as the colon separated
+    entries of the QT_PLUGIN_PATH environment variable.
+
+    If you want to iterate over the list, you can use the \l foreach
+    pseudo-keyword:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qcoreapplication.cpp 2
+
+    \sa setLibraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), removeLibraryPath(), QLibrary,
+        {How to Create Qt Plugins}
+*/
+QStringList QCoreApplication::libraryPaths()
+{
+    QMutexLocker locker(libraryPathMutex());
+    if (!coreappdata()->app_libpaths) {
+        QStringList *app_libpaths = coreappdata()->app_libpaths = new QStringList;
+        QString installPathPlugins =  QLibraryInfo::location(QLibraryInfo::PluginsPath);
+        if (QFile::exists(installPathPlugins)) {
+            // Make sure we convert from backslashes to slashes.
+            installPathPlugins = QDir(installPathPlugins).canonicalPath();
+            if (!app_libpaths->contains(installPathPlugins))
+                app_libpaths->append(installPathPlugins);
+        }
+
+        // If QCoreApplication is not yet instantiated,
+        // make sure we add the application path when we construct the QCoreApplication
+        if (self) self->d_func()->appendApplicationPathToLibraryPaths();
+
+        const QByteArray libPathEnv = qgetenv("QT_PLUGIN_PATH");
+        if (!libPathEnv.isEmpty()) {
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN
+            QLatin1Char pathSep(';');
+#else
+            QLatin1Char pathSep(':');
+#endif
+            QStringList paths = QString::fromLatin1(libPathEnv).split(pathSep, QString::SkipEmptyParts);
+            for (QStringList::const_iterator it = paths.constBegin(); it != paths.constEnd(); ++it) {
+                QString canonicalPath = QDir(*it).canonicalPath();
+                if (!canonicalPath.isEmpty()
+                    && !app_libpaths->contains(canonicalPath)) {
+                    app_libpaths->append(canonicalPath);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return *(coreappdata()->app_libpaths);
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+
+    Sets the list of directories to search when loading libraries to
+    \a paths. All existing paths will be deleted and the path list
+    will consist of the paths given in \a paths.
+
+    \sa libraryPaths(), addLibraryPath(), removeLibraryPath(), QLibrary
+ */
+void QCoreApplication::setLibraryPaths(const QStringList &paths)
+{
+#if !defined(QT_NO_LIBRARY) && !defined(QT_NO_SETTINGS)
+    QMutexLocker locker(libraryPathMutex());
+    if (!coreappdata()->app_libpaths)
+        coreappdata()->app_libpaths = new QStringList;
+    *(coreappdata()->app_libpaths) = paths;
+    QFactoryLoader::refreshAll();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+  Prepends \a path to the beginning of the library path list, ensuring that
+  it is searched for libraries first. If \a path is empty or already in the
+  path list, the path list is not changed.
+
+  The default path list consists of a single entry, the installation
+  directory for plugins.  The default installation directory for plugins
+  is \c INSTALL/plugins, where \c INSTALL is the directory where Qt was
+  installed.
+
+  \sa removeLibraryPath(), libraryPaths(), setLibraryPaths()
+ */
+void QCoreApplication::addLibraryPath(const QString &path)
+{
+#if !defined(QT_NO_LIBRARY) && !defined(QT_NO_SETTINGS)
+    if (path.isEmpty())
+        return;
+
+    QMutexLocker locker(libraryPathMutex());
+
+    // make sure that library paths is initialized
+    libraryPaths();
+
+    QString canonicalPath = QDir(path).canonicalPath();
+    if (!canonicalPath.isEmpty()
+        && !coreappdata()->app_libpaths->contains(canonicalPath)) {
+        coreappdata()->app_libpaths->prepend(canonicalPath);
+        QFactoryLoader::refreshAll();
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes \a path from the library path list. If \a path is empty or not
+    in the path list, the list is not changed.
+
+    \sa addLibraryPath(), libraryPaths(), setLibraryPaths()
+*/
+void QCoreApplication::removeLibraryPath(const QString &path)
+{
+#if !defined(QT_NO_LIBRARY) && !defined(QT_NO_SETTINGS)
+    if (path.isEmpty())
+        return;
+
+    QMutexLocker locker(libraryPathMutex());
+
+    // make sure that library paths is initialized
+    libraryPaths();
+
+    QString canonicalPath = QDir(path).canonicalPath();
+    coreappdata()->app_libpaths->removeAll(canonicalPath);
+    QFactoryLoader::refreshAll();
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif //QT_NO_LIBRARY
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QCoreApplication::EventFilter
+
+    A function with the following signature that can be used as an
+    event filter:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qcoreapplication.cpp 3
+
+    \sa setEventFilter()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn EventFilter QCoreApplication::setEventFilter(EventFilter filter)
+
+    Sets the event filter \a filter. Returns a pointer to the filter
+    function previously defined.
+
+    The event filter is a function that is called for every message
+    received in all threads. This does \e not include messages to
+    objects that are not handled by Qt.
+
+    The function can return true to stop the event to be processed by
+    Qt, or false to continue with the standard event processing.
+
+    Only one filter can be defined, but the filter can use the return
+    value to call the previously set event filter. By default, no
+    filter is set (i.e., the function returns 0).
+
+    \sa installEventFilter()
+*/
+QCoreApplication::EventFilter
+QCoreApplication::setEventFilter(QCoreApplication::EventFilter filter)
+{
+    Q_D(QCoreApplication);
+    EventFilter old = d->eventFilter;
+    d->eventFilter = filter;
+    return old;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sends \a message through the event filter that was set by
+    setEventFilter(). If no event filter has been set, this function
+    returns false; otherwise, this function returns the result of the
+    event filter function in the \a result parameter.
+
+    \sa setEventFilter()
+*/
+bool QCoreApplication::filterEvent(void *message, long *result)
+{
+    Q_D(QCoreApplication);
+    if (result)
+        *result = 0;
+    if (d->eventFilter)
+        return d->eventFilter(message, result);
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN
+    return winEventFilter(reinterpret_cast<MSG *>(message), result);
+#else
+    return false;
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    This function returns true if there are pending events; otherwise
+    returns false. Pending events can be either from the window
+    system or posted events using postEvent().
+
+    \sa QAbstractEventDispatcher::hasPendingEvents()
+*/
+bool QCoreApplication::hasPendingEvents()
+{
+    QAbstractEventDispatcher *eventDispatcher = QAbstractEventDispatcher::instance();
+    if (eventDispatcher)
+        return eventDispatcher->hasPendingEvents();
+    return false;
+}
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*! \fn void QCoreApplication::lock()
+
+    In Qt 3, this function locked the Qt library mutex, allowing
+    non-GUI threads to perform basic printing operations using
+    QPainter.
+
+    In Qt 4, this is no longer supported, since painting is only
+    supported from within a paint event handler. This function does
+    nothing.
+
+    \sa QWidget::paintEvent()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QCoreApplication::unlock(bool wakeUpGui)
+
+    In Qt 3, this function unlocked the Qt library mutex. The mutex
+    allowed non-GUI threads to perform basic printing operations
+    using QPainter.
+
+    In Qt 4, this is no longer supported, since painting is only
+    supported from within a paint event handler. This function does
+    nothing.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QCoreApplication::locked()
+
+    This function does nothing. It is there to keep old code working.
+    It always returns false.
+
+    See lock() for details.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QCoreApplication::tryLock()
+
+    This function does nothing. It is there to keep old code working.
+    It always returns false.
+
+    See lock() for details.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void QCoreApplication::processOneEvent()
+    \obsolete
+
+    Waits for an event to occur, processes it, then returns.
+
+    This function is useful for adapting Qt to situations where the
+    event processing must be grafted onto existing program loops.
+
+    Using this function in new applications may be an indication of design
+    problems.
+
+    \sa processEvents(), exec(), QTimer
+*/
+
+/*! \obsolete
+
+    This function enters the main event loop (recursively). Do not call
+    it unless you really know what you are doing.
+*/
+int QCoreApplication::enter_loop()
+{
+    if (!QCoreApplicationPrivate::checkInstance("enter_loop"))
+        return -1;
+    if (QThreadData::current() != self->d_func()->threadData) {
+        qWarning("QCoreApplication::enter_loop: Must be called from the main thread");
+        return -1;
+    }
+    QEventLoop eventLoop;
+    int returnCode = eventLoop.exec();
+    return returnCode;
+}
+
+/*! \obsolete
+
+    This function exits from a recursive call to the main event loop.
+    Do not call it unless you are an expert.
+*/
+void QCoreApplication::exit_loop()
+{
+    if (!QCoreApplicationPrivate::checkInstance("exit_loop"))
+        return;
+    QThreadData *data = QThreadData::current();
+    if (data != self->d_func()->threadData) {
+        qWarning("QCoreApplication::exit_loop: Must be called from the main thread");
+        return;
+    }
+    if (!data->eventLoops.isEmpty())
+        data->eventLoops.top()->exit();
+}
+
+/*! \obsolete
+
+    Returns the current loop level.
+*/
+int QCoreApplication::loopLevel()
+{
+    if (!QCoreApplicationPrivate::checkInstance("loopLevel"))
+        return -1;
+    return self->d_func()->threadData->eventLoops.size();
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QCoreApplication::watchUnixSignal(int signal, bool watch)
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QCoreApplication::unixSignal(int number)
+    \internal
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever a Unix signal is received by the
+    application. The Unix signal received is specified by its \a number.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void qAddPostRoutine(QtCleanUpFunction ptr)
+    \relates QCoreApplication
+
+    Adds a global routine that will be called from the QApplication
+    destructor. This function is normally used to add cleanup routines
+    for program-wide functionality.
+
+    The function specified by \a ptr should take no arguments and should
+    return nothing. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qcoreapplication.cpp 4
+
+    Note that for an application- or module-wide cleanup,
+    qAddPostRoutine() is often not suitable. For example, if the
+    program is split into dynamically loaded modules, the relevant
+    module may be unloaded long before the QApplication destructor is
+    called.
+
+    For modules and libraries, using a reference-counted
+    initialization manager or Qt's parent-child deletion mechanism may
+    be better. Here is an example of a private class that uses the
+    parent-child mechanism to call a cleanup function at the right
+    time:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qcoreapplication.cpp 5
+
+    By selecting the right parent object, this can often be made to
+    clean up the module's data at the right moment.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_DECLARE_TR_FUNCTIONS(context)
+    \relates QCoreApplication
+
+    The Q_DECLARE_TR_FUNCTIONS() macro declares and implements two
+    translation functions, \c tr() and \c trUtf8(), with these
+    signatures:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qcoreapplication.cpp 6
+
+    This macro is useful if you want to use QObject::tr() or
+    QObject::trUtf8() in classes that don't inherit from QObject.
+
+    Q_DECLARE_TR_FUNCTIONS() must appear at the very top of the
+    class definition (before the first \c{public:} or \c{protected:}).
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qcoreapplication.cpp 7
+
+    The \a context parameter is normally the class name, but it can
+    be any string.
+
+    \sa Q_OBJECT, QObject::tr(), QObject::trUtf8()
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7175ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication.h
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QCOREAPPLICATION_H
+#define QCOREAPPLICATION_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+#include <QtCore/qcoreevent.h>
+#include <QtCore/qeventloop.h>
+
+#ifdef QT_INCLUDE_COMPAT
+#include <QtCore/qstringlist.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(tagMSG)
+typedef struct tagMSG MSG;
+#endif
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+class QCoreApplicationPrivate;
+class QTextCodec;
+class QTranslator;
+class QPostEventList;
+class QStringList;
+
+#define qApp QCoreApplication::instance()
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QCoreApplication : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY(QString applicationName READ applicationName WRITE setApplicationName)
+    Q_PROPERTY(QString applicationVersion READ applicationVersion WRITE setApplicationVersion)
+    Q_PROPERTY(QString organizationName READ organizationName WRITE setOrganizationName)
+    Q_PROPERTY(QString organizationDomain READ organizationDomain WRITE setOrganizationDomain)
+
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QCoreApplication)
+public:
+    QCoreApplication(int &argc, char **argv);
+    ~QCoreApplication();
+
+#ifdef QT_DEPRECATED
+    QT_DEPRECATED static int argc();
+    QT_DEPRECATED static char **argv();
+#endif
+    static QStringList arguments();
+
+    static void setAttribute(Qt::ApplicationAttribute attribute, bool on = true);
+    static bool testAttribute(Qt::ApplicationAttribute attribute);
+
+    static void setOrganizationDomain(const QString &orgDomain);
+    static QString organizationDomain();
+    static void setOrganizationName(const QString &orgName);
+    static QString organizationName();
+    static void setApplicationName(const QString &application);
+    static QString applicationName();
+    static void setApplicationVersion(const QString &version);
+    static QString applicationVersion();
+
+    static QCoreApplication *instance() { return self; }
+
+    static int exec();
+    static void processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags = QEventLoop::AllEvents);
+    static void processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags, int maxtime);
+    static void exit(int retcode=0);
+
+    static bool sendEvent(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event);
+    static void postEvent(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event);
+    static void postEvent(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event, int priority);
+    static void sendPostedEvents(QObject *receiver, int event_type);
+    static void sendPostedEvents();
+    static void removePostedEvents(QObject *receiver);
+    static void removePostedEvents(QObject *receiver, int eventType);
+    static bool hasPendingEvents();
+
+    virtual bool notify(QObject *, QEvent *);
+
+    static bool startingUp();
+    static bool closingDown();
+
+    static QString applicationDirPath();
+    static QString applicationFilePath();
+    static qint64 applicationPid();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_LIBRARY
+    static void setLibraryPaths(const QStringList &);
+    static QStringList libraryPaths();
+    static void addLibraryPath(const QString &);
+    static void removeLibraryPath(const QString &);
+#endif // QT_NO_LIBRARY
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+    static void installTranslator(QTranslator * messageFile);
+    static void removeTranslator(QTranslator * messageFile);
+#endif
+    enum Encoding { CodecForTr, UnicodeUTF8, DefaultCodec = CodecForTr };
+    // ### Qt 5: merge
+    static QString translate(const char * context,
+                             const char * key,
+                             const char * disambiguation = 0,
+                             Encoding encoding = CodecForTr);
+    static QString translate(const char * context,
+                             const char * key,
+                             const char * disambiguation,
+                             Encoding encoding, int n);
+
+    static void flush();
+
+#if defined(QT3_SUPPORT)
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT void lock() {}
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT void unlock(bool = true) {}
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT bool locked() { return false; }
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT bool tryLock() { return false; }
+
+    static inline QT3_SUPPORT void processOneEvent()
+    { processEvents(QEventLoop::WaitForMoreEvents); }
+    static QT3_SUPPORT int enter_loop();
+    static QT3_SUPPORT void exit_loop();
+    static QT3_SUPPORT int loopLevel();
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    virtual bool winEventFilter(MSG *message, long *result);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX
+    static void watchUnixSignal(int signal, bool watch);
+#endif
+
+    typedef bool (*EventFilter)(void *message, long *result);
+    EventFilter setEventFilter(EventFilter filter);
+    bool filterEvent(void *message, long *result);
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    static void quit();
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void aboutToQuit();
+    void unixSignal(int);
+
+protected:
+    bool event(QEvent *);
+
+    virtual bool compressEvent(QEvent *, QObject *receiver, QPostEventList *);
+
+protected:
+    QCoreApplication(QCoreApplicationPrivate &p);
+
+private:
+    static bool sendSpontaneousEvent(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event);
+    bool notifyInternal(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event);
+
+    void init();
+
+    static QCoreApplication *self;
+
+    friend class QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate;
+    friend class QApplication;
+    friend class QApplicationPrivate;
+    friend class QETWidget;
+    friend class Q3AccelManager;
+    friend class QShortcutMap;
+    friend class QWidget;
+    friend class QWidgetPrivate;
+    friend bool qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(QObject*, QEvent*);
+    friend Q_CORE_EXPORT QString qAppName();
+    friend class QClassFactory;
+};
+
+inline bool QCoreApplication::sendEvent(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event)
+{  if (event) event->spont = false; return self ? self->notifyInternal(receiver, event) : false; }
+
+inline bool QCoreApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event)
+{ if (event) event->spont = true; return self ? self->notifyInternal(receiver, event) : false; }
+
+inline void QCoreApplication::sendPostedEvents() { sendPostedEvents(0, 0); }
+
+#ifdef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+// Simple versions
+inline QString QCoreApplication::translate(const char *, const char *sourceText,
+                                           const char *, Encoding encoding)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    if (encoding == UnicodeUTF8)
+        return QString::fromUtf8(sourceText);
+#else
+    Q_UNUSED(encoding)
+#endif
+    return QString::fromLatin1(sourceText);
+}
+
+// Simple versions
+inline QString QCoreApplication::translate(const char *, const char *sourceText,
+                                           const char *, Encoding encoding, int)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    if (encoding == UnicodeUTF8)
+        return QString::fromUtf8(sourceText);
+#else
+    Q_UNUSED(encoding)
+#endif
+    return QString::fromLatin1(sourceText);
+}
+#endif
+
+// ### merge the four functions into two (using "int n = -1")
+#define Q_DECLARE_TR_FUNCTIONS(context) \
+public: \
+    static inline QString tr(const char *sourceText, const char *disambiguation = 0) \
+        { return QCoreApplication::translate(#context, sourceText, disambiguation); } \
+    static inline QString trUtf8(const char *sourceText, const char *disambiguation = 0) \
+        { return QCoreApplication::translate(#context, sourceText, disambiguation, \
+                                             QCoreApplication::UnicodeUTF8); } \
+    static inline QString tr(const char *sourceText, const char *disambiguation, int n) \
+        { return QCoreApplication::translate(#context, sourceText, disambiguation, \
+                                             QCoreApplication::CodecForTr, n); } \
+    static inline QString trUtf8(const char *sourceText, const char *disambiguation, int n) \
+        { return QCoreApplication::translate(#context, sourceText, disambiguation, \
+                                             QCoreApplication::UnicodeUTF8, n); } \
+private:
+
+typedef void (*QtCleanUpFunction)();
+
+Q_CORE_EXPORT void qAddPostRoutine(QtCleanUpFunction);
+Q_CORE_EXPORT void qRemovePostRoutine(QtCleanUpFunction);
+Q_CORE_EXPORT QString qAppName();                // get application name
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM)
+Q_CORE_EXPORT QString decodeMSG(const MSG &);
+Q_CORE_EXPORT QDebug operator<<(QDebug, const MSG &);
+#endif
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QCOREAPPLICATION_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication_mac.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication_mac.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e34a10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication_mac.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qcoreapplication.h"
+#include "private/qcoreapplication_p.h"
+#include <private/qcore_mac_p.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QCoreApplication utility functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+QString qAppFileName()
+{
+    static QString appFileName;
+    if (appFileName.isEmpty()) {
+        QCFType<CFURLRef> bundleURL(CFBundleCopyExecutableURL(CFBundleGetMainBundle()));
+        if(bundleURL) {
+            QCFString cfPath(CFURLCopyFileSystemPath(bundleURL, kCFURLPOSIXPathStyle));
+            if(cfPath)
+                appFileName = cfPath;
+        }
+    }
+    return appFileName;
+}
+
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9490ad7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QCOREAPPLICATION_P_H
+#define QCOREAPPLICATION_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists purely as an
+// implementation detail.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "QtCore/qcoreapplication.h"
+#include "QtCore/qtranslator.h"
+#include "private/qobject_p.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+typedef QList<QTranslator*> QTranslatorList;
+
+class QAbstractEventDispatcher;
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QCoreApplicationPrivate : public QObjectPrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QCoreApplication)
+
+public:
+    QCoreApplicationPrivate(int &aargc,  char **aargv);
+    ~QCoreApplicationPrivate();
+
+    bool sendThroughApplicationEventFilters(QObject *, QEvent *);
+    bool sendThroughObjectEventFilters(QObject *, QEvent *);
+    bool notify_helper(QObject *, QEvent *);
+
+    virtual QString appName() const;
+    virtual void createEventDispatcher();
+    static void removePostedEvent(QEvent *);
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN
+    static void removePostedTimerEvent(QObject *object, int timerId);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_MAC
+    static QString macMenuBarName();
+#endif
+
+    static QThread *theMainThread;
+    static QThread *mainThread();
+    static bool checkInstance(const char *method);
+    static void sendPostedEvents(QObject *receiver, int event_type, QThreadData *data);
+    static void removePostedEvents_unlocked(QObject *receiver, int type, QThreadData *data);
+
+#if !defined (QT_NO_DEBUG) || defined (QT_MAC_FRAMEWORK_BUILD)
+    void checkReceiverThread(QObject *receiver);
+#endif
+    int &argc;
+    char **argv;
+    void appendApplicationPathToLibraryPaths(void);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+    QTranslatorList translators;
+#endif
+    uint application_type;
+
+    QCoreApplication::EventFilter eventFilter;
+
+    bool in_exec;
+    bool aboutToQuitEmitted;
+    QString cachedApplicationDirPath;
+    QString cachedApplicationFilePath;
+
+    static bool isTranslatorInstalled(QTranslator *translator);
+
+    static QAbstractEventDispatcher *eventDispatcher;
+    static bool is_app_running;
+    static bool is_app_closing;
+
+    static uint attribs;
+    static inline bool testAttribute(uint flag) { return attribs & (1 << flag); }
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QCOREAPPLICATION_P_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication_win.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication_win.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..225821f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreapplication_win.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1042 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qcoreapplication.h"
+#include "qcoreapplication_p.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qt_windows.h"
+#include "qvector.h"
+#include "qmutex.h"
+#include "qcorecmdlineargs_p.h"
+#include <private/qthread_p.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+// ############### DON'T EXPORT HERE!!!
+Q_CORE_EXPORT char         appFileName[MAX_PATH+1];                // application file name
+Q_CORE_EXPORT char         theAppName[MAX_PATH+1];                        // application name
+Q_CORE_EXPORT HINSTANCE appInst        = 0;                // handle to app instance
+Q_CORE_EXPORT HINSTANCE appPrevInst        = 0;                // handle to prev app instance
+Q_CORE_EXPORT int appCmdShow = 0;
+bool usingWinMain = false;  // whether the qWinMain() is used or not
+
+Q_CORE_EXPORT HINSTANCE qWinAppInst()                // get Windows app handle
+{
+    return appInst;
+}
+
+Q_CORE_EXPORT HINSTANCE qWinAppPrevInst()                // get Windows prev app handle
+{
+    return appPrevInst;
+}
+
+void set_winapp_name()
+{
+    static bool already_set = false;
+    if (!already_set) {
+        already_set = true;
+#ifndef Q_OS_WINCE
+        GetModuleFileNameA(0, appFileName, sizeof(appFileName));
+        appFileName[sizeof(appFileName)-1] = 0;
+#else
+        QString afm;
+        afm.resize(sizeof(appFileName));
+        afm.resize(GetModuleFileName(0, (wchar_t *) (afm.unicode()), sizeof(appFileName)));
+        memcpy(appFileName, afm.toLatin1(), sizeof(appFileName));
+#endif
+        const char *p = strrchr(appFileName, '\\');        // skip path
+        if (p)
+            memcpy(theAppName, p+1, qstrlen(p));
+        int l = qstrlen(theAppName);
+        if ((l > 4) && !qstricmp(theAppName + l - 4, ".exe"))
+            theAppName[l-4] = '\0';                // drop .exe extension
+    }
+}
+
+Q_CORE_EXPORT QString qAppFileName()                // get application file name
+{
+    return QString::fromLatin1(appFileName);
+}
+
+QString QCoreApplicationPrivate::appName() const
+{
+    if (!theAppName[0])
+        set_winapp_name();
+    return QString::fromLatin1(theAppName);
+}
+
+class QWinMsgHandlerCriticalSection
+{
+    CRITICAL_SECTION cs;
+public:
+    QWinMsgHandlerCriticalSection()
+    { InitializeCriticalSection(&cs); }
+    ~QWinMsgHandlerCriticalSection()
+    { DeleteCriticalSection(&cs); }
+
+    void lock()
+    { EnterCriticalSection(&cs); }
+    void unlock()
+    { LeaveCriticalSection(&cs); }
+};
+
+Q_CORE_EXPORT void qWinMsgHandler(QtMsgType t, const char* str)
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(t);
+    // OutputDebugString is not threadsafe.
+
+    // cannot use QMutex here, because qWarning()s in the QMutex
+    // implementation may cause this function to recurse
+    static QWinMsgHandlerCriticalSection staticCriticalSection;
+
+    if (!str)
+        str = "(null)";
+
+    staticCriticalSection.lock();
+    QT_WA({
+        QString s(QString::fromLocal8Bit(str));
+        s += QLatin1String("\n");
+        OutputDebugStringW((TCHAR*)s.utf16());
+    }, {
+        QByteArray s(str);
+        s += "\n";
+        OutputDebugStringA(s.data());
+    })
+    staticCriticalSection.unlock();
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  qWinMain() - Initializes Windows. Called from WinMain() in qtmain_win.cpp
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
+Q_CORE_EXPORT void __cdecl qWinMain(HINSTANCE instance, HINSTANCE prevInstance, LPSTR cmdParam,
+               int cmdShow, int &argc, QVector<char *> &argv)
+#else
+Q_CORE_EXPORT
+void qWinMain(HINSTANCE instance, HINSTANCE prevInstance, LPSTR cmdParam,
+               int cmdShow, int &argc, QVector<char *> &argv)
+#endif
+{
+    static bool already_called = false;
+
+    if (already_called) {
+        qWarning("Qt: Internal error: qWinMain should be called only once");
+        return;
+    }
+    already_called = true;
+    usingWinMain = true;
+
+  // Install default debug handler
+
+    qInstallMsgHandler(qWinMsgHandler);
+
+  // Create command line
+
+    set_winapp_name();
+
+    argv = qWinCmdLine<char>(cmdParam, int(strlen(cmdParam)), argc);
+    // Get Windows parameters
+
+    appInst = instance;
+    appPrevInst = prevInstance;
+    appCmdShow = cmdShow;
+}
+
+/*!
+    The message procedure calls this function for every message
+    received. Reimplement this function if you want to process window
+    messages \a msg that are not processed by Qt. If you don't want
+    the event to be processed by Qt, then return true and set \a result
+    to the value that the window procedure should return. Otherwise
+    return false.
+
+    It is only directly addressed messages that are filtered. To
+    handle system wide messages, such as messages from a registered
+    hot key, you need to install an event filter on the event
+    dispatcher, which is returned from
+    QAbstractEventDispatcher::instance().
+*/
+bool QCoreApplication::winEventFilter(MSG *msg, long *result)        // Windows event filter
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(msg);
+    Q_UNUSED(result);
+    return false;
+}
+
+void QCoreApplicationPrivate::removePostedTimerEvent(QObject *object, int timerId)
+{
+    QThreadData *data = object->d_func()->threadData;
+
+    QMutexLocker locker(&data->postEventList.mutex);
+    if (data->postEventList.size() == 0)
+        return;
+    for (int i = 0; i < data->postEventList.size(); ++i) {
+        const QPostEvent & pe = data->postEventList.at(i);
+        if (pe.receiver == object
+            && pe.event
+            && (pe.event->type() == QEvent::Timer || pe.event->type() == QEvent::ZeroTimerEvent)
+            && static_cast<QTimerEvent *>(pe.event)->timerId() == timerId) {
+                --pe.receiver->d_func()->postedEvents;
+                pe.event->posted = false;
+                delete pe.event;
+                const_cast<QPostEvent &>(pe).event = 0;
+                return;
+            }
+    }
+}
+
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM)
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Convenience functions for convert WM_* messages into human readable strings,
+  including a nifty QDebug operator<< for simpel QDebug() << msg output.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+QT_BEGIN_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE
+#include <windowsx.h>
+#include "qdebug.h"
+QT_END_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE
+
+#if !defined(GET_X_LPARAM)
+#  define GET_X_LPARAM(lp) ((int)(short)LOWORD(lp))
+#  define GET_Y_LPARAM(lp) ((int)(short)HIWORD(lp))
+#endif
+#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
+#  ifndef WM_NCACTIVATE
+#    define WM_NCACTIVATE 0x86
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+// The values below should never change. Note that none of the usual
+// WM_...FIRST & WM_...LAST values are in the list, as they normally have other
+// WM_... representations
+struct {
+    uint WM;
+    const char* str;
+} knownWM[] =
+{{ 0x0000, "WM_NULL" },
+ { 0x0001, "WM_CREATE" },
+ { 0x0002, "WM_DESTROY" },
+ { 0x0003, "WM_MOVE" },
+ { 0x0005, "WM_SIZE" },
+ { 0x0006, "WM_ACTIVATE" },
+ { 0x0007, "WM_SETFOCUS" },
+ { 0x0008, "WM_KILLFOCUS" },
+ { 0x000A, "WM_ENABLE" },
+ { 0x000B, "WM_SETREDRAW" },
+ { 0x000C, "WM_SETTEXT" },
+ { 0x000D, "WM_GETTEXT" },
+ { 0x000E, "WM_GETTEXTLENGTH" },
+ { 0x000F, "WM_PAINT" },
+ { 0x0010, "WM_CLOSE" },
+ { 0x0011, "WM_QUERYENDSESSION" },
+ { 0x0013, "WM_QUERYOPEN" },
+ { 0x0016, "WM_ENDSESSION" },
+ { 0x0012, "WM_QUIT" },
+ { 0x0014, "WM_ERASEBKGND" },
+ { 0x0015, "WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE" },
+ { 0x0018, "WM_SHOWWINDOW" },
+ { 0x001A, "WM_WININICHANGE" },
+ { 0x001B, "WM_DEVMODECHANGE" },
+ { 0x001C, "WM_ACTIVATEAPP" },
+ { 0x001D, "WM_FONTCHANGE" },
+ { 0x001E, "WM_TIMECHANGE" },
+ { 0x001F, "WM_CANCELMODE" },
+ { 0x0020, "WM_SETCURSOR" },
+ { 0x0021, "WM_MOUSEACTIVATE" },
+ { 0x0022, "WM_CHILDACTIVATE" },
+ { 0x0023, "WM_QUEUESYNC" },
+ { 0x0024, "WM_GETMINMAXINFO" },
+ { 0x0026, "WM_PAINTICON" },
+ { 0x0027, "WM_ICONERASEBKGND" },
+ { 0x0028, "WM_NEXTDLGCTL" },
+ { 0x002A, "WM_SPOOLERSTATUS" },
+ { 0x002B, "WM_DRAWITEM" },
+ { 0x002C, "WM_MEASUREITEM" },
+ { 0x002D, "WM_DELETEITEM" },
+ { 0x002E, "WM_VKEYTOITEM" },
+ { 0x002F, "WM_CHARTOITEM" },
+ { 0x0030, "WM_SETFONT" },
+ { 0x0031, "WM_GETFONT" },
+ { 0x0032, "WM_SETHOTKEY" },
+ { 0x0033, "WM_GETHOTKEY" },
+ { 0x0037, "WM_QUERYDRAGICON" },
+ { 0x0039, "WM_COMPAREITEM" },
+ { 0x003D, "WM_GETOBJECT" },
+ { 0x0041, "WM_COMPACTING" },
+ { 0x0044, "WM_COMMNOTIFY" },
+ { 0x0046, "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING" },
+ { 0x0047, "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED" },
+ { 0x0048, "WM_POWER" },
+ { 0x004A, "WM_COPYDATA" },
+ { 0x004B, "WM_CANCELJOURNAL" },
+ { 0x004E, "WM_NOTIFY" },
+ { 0x0050, "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST" },
+ { 0x0051, "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE" },
+ { 0x0052, "WM_TCARD" },
+ { 0x0053, "WM_HELP" },
+ { 0x0054, "WM_USERCHANGED" },
+ { 0x0055, "WM_NOTIFYFORMAT" },
+ { 0x007B, "WM_CONTEXTMENU" },
+ { 0x007C, "WM_STYLECHANGING" },
+ { 0x007D, "WM_STYLECHANGED" },
+ { 0x007E, "WM_DISPLAYCHANGE" },
+ { 0x007F, "WM_GETICON" },
+ { 0x0080, "WM_SETICON" },
+ { 0x0081, "WM_NCCREATE" },
+ { 0x0082, "WM_NCDESTROY" },
+ { 0x0083, "WM_NCCALCSIZE" },
+ { 0x0084, "WM_NCHITTEST" },
+ { 0x0085, "WM_NCPAINT" },
+ { 0x0086, "WM_NCACTIVATE" },
+ { 0x0087, "WM_GETDLGCODE" },
+ { 0x0088, "WM_SYNCPAINT" },
+ { 0x00A0, "WM_NCMOUSEMOVE" },
+ { 0x00A1, "WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN" },
+ { 0x00A2, "WM_NCLBUTTONUP" },
+ { 0x00A3, "WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK" },
+ { 0x00A4, "WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN" },
+ { 0x00A5, "WM_NCRBUTTONUP" },
+ { 0x00A6, "WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK" },
+ { 0x00A7, "WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN" },
+ { 0x00A8, "WM_NCMBUTTONUP" },
+ { 0x00A9, "WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK" },
+ { 0x00AB, "WM_NCXBUTTONDOWN" },
+ { 0x00AC, "WM_NCXBUTTONUP" },
+ { 0x00AD, "WM_NCXBUTTONDBLCLK" },
+ { 0x00FF, "WM_INPUT" },
+ { 0x0100, "WM_KEYDOWN" },
+ { 0x0101, "WM_KEYUP" },
+ { 0x0102, "WM_CHAR" },
+ { 0x0103, "WM_DEADCHAR" },
+ { 0x0104, "WM_SYSKEYDOWN" },
+ { 0x0105, "WM_SYSKEYUP" },
+ { 0x0106, "WM_SYSCHAR" },
+ { 0x0107, "WM_SYSDEADCHAR" },
+ { 0x0109, "WM_UNICHAR" },
+ { 0x010D, "WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION" },
+ { 0x010E, "WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION" },
+ { 0x010F, "WM_IME_COMPOSITION" },
+ { 0x0110, "WM_INITDIALOG" },
+ { 0x0111, "WM_COMMAND" },
+ { 0x0112, "WM_SYSCOMMAND" },
+ { 0x0113, "WM_TIMER" },
+ { 0x0114, "WM_HSCROLL" },
+ { 0x0115, "WM_VSCROLL" },
+ { 0x0116, "WM_INITMENU" },
+ { 0x0117, "WM_INITMENUPOPUP" },
+ { 0x011F, "WM_MENUSELECT" },
+ { 0x0120, "WM_MENUCHAR" },
+ { 0x0121, "WM_ENTERIDLE" },
+ { 0x0122, "WM_MENURBUTTONUP" },
+ { 0x0123, "WM_MENUDRAG" },
+ { 0x0124, "WM_MENUGETOBJECT" },
+ { 0x0125, "WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP" },
+ { 0x0126, "WM_MENUCOMMAND" },
+ { 0x0127, "WM_CHANGEUISTATE" },
+ { 0x0128, "WM_UPDATEUISTATE" },
+ { 0x0129, "WM_QUERYUISTATE" },
+ { 0x0132, "WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX" },
+ { 0x0133, "WM_CTLCOLOREDIT" },
+ { 0x0134, "WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX" },
+ { 0x0135, "WM_CTLCOLORBTN" },
+ { 0x0136, "WM_CTLCOLORDLG" },
+ { 0x0137, "WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR" },
+ { 0x0138, "WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC" },
+ { 0x0200, "WM_MOUSEMOVE" },
+ { 0x0201, "WM_LBUTTONDOWN" },
+ { 0x0202, "WM_LBUTTONUP" },
+ { 0x0203, "WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK" },
+ { 0x0204, "WM_RBUTTONDOWN" },
+ { 0x0205, "WM_RBUTTONUP" },
+ { 0x0206, "WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK" },
+ { 0x0207, "WM_MBUTTONDOWN" },
+ { 0x0208, "WM_MBUTTONUP" },
+ { 0x0209, "WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK" },
+ { 0x020A, "WM_MOUSEWHEEL" },
+ { 0x020B, "WM_XBUTTONDOWN" },
+ { 0x020C, "WM_XBUTTONUP" },
+ { 0x020D, "WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK" },
+ { 0x0210, "WM_PARENTNOTIFY" },
+ { 0x0211, "WM_ENTERMENULOOP" },
+ { 0x0212, "WM_EXITMENULOOP" },
+ { 0x0213, "WM_NEXTMENU" },
+ { 0x0214, "WM_SIZING" },
+ { 0x0215, "WM_CAPTURECHANGED" },
+ { 0x0216, "WM_MOVING" },
+ { 0x0218, "WM_POWERBROADCAST" },
+ { 0x0219, "WM_DEVICECHANGE" },
+ { 0x0220, "WM_MDICREATE" },
+ { 0x0221, "WM_MDIDESTROY" },
+ { 0x0222, "WM_MDIACTIVATE" },
+ { 0x0223, "WM_MDIRESTORE" },
+ { 0x0224, "WM_MDINEXT" },
+ { 0x0225, "WM_MDIMAXIMIZE" },
+ { 0x0226, "WM_MDITILE" },
+ { 0x0227, "WM_MDICASCADE" },
+ { 0x0228, "WM_MDIICONARRANGE" },
+ { 0x0229, "WM_MDIGETACTIVE" },
+ { 0x0230, "WM_MDISETMENU" },
+ { 0x0231, "WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE" },
+ { 0x0232, "WM_EXITSIZEMOVE" },
+ { 0x0233, "WM_DROPFILES" },
+ { 0x0234, "WM_MDIREFRESHMENU" },
+ { 0x0281, "WM_IME_SETCONTEXT" },
+ { 0x0282, "WM_IME_NOTIFY" },
+ { 0x0283, "WM_IME_CONTROL" },
+ { 0x0284, "WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL" },
+ { 0x0285, "WM_IME_SELECT" },
+ { 0x0286, "WM_IME_CHAR" },
+ { 0x0288, "WM_IME_REQUEST" },
+ { 0x0290, "WM_IME_KEYDOWN" },
+ { 0x0291, "WM_IME_KEYUP" },
+ { 0x02A0, "WM_NCMOUSEHOVER" },
+ { 0x02A1, "WM_MOUSEHOVER" },
+ { 0x02A2, "WM_NCMOUSELEAVE" },
+ { 0x02A3, "WM_MOUSELEAVE" },
+ { 0x02B1, "WM_WTSSESSION_CHANGE" },
+ { 0x02C0, "WM_TABLET_FIRST" },
+ { 0x02C1, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 1" },
+ { 0x02C2, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 2" },
+ { 0x02C3, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 3" },
+ { 0x02C4, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 4" },
+ { 0x02C5, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 5" },
+ { 0x02C6, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 6" },
+ { 0x02C7, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 7" },
+ { 0x02C8, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 8" },
+ { 0x02C9, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 9" },
+ { 0x02CA, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 10" },
+ { 0x02CB, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 11" },
+ { 0x02CC, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 12" },
+ { 0x02CD, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 13" },
+ { 0x02CE, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 14" },
+ { 0x02CF, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 15" },
+ { 0x02D0, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 16" },
+ { 0x02D1, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 17" },
+ { 0x02D2, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 18" },
+ { 0x02D3, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 19" },
+ { 0x02D4, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 20" },
+ { 0x02D5, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 21" },
+ { 0x02D6, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 22" },
+ { 0x02D7, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 23" },
+ { 0x02D8, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 24" },
+ { 0x02D9, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 25" },
+ { 0x02DA, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 26" },
+ { 0x02DB, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 27" },
+ { 0x02DC, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 28" },
+ { 0x02DD, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 29" },
+ { 0x02DE, "WM_TABLET_FIRST + 30" },
+ { 0x02DF, "WM_TABLET_LAST" },
+ { 0x0300, "WM_CUT" },
+ { 0x0301, "WM_COPY" },
+ { 0x0302, "WM_PASTE" },
+ { 0x0303, "WM_CLEAR" },
+ { 0x0304, "WM_UNDO" },
+ { 0x0305, "WM_RENDERFORMAT" },
+ { 0x0306, "WM_RENDERALLFORMATS" },
+ { 0x0307, "WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD" },
+ { 0x0308, "WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD" },
+ { 0x0309, "WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD" },
+ { 0x030A, "WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD" },
+ { 0x030B, "WM_SIZECLIPBOARD" },
+ { 0x030C, "WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME" },
+ { 0x030D, "WM_CHANGECBCHAIN" },
+ { 0x030E, "WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD" },
+ { 0x030F, "WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE" },
+ { 0x0310, "WM_PALETTEISCHANGING" },
+ { 0x0311, "WM_PALETTECHANGED" },
+ { 0x0312, "WM_HOTKEY" },
+ { 0x0317, "WM_PRINT" },
+ { 0x0318, "WM_PRINTCLIENT" },
+ { 0x0319, "WM_APPCOMMAND" },
+ { 0x031A, "WM_THEMECHANGED" },
+ { 0x0358, "WM_HANDHELDFIRST" },
+ { 0x0359, "WM_HANDHELDFIRST + 1" },
+ { 0x035A, "WM_HANDHELDFIRST + 2" },
+ { 0x035B, "WM_HANDHELDFIRST + 3" },
+ { 0x035C, "WM_HANDHELDFIRST + 4" },
+ { 0x035D, "WM_HANDHELDFIRST + 5" },
+ { 0x035E, "WM_HANDHELDFIRST + 6" },
+ { 0x035F, "WM_HANDHELDLAST" },
+ { 0x0360, "WM_AFXFIRST" },
+ { 0x0361, "WM_AFXFIRST + 1" },
+ { 0x0362, "WM_AFXFIRST + 2" },
+ { 0x0363, "WM_AFXFIRST + 3" },
+ { 0x0364, "WM_AFXFIRST + 4" },
+ { 0x0365, "WM_AFXFIRST + 5" },
+ { 0x0366, "WM_AFXFIRST + 6" },
+ { 0x0367, "WM_AFXFIRST + 7" },
+ { 0x0368, "WM_AFXFIRST + 8" },
+ { 0x0369, "WM_AFXFIRST + 9" },
+ { 0x036A, "WM_AFXFIRST + 10" },
+ { 0x036B, "WM_AFXFIRST + 11" },
+ { 0x036C, "WM_AFXFIRST + 12" },
+ { 0x036D, "WM_AFXFIRST + 13" },
+ { 0x036E, "WM_AFXFIRST + 14" },
+ { 0x036F, "WM_AFXFIRST + 15" },
+ { 0x0370, "WM_AFXFIRST + 16" },
+ { 0x0371, "WM_AFXFIRST + 17" },
+ { 0x0372, "WM_AFXFIRST + 18" },
+ { 0x0373, "WM_AFXFIRST + 19" },
+ { 0x0374, "WM_AFXFIRST + 20" },
+ { 0x0375, "WM_AFXFIRST + 21" },
+ { 0x0376, "WM_AFXFIRST + 22" },
+ { 0x0377, "WM_AFXFIRST + 23" },
+ { 0x0378, "WM_AFXFIRST + 24" },
+ { 0x0379, "WM_AFXFIRST + 25" },
+ { 0x037A, "WM_AFXFIRST + 26" },
+ { 0x037B, "WM_AFXFIRST + 27" },
+ { 0x037C, "WM_AFXFIRST + 28" },
+ { 0x037D, "WM_AFXFIRST + 29" },
+ { 0x037E, "WM_AFXFIRST + 30" },
+ { 0x037F, "WM_AFXLAST" },
+ { 0x0380, "WM_PENWINFIRST" },
+ { 0x0381, "WM_PENWINFIRST + 1" },
+ { 0x0382, "WM_PENWINFIRST + 2" },
+ { 0x0383, "WM_PENWINFIRST + 3" },
+ { 0x0384, "WM_PENWINFIRST + 4" },
+ { 0x0385, "WM_PENWINFIRST + 5" },
+ { 0x0386, "WM_PENWINFIRST + 6" },
+ { 0x0387, "WM_PENWINFIRST + 7" },
+ { 0x0388, "WM_PENWINFIRST + 8" },
+ { 0x0389, "WM_PENWINFIRST + 9" },
+ { 0x038A, "WM_PENWINFIRST + 10" },
+ { 0x038B, "WM_PENWINFIRST + 11" },
+ { 0x038C, "WM_PENWINFIRST + 12" },
+ { 0x038D, "WM_PENWINFIRST + 13" },
+ { 0x038E, "WM_PENWINFIRST + 14" },
+ { 0x038F, "WM_PENWINLAST" },
+ { 0x0400, "WM_USER" },
+ { 0x8000, "WM_APP" },
+ { 0,0 }}; // End of known messages
+
+// Looks up the WM_ message in the table above
+const char* findWMstr(uint msg)
+{
+    uint i = 0;
+    const char* result = 0;
+    // Known WM_'s
+    while (knownWM[i].str && (knownWM[i].WM != msg))
+        ++i;
+    result = knownWM[i].str;
+    return result;
+};
+
+// Convenience function for converting flags and values into readable strings
+struct FLAG_STRING_STRUCT
+{
+    uint value;
+    const char* str;
+};
+
+FLAG_STRING_STRUCT FLAG_STRING(int value = 0, const char *c = 0)
+{
+    FLAG_STRING_STRUCT s = {value, c};
+    return s;
+}
+
+#define FLGSTR(x) FLAG_STRING(x, #x)
+
+// Returns an ORed (" | ") together string for the flags active in the actual
+// value. (...) must consist of FLAG_STRING, with a FLAG_STRING() as the last
+// value in the list passed to the function
+QString flagCheck(uint actual, ...)
+{
+    va_list ap;
+    va_start(ap, actual);
+
+    QString result;
+    int count = 0;
+    FLAG_STRING_STRUCT v;
+    while((v=va_arg(ap,FLAG_STRING_STRUCT)).str) {
+        if ((actual & v.value) == v.value) {
+            if (count++)
+                result += QLatin1String(" | ");
+            result += QString::fromLatin1(v.str);
+        }
+    }
+    va_end(ap);
+    return result;
+};
+
+// Returns the string representation of the value in 'actual'. (...) must
+// consist of FLAG_STRING, with a FLAG_STRING() as the last value in the list
+// passed to the function
+QString valueCheck(uint actual, ...)
+{
+    va_list ap;
+    va_start(ap, actual);
+
+    QString result;
+    FLAG_STRING_STRUCT v;
+    while((v=va_arg(ap,FLAG_STRING_STRUCT)).str && (actual != v.value))
+        ;
+    result = QString::fromLatin1(v.str);
+
+    va_end(ap);
+    return result;
+};
+
+#ifdef Q_CC_BOR
+
+Q_CORE_EXPORT QString decodeMSG(const MSG& msg)
+{
+    return QString::fromLatin1("THis is not supported on Borland");
+}
+
+#else
+
+// Returns a "human readable" string representation of the MSG and the
+// information it points to
+QString decodeMSG(const MSG& msg)
+{
+    const WPARAM wParam = msg.wParam;
+    const LPARAM lParam = msg.lParam;
+    QString wmmsg = QString::fromLatin1(findWMstr(msg.message));
+    // Unknown WM_, so use number
+    if (wmmsg.isEmpty())
+        wmmsg = QString::fromLatin1("WM_(%1)").arg(msg.message);
+
+    QString rawParameters;
+    rawParameters.sprintf("hwnd(0x%p) ", (void *)msg.hwnd);
+
+    // Custom WM_'s
+    if (msg.message > WM_APP)
+        wmmsg = QString::fromLatin1("WM_APP + %1").arg(msg.message - WM_APP);
+    else if (msg.message > WM_USER)
+        wmmsg = QString::fromLatin1("WM_USER + %1").arg(msg.message - WM_USER);
+
+    QString parameters;
+    switch (msg.message) {
+#ifdef WM_ACTIVATE
+        case WM_ACTIVATE:
+            {
+                QString activation = valueCheck(wParam,
+                                                FLAG_STRING(WA_ACTIVE,      "Activate"),
+                                                FLAG_STRING(WA_INACTIVE,    "Deactivate"),
+                                                FLAG_STRING(WA_CLICKACTIVE, "Activate by mouseclick"),
+                                                FLAG_STRING());
+                parameters.sprintf("%s Hwnd (0x%p)", activation.toLatin1().data(), (void *)msg.hwnd);
+            }
+            break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_CAPTURECHANGED
+        case WM_CAPTURECHANGED:
+            parameters.sprintf("Hwnd gaining capture (0x%p)", (void *)lParam);
+            break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_CREATE
+        case WM_CREATE:
+            {
+                LPCREATESTRUCT lpcs = (LPCREATESTRUCT)lParam;
+                QString styles = flagCheck(lpcs->style,
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_BORDER),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_CAPTION),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_CHILD),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_CLIPCHILDREN),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_CLIPSIBLINGS),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_DISABLED),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_DLGFRAME),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_GROUP),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_HSCROLL),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_OVERLAPPED),
+#if defined(WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW) && (WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW != 0)
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW),
+#endif
+#ifdef WS_ICONIC
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_ICONIC),
+#endif
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_MAXIMIZE),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_MAXIMIZEBOX),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_MINIMIZE),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_MINIMIZEBOX),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_POPUP),
+#ifdef WS_POPUPWINDOW
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_POPUPWINDOW),
+#endif
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_SIZEBOX),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_SYSMENU),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_TABSTOP),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_THICKFRAME),
+#ifdef WS_TILED
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_TILED),
+#endif
+#ifdef WS_TILEDWINDOW
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_TILEDWINDOW),
+#endif
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_VISIBLE),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_VSCROLL),
+                                           FLAG_STRING());
+
+                QString exStyles = flagCheck(lpcs->dwExStyle,
+#ifdef WS_EX_ACCEPTFILES
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_ACCEPTFILES),
+#endif
+#ifdef WS_EX_APPWINDOW
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_APPWINDOW),
+#endif
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME),
+#ifdef WS_EX_LEFT
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_LEFT),
+#endif
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_LEFTSCROLLBAR),
+#ifdef WS_EX_LTRREADING
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_LTRREADING),
+#endif
+#ifdef WS_EX_MDICHILD
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_MDICHILD),
+#endif
+#ifdef WS_EX_NOACTIVATE
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_NOACTIVATE),
+#endif
+#ifdef WS_EX_NOANIMATION
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_NOANIMATION),
+#endif
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_NOPARENTNOTIFY),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW),
+#ifdef WS_EX_PALETTEWINDOW
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_PALETTEWINDOW),
+#endif
+#ifdef WS_EX_RIGHT
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_RIGHT),
+#endif
+#ifdef WS_EX_RIGHTSCROLLBAR
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_RIGHTSCROLLBAR),
+#endif
+#ifdef WS_EX_RTLREADING
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_RTLREADING),
+#endif
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_STATICEDGE),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW),
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_TOPMOST),
+#ifdef WS_EX_TRANSPARENT
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_TRANSPARENT),
+#endif
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE),
+#ifdef WS_EX_CAPTIONOKBTN
+                                           FLGSTR(WS_EX_CAPTIONOKBTN),
+#endif
+                                           FLAG_STRING());
+
+                QString className;
+                if (lpcs->lpszClass != 0) {
+                    if (HIWORD(lpcs->lpszClass) == 0) // Atom
+                        className = QString::number(LOWORD(lpcs->lpszClass), 16);
+                    else                              // String
+                        className = QString((QChar*)lpcs->lpszClass,
+                                            (int)wcslen(reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t *>(lpcs->lpszClass)));
+                }
+
+                QString windowName;
+                if (lpcs->lpszName != 0)
+                    windowName = QString((QChar*)lpcs->lpszName,
+                                         (int)wcslen(reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t *>(lpcs->lpszName)));
+
+                parameters.sprintf("x,y(%4d,%4d) w,h(%4d,%4d) className(%s) windowName(%s) parent(0x%p) style(%s) exStyle(%s)",
+                                   lpcs->x, lpcs->y, lpcs->cx, lpcs->cy, className.toLatin1().data(),
+                                   windowName.toLatin1().data(), (void *)lpcs->hwndParent,
+                                   styles.toLatin1().data(), exStyles.toLatin1().data());
+            }
+            break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_DESTROY
+        case WM_DESTROY:
+            parameters.sprintf("Destroy hwnd (0x%p)", (void *)msg.hwnd);
+            break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_IME_NOTIFY
+        case WM_IME_NOTIFY:
+            {
+                QString imnCommand = valueCheck(wParam,
+                                            FLGSTR(IMN_CHANGECANDIDATE),
+                                            FLGSTR(IMN_CLOSECANDIDATE),
+                                            FLGSTR(IMN_CLOSESTATUSWINDOW),
+                                            FLGSTR(IMN_GUIDELINE),
+                                            FLGSTR(IMN_OPENCANDIDATE),
+                                            FLGSTR(IMN_OPENSTATUSWINDOW),
+                                            FLGSTR(IMN_SETCANDIDATEPOS),
+                                            FLGSTR(IMN_SETCOMPOSITIONFONT),
+                                            FLGSTR(IMN_SETCOMPOSITIONWINDOW),
+                                            FLGSTR(IMN_SETCONVERSIONMODE),
+                                            FLGSTR(IMN_SETOPENSTATUS),
+                                            FLGSTR(IMN_SETSENTENCEMODE),
+                                            FLGSTR(IMN_SETSTATUSWINDOWPOS),
+                                            FLAG_STRING());
+                parameters.sprintf("Command(%s : 0x%p)", imnCommand.toLatin1().data(), (void *)lParam);
+            }
+            break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_IME_SETCONTEXT
+        case WM_IME_SETCONTEXT:
+            {
+                bool fSet = (BOOL)wParam;
+                DWORD fShow = (DWORD)lParam;
+                QString showFlgs = flagCheck(fShow,
+#ifdef ISC_SHOWUICOMPOSITIONWINDOW
+                                             FLGSTR(ISC_SHOWUICOMPOSITIONWINDOW),
+#endif
+#ifdef ISC_SHOWUIGUIDWINDOW
+                                             FLGSTR(ISC_SHOWUIGUIDWINDOW),
+#endif
+#ifdef ISC_SHOWUISOFTKBD
+                                             FLGSTR(ISC_SHOWUISOFTKBD),
+#endif
+                                             FLGSTR(ISC_SHOWUICANDIDATEWINDOW),
+                                             FLGSTR(ISC_SHOWUICANDIDATEWINDOW << 1),
+                                             FLGSTR(ISC_SHOWUICANDIDATEWINDOW << 2),
+                                             FLGSTR(ISC_SHOWUICANDIDATEWINDOW << 3),
+                                             FLAG_STRING());
+                parameters.sprintf("Input context(%s) Show flags(%s)", (fSet?"Active":"Inactive"), showFlgs.toLatin1().data());
+            }
+            break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_KILLFOCUS
+        case WM_KILLFOCUS:
+            parameters.sprintf("Hwnd gaining keyboard focus (0x%p)", (void *)wParam);
+            break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_CHAR
+        case WM_CHAR:
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_IME_CHAR
+        case WM_IME_CHAR:
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_KEYDOWN
+        case WM_KEYDOWN:
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_KEYUP
+        case WM_KEYUP:
+            {
+                int nVirtKey     = (int)wParam;
+                long lKeyData    = (long)lParam;
+                int repCount     = (lKeyData & 0xffff);        // Bit 0-15
+                int scanCode     = (lKeyData & 0xf0000) >> 16; // Bit 16-23
+                bool contextCode = (lKeyData && 0x20000000);   // Bit 29
+                bool prevState   = (lKeyData && 0x40000000);   // Bit 30
+                bool transState  = (lKeyData && 0x80000000);   // Bit 31
+                parameters.sprintf("Virual-key(0x%x) Scancode(%d) Rep(%d) Contextcode(%d), Prev state(%d), Trans state(%d)",
+                                   nVirtKey, scanCode, repCount, contextCode, prevState, transState);
+            }
+            break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_NCACTIVATE
+        case WM_NCACTIVATE:
+            {
+            parameters = (msg.wParam? QLatin1String("Active Titlebar") : QLatin1String("Inactive Titlebar"));
+            }
+            break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_MOUSEACTIVATE
+        case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE:
+            {
+                QString mouseMsg = QString::fromLatin1(findWMstr(HIWORD(lParam)));
+                parameters.sprintf("TLW(0x%p) HittestCode(0x%x) MouseMsg(%s)", (void *)wParam, LOWORD(lParam), mouseMsg.toLatin1().data());
+            }
+            break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_MOUSELEAVE
+        case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
+            break; // wParam & lParam not used
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_MOUSEHOVER
+        case WM_MOUSEHOVER:
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_MOUSEWHEEL
+        case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK
+        case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_LBUTTONDOWN
+        case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_LBUTTONUP
+        case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK
+        case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_MBUTTONDOWN
+        case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_MBUTTONUP
+        case WM_MBUTTONUP:
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK
+        case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_RBUTTONDOWN
+        case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_RBUTTONUP
+        case WM_RBUTTONUP:
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_MOUSEMOVE
+        case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+            {
+                QString vrtKeys = flagCheck(wParam,
+                                            FLGSTR(MK_CONTROL),
+                                            FLGSTR(MK_LBUTTON),
+                                            FLGSTR(MK_MBUTTON),
+                                            FLGSTR(MK_RBUTTON),
+                                            FLGSTR(MK_SHIFT),
+#ifdef MK_XBUTTON1
+                                            FLGSTR(MK_XBUTTON1),
+#endif
+#ifdef MK_XBUTTON2
+                                            FLGSTR(MK_XBUTTON2),
+#endif
+                                            FLAG_STRING());
+                parameters.sprintf("x,y(%4d,%4d) Virtual Keys(%s)", GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam), vrtKeys.toLatin1().data());
+            }
+            break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_MOVE
+        case WM_MOVE:
+            parameters.sprintf("x,y(%4d,%4d)", LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam));
+            break;
+#endif
+#if defined(WM_PAINT) && defined(WM_ERASEBKGND)
+        case WM_ERASEBKGND:
+        case WM_PAINT:
+            parameters.sprintf("hdc(0x%p)", (void *)wParam);
+            break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE
+        case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
+            break; // lParam & wParam are unused
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_SETCURSOR
+        case WM_SETCURSOR:
+            {
+                QString mouseMsg = QString::fromLatin1(findWMstr(HIWORD(lParam)));
+                parameters.sprintf("HitTestCode(0x%x) MouseMsg(%s)", LOWORD(lParam), mouseMsg.toLatin1().data());
+            }
+            break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_SETFOCUS
+        case WM_SETFOCUS:
+            parameters.sprintf("Lost Focus (0x%p)", (void *)wParam);
+            break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_SETTEXT
+        case WM_SETTEXT:
+            parameters.sprintf("Set Text (%s)", QString((QChar*)lParam, (int)wcslen(reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t *>(lParam))).toLatin1().data()); //Unicode string
+            break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_SIZE
+        case WM_SIZE:
+            {
+                QString showMode = valueCheck(wParam,
+                                              FLGSTR(SIZE_MAXHIDE),
+                                              FLGSTR(SIZE_MAXIMIZED),
+                                              FLGSTR(SIZE_MAXSHOW),
+                                              FLGSTR(SIZE_MINIMIZED),
+                                              FLGSTR(SIZE_RESTORED),
+                                              FLAG_STRING());
+
+                parameters.sprintf("w,h(%4d,%4d) showmode(%s)", LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam), showMode.toLatin1().data());
+            }
+            break;
+#endif
+#ifdef WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED
+        case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
+            {
+                LPWINDOWPOS winPos = (LPWINDOWPOS)lParam;
+                if (!winPos)
+                    break;
+                QString hwndAfter = valueCheck((uint)winPos->hwndInsertAfter,
+                                          FLAG_STRING((uint)HWND_BOTTOM,    "HWND_BOTTOM"),
+                                          FLAG_STRING((int)HWND_NOTOPMOST, "HWND_NOTOPMOST"),
+                                          FLAG_STRING((uint)HWND_TOP,       "HWND_TOP"),
+                                          FLAG_STRING((int)HWND_TOPMOST,   "HWND_TOPMOST"),
+                                          FLAG_STRING());
+                if (hwndAfter.size() == 0)
+                    hwndAfter = QString::number((uint)winPos->hwndInsertAfter, 16);
+                QString flags = flagCheck(winPos->flags,
+                                          FLGSTR(SWP_DRAWFRAME),
+                                          FLGSTR(SWP_FRAMECHANGED),
+                                          FLGSTR(SWP_HIDEWINDOW),
+                                          FLGSTR(SWP_NOACTIVATE),
+#ifdef SWP_NOCOPYBITS
+                                          FLGSTR(SWP_NOCOPYBITS),
+#endif
+                                          FLGSTR(SWP_NOMOVE),
+                                          FLGSTR(SWP_NOOWNERZORDER),
+                                          FLGSTR(SWP_NOREDRAW),
+                                          FLGSTR(SWP_NOREPOSITION),
+#ifdef SWP_NOSENDCHANGING
+                                          FLGSTR(SWP_NOSENDCHANGING),
+#endif
+                                          FLGSTR(SWP_NOSIZE),
+                                          FLGSTR(SWP_NOZORDER),
+                                          FLGSTR(SWP_SHOWWINDOW),
+                                          FLAG_STRING());
+                parameters.sprintf("x,y(%4d,%4d) w,h(%4d,%4d) flags(%s) hwndAfter(%s)", winPos->x, winPos->y, winPos->cx, winPos->cy, flags.toLatin1().data(), hwndAfter.toLatin1().data());
+            }
+            break;
+#endif
+        default:
+            parameters.sprintf("wParam(0x%p) lParam(0x%p)", (void *)wParam, (void *)lParam);
+            break;
+    }
+    // Yes, we want to give the WM_ names 20 chars of space before showing the
+    // decoded message, since some of the common messages are quite long, and
+    // we don't want the decoded information to vary in output position
+    QString message = QString::fromLatin1("%1: ").arg(wmmsg, 20);
+    message += rawParameters;
+    message += parameters;
+    return message;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+QDebug operator<<(QDebug dbg, const MSG &msg)
+{
+    dbg << decodeMSG(msg);
+    return dbg.nospace();
+}
+#endif
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcorecmdlineargs_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qcorecmdlineargs_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1ca3f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcorecmdlineargs_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QCORECMDLINEARGS_P_H
+#define QCORECMDLINEARGS_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists purely as an
+// implementation detail.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "QtCore/qstring.h"
+#include "QtCore/qstringlist.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) || defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
+
+QT_BEGIN_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE
+#include "QtCore/qvector.h"
+#include "qt_windows.h"
+QT_END_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE
+
+// template implementation of the parsing algorithm
+// this is used from qcoreapplication_win.cpp and the tools (rcc, uic...)
+
+template<typename Char>
+static QVector<Char*> qWinCmdLine(Char *cmdParam, int length, int &argc)
+{
+    QVector<Char*> argv(8);
+    Char *p = cmdParam;
+    Char *p_end = p + length;
+
+    argc = 0;
+
+    while (*p && p < p_end) {                                // parse cmd line arguments
+        while (QChar((short)(*p)).isSpace())                          // skip white space
+            p++;
+        if (*p && p < p_end) {                                // arg starts
+            int quote;
+            Char *start, *r;
+            if (*p == Char('\"') || *p == Char('\'')) {        // " or ' quote
+                quote = *p;
+                start = ++p;
+            } else {
+                quote = 0;
+                start = p;
+            }
+            r = start;
+            while (*p && p < p_end) {
+                if (quote) {
+                    if (*p == quote) {
+                        p++;
+                        if (QChar((short)(*p)).isSpace())
+                            break;
+                        quote = 0;
+                    }
+                }
+                if (*p == '\\') {                // escape char?
+                    p++;
+                    if (*p == Char('\"') || *p == Char('\''))
+                        ;                        // yes
+                    else
+                        p--;                        // treat \ literally
+                } else {
+                    if (!quote && (*p == Char('\"') || *p == Char('\''))) {        // " or ' quote
+                        quote = *p++;
+                        continue;
+                    } else if (QChar((short)(*p)).isSpace() && !quote)
+                        break;
+                }
+                if (*p)
+                    *r++ = *p++;
+            }
+            if (*p && p < p_end)
+                p++;
+            *r = Char('\0');
+
+            if (argc >= (int)argv.size()-1)        // expand array
+                argv.resize(argv.size()*2);
+            argv[argc++] = start;
+        }
+    }
+    argv[argc] = 0;
+
+    return argv;
+}
+
+static inline QStringList qWinCmdArgs(QString cmdLine) // not const-ref: this might be modified
+{
+    QStringList args;
+
+    int argc = 0;
+    QVector<ushort*> argv = qWinCmdLine<ushort>((ushort*)cmdLine.utf16(), cmdLine.length(), argc);
+    for (int a = 0; a < argc; ++a) {
+        args << QString::fromUtf16(argv[a]);
+    }
+
+    return args;
+}
+
+static inline QStringList qCmdLineArgs(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(argc)
+    Q_UNUSED(argv)
+    QString cmdLine = QT_WA_INLINE(
+        QString::fromUtf16((unsigned short*)GetCommandLineW()),
+        QString::fromLocal8Bit(GetCommandLineA())
+    );
+    return qWinCmdArgs(cmdLine);
+}
+
+#else  // !Q_OS_WIN
+
+static inline QStringList qCmdLineArgs(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    QStringList args;
+	for (int i = 0; i != argc; ++i)
+        args += QString::fromLocal8Bit(argv[i]);
+    return args;
+}
+
+#endif // Q_OS_WIN
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QCORECMDLINEARGS_WIN_P_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreevent.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreevent.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3fcfc98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreevent.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,599 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qcoreevent.h"
+#include "qcoreapplication.h"
+#include "qcoreapplication_p.h"
+
+#include "qmutex.h"
+#include "qset.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QEvent
+    \brief The QEvent class is the base class of all
+    event classes. Event objects contain event parameters.
+
+    \ingroup events
+    \ingroup environment
+
+    Qt's main event loop (QCoreApplication::exec()) fetches native
+    window system events from the event queue, translates them into
+    QEvents, and sends the translated events to \l{QObject}s.
+
+    In general, events come from the underlying window system
+    (spontaneous() returns true), but it is also possible to manually
+    send events using QCoreApplication::sendEvent() and
+    QCoreApplication::postEvent() (spontaneous() returns false).
+
+    QObjects receive events by having their QObject::event() function
+    called. The function can be reimplemented in subclasses to
+    customize event handling and add additional event types;
+    QWidget::event() is a notable example. By default, events are
+    dispatched to event handlers like QObject::timerEvent() and
+    QWidget::mouseMoveEvent(). QObject::installEventFilter() allows an
+    object to intercept events destined for another object.
+
+    The basic QEvent contains only an event type parameter and an
+    "accept" flag.  The accept flag set with accept(), and cleared
+    with ignore(). It is set by default, but don't rely on this as
+    subclasses may choose to clear it in their constructor.
+
+    Subclasses of QEvent contain additional parameters that describe
+    the particular event.
+
+    \sa QObject::event(), QObject::installEventFilter(),
+        QWidget::event(), QCoreApplication::sendEvent(),
+        QCoreApplication::postEvent(), QCoreApplication::processEvents()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum QEvent::Type
+
+    This enum type defines the valid event types in Qt. The event
+    types and the specialized classes for each type are as follows:
+
+    \value None                             Not an event.
+    \value AccessibilityDescription         Used to query accessibility description texts (QAccessibleEvent).
+    \value AccessibilityHelp                Used to query accessibility help texts (QAccessibleEvent).
+    \value AccessibilityPrepare             Accessibility information is requested.
+    \value ActionAdded                      A new action has been added (QActionEvent).
+    \value ActionChanged                    An action has been changed (QActionEvent).
+    \value ActionRemoved                    An action has been removed (QActionEvent).
+    \value ActivationChange                 A widget's top-level window activation state has changed.
+    \value ApplicationActivate              The application has been made available to the user.
+    \value ApplicationActivated             This enum has been deprecated. Use ApplicationActivate instead.
+    \value ApplicationDeactivate            The application has been suspended, and is unavailable to the user.
+    \value ApplicationFontChange            The default application font has changed.
+    \value ApplicationLayoutDirectionChange The default application layout direction has changed.
+    \value ApplicationPaletteChange         The default application palette has changed.
+    \value ApplicationWindowIconChange      The application's icon has changed.
+    \value ChildAdded                       An object gets a child (QChildEvent).
+    \value ChildInserted                    An object gets a child (QChildEvent). Qt3Support only, use ChildAdded instead.
+    \value ChildPolished                    A widget child gets polished (QChildEvent).
+    \value ChildRemoved                     An object loses a child (QChildEvent).
+    \value Clipboard                        The clipboard contents have changed (QClipboardEvent).
+    \value Close                            Widget was closed (QCloseEvent).
+    \value ContentsRectChange               The margins of the widget's content rect changed.
+    \value ContextMenu                      Context popup menu (QContextMenuEvent).
+    \value CursorChange                     The widget's cursor has changed.
+    \value DeferredDelete                   The object will be deleted after it has cleaned up.
+    \value DragEnter                        The cursor enters a widget during a drag and drop operation (QDragEnterEvent).
+    \value DragLeave                        The cursor leaves a widget during a drag and drop operation (QDragLeaveEvent).
+    \value DragMove                         A drag and drop operation is in progress (QDragMoveEvent).
+    \value Drop                             A drag and drop operation is completed (QDropEvent).
+    \value EnabledChange                    Widget's enabled state has changed.
+    \value Enter                            Mouse enters widget's boundaries.
+    \value EnterEditFocus                   An editor widget gains focus for editing.
+    \value EnterWhatsThisMode               Send to toplevel widgets when the application enters "What's This?" mode.
+    \value FileOpen                         File open request (QFileOpenEvent).
+    \value FocusIn                          Widget gains keyboard focus (QFocusEvent).
+    \value FocusOut                         Widget loses keyboard focus (QFocusEvent).
+    \value FontChange                       Widget's font has changed.
+    \value GrabKeyboard                     Item gains keyboard grab (QGraphicsItem only).
+    \value GrabMouse                        Item gains mouse grab (QGraphicsItem only).
+    \value GraphicsSceneContextMenu         Context popup menu over a graphics scene (QGraphicsSceneContextMenuEvent).
+    \value GraphicsSceneDragEnter           The cursor enters a graphics scene during a drag and drop operation.
+    \value GraphicsSceneDragLeave           The cursor leaves a graphics scene during a drag and drop operation.
+    \value GraphicsSceneDragMove            A drag and drop operation is in progress over a scene.
+    \value GraphicsSceneDrop                A drag and drop operation is completed over a scene.
+    \value GraphicsSceneHelp                The user requests help for a graphics scene (QHelpEvent).
+    \value GraphicsSceneHoverEnter          The mouse cursor enters a hover item in a graphics scene (QGraphicsSceneHoverEvent).
+    \value GraphicsSceneHoverLeave          The mouse cursor leaves a hover item in a graphics scene (QGraphicsSceneHoverEvent).
+    \value GraphicsSceneHoverMove           The mouse cursor moves inside a hover item in a graphics scene (QGraphicsSceneHoverEvent).
+    \value GraphicsSceneMouseDoubleClick    Mouse press again (double click) in a graphics scene (QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent).
+    \value GraphicsSceneMouseMove           Move mouse in a graphics scene (QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent).
+    \value GraphicsSceneMousePress          Mouse press in a graphics scene (QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent).
+    \value GraphicsSceneMouseRelease        Mouse release in a graphics scene (QGraphicsSceneMouseEvent).
+    \value GraphicsSceneMove          Widget was moved (QGraphicsSceneMoveEvent).
+    \value GraphicsSceneResize          Widget was resized (QGraphicsSceneResizeEvent).
+    \value GraphicsSceneWheel               Mouse wheel rolled in a graphics scene (QGraphicsSceneWheelEvent).
+    \value Hide                             Widget was hidden (QHideEvent).
+    \value HideToParent                     A child widget has been hidden.
+    \value HoverEnter                       The mouse cursor enters a hover widget (QHoverEvent).
+    \value HoverLeave                       The mouse cursor leaves a hover widget (QHoverEvent).
+    \value HoverMove                        The mouse cursor moves inside a hover widget (QHoverEvent).
+    \value IconDrag                         The main icon of a window has been dragged away (QIconDragEvent).
+    \value IconTextChange                   Widget's icon text has been changed.
+    \value InputMethod                      An input method is being used (QInputMethodEvent).
+    \value KeyPress                         Key press (QKeyEvent).
+    \value KeyRelease                       Key release (QKeyEvent).
+    \value LanguageChange                   The application translation changed.
+    \value LayoutDirectionChange            The direction of layouts changed.
+    \value LayoutRequest                    Widget layout needs to be redone.
+    \value Leave                            Mouse leaves widget's boundaries.
+    \value LeaveEditFocus                   An editor widget loses focus for editing.
+    \value LeaveWhatsThisMode               Send to toplevel widgets when the application leaves "What's This?" mode.
+    \value LocaleChange                     The system locale has changed.
+    \value NonClientAreaMouseButtonDblClick A mouse double click occurred outside the client area.
+    \value NonClientAreaMouseButtonPress    A mouse button press occurred outside the client area.
+    \value NonClientAreaMouseButtonRelease  A mouse button release occurred outside the client area.
+    \value NonClientAreaMouseMove           A mouse move occurred outside the client area.
+    \value MacSizeChange                    The user changed his widget sizes (Mac OS X only).
+    \value MenubarUpdated                   The window's menu bar has been updated.
+    \value MetaCall                         An asynchronous method invocation via QMetaObject::invokeMethod().
+    \value ModifiedChange                   Widgets modification state has been changed.
+    \value MouseButtonDblClick              Mouse press again (QMouseEvent).
+    \value MouseButtonPress                 Mouse press (QMouseEvent).
+    \value MouseButtonRelease               Mouse release (QMouseEvent).
+    \value MouseMove                        Mouse move (QMouseEvent).
+    \value MouseTrackingChange              The mouse tracking state has changed.
+    \value Move                             Widget's position changed (QMoveEvent).
+    \value Paint                            Screen update necessary (QPaintEvent).
+    \value PaletteChange                    Palette of the widget changed.
+    \value ParentAboutToChange              The widget parent is about to change.
+    \value ParentChange                     The widget parent has changed.
+    \value Polish                           The widget is polished.
+    \value PolishRequest                    The widget should be polished.
+    \value QueryWhatsThis                   The widget should accept the event if it has "What's This?" help.
+    \value Resize                           Widget's size changed (QResizeEvent).
+    \value Shortcut                         Key press in child for shortcut key handling (QShortcutEvent).
+    \value ShortcutOverride                 Key press in child, for overriding shortcut key handling (QKeyEvent).
+    \value Show                             Widget was shown on screen (QShowEvent).
+    \value ShowToParent                     A child widget has been shown.
+    \value SockAct                          Socket activated, used to implement QSocketNotifier.
+    \value StatusTip                        A status tip is requested (QStatusTipEvent).
+    \value StyleChange                      Widget's style has been changed.
+    \value TabletMove                       Wacom tablet move (QTabletEvent).
+    \value TabletPress                      Wacom tablet press (QTabletEvent).
+    \value TabletRelease                    Wacom tablet release (QTabletEvent).
+    \value OkRequest                        Ok button in decoration pressed. Supported only for Windows CE.
+    \value TabletEnterProximity             Wacom tablet enter proximity event (QTabletEvent), sent to QApplication.
+    \value TabletLeaveProximity             Wacom tablet leave proximity event (QTabletEvent), sent to QApplication.
+    \value Timer                            Regular timer events (QTimerEvent).
+    \value ToolBarChange                    The toolbar button is toggled on Mac OS X.
+    \value ToolTip                          A tooltip was requested (QHelpEvent).
+    \value ToolTipChange                    The widget's tooltip has changed.
+    \value UngrabKeyboard                   Item loses keyboard grab (QGraphicsItem only).
+    \value UngrabMouse                      Item loses mouse grab (QGraphicsItem only).
+    \value UpdateLater                      The widget should be queued to be repainted at a later time.
+    \value UpdateRequest                    The widget should be repainted.
+    \value WhatsThis                        The widget should reveal "What's This?" help (QHelpEvent).
+    \value WhatsThisClicked                 A link in a widget's "What's This?" help was clicked.
+    \value Wheel                            Mouse wheel rolled (QWheelEvent).
+    \value WinEventAct                      A Windows-specific activation event has occurred.
+    \value WindowActivate                   Window was activated.
+    \value WindowBlocked                    The window is blocked by a modal dialog.
+    \value WindowDeactivate                 Window was deactivated.
+    \value WindowIconChange                 The window's icon has changed.
+    \value WindowStateChange                The \l{QWidget::windowState()}{window's state} (minimized, maximized or full-screen) has changed (QWindowStateChangeEvent).
+    \value WindowTitleChange                The window title has changed.
+    \value WindowUnblocked                  The window is unblocked after a modal dialog exited.
+    \value ZOrderChange                     The widget's z-order has changed. This event is never sent to top level windows.
+    \value KeyboardLayoutChange             The keyboard layout has changed.
+    \value DynamicPropertyChange            A dynamic property was added, changed or removed from the object.
+
+    User events should have values between \c User and \c{MaxUser}:
+
+    \value User                             User-defined event.
+    \value MaxUser                          Last user event ID.
+
+    For convenience, you can use the registerEventType() function to
+    register and reserve a custom event type for your
+    application. Doing so will allow you to avoid accidentally
+    re-using a custom event type already in use elsewhere in your
+    application.
+
+    \omitvalue Accel
+    \omitvalue AccelAvailable
+    \omitvalue AccelOverride
+    \omitvalue AcceptDropsChange
+    \omitvalue ActivateControl
+    \omitvalue CaptionChange
+    \omitvalue ChildInsertedRequest
+    \omitvalue ChildInserted
+    \omitvalue Create
+    \omitvalue DeactivateControl
+    \omitvalue Destroy
+    \omitvalue DragResponse
+    \omitvalue EmbeddingControl
+    \omitvalue HelpRequest
+    \omitvalue IconChange
+    \omitvalue LayoutHint
+    \omitvalue Quit
+    \omitvalue Reparent
+    \omitvalue ShowWindowRequest
+    \omitvalue Speech
+    \omitvalue Style
+    \omitvalue ThreadChange
+    \omitvalue ZeroTimerEvent
+    \omitvalue ApplicationActivated
+    \omitvalue ApplicationDeactivated
+    \omitvalue MacGLWindowChange
+    \omitvalue NetworkReplyUpdated
+    \omitvalue FutureCallOut
+    \omitvalue CocoaRequestModal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Contructs an event object of type \a type.
+*/
+QEvent::QEvent(Type type)
+    : d(0), t(type), posted(false), spont(false), m_accept(true)
+{}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the event. If it was \link
+    QCoreApplication::postEvent() posted \endlink,
+    it will be removed from the list of events to be posted.
+*/
+
+QEvent::~QEvent()
+{
+    if (posted && QCoreApplication::instance())
+        QCoreApplicationPrivate::removePostedEvent(this);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \property  QEvent::accepted
+    the accept flag of the event object
+
+    Setting the accept parameter indicates that the event receiver
+    wants the event. Unwanted events might be propagated to the parent
+    widget. By default, isAccepted() is set to true, but don't rely on
+    this as subclasses may choose to clear it in their constructor.
+
+    For convenience, the accept flag can also be set with accept(),
+    and cleared with ignore().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QEvent::accept()
+
+    Sets the accept flag of the event object, the equivalent of
+    calling setAccepted(true).
+
+    Setting the accept parameter indicates that the event receiver
+    wants the event. Unwanted events might be propagated to the parent
+    widget.
+
+    \sa ignore()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QEvent::ignore()
+
+    Clears the accept flag parameter of the event object, the
+    equivalent of calling setAccepted(false).
+
+    Clearing the accept parameter indicates that the event receiver
+    does not want the event. Unwanted events might be propgated to the
+    parent widget.
+
+    \sa accept()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QEvent::Type QEvent::type() const
+
+    Returns the event type.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QEvent::spontaneous() const
+
+    Returns true if the event originated outside the application (a
+    system event); otherwise returns false.
+
+    The return value of this function is not defined for paint events.
+*/
+
+class QEventUserEventRegistration
+{
+public:
+    QMutex mutex;
+    QSet<int> set;
+};
+Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QEventUserEventRegistration, userEventRegistrationHelper)
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.4
+    \threadsafe
+
+    Registers and returns a custom event type. The \a hint provided
+    will be used if it is available, otherwise it will return a value
+    between QEvent::User and QEvent::MaxUser that has not yet been
+    registered. The \a hint is ignored if its value is not between
+    QEvent::User and QEvent::MaxUser.
+*/
+int QEvent::registerEventType(int hint)
+{
+    QEventUserEventRegistration *userEventRegistration
+        = userEventRegistrationHelper();
+    if (!userEventRegistration)
+        return -1;
+
+    QMutexLocker locker(&userEventRegistration->mutex);
+
+    // if the type hint hasn't been registered yet, take it
+    if (hint >= QEvent::User && hint <= QEvent::MaxUser && !userEventRegistration->set.contains(hint)) {
+        userEventRegistration->set.insert(hint);
+        return hint;
+    }
+
+    // find a free event type, starting at MaxUser and decreasing
+    int id = QEvent::MaxUser;
+    while (userEventRegistration->set.contains(id) && id >= QEvent::User)
+        --id;
+    if (id >= QEvent::User) {
+        userEventRegistration->set.insert(id);
+        return id;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QTimerEvent
+    \brief The QTimerEvent class contains parameters that describe a
+    timer event.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    Timer events are sent at regular intervals to objects that have
+    started one or more timers. Each timer has a unique identifier. A
+    timer is started with QObject::startTimer().
+
+    The QTimer class provides a high-level programming interface that
+    uses signals instead of events. It also provides single-shot timers.
+
+    The event handler QObject::timerEvent() receives timer events.
+
+    \sa QTimer, QObject::timerEvent(), QObject::startTimer(),
+    QObject::killTimer()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a timer event object with the timer identifier set to
+    \a timerId.
+*/
+QTimerEvent::QTimerEvent(int timerId)
+    : QEvent(Timer), id(timerId)
+{}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+QTimerEvent::~QTimerEvent()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QTimerEvent::timerId() const
+
+    Returns the unique timer identifier, which is the same identifier
+    as returned from QObject::startTimer().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QChildEvent
+    \brief The QChildEvent class contains event parameters for child object
+    events.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    Child events are sent immediately to objects when children are
+    added or removed.
+
+    In both cases you can only rely on the child being a QObject (or,
+    if QObject::isWidgetType() returns true, a QWidget). This is
+    because in the QEvent::ChildAdded case the child is not yet fully
+    constructed; in the QEvent::ChildRemoved case it might have
+    already been destructed.
+
+    The handler for these events is QObject::childEvent().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a child event object of a particular \a type for the
+    \a child.
+
+    \a type can be QEvent::ChildAdded, QEvent::ChildRemoved,
+    QEvent::ChildPolished, or QEvent::ChildRemoved.
+
+    \sa child()
+*/
+QChildEvent::QChildEvent(Type type, QObject *child)
+    : QEvent(type), c(child)
+{}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+QChildEvent::~QChildEvent()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QObject *QChildEvent::child() const
+
+    Returns the child object that was added or removed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QChildEvent::added() const
+
+    Returns true if type() is QEvent::ChildAdded; otherwise returns
+    false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QChildEvent::removed() const
+
+    Returns true if type() is QEvent::ChildRemoved; otherwise returns
+    false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QChildEvent::polished() const
+
+    Returns true if type() is QEvent::ChildPolished; otherwise returns
+    false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QCustomEvent
+    \brief The QCustomEvent class provides support for custom events.
+
+    \compat
+
+    QCustomEvent has a \c{void *} that can be used to store custom
+    data.
+
+    In Qt 3, QObject::customEvent() took a QCustomEvent pointer. We
+    found out that this approach was unsatisfactory, because
+    there was often no safe way of deleting the data held in the
+    \c{void *}.
+
+    In Qt 4, QObject::customEvent() takes a plain QEvent pointer.
+    You can add custom data by subclassing.
+
+    \sa QObject::customEvent(), QCoreApplication::notify()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QCustomEvent::QCustomEvent(int type, void *data)
+
+    Constructs a custom event object with the event \a type and a
+    pointer to \a data. The value of \a type must be at least as
+    large as QEvent::User. By default, the data pointer is set to 0.
+*/
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+QCustomEvent::QCustomEvent(int type, void *data)
+    : QEvent(static_cast<Type>(type))
+{
+    d = reinterpret_cast<QEventPrivate *>(data);
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+QCustomEvent::~QCustomEvent()
+{
+}
+#endif
+/*!
+    \fn void QCustomEvent::setData(void *data)
+
+    \compat
+
+    Sets the generic data pointer to \a data.
+
+    \sa data()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void *QCustomEvent::data() const
+
+    \compat
+
+    Returns a pointer to the generic event data.
+
+    \sa setData()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QChildEvent::inserted() const
+
+    \compat
+
+    A child has been inserted if the event's type() is ChildInserted.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent
+    \since 4.2
+    \brief The QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent class contains event parameters for dynamic
+    property change events.
+
+    \ingroup events
+
+    Dynamic property change events are sent to objects when properties are
+    dynamically added, changed or removed using QObject::setProperty().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a dynamic property change event object with the property name set to
+    \a name.
+*/
+QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent::QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent(const QByteArray &name)
+    : QEvent(QEvent::DynamicPropertyChange), n(name)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent::~QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QByteArray QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent::propertyName() const
+
+    Returns the name of the dynamic property that was added, changed or
+    removed.
+
+    \sa QObject::setProperty(), QObject::dynamicPropertyNames()
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreevent.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreevent.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1bddbe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreevent.h
@@ -0,0 +1,370 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QCOREEVENT_H
+#define QCOREEVENT_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qnamespace.h>
+#include <QtCore/qbytearray.h>
+#include <QtCore/qobjectdefs.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+class QEventPrivate;
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QEvent           // event base class
+{
+    Q_GADGET
+    QDOC_PROPERTY(bool accepted READ isAccepted WRITE setAccepted)
+    Q_ENUMS(Type)
+public:
+    enum Type {
+        /*
+          If you get a strange compiler error on the line with None,
+          it's probably because you're also including X11 headers,
+          which #define the symbol None. Put the X11 includes after
+          the Qt includes to solve this problem.
+        */
+        None = 0,                               // invalid event
+        Timer = 1,                              // timer event
+        MouseButtonPress = 2,                   // mouse button pressed
+        MouseButtonRelease = 3,                 // mouse button released
+        MouseButtonDblClick = 4,                // mouse button double click
+        MouseMove = 5,                          // mouse move
+        KeyPress = 6,                           // key pressed
+        KeyRelease = 7,                         // key released
+        FocusIn = 8,                            // keyboard focus received
+        FocusOut = 9,                           // keyboard focus lost
+        Enter = 10,                             // mouse enters widget
+        Leave = 11,                             // mouse leaves widget
+        Paint = 12,                             // paint widget
+        Move = 13,                              // move widget
+        Resize = 14,                            // resize widget
+        Create = 15,                            // after widget creation
+        Destroy = 16,                           // during widget destruction
+        Show = 17,                              // widget is shown
+        Hide = 18,                              // widget is hidden
+        Close = 19,                             // request to close widget
+        Quit = 20,                              // request to quit application
+        ParentChange = 21,                      // widget has been reparented
+        ParentAboutToChange = 131,              // sent just before the parent change is done
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+        Reparent = ParentChange,
+#endif
+        ThreadChange = 22,                      // object has changed threads
+        WindowActivate = 24,                    // window was activated
+        WindowDeactivate = 25,                  // window was deactivated
+        ShowToParent = 26,                      // widget is shown to parent
+        HideToParent = 27,                      // widget is hidden to parent
+        Wheel = 31,                             // wheel event
+        WindowTitleChange = 33,                 // window title changed
+        WindowIconChange = 34,                  // icon changed
+        ApplicationWindowIconChange = 35,       // application icon changed
+        ApplicationFontChange = 36,             // application font changed
+        ApplicationLayoutDirectionChange = 37,  // application layout direction changed
+        ApplicationPaletteChange = 38,          // application palette changed
+        PaletteChange = 39,                     // widget palette changed
+        Clipboard = 40,                         // internal clipboard event
+        Speech = 42,                            // reserved for speech input
+        MetaCall =  43,                         // meta call event
+        SockAct = 50,                           // socket activation
+        WinEventAct = 132,                      // win event activation
+        DeferredDelete = 52,                    // deferred delete event
+        DragEnter = 60,                         // drag moves into widget
+        DragMove = 61,                          // drag moves in widget
+        DragLeave = 62,                         // drag leaves or is cancelled
+        Drop = 63,                              // actual drop
+        DragResponse = 64,                      // drag accepted/rejected
+        ChildAdded = 68,                        // new child widget
+        ChildPolished = 69,                     // polished child widget
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+        ChildInsertedRequest = 67,              // send ChildInserted compatibility events to receiver
+        ChildInserted = 70,                     // compatibility child inserted
+        LayoutHint = 72,                        // compatibility relayout request
+#endif
+        ChildRemoved = 71,                      // deleted child widget
+        ShowWindowRequest = 73,                 // widget's window should be mapped
+        PolishRequest = 74,                     // widget should be polished
+        Polish = 75,                            // widget is polished
+        LayoutRequest = 76,                     // widget should be relayouted
+        UpdateRequest = 77,                     // widget should be repainted
+        UpdateLater = 78,                       // request update() later
+
+        EmbeddingControl = 79,                  // ActiveX embedding
+        ActivateControl = 80,                   // ActiveX activation
+        DeactivateControl = 81,                 // ActiveX deactivation
+        ContextMenu = 82,                       // context popup menu
+        InputMethod = 83,                       // input method
+        AccessibilityPrepare = 86,              // accessibility information is requested
+        TabletMove = 87,                        // Wacom tablet event
+        LocaleChange = 88,                      // the system locale changed
+        LanguageChange = 89,                    // the application language changed
+        LayoutDirectionChange = 90,             // the layout direction changed
+        Style = 91,                             // internal style event
+        TabletPress = 92,                       // tablet press
+        TabletRelease = 93,                     // tablet release
+        OkRequest = 94,                         // CE (Ok) button pressed
+        HelpRequest = 95,                       // CE (?)  button pressed
+
+        IconDrag = 96,                          // proxy icon dragged
+
+        FontChange = 97,                        // font has changed
+        EnabledChange = 98,                     // enabled state has changed
+        ActivationChange = 99,                  // window activation has changed
+        StyleChange = 100,                      // style has changed
+        IconTextChange = 101,                   // icon text has changed
+        ModifiedChange = 102,                   // modified state has changed
+        MouseTrackingChange = 109,              // mouse tracking state has changed
+
+        WindowBlocked = 103,                    // window is about to be blocked modally
+        WindowUnblocked = 104,                  // windows modal blocking has ended
+        WindowStateChange = 105,
+
+        ToolTip = 110,
+        WhatsThis = 111,
+        StatusTip = 112,
+
+        ActionChanged = 113,
+        ActionAdded = 114,
+        ActionRemoved = 115,
+
+        FileOpen = 116,                         // file open request
+
+        Shortcut = 117,                         // shortcut triggered
+        ShortcutOverride = 51,                  // shortcut override request
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+        Accel = 30,                             // accelerator event
+        AccelAvailable = 32,                    // accelerator available event
+        AccelOverride = ShortcutOverride,       // accelerator override event
+#endif
+
+        WhatsThisClicked = 118,
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+        CaptionChange = WindowTitleChange,
+        IconChange = WindowIconChange,
+#endif
+        ToolBarChange = 120,                    // toolbar visibility toggled
+
+        ApplicationActivate = 121,              // application has been changed to active
+        ApplicationActivated = ApplicationActivate, // deprecated
+        ApplicationDeactivate = 122,            // application has been changed to inactive
+        ApplicationDeactivated = ApplicationDeactivate, // deprecated
+
+        QueryWhatsThis = 123,                   // query what's this widget help
+        EnterWhatsThisMode = 124,
+        LeaveWhatsThisMode = 125,
+
+        ZOrderChange = 126,                     // child widget has had its z-order changed
+
+        HoverEnter = 127,                       // mouse cursor enters a hover widget
+        HoverLeave = 128,                       // mouse cursor leaves a hover widget
+        HoverMove = 129,                        // mouse cursor move inside a hover widget
+
+        AccessibilityHelp = 119,                // accessibility help text request
+        AccessibilityDescription = 130,         // accessibility description text request
+
+        // last event id used = 132
+
+#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
+        EnterEditFocus = 150,                   // enter edit mode in keypad navigation
+        LeaveEditFocus = 151,                   // enter edit mode in keypad navigation
+#endif
+        AcceptDropsChange = 152,
+
+        MenubarUpdated = 153,                    // Support event for Q3MainWindow, which needs to
+                                                 // knwow when QMenubar is updated.
+
+        ZeroTimerEvent = 154,                   // Used for Windows Zero timer events
+
+        GraphicsSceneMouseMove = 155,           // GraphicsView
+        GraphicsSceneMousePress = 156,
+        GraphicsSceneMouseRelease = 157,
+        GraphicsSceneMouseDoubleClick = 158,
+        GraphicsSceneContextMenu = 159,
+        GraphicsSceneHoverEnter = 160,
+        GraphicsSceneHoverMove = 161,
+        GraphicsSceneHoverLeave = 162,
+        GraphicsSceneHelp = 163,
+        GraphicsSceneDragEnter = 164,
+        GraphicsSceneDragMove = 165,
+        GraphicsSceneDragLeave = 166,
+        GraphicsSceneDrop = 167,
+        GraphicsSceneWheel = 168,
+
+        KeyboardLayoutChange = 169,             // keyboard layout changed
+
+        DynamicPropertyChange = 170,            // A dynamic property was changed through setProperty/property
+
+        TabletEnterProximity = 171,
+        TabletLeaveProximity = 172,
+
+        NonClientAreaMouseMove = 173,
+        NonClientAreaMouseButtonPress = 174,
+        NonClientAreaMouseButtonRelease = 175,
+        NonClientAreaMouseButtonDblClick = 176,
+
+        MacSizeChange = 177,                    // when the Qt::WA_Mac{Normal,Small,Mini}Size changes
+
+        ContentsRectChange = 178,               // sent by QWidget::setContentsMargins (internal)
+
+        MacGLWindowChange = 179,                // Internal! the window of the GLWidget has changed
+
+        FutureCallOut = 180,
+
+        GraphicsSceneResize  = 181,
+        GraphicsSceneMove  = 182,
+
+        CursorChange = 183,
+        ToolTipChange = 184,
+
+        NetworkReplyUpdated = 185,              // Internal for QNetworkReply
+
+        GrabMouse = 186,
+        UngrabMouse = 187,
+        GrabKeyboard = 188,
+        UngrabKeyboard = 189,
+        CocoaRequestModal = 190,                // Internal for requesting an application modal Cocoa Window
+
+        Signal = 191,
+        StateFinished = 192,
+        Bound = 193,
+
+	// 512 reserved for Qt Jambi's MetaCall event
+        // 513 reserved for Qt Jambi's DeleteOnMainThread event
+
+        User = 1000,                            // first user event id
+        MaxUser = 65535                         // last user event id
+    };
+
+    QEvent(Type type);
+    virtual ~QEvent();
+    inline Type type() const { return static_cast<Type>(t); }
+    inline bool spontaneous() const { return spont; }
+
+    inline void setAccepted(bool accepted) { m_accept = accepted; }
+    inline bool isAccepted() const { return m_accept; }
+
+    inline void accept() { m_accept = true; }
+    inline void ignore() { m_accept = false; }
+
+    static int registerEventType(int hint = -1);
+
+protected:
+    QEventPrivate *d;
+    ushort t;
+
+private:
+    ushort posted : 1;
+    ushort spont : 1;
+    ushort m_accept : 1;
+    ushort reserved : 13;
+
+    friend class QCoreApplication;
+    friend class QCoreApplicationPrivate;
+    friend class QThreadData;
+    friend class QApplication;
+    friend class QApplicationPrivate;
+    friend class Q3AccelManager;
+    friend class QShortcutMap;
+    friend class QETWidget;
+};
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QTimerEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QTimerEvent( int timerId );
+    ~QTimerEvent();
+    int timerId() const { return id; }
+protected:
+    int id;
+};
+
+class QObject;
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QChildEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QChildEvent( Type type, QObject *child );
+    ~QChildEvent();
+    QObject *child() const { return c; }
+    bool added() const { return type() == ChildAdded; }
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    QT3_SUPPORT bool inserted() const { return type() == ChildInserted; }
+#endif
+    bool polished() const { return type() == ChildPolished; }
+    bool removed() const { return type() == ChildRemoved; }
+protected:
+    QObject *c;
+};
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QCustomEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QT3_SUPPORT_CONSTRUCTOR QCustomEvent(int type, void *data = 0);
+    ~QCustomEvent();
+    QT3_SUPPORT void *data()  const { return d; }
+    QT3_SUPPORT void setData(void* aData) { d = reinterpret_cast<QEventPrivate *>(aData); }
+};
+#endif
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent(const QByteArray &name);
+    ~QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent();
+
+    inline QByteArray propertyName() const { return n; }
+
+private:
+    QByteArray n;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QCOREEVENT_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreglobaldata.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreglobaldata.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c756b6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreglobaldata.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qcoreglobaldata_p.h"
+
+#include <QtDebug>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QCoreGlobalData, globalInstance)
+
+QCoreGlobalData *QCoreGlobalData::instance()
+{
+    return globalInstance();
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreglobaldata_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreglobaldata_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4904ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcoreglobaldata_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QCOREGLOBALDATA_P_H
+#define QCOREGLOBALDATA_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists purely as an
+// implementation detail.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "QtCore/qmap.h"
+#include "QtCore/qstringlist.h"
+#include "QtCore/qreadwritelock.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+struct QCoreGlobalData {
+    QMap<QString, QStringList> dirSearchPaths;
+    QReadWriteLock dirSearchPathsLock;
+
+    static QCoreGlobalData *instance();
+};
+
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+#endif // QCOREGLOBALDATA_P_H
+
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcrashhandler.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qcrashhandler.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7350b66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcrashhandler.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,420 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ *
+ * stacktrace.c 1.2 1998/12/21
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1998 by Bjorn Reese <breese@imada.ou.dk>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
+ * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE AUTHORS AND
+ * CONTRIBUTORS ACCEPT NO RESPONSIBILITY IN ANY CONCEIVABLE MANNER.
+ *
+ ************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+#include "private/qcrashhandler_p.h"
+#include "qbytearray.h" // for qvsnprintf()
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CRASHHANDLER
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QtCrashHandler QSegfaultHandler::callback = 0;
+
+#if defined(__GLIBC__) && (__GLIBC__ >= 2) && !defined(__UCLIBC__) && !defined(QT_LINUXBASE)
+QT_BEGIN_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE
+# include "qstring.h"
+# include <execinfo.h>
+QT_END_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE
+
+static void print_backtrace(FILE *outb)
+{
+    void *stack[128];
+    int stack_size = backtrace(stack, sizeof(stack) / sizeof(void *));
+    char **stack_symbols = backtrace_symbols(stack, stack_size);
+    fprintf(outb, "Stack [%d]:\n", stack_size);
+    if(FILE *cppfilt = popen("c++filt", "rw")) {
+        dup2(fileno(outb), fileno(cppfilt));
+        for(int i = stack_size-1; i>=0; --i)
+            fwrite(stack_symbols[i], 1, strlen(stack_symbols[i]), cppfilt);
+        pclose(cppfilt);
+    } else {
+        for(int i = stack_size-1; i>=0; --i)
+            fprintf(outb, "#%d  %p [%s]\n", i, stack[i], stack_symbols[i]);
+    }
+}
+static void init_backtrace(char **, int)
+{
+}
+
+#else /* Don't use the GLIBC callback */
+/* Code sourced from: */
+QT_BEGIN_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#if defined(Q_OS_IRIX) && defined(USE_LIBEXC)
+# include <libexc.h>
+#endif
+QT_END_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE
+
+
+static char *globalProgName = NULL;
+static bool backtrace_command(FILE *outb, const char *format, ...)
+{
+
+    bool ret = false;
+    char buffer[50];
+
+    /*
+     * Please note that vsnprintf() is not ASync safe (ie. cannot safely
+     * be used from a signal handler.) If this proves to be a problem
+     * then the cmd string can be built by more basic functions such as
+     * strcpy, strcat, and a home-made integer-to-ascii function.
+     */
+    va_list args;
+    char cmd[512];
+    va_start(args, format);
+    qvsnprintf(cmd, 512, format, args);
+    va_end(args);
+
+    char *foo = cmd;
+#if 0
+    foo = "echo hi";
+#endif
+    if(FILE *inb = popen(foo, "r")) {
+        while(!feof(inb)) {
+            int len = fread(buffer, 1, sizeof(buffer), inb);
+            if(!len)
+                break;
+            if(!ret) {
+                fwrite("Output from ", 1, strlen("Output from "), outb);
+                strtok(cmd, " ");
+                fwrite(cmd, 1, strlen(cmd), outb);
+                fwrite("\n", 1, 1, outb);
+                ret = true;
+            }
+            fwrite(buffer, 1, len, outb);
+        }
+        fclose(inb);
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+
+static void init_backtrace(char **argv, int argc)
+{
+    if(argc >= 1)
+        globalProgName = argv[0];
+}
+
+static void print_backtrace(FILE *outb)
+{
+    /*
+     * In general dbx seems to do a better job than gdb.
+     *
+     * Different dbx implementations require different flags/commands.
+     */
+#if defined(Q_OS_AIX)
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "dbx -a %d 2>/dev/null <<EOF\n"
+                         "where\n"
+                         "detach\n"
+                         "EOF\n",
+                         (int)getpid()))
+        return;
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "gdb -q %s %d 2>/dev/null <<EOF\n"
+                         "set prompt\n"
+                         "where\n"
+                         "detach\n"
+                         "quit\n"
+                         "EOF\n",
+                         globalProgName, (int)getpid()))
+        return;
+#elif defined(Q_OS_FREEBSD)
+    /*
+     * FreeBSD insists on sending a SIGSTOP to the process we
+     * attach to, so we let the debugger send a SIGCONT to that
+     * process after we have detached.
+     */
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "gdb -q %s %d 2>/dev/null <<EOF\n"
+                         "set prompt\n"
+                         "where\n"
+                         "detach\n"
+                         "shell kill -CONT %d\n"
+                         "quit\n"
+                         "EOF\n",
+                         globalProgName, (int)getpid(), (int)getpid()))
+        return;
+#elif defined(Q_OS_HPUX)
+    /*
+     * HP decided to call their debugger xdb.
+     *
+     * This does not seem to work properly yet. The debugger says
+     * "Note: Stack traces may not be possible until you are
+     *  stopped in user code." on HP-UX 09.01
+     *
+     * -L = line-oriented interface.
+     * "T [depth]" gives a stacktrace with local variables.
+     * The final "y" is confirmation to the quit command.
+     */
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "xdb -P %d -L %s 2>&1 <<EOF\n"
+                         "T 50\n"
+                         "q\ny\n"
+                         "EOF\n",
+                         (int)getpid(), globalProgName))
+        return;
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "gdb -q %s %d 2>/dev/null <<EOF\n"
+                         "set prompt\n"
+                         "where\n"
+                         "detach\n"
+                         "quit\n"
+                         "EOF\n",
+                         globalProgName, (int)getpid()))
+        return;
+#elif defined(Q_OS_IRIX)
+    /*
+     * "set $page=0" drops hold mode
+     * "dump ." displays the contents of the variables
+     */
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "dbx -p %d 2>/dev/null <<EOF\n"
+                         "set \\$page=0\n"
+                         "where\n"
+# if !defined(__GNUC__)
+                         /* gcc does not generate this information */
+                         "dump .\n"
+# endif
+                         "detach\n"
+                         "EOF\n",
+                         (int)getpid()))
+        return;
+
+# if defined(USE_LIBEXC)
+    if(trace_back_stack_and_print())
+        return;
+# endif
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "gdb -q %s %d 2>/dev/null <<EOF\n"
+                         "set prompt\n"
+                         "where\n"
+                         "echo ---\\n\n"
+                         "frame 5\n"      /* Skip signal handler frames */
+                         "set \\$x = 50\n"
+                         "while (\\$x)\n" /* Print local variables for each frame */
+                         "info locals\n"
+                         "up\n"
+                         "set \\$x--\n"
+                         "end\n"
+                         "echo ---\\n\n"
+                         "detach\n"
+                         "quit\n"
+                         "EOF\n",
+                         globalProgName, (int)getpid()))
+        return;
+#elif defined(Q_OS_OSF)
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "dbx -pid %d %s 2>/dev/null <<EOF\n"
+                         "where\n"
+                         "detach\n"
+                         "quit\n"
+                         "EOF\n",
+                         (int)getpid(), globalProgName))
+        return;
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "gdb -q %s %d 2>/dev/null <<EOF\n"
+                         "set prompt\n"
+                         "where\n"
+                         "detach\n"
+                         "quit\n"
+                         "EOF\n",
+                         globalProgName, (int)getpid()))
+        return;
+#elif defined(Q_OS_SCO)
+    /*
+     * SCO OpenServer dbx is like a catch-22. The 'detach' command
+     * depends on whether ptrace(S) support detaching or not. If it
+     * is supported then 'detach' must be used, otherwise the process
+     * will be killed upon dbx exit. If it isn't supported then 'detach'
+     * will cause the process to be killed. We do not want it to be
+     * killed.
+     *
+     * Out of two evils, the omission of 'detach' was chosen because
+     * it worked on our system.
+     */
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "dbx %s %d 2>/dev/null <<EOF\n"
+                         "where\n"
+                         "quit\nEOF\n",
+                         globalProgName, (int)getpid()))
+        return;
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "gdb -q %s %d 2>/dev/null <<EOF\n"
+                         "set prompt\n"
+                         "where\n"
+                         "detach\n"
+                         "quit\n"
+                         "EOF\n",
+                         globalProgName, (int)getpid()))
+        return;
+#elif defined(Q_OS_SOLARIS)
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "dbx %s %d 2>/dev/null <<EOF\n"
+                         "where\n"
+                         "detach\n"
+                         "EOF\n",
+                         globalProgName, (int)getpid()))
+        return;
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "gdb -q %s %d 2>/dev/null <<EOF\n"
+                         "set prompt\n"
+                         "where\n"
+                         "echo ---\\n\n"
+                         "frame 5\n"      /* Skip signal handler frames */
+                         "set \\$x = 50\n"
+                         "while (\\$x)\n" /* Print local variables for each frame */
+                         "info locals\n"
+                         "up\n"
+                         "set \\$x--\n"
+                         "end\n"
+                         "echo ---\\n\n"
+                         "detach\n"
+                         "quit\n"
+                         "EOF\n",
+                         globalProgName, (int)getpid()))
+        return;
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "/usr/proc/bin/pstack %d",
+                         (int)getpid()))
+        return;
+    /*
+     * Other Unices (AIX, HPUX, SCO) also have adb, but
+     * they seem unable to attach to a running process.)
+     */
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "adb %s 2>&1 <<EOF\n"
+                         "0t%d:A\n" /* Attach to pid */
+                         "\\$c\n"   /* print stacktrace */
+                         ":R\n"     /* Detach */
+                         "\\$q\n"   /* Quit */
+                         "EOF\n",
+                         globalProgName, (int)getpid()))
+        return;
+#else /* All other platforms */
+    /*
+     * TODO: SCO/UnixWare 7 must be something like (not tested)
+     *  debug -i c <pid> <<EOF\nstack -f 4\nquit\nEOF\n
+     */
+# if !defined(__GNUC__)
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "dbx %s %d 2>/dev/null <<EOF\n"
+                         "where\n"
+                         "detach\n"
+                         "EOF\n",
+                         globalProgName, (int)getpid()))
+        return;
+# endif
+    if(backtrace_command(outb, "gdb -q %s %d 2>/dev/null <<EOF\n"
+                         "set prompt\n"
+                         "where\n"
+#if 0
+                         "echo ---\\n\n"
+                         "frame 4\n"
+                         "set \\$x = 50\n"
+                         "while (\\$x)\n"
+                         "info locals\n"
+                         "up\n"
+                         "set \\$x--\n"
+                         "end\n"
+                         "echo ---\\n\n"
+#endif
+                         "detach\n"
+                         "quit\n"
+                         "EOF\n",
+                         globalProgName, (int)getpid()))
+        return;
+#endif
+    const char debug_err[] = "No debugger found\n";
+    fwrite(debug_err, strlen(debug_err), 1, outb);
+}
+/* end of copied code */
+#endif
+
+
+void qt_signal_handler(int sig)
+{
+    signal(sig, SIG_DFL);
+    if(QSegfaultHandler::callback) {
+        (*QSegfaultHandler::callback)();
+        _exit(1);
+    }
+    FILE *outb = stderr;
+    if(char *crash_loc = ::getenv("QT_CRASH_OUTPUT")) {
+        if(FILE *new_outb = fopen(crash_loc, "w")) {
+            fprintf(stderr, "Crash (backtrace written to %s)!!!\n", crash_loc);
+            outb = new_outb;
+        }
+    } else {
+        fprintf(outb, "Crash!!!\n");
+    }
+    print_backtrace(outb);
+    if(outb != stderr)
+        fclose(outb);
+    _exit(1);
+}
+
+
+void
+QSegfaultHandler::initialize(char **argv, int argc)
+{
+    init_backtrace(argv, argc);
+
+    struct sigaction SignalAction;
+    SignalAction.sa_flags = 0;
+    SignalAction.sa_handler = qt_signal_handler;
+    sigemptyset(&SignalAction.sa_mask);
+    sigaction(SIGSEGV, &SignalAction, NULL);
+    sigaction(SIGBUS, &SignalAction, NULL);
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QT_NO_CRASHHANDLER
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qcrashhandler_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qcrashhandler_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d41e637
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qcrashhandler_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QCRASHHANDLER_P_H
+#define QCRASHHANDLER_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists purely as an
+// implementation detail.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include <QtCore/qglobal.h>
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CRASHHANDLER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+typedef void (*QtCrashHandler)();
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QSegfaultHandler
+{
+    friend void qt_signal_handler(int);
+    static QtCrashHandler callback;
+public:
+    static void initialize(char **, int);
+
+    inline static void installCrashHandler(QtCrashHandler h) { callback = h; }
+    inline static QtCrashHandler crashHandler() { return callback; }
+
+private:
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QT_NO_CRASHHANDLER
+
+#endif // QCRASHHANDLER_P_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_glib.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_glib.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20548de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_glib.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,500 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qeventdispatcher_glib_p.h"
+#include "qeventdispatcher_unix_p.h"
+
+#include <private/qthread_p.h>
+
+#include "qcoreapplication.h"
+#include "qsocketnotifier.h"
+
+#include <QtCore/qhash.h>
+#include <QtCore/qlist.h>
+#include <QtCore/qpair.h>
+
+#include <glib.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+struct GPollFDWithQSocketNotifier
+{
+    GPollFD pollfd;
+    QSocketNotifier *socketNotifier;
+};
+
+struct GSocketNotifierSource
+{
+    GSource source;
+    QList<GPollFDWithQSocketNotifier *> pollfds;
+};
+
+static gboolean socketNotifierSourcePrepare(GSource *, gint *timeout)
+{
+    if (timeout)
+        *timeout = -1;
+    return false;
+}
+
+static gboolean socketNotifierSourceCheck(GSource *source)
+{
+    GSocketNotifierSource *src = reinterpret_cast<GSocketNotifierSource *>(source);
+
+    bool pending = false;
+    for (int i = 0; !pending && i < src->pollfds.count(); ++i) {
+        GPollFDWithQSocketNotifier *p = src->pollfds.at(i);
+
+        if (p->pollfd.revents & G_IO_NVAL) {
+            // disable the invalid socket notifier
+            static const char *t[] = { "Read", "Write", "Exception" };
+            qWarning("QSocketNotifier: Invalid socket %d and type '%s', disabling...",
+                     p->pollfd.fd, t[int(p->socketNotifier->type())]);
+            // ### note, modifies src->pollfds!
+            p->socketNotifier->setEnabled(false);
+        }
+
+        pending = ((p->pollfd.revents & p->pollfd.events) != 0);
+    }
+
+    return pending;
+}
+
+static gboolean socketNotifierSourceDispatch(GSource *source, GSourceFunc, gpointer)
+{
+    QEvent event(QEvent::SockAct);
+
+    GSocketNotifierSource *src = reinterpret_cast<GSocketNotifierSource *>(source);
+    for (int i = 0; i < src->pollfds.count(); ++i) {
+        GPollFDWithQSocketNotifier *p = src->pollfds.at(i);
+
+        if ((p->pollfd.revents & p->pollfd.events) != 0)
+            QCoreApplication::sendEvent(p->socketNotifier, &event);
+    }
+
+    return true; // ??? don't remove, right?
+}
+
+static GSourceFuncs socketNotifierSourceFuncs = {
+    socketNotifierSourcePrepare,
+    socketNotifierSourceCheck,
+    socketNotifierSourceDispatch,
+    NULL,
+    NULL,
+    NULL
+};
+
+struct GTimerSource
+{
+    GSource source;
+    QTimerInfoList timerList;
+    QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags processEventsFlags;
+};
+
+static gboolean timerSourcePrepare(GSource *source, gint *timeout)
+{
+    gint dummy;
+    if (!timeout)
+        timeout = &dummy;
+
+    GTimerSource *src = reinterpret_cast<GTimerSource *>(source);
+
+    timeval tv = { 0l, 0l };
+    if (!(src->processEventsFlags & QEventLoop::X11ExcludeTimers) && src->timerList.timerWait(tv))
+        *timeout = (tv.tv_sec * 1000) + (tv.tv_usec / 1000);
+    else
+        *timeout = -1;
+
+    return (*timeout == 0);
+}
+
+static gboolean timerSourceCheck(GSource *source)
+{
+    GTimerSource *src = reinterpret_cast<GTimerSource *>(source);
+
+    if (src->timerList.isEmpty()
+        || (src->processEventsFlags & QEventLoop::X11ExcludeTimers))
+        return false;
+
+    if (src->timerList.updateCurrentTime() < src->timerList.first()->timeout)
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+static gboolean timerSourceDispatch(GSource *source, GSourceFunc, gpointer)
+{
+    (void) reinterpret_cast<GTimerSource *>(source)->timerList.activateTimers();
+    return true; // ??? don't remove, right again?
+}
+
+static GSourceFuncs timerSourceFuncs = {
+    timerSourcePrepare,
+    timerSourceCheck,
+    timerSourceDispatch,
+    NULL,
+    NULL,
+    NULL
+};
+
+struct GPostEventSource
+{
+    GSource source;
+    QAtomicInt serialNumber;
+    int lastSerialNumber;
+};
+
+static gboolean postEventSourcePrepare(GSource *s, gint *timeout)
+{
+    QThreadData *data = QThreadData::current();
+    if (!data)
+        return false;
+
+    gint dummy;
+    if (!timeout)
+        timeout = &dummy;
+    *timeout = data->canWait ? -1 : 0;
+
+    GPostEventSource *source = reinterpret_cast<GPostEventSource *>(s);
+    return (!data->canWait
+            || (source->serialNumber != source->lastSerialNumber));
+}
+
+static gboolean postEventSourceCheck(GSource *source)
+{
+    return postEventSourcePrepare(source, 0);
+}
+
+static gboolean postEventSourceDispatch(GSource *s, GSourceFunc, gpointer)
+{
+    GPostEventSource *source = reinterpret_cast<GPostEventSource *>(s);
+    source->lastSerialNumber = source->serialNumber;
+    QCoreApplication::sendPostedEvents();
+    return true; // i dunno, george...
+}
+
+static GSourceFuncs postEventSourceFuncs = {
+    postEventSourcePrepare,
+    postEventSourceCheck,
+    postEventSourceDispatch,
+    NULL,
+    NULL,
+    NULL
+};
+
+
+QEventDispatcherGlibPrivate::QEventDispatcherGlibPrivate(GMainContext *context)
+    : mainContext(context)
+{
+    if (qgetenv("QT_NO_THREADED_GLIB").isEmpty()) {
+        if (!g_thread_supported())
+            g_thread_init(NULL);
+    }
+
+    if (mainContext) {
+        g_main_context_ref(mainContext);
+    } else {
+        QCoreApplication *app = QCoreApplication::instance();
+	if (app && QThread::currentThread() == app->thread()) {
+	    mainContext = g_main_context_default();
+	    g_main_context_ref(mainContext);
+	} else {
+	    mainContext = g_main_context_new();
+	}
+    }
+
+    postEventSource = reinterpret_cast<GPostEventSource *>(g_source_new(&postEventSourceFuncs,
+                                                                        sizeof(GPostEventSource)));
+    g_source_set_can_recurse(&postEventSource->source, true);
+    g_source_attach(&postEventSource->source, mainContext);
+
+    // setup socketNotifierSource
+    socketNotifierSource =
+        reinterpret_cast<GSocketNotifierSource *>(g_source_new(&socketNotifierSourceFuncs,
+                                                               sizeof(GSocketNotifierSource)));
+    (void) new (&socketNotifierSource->pollfds) QList<GPollFDWithQSocketNotifier *>();
+    g_source_set_can_recurse(&socketNotifierSource->source, true);
+    g_source_attach(&socketNotifierSource->source, mainContext);
+
+    // setup timerSource
+    timerSource = reinterpret_cast<GTimerSource *>(g_source_new(&timerSourceFuncs,
+                                                                sizeof(GTimerSource)));
+    (void) new (&timerSource->timerList) QTimerInfoList();
+    timerSource->processEventsFlags = QEventLoop::AllEvents;
+    g_source_set_can_recurse(&timerSource->source, true);
+    g_source_attach(&timerSource->source, mainContext);
+}
+
+QEventDispatcherGlib::QEventDispatcherGlib(QObject *parent)
+    : QAbstractEventDispatcher(*(new QEventDispatcherGlibPrivate), parent)
+{
+}
+
+QEventDispatcherGlib::QEventDispatcherGlib(GMainContext *mainContext,
+					   QObject *parent)
+    : QAbstractEventDispatcher(*(new QEventDispatcherGlibPrivate(mainContext)),
+			       parent)
+{
+}
+
+QEventDispatcherGlib::~QEventDispatcherGlib()
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherGlib);
+
+    // destroy all timer sources
+    qDeleteAll(d->timerSource->timerList);
+    d->timerSource->timerList.~QTimerInfoList();
+    g_source_destroy(&d->timerSource->source);
+    g_source_unref(&d->timerSource->source);
+    d->timerSource = 0;
+
+    // destroy socket notifier source
+    for (int i = 0; i < d->socketNotifierSource->pollfds.count(); ++i) {
+        GPollFDWithQSocketNotifier *p = d->socketNotifierSource->pollfds[i];
+        g_source_remove_poll(&d->socketNotifierSource->source, &p->pollfd);
+        delete p;
+    }
+    d->socketNotifierSource->pollfds.~QList<GPollFDWithQSocketNotifier *>();
+    g_source_destroy(&d->socketNotifierSource->source);
+    g_source_unref(&d->socketNotifierSource->source);
+    d->socketNotifierSource = 0;
+
+    // destroy post event source
+    g_source_destroy(&d->postEventSource->source);
+    g_source_unref(&d->postEventSource->source);
+    d->postEventSource = 0;
+
+    Q_ASSERT(d->mainContext != 0);
+    g_main_context_unref(d->mainContext);
+    d->mainContext = 0;
+}
+
+bool QEventDispatcherGlib::processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags)
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherGlib);
+
+    const bool canWait = (flags & QEventLoop::WaitForMoreEvents);
+    if (canWait)
+        emit aboutToBlock();
+    else
+        emit awake();
+
+    // tell postEventSourcePrepare() and timerSource about any new flags
+    QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags savedFlags = d->timerSource->processEventsFlags;
+    d->timerSource->processEventsFlags = flags;
+    
+    bool result = g_main_context_iteration(d->mainContext, canWait);
+    while (!result && canWait)
+        result = g_main_context_iteration(d->mainContext, canWait);
+    
+    d->timerSource->processEventsFlags = savedFlags;
+
+    if (canWait)
+        emit awake();
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+bool QEventDispatcherGlib::hasPendingEvents()
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherGlib);
+    return g_main_context_pending(d->mainContext);
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherGlib::registerSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *notifier)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(notifier);
+    int sockfd = notifier->socket();
+    int type = notifier->type();
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    if (sockfd < 0) {
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: Internal error");
+        return;
+    } else if (notifier->thread() != thread()
+               || thread() != QThread::currentThread()) {
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: socket notifiers cannot be enabled from another thread");
+        return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherGlib);
+
+
+    GPollFDWithQSocketNotifier *p = new GPollFDWithQSocketNotifier;
+    p->pollfd.fd = sockfd;
+    switch (type) {
+    case QSocketNotifier::Read:
+        p->pollfd.events = G_IO_IN | G_IO_HUP | G_IO_ERR;
+        break;
+    case QSocketNotifier::Write:
+        p->pollfd.events = G_IO_OUT | G_IO_ERR;
+        break;
+    case QSocketNotifier::Exception:
+        p->pollfd.events = G_IO_PRI | G_IO_ERR;
+        break;
+    }
+    p->socketNotifier = notifier;
+
+    d->socketNotifierSource->pollfds.append(p);
+
+    g_source_add_poll(&d->socketNotifierSource->source, &p->pollfd);
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherGlib::unregisterSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *notifier)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(notifier);
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    int sockfd = notifier->socket();
+    if (sockfd < 0) {
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: Internal error");
+        return;
+    } else if (notifier->thread() != thread()
+               || thread() != QThread::currentThread()) {
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: socket notifiers cannot be disabled from another thread");
+        return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherGlib);
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < d->socketNotifierSource->pollfds.count(); ++i) {
+        GPollFDWithQSocketNotifier *p = d->socketNotifierSource->pollfds.at(i);
+        if (p->socketNotifier == notifier) {
+            // found it
+            g_source_remove_poll(&d->socketNotifierSource->source, &p->pollfd);
+
+            d->socketNotifierSource->pollfds.removeAt(i);
+            delete p;
+
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherGlib::registerTimer(int timerId, int interval, QObject *object)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    if (timerId < 1 || interval < 0 || !object) {
+        qWarning("QEventDispatcherUNIX::registerTimer: invalid arguments");
+        return;
+    } else if (object->thread() != thread() || thread() != QThread::currentThread()) {
+        qWarning("QObject::startTimer: timers cannot be started from another thread");
+        return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherGlib);
+    d->timerSource->timerList.registerTimer(timerId, interval, object);
+}
+
+bool QEventDispatcherGlib::unregisterTimer(int timerId)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    if (timerId < 1) {
+        qWarning("QEventDispatcherUNIX::unregisterTimer: invalid argument");
+        return false;
+    } else if (thread() != QThread::currentThread()) {
+        qWarning("QObject::killTimer: timers cannot be stopped from another thread");
+        return false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherGlib);
+    return d->timerSource->timerList.unregisterTimer(timerId);
+}
+
+bool QEventDispatcherGlib::unregisterTimers(QObject *object)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    if (!object) {
+        qWarning("QEventDispatcherUNIX::unregisterTimers: invalid argument");
+        return false;
+    } else if (object->thread() != thread() || thread() != QThread::currentThread()) {
+        qWarning("QObject::killTimers: timers cannot be stopped from another thread");
+        return false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherGlib);
+    return d->timerSource->timerList.unregisterTimers(object);
+}
+
+QList<QEventDispatcherGlib::TimerInfo> QEventDispatcherGlib::registeredTimers(QObject *object) const
+{
+    if (!object) {
+        qWarning("QEventDispatcherUNIX:registeredTimers: invalid argument");
+        return QList<TimerInfo>();
+    }
+
+    Q_D(const QEventDispatcherGlib);
+    return d->timerSource->timerList.registeredTimers(object);
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherGlib::interrupt()
+{
+    wakeUp();
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherGlib::wakeUp()
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherGlib);
+    d->postEventSource->serialNumber.ref();
+    g_main_context_wakeup(d->mainContext);
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherGlib::flush()
+{
+}
+
+bool QEventDispatcherGlib::versionSupported()
+{
+#if !defined(GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION) || !defined(GLIB_MINOR_VERSION) || !defined(GLIB_MICRO_VERSION)
+    return false;
+#else
+    return ((GLIB_MAJOR_VERSION << 16) + (GLIB_MINOR_VERSION << 8) + GLIB_MICRO_VERSION) >= 0x020301;
+#endif
+}
+
+QEventDispatcherGlib::QEventDispatcherGlib(QEventDispatcherGlibPrivate &dd, QObject *parent)
+    : QAbstractEventDispatcher(dd, parent)
+{
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_glib_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_glib_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2e6c3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_glib_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QEVENTDISPATCHER_GLIB_P_H
+#define QEVENTDISPATCHER_GLIB_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of the QLibrary class.  This header file may change from
+// version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "qabstracteventdispatcher.h"
+#include "qabstracteventdispatcher_p.h"
+
+#include <QtCore/qhash.h>
+
+typedef struct _GMainContext GMainContext;
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QEventDispatcherGlibPrivate;
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QEventDispatcherGlib : public QAbstractEventDispatcher
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QEventDispatcherGlib)
+
+public:
+    explicit QEventDispatcherGlib(QObject *parent = 0);
+    explicit QEventDispatcherGlib(GMainContext *context, QObject *parent = 0);
+    ~QEventDispatcherGlib();
+
+    bool processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags);
+    bool hasPendingEvents();
+
+    void registerSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *socketNotifier);
+    void unregisterSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *socketNotifier);
+
+    void registerTimer(int timerId, int interval, QObject *object);
+    bool unregisterTimer(int timerId);
+    bool unregisterTimers(QObject *object);
+    QList<TimerInfo> registeredTimers(QObject *object) const;
+
+    void wakeUp();
+    void interrupt();
+    void flush();
+
+    static bool versionSupported();
+
+protected:
+    QEventDispatcherGlib(QEventDispatcherGlibPrivate &dd, QObject *parent);
+};
+
+struct GPostEventSource;
+struct GSocketNotifierSource;
+struct GTimerSource;
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QEventDispatcherGlibPrivate : public QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate
+{
+
+public:
+    QEventDispatcherGlibPrivate(GMainContext *context = 0);
+    GMainContext *mainContext;
+    GPostEventSource *postEventSource;
+    GSocketNotifierSource *socketNotifierSource;
+    GTimerSource *timerSource;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QEVENTDISPATCHER_GLIB_P_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_unix.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_unix.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6aa3b56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_unix.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,957 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+#include "qcoreapplication.h"
+#include "qpair.h"
+#include "qsocketnotifier.h"
+#include "qthread.h"
+
+#include "qeventdispatcher_unix_p.h"
+#include <private/qthread_p.h>
+#include <private/qcoreapplication_p.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if (_POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK-0 <= 0) || defined(QT_BOOTSTRAPPED)
+#  include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+Q_CORE_EXPORT bool qt_disable_lowpriority_timers=false;
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ UNIX signal handling
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static sig_atomic_t signal_received;
+static sig_atomic_t signals_fired[NSIG];
+
+static void signalHandler(int sig)
+{
+    signals_fired[sig] = 1;
+    signal_received = 1;
+}
+
+
+static void initThreadPipeFD(int fd)
+{
+    int ret = fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+    if (ret == -1)
+        perror("QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate: Unable to init thread pipe");
+
+    int flags = fcntl(fd, F_GETFL);
+    if (flags == -1)
+        perror("QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate: Unable to get flags on thread pipe");
+
+    ret = fcntl(fd, F_SETFL, flags | O_NONBLOCK);
+    if (ret == -1)
+        perror("QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate: Unable to set flags on thread pipe");
+}
+
+
+QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate::QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate()
+{
+    extern Qt::HANDLE qt_application_thread_id;
+    mainThread = (QThread::currentThreadId() == qt_application_thread_id);
+
+    // initialize the common parts of the event loop
+#ifdef Q_OS_INTEGRITY
+    // INTEGRITY doesn't like a "select" on pipes, so use socketpair instead
+    if (socketpair(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, PF_INET, thread_pipe) == -1)
+        perror("QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate(): Unable to create socket pair");
+#else
+    if (pipe(thread_pipe) == -1)
+        perror("QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate(): Unable to create thread pipe");
+#endif
+
+    initThreadPipeFD(thread_pipe[0]);
+    initThreadPipeFD(thread_pipe[1]);
+
+    sn_highest = -1;
+
+    interrupt = false;
+}
+
+QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate::~QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate()
+{
+    // cleanup the common parts of the event loop
+    close(thread_pipe[0]);
+    close(thread_pipe[1]);
+
+    // cleanup timers
+    qDeleteAll(timerList);
+}
+
+int QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate::doSelect(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags, timeval *timeout)
+{
+    Q_Q(QEventDispatcherUNIX);
+
+    // needed in QEventDispatcherUNIX::select()
+    timerList.updateCurrentTime();
+
+    int nsel;
+    do {
+        if (mainThread) {
+            while (signal_received) {
+                signal_received = 0;
+                for (int i = 0; i < NSIG; ++i) {
+                    if (signals_fired[i]) {
+                        signals_fired[i] = 0;
+                        emit QCoreApplication::instance()->unixSignal(i);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Process timers and socket notifiers - the common UNIX stuff
+        int highest = 0;
+        if (! (flags & QEventLoop::ExcludeSocketNotifiers) && (sn_highest >= 0)) {
+            // return the highest fd we can wait for input on
+                sn_vec[0].select_fds = sn_vec[0].enabled_fds;
+                sn_vec[1].select_fds = sn_vec[1].enabled_fds;
+                sn_vec[2].select_fds = sn_vec[2].enabled_fds;
+            highest = sn_highest;
+        } else {
+            FD_ZERO(&sn_vec[0].select_fds);
+            FD_ZERO(&sn_vec[1].select_fds);
+            FD_ZERO(&sn_vec[2].select_fds);
+        }
+
+        FD_SET(thread_pipe[0], &sn_vec[0].select_fds);
+        highest = qMax(highest, thread_pipe[0]);
+
+        nsel = q->select(highest + 1,
+                         &sn_vec[0].select_fds,
+                         &sn_vec[1].select_fds,
+                         &sn_vec[2].select_fds,
+                         timeout);
+    } while (nsel == -1 && (errno == EINTR || errno == EAGAIN));
+
+    if (nsel == -1) {
+        if (errno == EBADF) {
+            // it seems a socket notifier has a bad fd... find out
+            // which one it is and disable it
+            fd_set fdset;
+            timeval tm;
+            tm.tv_sec = tm.tv_usec = 0l;
+
+            for (int type = 0; type < 3; ++type) {
+                QSockNotType::List &list = sn_vec[type].list;
+                if (list.size() == 0)
+                    continue;
+
+                for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
+                    QSockNot *sn = list.at(i);
+
+                    FD_ZERO(&fdset);
+                    FD_SET(sn->fd, &fdset);
+
+                    int ret = -1;
+                    do {
+                        switch (type) {
+                        case 0: // read
+                            ret = select(sn->fd + 1, &fdset, 0, 0, &tm);
+                            break;
+                        case 1: // write
+                            ret = select(sn->fd + 1, 0, &fdset, 0, &tm);
+                            break;
+                        case 2: // except
+                            ret = select(sn->fd + 1, 0, 0, &fdset, &tm);
+                            break;
+                        }
+                    } while (ret == -1 && (errno == EINTR || errno == EAGAIN));
+
+                    if (ret == -1 && errno == EBADF) {
+                        // disable the invalid socket notifier
+                        static const char *t[] = { "Read", "Write", "Exception" };
+                        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: Invalid socket %d and type '%s', disabling...",
+                                 sn->fd, t[type]);
+                        sn->obj->setEnabled(false);
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        } else {
+            // EINVAL... shouldn't happen, so let's complain to stderr
+            // and hope someone sends us a bug report
+            perror("select");
+        }
+    }
+
+    // some other thread woke us up... consume the data on the thread pipe so that
+    // select doesn't immediately return next time
+    int nevents = 0;
+    if (nsel > 0 && FD_ISSET(thread_pipe[0], &sn_vec[0].select_fds)) {
+        char c[16];
+        while (::read(thread_pipe[0], c, sizeof(c)) > 0)
+            ;
+        if (!wakeUps.testAndSetRelease(1, 0)) {
+            // hopefully, this is dead code
+            qWarning("QEventDispatcherUNIX: internal error, wakeUps.testAndSetRelease(1, 0) failed!");
+        }
+        ++nevents;
+    }
+
+    // activate socket notifiers
+    if (! (flags & QEventLoop::ExcludeSocketNotifiers) && nsel > 0 && sn_highest >= 0) {
+        // if select says data is ready on any socket, then set the socket notifier
+        // to pending
+        for (int i=0; i<3; i++) {
+            QSockNotType::List &list = sn_vec[i].list;
+            for (int j = 0; j < list.size(); ++j) {
+                QSockNot *sn = list.at(j);
+                if (FD_ISSET(sn->fd, &sn_vec[i].select_fds))
+                    q->setSocketNotifierPending(sn->obj);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return (nevents + q->activateSocketNotifiers());
+}
+
+/*
+ * Internal functions for manipulating timer data structures.  The
+ * timerBitVec array is used for keeping track of timer identifiers.
+ */
+
+QTimerInfoList::QTimerInfoList()
+{
+#if (_POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK-0 <= 0)
+    useMonotonicTimers = false;
+
+#  if (_POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK == 0)
+    // detect if the system support monotonic timers
+    long x = sysconf(_SC_MONOTONIC_CLOCK);
+    useMonotonicTimers = x >= 200112L;
+#  endif
+
+    getTime(currentTime);
+
+    if (!useMonotonicTimers) {
+        // not using monotonic timers, initialize the timeChanged() machinery
+        previousTime = currentTime;
+
+        tms unused;
+        previousTicks = times(&unused);
+
+        ticksPerSecond = sysconf(_SC_CLK_TCK);
+        msPerTick = 1000/ticksPerSecond;
+    } else {
+        // detected monotonic timers
+        previousTime.tv_sec = previousTime.tv_usec = 0;
+        previousTicks = 0;
+        ticksPerSecond = 0;
+        msPerTick = 0;
+    }
+#else
+    // using monotonic timers unconditionally
+    getTime(currentTime);
+#endif
+
+    firstTimerInfo = currentTimerInfo = 0;
+}
+
+timeval QTimerInfoList::updateCurrentTime()
+{
+    getTime(currentTime);
+    return currentTime;
+}
+
+#if (_POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK-0 <= 0) || defined(QT_BOOTSTRAPPED)
+
+/*
+  Returns true if the real time clock has changed by more than 10%
+  relative to the processor time since the last time this function was
+  called. This presumably means that the system time has been changed.
+
+  If /a delta is nonzero, delta is set to our best guess at how much the system clock was changed.
+*/
+bool QTimerInfoList::timeChanged(timeval *delta)
+{
+    tms unused;
+    clock_t currentTicks = times(&unused);
+
+    int elapsedTicks = currentTicks - previousTicks;
+    timeval elapsedTime = currentTime - previousTime;
+    int elapsedMsecTicks = (elapsedTicks * 1000) / ticksPerSecond;
+    int deltaMsecs = (elapsedTime.tv_sec * 1000 + elapsedTime.tv_usec / 1000)
+                     - elapsedMsecTicks;
+
+    if (delta) {
+	delta->tv_sec = deltaMsecs / 1000;
+	delta->tv_usec = (deltaMsecs % 1000) * 1000;
+    }
+    previousTicks = currentTicks;
+    previousTime = currentTime;
+
+    // If tick drift is more than 10% off compared to realtime, we assume that the clock has
+    // been set. Of course, we have to allow for the tick granularity as well.
+
+     return (qAbs(deltaMsecs) - msPerTick) * 10 > elapsedMsecTicks;
+}
+
+void QTimerInfoList::getTime(timeval &t)
+{
+#if !defined(QT_NO_CLOCK_MONOTONIC) && !defined(QT_BOOTSTRAPPED)
+    if (useMonotonicTimers) {
+        timespec ts;
+        clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &ts);
+        t.tv_sec = ts.tv_sec;
+        t.tv_usec = ts.tv_nsec / 1000;
+        return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    gettimeofday(&t, 0);
+    // NTP-related fix
+    while (t.tv_usec >= 1000000l) {
+        t.tv_usec -= 1000000l;
+        ++t.tv_sec;
+    }
+    while (t.tv_usec < 0l) {
+        if (t.tv_sec > 0l) {
+            t.tv_usec += 1000000l;
+            --t.tv_sec;
+        } else {
+            t.tv_usec = 0l;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void QTimerInfoList::repairTimersIfNeeded()
+{
+    if (useMonotonicTimers)
+        return;
+    timeval delta;
+    if (timeChanged(&delta))
+        timerRepair(delta);
+}
+
+#else // !(_POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK-0 <= 0) && !defined(QT_BOOTSTRAPPED)
+
+void QTimerInfoList::getTime(timeval &t)
+{
+    timespec ts;
+    clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &ts);
+    t.tv_sec = ts.tv_sec;
+    t.tv_usec = ts.tv_nsec / 1000;
+}
+
+void QTimerInfoList::repairTimersIfNeeded()
+{
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+  insert timer info into list
+*/
+void QTimerInfoList::timerInsert(QTimerInfo *ti)
+{
+    int index = size();
+    while (index--) {
+        register const QTimerInfo * const t = at(index);
+        if (!(ti->timeout < t->timeout))
+            break;
+    }
+    insert(index+1, ti);
+}
+
+/*
+  repair broken timer
+*/
+void QTimerInfoList::timerRepair(const timeval &diff)
+{
+    // repair all timers
+    for (int i = 0; i < size(); ++i) {
+        register QTimerInfo *t = at(i);
+        t->timeout = t->timeout - diff;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+  Returns the time to wait for the next timer, or null if no timers
+  are waiting.
+*/
+bool QTimerInfoList::timerWait(timeval &tm)
+{
+    timeval currentTime = updateCurrentTime();
+    repairTimersIfNeeded();
+
+    if (isEmpty())
+        return false;
+
+    QTimerInfo *t = first();        // first waiting timer
+    if (currentTime < t->timeout) {
+        // time to wait
+        tm = t->timeout - currentTime;
+    } else {
+        // no time to wait
+        tm.tv_sec  = 0;
+        tm.tv_usec = 0;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+void QTimerInfoList::registerTimer(int timerId, int interval, QObject *object)
+{
+    QTimerInfo *t = new QTimerInfo;
+    t->id = timerId;
+    t->interval.tv_sec  = interval / 1000;
+    t->interval.tv_usec = (interval % 1000) * 1000;
+    t->timeout = updateCurrentTime() + t->interval;
+    t->obj = object;
+    t->inTimerEvent = false;
+
+    timerInsert(t);
+}
+
+bool QTimerInfoList::unregisterTimer(int timerId)
+{
+    // set timer inactive
+    for (int i = 0; i < count(); ++i) {
+        register QTimerInfo *t = at(i);
+        if (t->id == timerId) {
+            // found it
+            removeAt(i);
+            if (t == firstTimerInfo)
+                firstTimerInfo = 0;
+            if (t == currentTimerInfo)
+                currentTimerInfo = 0;
+
+            // release the timer id
+            if (!QObjectPrivate::get(t->obj)->inThreadChangeEvent)
+                QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate::releaseTimerId(timerId);
+
+            delete t;
+            return true;
+        }
+    }
+    // id not found
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool QTimerInfoList::unregisterTimers(QObject *object)
+{
+    if (isEmpty())
+        return false;
+    for (int i = 0; i < count(); ++i) {
+        register QTimerInfo *t = at(i);
+        if (t->obj == object) {
+            // object found
+            removeAt(i);
+            if (t == firstTimerInfo)
+                firstTimerInfo = 0;
+            if (t == currentTimerInfo)
+                currentTimerInfo = 0;
+
+            // release the timer id
+            if (!QObjectPrivate::get(t->obj)->inThreadChangeEvent)
+                QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate::releaseTimerId(t->id);
+
+            delete t;
+            // move back one so that we don't skip the new current item
+            --i;
+        }
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+QList<QPair<int, int> > QTimerInfoList::registeredTimers(QObject *object) const
+{
+    QList<QPair<int, int> > list;
+    for (int i = 0; i < count(); ++i) {
+        register const QTimerInfo * const t = at(i);
+        if (t->obj == object)
+            list << QPair<int, int>(t->id, t->interval.tv_sec * 1000 + t->interval.tv_usec / 1000);
+    }
+    return list;
+}
+
+/*
+    Activate pending timers, returning how many where activated.
+*/
+int QTimerInfoList::activateTimers()
+{
+    if (qt_disable_lowpriority_timers || isEmpty())
+        return 0; // nothing to do
+
+    bool firstTime = true;
+    timeval currentTime;
+    int n_act = 0, maxCount = count();
+
+    QTimerInfo *saveFirstTimerInfo = firstTimerInfo;
+    QTimerInfo *saveCurrentTimerInfo = currentTimerInfo;
+    firstTimerInfo = currentTimerInfo = 0;
+
+    while (maxCount--) {
+        currentTime = updateCurrentTime();
+        if (firstTime) {
+            repairTimersIfNeeded();
+            firstTime = false;
+        }
+
+        if (isEmpty())
+            break;
+
+        currentTimerInfo = first();
+        if (currentTime < currentTimerInfo->timeout)
+            break; // no timer has expired
+
+        if (!firstTimerInfo) {
+            firstTimerInfo = currentTimerInfo;
+        } else if (firstTimerInfo == currentTimerInfo) {
+            // avoid sending the same timer multiple times
+            break;
+        } else if (currentTimerInfo->interval <  firstTimerInfo->interval
+                   || currentTimerInfo->interval == firstTimerInfo->interval) {
+            firstTimerInfo = currentTimerInfo;
+        }
+
+        // remove from list
+        removeFirst();
+
+        // determine next timeout time
+        currentTimerInfo->timeout += currentTimerInfo->interval;
+        if (currentTimerInfo->timeout < currentTime)
+            currentTimerInfo->timeout = currentTime + currentTimerInfo->interval;
+
+        // reinsert timer
+        timerInsert(currentTimerInfo);
+        if (currentTimerInfo->interval.tv_usec > 0 || currentTimerInfo->interval.tv_sec > 0)
+            n_act++;
+
+        if (!currentTimerInfo->inTimerEvent) {
+            // send event, but don't allow it to recurse
+            currentTimerInfo->inTimerEvent = true;
+
+            QTimerEvent e(currentTimerInfo->id);
+            QCoreApplication::sendEvent(currentTimerInfo->obj, &e);
+
+            if (currentTimerInfo)
+                currentTimerInfo->inTimerEvent = false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    firstTimerInfo = saveFirstTimerInfo;
+    currentTimerInfo = saveCurrentTimerInfo;
+
+    return n_act;
+}
+
+QEventDispatcherUNIX::QEventDispatcherUNIX(QObject *parent)
+    : QAbstractEventDispatcher(*new QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate, parent)
+{ }
+
+QEventDispatcherUNIX::QEventDispatcherUNIX(QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate &dd, QObject *parent)
+    : QAbstractEventDispatcher(dd, parent)
+{ }
+
+QEventDispatcherUNIX::~QEventDispatcherUNIX()
+{ }
+
+int QEventDispatcherUNIX::select(int nfds, fd_set *readfds, fd_set *writefds, fd_set *exceptfds,
+                                 timeval *timeout)
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherUNIX);
+    if (timeout) {
+        // handle the case where select returns with a timeout, too
+        // soon.
+        timeval tvStart = d->timerList.currentTime;
+        timeval tvCurrent = tvStart;
+        timeval originalTimeout = *timeout;
+
+        int nsel;
+        do {
+            timeval tvRest = originalTimeout + tvStart - tvCurrent;
+            nsel = ::select(nfds, readfds, writefds, exceptfds, &tvRest);
+            d->timerList.getTime(tvCurrent);
+        } while (nsel == 0 && (tvCurrent - tvStart) < originalTimeout);
+
+        return nsel;
+    }
+
+    return ::select(nfds, readfds, writefds, exceptfds, timeout);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void QEventDispatcherUNIX::registerTimer(int timerId, int interval, QObject *obj)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    if (timerId < 1 || interval < 0 || !obj) {
+        qWarning("QEventDispatcherUNIX::registerTimer: invalid arguments");
+        return;
+    } else if (obj->thread() != thread() || thread() != QThread::currentThread()) {
+        qWarning("QObject::startTimer: timers cannot be started from another thread");
+        return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherUNIX);
+    d->timerList.registerTimer(timerId, interval, obj);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+bool QEventDispatcherUNIX::unregisterTimer(int timerId)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    if (timerId < 1) {
+        qWarning("QEventDispatcherUNIX::unregisterTimer: invalid argument");
+        return false;
+    } else if (thread() != QThread::currentThread()) {
+        qWarning("QObject::killTimer: timers cannot be stopped from another thread");
+        return false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherUNIX);
+    return d->timerList.unregisterTimer(timerId);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+bool QEventDispatcherUNIX::unregisterTimers(QObject *object)
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    if (!object) {
+        qWarning("QEventDispatcherUNIX::unregisterTimers: invalid argument");
+        return false;
+    } else if (object->thread() != thread() || thread() != QThread::currentThread()) {
+        qWarning("QObject::killTimers: timers cannot be stopped from another thread");
+        return false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherUNIX);
+    return d->timerList.unregisterTimers(object);
+}
+
+QList<QEventDispatcherUNIX::TimerInfo>
+QEventDispatcherUNIX::registeredTimers(QObject *object) const
+{
+    if (!object) {
+        qWarning("QEventDispatcherUNIX:registeredTimers: invalid argument");
+        return QList<TimerInfo>();
+    }
+
+    Q_D(const QEventDispatcherUNIX);
+    return d->timerList.registeredTimers(object);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ Socket notifier type
+ *****************************************************************************/
+QSockNotType::QSockNotType()
+{
+    FD_ZERO(&select_fds);
+    FD_ZERO(&enabled_fds);
+    FD_ZERO(&pending_fds);
+}
+
+QSockNotType::~QSockNotType()
+{
+    while (!list.isEmpty())
+        delete list.takeFirst();
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+ QEventDispatcher implementations for UNIX
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+void QEventDispatcherUNIX::registerSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *notifier)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(notifier);
+    int sockfd = notifier->socket();
+    int type = notifier->type();
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    if (sockfd < 0
+        || unsigned(sockfd) >= FD_SETSIZE) {
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: Internal error");
+        return;
+    } else if (notifier->thread() != thread()
+               || thread() != QThread::currentThread()) {
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: socket notifiers cannot be enabled from another thread");
+        return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherUNIX);
+    QSockNotType::List &list = d->sn_vec[type].list;
+    fd_set *fds  = &d->sn_vec[type].enabled_fds;
+    QSockNot *sn;
+
+    sn = new QSockNot;
+    sn->obj = notifier;
+    sn->fd = sockfd;
+    sn->queue = &d->sn_vec[type].pending_fds;
+
+    int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
+        QSockNot *p = list.at(i);
+        if (p->fd < sockfd)
+            break;
+        if (p->fd == sockfd) {
+            static const char *t[] = { "Read", "Write", "Exception" };
+            qWarning("QSocketNotifier: Multiple socket notifiers for "
+                      "same socket %d and type %s", sockfd, t[type]);
+        }
+    }
+    list.insert(i, sn);
+
+    FD_SET(sockfd, fds);
+    d->sn_highest = qMax(d->sn_highest, sockfd);
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherUNIX::unregisterSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *notifier)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(notifier);
+    int sockfd = notifier->socket();
+    int type = notifier->type();
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    if (sockfd < 0
+        || unsigned(sockfd) >= FD_SETSIZE) {
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: Internal error");
+        return;
+    } else if (notifier->thread() != thread()
+               || thread() != QThread::currentThread()) {
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: socket notifiers cannot be disabled from another thread");
+        return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherUNIX);
+    QSockNotType::List &list = d->sn_vec[type].list;
+    fd_set *fds  =  &d->sn_vec[type].enabled_fds;
+    QSockNot *sn = 0;
+    int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
+        sn = list.at(i);
+        if(sn->obj == notifier && sn->fd == sockfd)
+            break;
+    }
+    if (i == list.size()) // not found
+        return;
+
+    FD_CLR(sockfd, fds);                        // clear fd bit
+    FD_CLR(sockfd, sn->queue);
+    d->sn_pending_list.removeAll(sn);                // remove from activation list
+    list.removeAt(i);                                // remove notifier found above
+    delete sn;
+
+    if (d->sn_highest == sockfd) {                // find highest fd
+        d->sn_highest = -1;
+        for (int i=0; i<3; i++) {
+            if (!d->sn_vec[i].list.isEmpty())
+                d->sn_highest = qMax(d->sn_highest,  // list is fd-sorted
+                                     d->sn_vec[i].list.first()->fd);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherUNIX::setSocketNotifierPending(QSocketNotifier *notifier)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(notifier);
+    int sockfd = notifier->socket();
+    int type = notifier->type();
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    if (sockfd < 0
+        || unsigned(sockfd) >= FD_SETSIZE) {
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: Internal error");
+        return;
+    }
+    Q_ASSERT(notifier->thread() == thread() && thread() == QThread::currentThread());
+#endif
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherUNIX);
+    QSockNotType::List &list = d->sn_vec[type].list;
+    QSockNot *sn = 0;
+    int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
+        sn = list.at(i);
+        if(sn->obj == notifier && sn->fd == sockfd)
+            break;
+    }
+    if (i == list.size()) // not found
+        return;
+
+    // We choose a random activation order to be more fair under high load.
+    // If a constant order is used and a peer early in the list can
+    // saturate the IO, it might grab our attention completely.
+    // Also, if we're using a straight list, the callback routines may
+    // delete other entries from the list before those other entries are
+    // processed.
+    if (! FD_ISSET(sn->fd, sn->queue)) {
+        if (d->sn_pending_list.isEmpty()) {
+            d->sn_pending_list.append(sn);
+        } else {
+            d->sn_pending_list.insert((qrand() & 0xff) %
+                                      (d->sn_pending_list.size()+1), sn);
+        }
+        FD_SET(sn->fd, sn->queue);
+    }
+}
+
+int QEventDispatcherUNIX::activateTimers()
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(thread() == QThread::currentThread());
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherUNIX);
+    return d->timerList.activateTimers();
+}
+
+int QEventDispatcherUNIX::activateSocketNotifiers()
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherUNIX);
+    if (d->sn_pending_list.isEmpty())
+        return 0;
+
+    // activate entries
+    int n_act = 0;
+    QEvent event(QEvent::SockAct);
+    while (!d->sn_pending_list.isEmpty()) {
+        QSockNot *sn = d->sn_pending_list.takeFirst();
+        if (FD_ISSET(sn->fd, sn->queue)) {
+            FD_CLR(sn->fd, sn->queue);
+            QCoreApplication::sendEvent(sn->obj, &event);
+            ++n_act;
+        }
+    }
+    return n_act;
+}
+
+bool QEventDispatcherUNIX::processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags)
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherUNIX);
+    d->interrupt = false;
+
+    // we are awake, broadcast it
+    emit awake();
+    QCoreApplicationPrivate::sendPostedEvents(0, 0, d->threadData);
+
+    int nevents = 0;
+    const bool canWait = (d->threadData->canWait
+                          && !d->interrupt
+                          && (flags & QEventLoop::WaitForMoreEvents));
+
+    if (canWait)
+        emit aboutToBlock();
+
+    if (!d->interrupt) {
+        // return the maximum time we can wait for an event.
+        timeval *tm = 0;
+        timeval wait_tm = { 0l, 0l };
+        if (!(flags & QEventLoop::X11ExcludeTimers)) {
+            if (d->timerList.timerWait(wait_tm))
+                tm = &wait_tm;
+        }
+
+        if (!canWait) {
+            if (!tm)
+                tm = &wait_tm;
+
+            // no time to wait
+            tm->tv_sec  = 0l;
+            tm->tv_usec = 0l;
+        }
+
+        nevents = d->doSelect(flags, tm);
+
+        // activate timers
+        if (! (flags & QEventLoop::X11ExcludeTimers)) {
+            nevents += activateTimers();
+        }
+    }
+    // return true if we handled events, false otherwise
+    return (nevents > 0);
+}
+
+bool QEventDispatcherUNIX::hasPendingEvents()
+{
+    extern uint qGlobalPostedEventsCount(); // from qapplication.cpp
+    return qGlobalPostedEventsCount();
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherUNIX::wakeUp()
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherUNIX);
+    if (d->wakeUps.testAndSetAcquire(0, 1)) {
+        char c = 0;
+        ::write( d->thread_pipe[1], &c, 1 );
+    }
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherUNIX::interrupt()
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherUNIX);
+    d->interrupt = true;
+    wakeUp();
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherUNIX::flush()
+{ }
+
+
+
+
+void QCoreApplication::watchUnixSignal(int sig, bool watch)
+{
+    if (sig < NSIG) {
+        struct sigaction sa;
+        sigemptyset(&(sa.sa_mask));
+        sa.sa_flags = 0;
+        if (watch)
+            sa.sa_handler = signalHandler;
+        else
+            sa.sa_handler = SIG_DFL;
+        sigaction(sig, &sa, 0);
+    }
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_unix_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_unix_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41329cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_unix_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QEVENTDISPATCHER_UNIX_P_H
+#define QEVENTDISPATCHER_UNIX_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists purely as an
+// implementation detail.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "QtCore/qabstracteventdispatcher.h"
+#include "QtCore/qlist.h"
+#include "private/qabstracteventdispatcher_p.h"
+#include "private/qpodlist_p.h"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#if !defined(Q_OS_HPUX) || defined(__ia64)
+#include <sys/select.h>
+#endif
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+#if !defined(_POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK)
+#  define _POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK -1
+#endif
+
+// Internal operator functions for timevals
+inline bool operator<(const timeval &t1, const timeval &t2)
+{ return t1.tv_sec < t2.tv_sec || (t1.tv_sec == t2.tv_sec && t1.tv_usec < t2.tv_usec); }
+inline bool operator==(const timeval &t1, const timeval &t2)
+{ return t1.tv_sec == t2.tv_sec && t1.tv_usec == t2.tv_usec; }
+inline timeval &operator+=(timeval &t1, const timeval &t2)
+{
+    t1.tv_sec += t2.tv_sec;
+    if ((t1.tv_usec += t2.tv_usec) >= 1000000l) {
+        ++t1.tv_sec;
+        t1.tv_usec -= 1000000l;
+    }
+    return t1;
+}
+inline timeval operator+(const timeval &t1, const timeval &t2)
+{
+    timeval tmp;
+    tmp.tv_sec = t1.tv_sec + t2.tv_sec;
+    if ((tmp.tv_usec = t1.tv_usec + t2.tv_usec) >= 1000000l) {
+        ++tmp.tv_sec;
+        tmp.tv_usec -= 1000000l;
+    }
+    return tmp;
+}
+inline timeval operator-(const timeval &t1, const timeval &t2)
+{
+    timeval tmp;
+    tmp.tv_sec = t1.tv_sec - t2.tv_sec;
+    if ((tmp.tv_usec = t1.tv_usec - t2.tv_usec) < 0l) {
+        --tmp.tv_sec;
+        tmp.tv_usec += 1000000l;
+    }
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+// internal timer info
+struct QTimerInfo {
+    int id;           // - timer identifier
+    timeval interval; // - timer interval
+    timeval timeout;  // - when to sent event
+    QObject *obj;     // - object to receive event
+    bool inTimerEvent;
+};
+
+class QTimerInfoList : public QList<QTimerInfo*>
+{
+#if (_POSIX_MONOTONIC_CLOCK-0 <= 0) || defined(QT_BOOTSTRAPPED)
+    bool useMonotonicTimers;
+
+    timeval previousTime;
+    clock_t previousTicks;
+    int ticksPerSecond;
+    int msPerTick;
+
+    bool timeChanged(timeval *delta);
+#endif
+
+    // state variables used by activateTimers()
+    QTimerInfo *firstTimerInfo, *currentTimerInfo;
+
+public:
+    QTimerInfoList();
+
+    void getTime(timeval &t);
+
+    timeval currentTime;
+    timeval updateCurrentTime();
+
+    // must call updateCurrentTime() first!
+    void repairTimersIfNeeded();
+
+    bool timerWait(timeval &);
+    void timerInsert(QTimerInfo *);
+    void timerRepair(const timeval &);
+
+    void registerTimer(int timerId, int interval, QObject *object);
+    bool unregisterTimer(int timerId);
+    bool unregisterTimers(QObject *object);
+    QList<QPair<int, int> > registeredTimers(QObject *object) const;
+
+    int activateTimers();
+};
+
+struct Q_CORE_EXPORT QSockNot
+{
+    QSocketNotifier *obj;
+    int fd;
+    fd_set *queue;
+};
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QSockNotType
+{
+public:
+    QSockNotType();
+    ~QSockNotType();
+
+    typedef QPodList<QSockNot*, 32> List;
+
+    List list;
+    fd_set select_fds;
+    fd_set enabled_fds;
+    fd_set pending_fds;
+
+};
+
+class QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate;
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QEventDispatcherUNIX : public QAbstractEventDispatcher
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QEventDispatcherUNIX)
+
+public:
+    explicit QEventDispatcherUNIX(QObject *parent = 0);
+    ~QEventDispatcherUNIX();
+
+    bool processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags);
+    bool hasPendingEvents();
+
+    void registerSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *notifier);
+    void unregisterSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *notifier);
+
+    void registerTimer(int timerId, int interval, QObject *object);
+    bool unregisterTimer(int timerId);
+    bool unregisterTimers(QObject *object);
+    QList<TimerInfo> registeredTimers(QObject *object) const;
+
+    void wakeUp();
+    void interrupt();
+    void flush();
+
+protected:
+    QEventDispatcherUNIX(QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate &dd, QObject *parent = 0);
+
+    void setSocketNotifierPending(QSocketNotifier *notifier);
+
+    int activateTimers();
+    int activateSocketNotifiers();
+
+    virtual int select(int nfds,
+                       fd_set *readfds, fd_set *writefds, fd_set *exceptfds,
+                       timeval *timeout);
+};
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate : public QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QEventDispatcherUNIX)
+
+public:
+    QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate();
+    ~QEventDispatcherUNIXPrivate();
+
+    int doSelect(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags, timeval *timeout);
+
+    bool mainThread;
+    int thread_pipe[2];
+
+    // highest fd for all socket notifiers
+    int sn_highest;
+    // 3 socket notifier types - read, write and exception
+    QSockNotType sn_vec[3];
+
+    QTimerInfoList timerList;
+
+    // pending socket notifiers list
+    QSockNotType::List sn_pending_list;
+
+    QAtomicInt wakeUps;
+    bool interrupt;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QEVENTDISPATCHER_UNIX_P_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_win.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_win.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..880e95c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_win.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1076 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qeventdispatcher_win_p.h"
+
+#include "qcoreapplication.h"
+#include "qhash.h"
+#include "qlibrary.h"
+#include "qpair.h"
+#include "qset.h"
+#include "qsocketnotifier.h"
+#include "qvarlengtharray.h"
+#include "qwineventnotifier_p.h"
+
+#include "qabstracteventdispatcher_p.h"
+#include "qcoreapplication_p.h"
+#include <private/qthread_p.h>
+#include <private/qmutexpool_p.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+HINSTANCE qWinAppInst();
+extern uint qGlobalPostedEventsCount();
+
+#ifndef TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS
+#  define TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS 0x0100
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
+QT_BEGIN_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE
+#include <winsock.h>
+// Asynchronous Winsocks ------------------------------------------
+#ifndef QT_NO_THREAD
+#include <qthread.h>
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qmutex.h>
+QT_END_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE
+
+//#define QCE_ASYNC_DEBUG
+
+namespace {
+    class SocketAsyncHandler;
+
+    class SocketAsyncHandler : public QThread
+    {
+    public:
+        SocketAsyncHandler();
+        ~SocketAsyncHandler();
+        void run();
+        void select(SOCKET sock, HWND handle, unsigned int msg, long ev);
+        void removeSelect(SOCKET sock);
+        void safeRemove(SOCKET sock);
+    private:
+        struct SockInfo {
+            HWND handle;
+            unsigned int msg;
+            long ev;
+        };
+        QMap<SOCKET, SockInfo> sockets;
+        QMutex mutex;
+        QWaitCondition cond;
+        bool supposedToDie;
+    };
+
+    SocketAsyncHandler::SocketAsyncHandler()
+        : supposedToDie(false)
+    {
+    }
+
+    SocketAsyncHandler::~SocketAsyncHandler()
+    {
+        mutex.lock();
+        supposedToDie = true;
+        mutex.unlock();
+        cond.wakeOne();
+        wait();
+        while (sockets.size() > 0)
+            removeSelect(sockets.begin().key());
+    }
+
+    void SocketAsyncHandler::removeSelect(SOCKET sock)
+    {
+        if (!sockets.contains(sock))
+            return;
+        sockets.remove(sock);
+        return;
+    }
+
+    void SocketAsyncHandler::safeRemove(SOCKET sock)
+    {
+        QMutexLocker locker(&mutex);
+        removeSelect(sock);
+    }
+
+    void SocketAsyncHandler::select(SOCKET sock, HWND handle, unsigned int msg, long ev)
+    {
+        QMutexLocker locker(&mutex);
+
+        if (sockets.contains(sock))
+            sockets.remove(sock);
+
+        SockInfo info;
+        info.handle = handle;
+        info.msg = msg;
+        info.ev = ev;
+        sockets.insert(sock, info);
+        cond.wakeOne();
+    }
+
+    void SocketAsyncHandler::run()
+    {
+        do {
+            mutex.lock();
+
+            while (!supposedToDie && sockets.isEmpty()) {
+                cond.wait(&mutex);
+            }
+
+            if (supposedToDie) {
+                mutex.unlock();
+                break;
+            }
+
+            // Copy current items to reduce lock time
+            // and to be able to use SendMessage
+            QMap<SOCKET, SockInfo> currentSockets = sockets;
+            mutex.unlock();
+
+            fd_set readS, writeS, exS;
+            FD_ZERO(&readS);
+            FD_ZERO(&writeS);
+            FD_ZERO(&exS);
+
+            int maxFd = 0;
+
+            for (QMap<SOCKET, SockInfo>::iterator it = currentSockets.begin(); it != currentSockets.end(); ++it) {
+                const SockInfo &info = it.value();
+                int socket = it.key();
+                maxFd = qMax(maxFd, socket);
+
+                if ((info.ev & FD_READ) || (info.ev & FD_CLOSE) || (info.ev & FD_ACCEPT))
+                    FD_SET(socket, &readS);
+                if ((info.ev & FD_WRITE)|| (info.ev & FD_CONNECT))
+                    FD_SET(socket, &writeS);
+                if (info.ev & FD_OOB)
+                    FD_SET(socket, &exS);
+            }
+
+            timeval timeout;
+            timeout.tv_sec = 0;
+            timeout.tv_usec = 50000;
+            int result = ::select(maxFd + 1, &readS, &writeS, &exS, &timeout);
+            if (result > 0) {
+                HWND handle;
+                unsigned int tmpMsg;
+                SOCKET sock;
+                HRESULT ret;
+                for (QMap<SOCKET, SockInfo>::const_iterator it = currentSockets.constBegin();
+                    it != currentSockets.constEnd(); ++it) {
+                        handle = (*it).handle;
+                        tmpMsg = (*it).msg;
+                        sock = it.key();
+                        if (FD_ISSET(sock, &readS))
+                            ret = SendMessage(handle, tmpMsg, sock, FD_READ);
+
+                        if (FD_ISSET(sock, &writeS))
+                            ret = SendMessage(handle, tmpMsg, sock, FD_WRITE);
+
+                        if (FD_ISSET(sock, &exS))
+                            ret = SendMessage(handle, tmpMsg, sock, FD_OOB);
+                }
+            }
+
+#ifdef QCE_ASYNC_DEBUG
+            else if (result == 0) { //timeout
+                qDebug("    WSAAsync select timeout");
+            } else if (result < 0) { // SocketError
+                // This might happen because of two reasons
+                // 1. We already closed a socket in between the copy and the select
+                //    and thus select() returns an error
+                // 2. Something is really wrong, then
+                //    ### Loop on all descriptors, try to select and remove the
+                //    ### broken one.
+                qWarning("WSAAsync select error %d", WSAGetLastError());
+            }
+#endif
+        } while(true);
+    }
+} // namespace
+
+Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(SocketAsyncHandler, qt_async_handler)
+
+int WSAAsyncSelect(SOCKET sock, HWND handle, unsigned int msg, long ev)
+{
+    if (sock == 0 || handle == 0 || handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+        WSASetLastError(WSAEINVAL);
+        return SOCKET_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (msg == 0 && ev == 0)
+        qt_async_handler()->safeRemove(sock);
+    else
+        qt_async_handler()->select(sock, handle, msg, ev);
+
+    qt_async_handler()->start(QThread::LowPriority);
+    WSASetLastError(0);
+    return 0;
+}
+#else // QT_NO_THREAD
+int WSAAsyncSelect(SOCKET, HWND, unsigned int, long)
+{
+    return SOCKET_ERROR;
+}
+#endif
+#endif // Q_OS_WINCE
+
+class QEventDispatcherWin32Private;
+
+struct QSockNot {
+    QSocketNotifier *obj;
+    int fd;
+};
+typedef QHash<int, QSockNot *> QSNDict;
+
+struct WinTimerInfo {                           // internal timer info
+    QObject *dispatcher;
+    int timerId;
+    int interval;
+    QObject *obj;                               // - object to receive events
+    bool inTimerEvent;
+    int fastTimerId;
+};
+
+class QZeroTimerEvent : public QTimerEvent
+{
+public:
+    inline QZeroTimerEvent(int timerId)
+        : QTimerEvent(timerId)
+    { t = QEvent::ZeroTimerEvent; }
+};
+
+typedef QList<WinTimerInfo*>  WinTimerVec;      // vector of TimerInfo structs
+typedef QHash<int, WinTimerInfo*> WinTimerDict; // fast dict of timers
+
+#if !defined(DWORD_PTR) && !defined(Q_WS_WIN64)
+#define DWORD_PTR DWORD
+#endif
+
+typedef MMRESULT(WINAPI *ptimeSetEvent)(UINT, UINT, LPTIMECALLBACK, DWORD_PTR, UINT);
+typedef MMRESULT(WINAPI *ptimeKillEvent)(UINT);
+
+static ptimeSetEvent qtimeSetEvent = 0;
+static ptimeKillEvent qtimeKillEvent = 0;
+
+LRESULT CALLBACK qt_internal_proc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wp, LPARAM lp);
+
+static void resolveTimerAPI()
+{
+    static bool triedResolve = false;
+    if (!triedResolve) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_THREAD
+        QMutexLocker locker(QMutexPool::globalInstanceGet(&triedResolve));
+        if (triedResolve)
+            return;
+#endif
+        triedResolve = true;
+#if !defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
+        qtimeSetEvent = (ptimeSetEvent)QLibrary::resolve(QLatin1String("winmm"), "timeSetEvent");
+        qtimeKillEvent = (ptimeKillEvent)QLibrary::resolve(QLatin1String("winmm"), "timeKillEvent");
+#else
+        qtimeSetEvent = (ptimeSetEvent)QLibrary::resolve(QLatin1String("Mmtimer"), "timeSetEvent");
+        qtimeKillEvent = (ptimeKillEvent)QLibrary::resolve(QLatin1String("Mmtimer"), "timeKillEvent");
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+
+class QEventDispatcherWin32Private : public QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QEventDispatcherWin32)
+public:
+    QEventDispatcherWin32Private();
+    ~QEventDispatcherWin32Private();
+
+    DWORD threadId;
+
+    bool interrupt;
+
+    // internal window handle used for socketnotifiers/timers/etc
+    HWND internalHwnd;
+
+    // timers
+    WinTimerVec timerVec;
+    WinTimerDict timerDict;
+    void registerTimer(WinTimerInfo *t);
+    void unregisterTimer(WinTimerInfo *t);
+    void sendTimerEvent(int timerId);
+
+    // socket notifiers
+    QSNDict sn_read;
+    QSNDict sn_write;
+    QSNDict sn_except;
+    void doWsaAsyncSelect(int socket);
+
+    // event notifier
+    QWinEventNotifier wakeUpNotifier;
+
+    QList<QWinEventNotifier *> winEventNotifierList;
+    void activateEventNotifier(QWinEventNotifier * wen);
+
+    QList<MSG> queuedUserInputEvents;
+    QList<MSG> queuedSocketEvents;
+};
+
+QEventDispatcherWin32Private::QEventDispatcherWin32Private()
+    : threadId(GetCurrentThreadId()), interrupt(false), internalHwnd(0)
+{
+    resolveTimerAPI();
+
+    wakeUpNotifier.setHandle(QT_WA_INLINE(CreateEventW(0, FALSE, FALSE, 0),
+                                          CreateEventA(0, FALSE, FALSE, 0)));
+    if (!wakeUpNotifier.handle())
+        qWarning("QEventDispatcher: Creating QEventDispatcherWin32Private wakeup event failed");
+}
+
+QEventDispatcherWin32Private::~QEventDispatcherWin32Private()
+{
+    wakeUpNotifier.setEnabled(false);
+    CloseHandle(wakeUpNotifier.handle());
+    if (internalHwnd)
+        DestroyWindow(internalHwnd);
+    QByteArray className = "QEventDispatcherWin32_Internal_Widget" + QByteArray::number(quintptr(qt_internal_proc));
+#if !defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
+    UnregisterClassA(className.constData(), qWinAppInst());
+#else
+    UnregisterClassW(reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t *> (QString::fromLatin1(className.constData()).utf16())
+                     , qWinAppInst());
+#endif
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherWin32Private::activateEventNotifier(QWinEventNotifier * wen)
+{
+    QEvent event(QEvent::WinEventAct);
+    QCoreApplication::sendEvent(wen, &event);
+}
+
+
+Q_CORE_EXPORT bool winPeekMessage(MSG* msg, HWND hWnd, UINT wMsgFilterMin,
+                     UINT wMsgFilterMax, UINT wRemoveMsg)
+{
+    QT_WA({ return PeekMessage(msg, hWnd, wMsgFilterMin, wMsgFilterMax, wRemoveMsg); } ,
+          { return PeekMessageA(msg, hWnd, wMsgFilterMin, wMsgFilterMax, wRemoveMsg); });
+}
+
+Q_CORE_EXPORT bool winPostMessage(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+{
+    QT_WA({ return PostMessage(hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam); } ,
+          { return PostMessageA(hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam); });
+}
+
+Q_CORE_EXPORT bool winGetMessage(MSG* msg, HWND hWnd, UINT wMsgFilterMin,
+                     UINT wMsgFilterMax)
+{
+    QT_WA({ return GetMessage(msg, hWnd, wMsgFilterMin, wMsgFilterMax); } ,
+          { return GetMessageA(msg, hWnd, wMsgFilterMin, wMsgFilterMax); });
+}
+
+// This function is called by a workerthread
+void WINAPI CALLBACK qt_fast_timer_proc(uint timerId, uint /*reserved*/, DWORD_PTR user, DWORD_PTR /*reserved*/, DWORD_PTR /*reserved*/)
+{
+    if (!timerId) // sanity check
+        return;
+    WinTimerInfo *t = (WinTimerInfo*)user;
+    Q_ASSERT(t);
+    QCoreApplication::postEvent(t->dispatcher, new QTimerEvent(t->timerId));
+}
+
+LRESULT CALLBACK qt_internal_proc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wp, LPARAM lp)
+{
+    if (message == WM_NCCREATE) {
+            return true;
+    } else if (message == WM_USER) {
+
+        // socket notifier message
+        MSG msg;
+        msg.hwnd = hwnd;
+        msg.message = message;
+        msg.wParam = wp;
+        msg.lParam = lp;
+
+        QCoreApplication *app = QCoreApplication::instance();
+        long result;
+        if (app && app->filterEvent(&msg, &result))
+            return result;
+
+        int type = -1;
+        switch (WSAGETSELECTEVENT(lp)) {
+        case FD_READ:
+        case FD_CLOSE:
+        case FD_ACCEPT:
+            type = 0;
+            break;
+        case FD_WRITE:
+        case FD_CONNECT:
+            type = 1;
+            break;
+        case FD_OOB:
+            type = 2;
+            break;
+        }
+        if (type >= 0) {
+
+    #ifdef GWLP_USERDATA
+            QEventDispatcherWin32 *eventDispatcher =
+                (QEventDispatcherWin32 *) GetWindowLongPtrA(hwnd, GWLP_USERDATA);
+    #else
+            QEventDispatcherWin32 *eventDispatcher =
+                (QEventDispatcherWin32 *) GetWindowLongA(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+    #endif
+            if (eventDispatcher) {
+                QEventDispatcherWin32Private *d = eventDispatcher->d_func();
+                QSNDict *sn_vec[3] = { &d->sn_read, &d->sn_write, &d->sn_except };
+                QSNDict *dict = sn_vec[type];
+
+                QSockNot *sn = dict ? dict->value(wp) : 0;
+                if (sn) {
+                    QEvent event(QEvent::SockAct);
+                    QCoreApplication::sendEvent(sn->obj, &event);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        return 0;
+
+    } else if (message == WM_TIMER) {
+
+        MSG msg;
+        msg.hwnd = hwnd;
+        msg.message = message;
+        msg.wParam = wp;
+        msg.lParam = lp;
+
+        QCoreApplication *app = QCoreApplication::instance();
+        Q_ASSERT_X(app, "qt_interal_proc", "Timer fired, but no QCoreApplication");
+        if (!app) {
+            KillTimer(hwnd, wp);
+            return 0;
+        }
+
+        long result;
+        if (app->filterEvent(&msg, &result))
+            return result;
+
+        QEventDispatcherWin32 *eventDispatcher =
+            qobject_cast<QEventDispatcherWin32 *>(QAbstractEventDispatcher::instance());
+        Q_ASSERT(eventDispatcher != 0);
+        QEventDispatcherWin32Private *d = eventDispatcher->d_func();
+        d->sendTimerEvent(wp);
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    return  DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wp, lp);
+}
+
+static HWND qt_create_internal_window(const QEventDispatcherWin32 *eventDispatcher)
+{
+    HINSTANCE hi = qWinAppInst();
+#if defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
+    WNDCLASS wc;
+#else
+    WNDCLASSA wc;
+#endif
+    wc.style = 0;
+    wc.lpfnWndProc = qt_internal_proc;
+    wc.cbClsExtra = 0;
+    wc.cbWndExtra = 0;
+    wc.hInstance = hi;
+    wc.hIcon = 0;
+    wc.hCursor = 0;
+    wc.hbrBackground = 0;
+    wc.lpszMenuName = NULL;
+
+    // make sure that multiple Qt's can coexist in the same process
+    QByteArray className = "QEventDispatcherWin32_Internal_Widget" + QByteArray::number(quintptr(qt_internal_proc));
+#if defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
+    QString tmp = QString::fromLatin1(className.data());
+    wc.lpszClassName = reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t *> (tmp.utf16());
+    RegisterClass(&wc);
+    HWND wnd = CreateWindow(wc.lpszClassName,  // classname
+                             wc.lpszClassName,  // window name
+                             0,                 // style
+                             0, 0, 0, 0,        // geometry
+                             0,                 // parent
+                             0,                 // menu handle
+                             hi,                // application
+                             0);                // windows creation data.
+#else
+    wc.lpszClassName = className.constData();
+    RegisterClassA(&wc);
+    HWND wnd = CreateWindowA(wc.lpszClassName,  // classname
+                             wc.lpszClassName,  // window name
+                             0,                 // style
+                             0, 0, 0, 0,        // geometry
+                             0,                 // parent
+                             0,                 // menu handle
+                             hi,                // application
+                             0);                // windows creation data.
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef GWLP_USERDATA
+    SetWindowLongPtrA(wnd, GWLP_USERDATA, (LONG_PTR)eventDispatcher);
+#else
+    SetWindowLongA(wnd, GWL_USERDATA, (LONG)eventDispatcher);
+#endif
+
+    if (!wnd) {
+        qWarning("QEventDispatcher: Failed to create QEventDispatcherWin32 internal window: %d\n", (int)GetLastError());
+    }
+    return wnd;
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherWin32Private::registerTimer(WinTimerInfo *t)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(internalHwnd);
+
+    Q_Q(QEventDispatcherWin32);
+
+    int ok = 0;
+
+    if (t->interval > 10 || !t->interval || !qtimeSetEvent) {
+        ok = 1;
+        if (!t->interval)  // optimization for single-shot-zero-timer
+            QCoreApplication::postEvent(q, new QZeroTimerEvent(t->timerId));
+        else
+            ok = SetTimer(internalHwnd, t->timerId, (uint) t->interval, 0);
+    } else {
+        ok = t->fastTimerId = qtimeSetEvent(t->interval, 1, qt_fast_timer_proc, (DWORD_PTR)t,
+                                            TIME_CALLBACK_FUNCTION | TIME_PERIODIC | TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS);
+        if (ok == 0) { // fall back to normal timer if no more multimedia timers avaiable
+            ok = SetTimer(internalHwnd, t->timerId, (uint) t->interval, 0);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (ok == 0)
+        qErrnoWarning("QEventDispatcherWin32::registerTimer: Failed to create a timer");
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherWin32Private::unregisterTimer(WinTimerInfo *t)
+{
+    // mark timer as unused
+    if (!QObjectPrivate::get(t->obj)->inThreadChangeEvent)
+        QAbstractEventDispatcherPrivate::releaseTimerId(t->timerId);
+
+    if (t->interval == 0) {
+        QCoreApplicationPrivate::removePostedTimerEvent(t->dispatcher, t->timerId);
+    } else if (t->fastTimerId != 0) {
+        qtimeKillEvent(t->fastTimerId);
+        QCoreApplicationPrivate::removePostedTimerEvent(t->dispatcher, t->timerId);
+    } else if (internalHwnd) {
+        KillTimer(internalHwnd, t->timerId);
+    }
+    delete t;
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherWin32Private::sendTimerEvent(int timerId)
+{
+    WinTimerInfo *t = timerDict.value(timerId);
+    if (t && !t->inTimerEvent) {
+        // send event, but don't allow it to recurse
+        t->inTimerEvent = true;
+
+        QTimerEvent e(t->timerId);
+        QCoreApplication::sendEvent(t->obj, &e);
+
+        // timer could have been removed
+        t = timerDict.value(timerId);
+        if (t) {
+            t->inTimerEvent = false;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherWin32Private::doWsaAsyncSelect(int socket)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(internalHwnd);
+    int sn_event = 0;
+    if (sn_read.contains(socket))
+        sn_event |= FD_READ | FD_CLOSE | FD_ACCEPT;
+    if (sn_write.contains(socket))
+        sn_event |= FD_WRITE | FD_CONNECT;
+    if (sn_except.contains(socket))
+        sn_event |= FD_OOB;
+    // BoundsChecker may emit a warning for WSAAsyncSelect when sn_event == 0
+    // This is a BoundsChecker bug and not a Qt bug
+    WSAAsyncSelect(socket, internalHwnd, sn_event ? WM_USER : 0, sn_event);
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherWin32::createInternalHwnd()
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherWin32);
+
+    Q_ASSERT(!d->internalHwnd);
+    if (d->internalHwnd)
+        return;
+    d->internalHwnd = qt_create_internal_window(this);
+
+    // register all socket notifiers
+    QList<int> sockets = (d->sn_read.keys().toSet()
+                          + d->sn_write.keys().toSet()
+                          + d->sn_except.keys().toSet()).toList();
+    for (int i = 0; i < sockets.count(); ++i)
+        d->doWsaAsyncSelect(sockets.at(i));
+
+    // start all normal timers
+    for (int i = 0; i < d->timerVec.count(); ++i)
+        d->registerTimer(d->timerVec.at(i));
+}
+
+QEventDispatcherWin32::QEventDispatcherWin32(QObject *parent)
+    : QAbstractEventDispatcher(*new QEventDispatcherWin32Private, parent)
+{
+}
+
+QEventDispatcherWin32::~QEventDispatcherWin32()
+{
+}
+
+bool QEventDispatcherWin32::processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags)
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherWin32);
+
+    if (!d->internalHwnd)
+        createInternalHwnd();
+
+    d->interrupt = false;
+    emit awake();
+
+    bool canWait;
+    bool retVal = false;
+    do {
+        QCoreApplicationPrivate::sendPostedEvents(0, 0, d->threadData);
+
+        DWORD waitRet = 0;
+        HANDLE pHandles[MAXIMUM_WAIT_OBJECTS - 1];
+        QVarLengthArray<MSG> processedTimers;
+        while (!d->interrupt) {
+            DWORD nCount = d->winEventNotifierList.count();
+            Q_ASSERT(nCount < MAXIMUM_WAIT_OBJECTS - 1);
+
+            MSG msg;
+            bool haveMessage;
+
+            if (!(flags & QEventLoop::ExcludeUserInputEvents) && !d->queuedUserInputEvents.isEmpty()) {
+                // process queued user input events
+                haveMessage = true;
+                msg = d->queuedUserInputEvents.takeFirst();
+            } else if(!(flags & QEventLoop::ExcludeSocketNotifiers) && !d->queuedSocketEvents.isEmpty()) {
+                // process queued socket events
+                haveMessage = true;
+                msg = d->queuedSocketEvents.takeFirst();
+            } else {
+                haveMessage = winPeekMessage(&msg, 0, 0, 0, PM_REMOVE);
+                if (haveMessage && (flags & QEventLoop::ExcludeUserInputEvents)
+                    && ((msg.message >= WM_KEYFIRST
+                         && msg.message <= WM_KEYLAST)
+                        || (msg.message >= WM_MOUSEFIRST
+                            && msg.message <= WM_MOUSELAST)
+                        || msg.message == WM_MOUSEWHEEL)) {
+                    // queue user input events for later processing
+                    haveMessage = false;
+                    d->queuedUserInputEvents.append(msg);
+                }
+                if (haveMessage && (flags & QEventLoop::ExcludeSocketNotifiers)
+                    && (msg.message == WM_USER && msg.hwnd == d->internalHwnd)) {
+                    // queue socket events for later processing
+                    haveMessage = false;
+                    d->queuedSocketEvents.append(msg);
+                }
+            }
+            if (!haveMessage) {
+                // no message - check for signalled objects
+                for (int i=0; i<(int)nCount; i++)
+                    pHandles[i] = d->winEventNotifierList.at(i)->handle();
+                waitRet = MsgWaitForMultipleObjectsEx(nCount, pHandles, 0, QS_ALLINPUT, MWMO_ALERTABLE);
+                if ((haveMessage = (waitRet == WAIT_OBJECT_0 + nCount))) {
+                    // a new message has arrived, process it
+                    continue;
+                }
+            }
+            if (haveMessage) {
+                if (msg.message == WM_TIMER) {
+                    // avoid live-lock by keeping track of the timers we've already sent
+                    bool found = false;
+                    for (int i = 0; !found && i < processedTimers.count(); ++i) {
+                        const MSG processed = processedTimers.constData()[i];
+                        found = (processed.wParam == msg.wParam && processed.hwnd == msg.hwnd && processed.lParam == msg.lParam);
+                    }
+                    if (found)
+                        continue;
+                    processedTimers.append(msg);
+                } else if (msg.message == WM_QUIT) {
+                    if (QCoreApplication::instance())
+                        QCoreApplication::instance()->quit();
+                    return false;
+                }
+
+                if (!filterEvent(&msg)) {
+                    TranslateMessage(&msg);
+                    QT_WA({
+                        DispatchMessage(&msg);
+                    } , {
+                        DispatchMessageA(&msg);
+                    });
+                }
+            } else if (waitRet >= WAIT_OBJECT_0 && waitRet < WAIT_OBJECT_0 + nCount) {
+                d->activateEventNotifier(d->winEventNotifierList.at(waitRet - WAIT_OBJECT_0));
+            } else {
+                // nothing todo so break
+                break;
+            }
+            retVal = true;
+        }
+
+        // still nothing - wait for message or signalled objects
+        QThreadData *data = d->threadData;
+        canWait = (!retVal
+                   && data->canWait
+                   && !d->interrupt
+                   && (flags & QEventLoop::WaitForMoreEvents));
+        if (canWait) {
+            DWORD nCount = d->winEventNotifierList.count();
+            Q_ASSERT(nCount < MAXIMUM_WAIT_OBJECTS - 1);
+            for (int i=0; i<(int)nCount; i++)
+                pHandles[i] = d->winEventNotifierList.at(i)->handle();
+
+            emit aboutToBlock();
+            waitRet = MsgWaitForMultipleObjectsEx(nCount, pHandles, INFINITE, QS_ALLINPUT, MWMO_ALERTABLE);
+            emit awake();
+            if (waitRet >= WAIT_OBJECT_0 && waitRet < WAIT_OBJECT_0 + nCount) {
+                d->activateEventNotifier(d->winEventNotifierList.at(waitRet - WAIT_OBJECT_0));
+                retVal = true;
+            }
+        }
+    } while (canWait);
+
+    return retVal;
+}
+
+bool QEventDispatcherWin32::hasPendingEvents()
+{
+    MSG msg;
+    return qGlobalPostedEventsCount() || winPeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherWin32::registerSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *notifier)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(notifier);
+    int sockfd = notifier->socket();
+    int type = notifier->type();
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    if (sockfd < 0) {
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: Internal error");
+        return;
+    } else if (notifier->thread() != thread() || thread() != QThread::currentThread()) {
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: socket notifiers cannot be enabled from another thread");
+        return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherWin32);
+    QSNDict *sn_vec[3] = { &d->sn_read, &d->sn_write, &d->sn_except };
+    QSNDict *dict = sn_vec[type];
+
+    if (QCoreApplication::closingDown()) // ### d->exitloop?
+        return; // after sn_cleanup, don't reinitialize.
+
+    if (dict->contains(sockfd)) {
+        const char *t[] = { "Read", "Write", "Exception" };
+    /* Variable "socket" below is a function pointer. */
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: Multiple socket notifiers for "
+                 "same socket %d and type %s", sockfd, t[type]);
+    }
+
+    QSockNot *sn = new QSockNot;
+    sn->obj = notifier;
+    sn->fd  = sockfd;
+    dict->insert(sn->fd, sn);
+
+    if (d->internalHwnd)
+        d->doWsaAsyncSelect(sockfd);
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherWin32::unregisterSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *notifier)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(notifier);
+    int sockfd = notifier->socket();
+    int type = notifier->type();
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    if (sockfd < 0) {
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: Internal error");
+        return;
+    } else if (notifier->thread() != thread() || thread() != QThread::currentThread()) {
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: socket notifiers cannot be disabled from another thread");
+        return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherWin32);
+    QSNDict *sn_vec[3] = { &d->sn_read, &d->sn_write, &d->sn_except };
+    QSNDict *dict = sn_vec[type];
+    QSockNot *sn = dict->value(sockfd);
+    if (!sn)
+        return;
+
+    dict->remove(sockfd);
+    delete sn;
+
+    if (d->internalHwnd)
+        d->doWsaAsyncSelect(sockfd);
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherWin32::registerTimer(int timerId, int interval, QObject *object)
+{
+    if (timerId < 1 || interval < 0 || !object) {
+        qWarning("QEventDispatcherWin32::registerTimer: invalid arguments");
+        return;
+    } else if (object->thread() != thread() || thread() != QThread::currentThread()) {
+        qWarning("QObject::startTimer: timers cannot be started from another thread");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherWin32);
+
+    register WinTimerInfo *t = new WinTimerInfo;
+    t->dispatcher = this;
+    t->timerId  = timerId;
+    t->interval = interval;
+    t->obj  = object;
+    t->inTimerEvent = false;
+    t->fastTimerId = 0;
+
+    if (d->internalHwnd)
+        d->registerTimer(t);
+
+    d->timerVec.append(t);                      // store in timer vector
+    d->timerDict.insert(t->timerId, t);          // store timers in dict
+}
+
+bool QEventDispatcherWin32::unregisterTimer(int timerId)
+{
+    if (timerId < 1) {
+        qWarning("QEventDispatcherWin32::unregisterTimer: invalid argument");
+        return false;
+    }
+    QThread *currentThread = QThread::currentThread();
+    if (thread() != currentThread) {
+        qWarning("QObject::killTimer: timers cannot be stopped from another thread");
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherWin32);
+    if (d->timerVec.isEmpty() || timerId <= 0)
+        return false;
+
+    WinTimerInfo *t = d->timerDict.value(timerId);
+    if (!t)
+        return false;
+
+    d->timerDict.remove(t->timerId);
+    d->timerVec.removeAll(t);
+    d->unregisterTimer(t);
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool QEventDispatcherWin32::unregisterTimers(QObject *object)
+{
+    if (!object) {
+        qWarning("QEventDispatcherWin32::unregisterTimers: invalid argument");
+        return false;
+    }
+    QThread *currentThread = QThread::currentThread();
+    if (object->thread() != thread() || thread() != currentThread) {
+        qWarning("QObject::killTimers: timers cannot be stopped from another thread");
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherWin32);
+    if (d->timerVec.isEmpty())
+        return false;
+    register WinTimerInfo *t;
+    for (int i=0; i<d->timerVec.size(); i++) {
+        t = d->timerVec.at(i);
+        if (t && t->obj == object) {                // object found
+            d->timerDict.remove(t->timerId);
+            d->timerVec.removeAt(i);
+            d->unregisterTimer(t);
+            --i;
+        }
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+QList<QEventDispatcherWin32::TimerInfo>
+QEventDispatcherWin32::registeredTimers(QObject *object) const
+{
+    if (!object) {
+        qWarning("QEventDispatcherWin32:registeredTimers: invalid argument");
+        return QList<TimerInfo>();
+    }
+
+    Q_D(const QEventDispatcherWin32);
+    QList<TimerInfo> list;
+    for (int i = 0; i < d->timerVec.size(); ++i) {
+        const WinTimerInfo *t = d->timerVec.at(i);
+        if (t && t->obj == object)
+            list << TimerInfo(t->timerId, t->interval);
+    }
+    return list;
+}
+
+bool QEventDispatcherWin32::registerEventNotifier(QWinEventNotifier *notifier)
+{
+    if (!notifier) {
+        qWarning("QWinEventNotifier: Internal error");
+        return false;
+    } else if (notifier->thread() != thread() || thread() != QThread::currentThread()) {
+        qWarning("QWinEventNotifier: event notifiers cannot be enabled from another thread");
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherWin32);
+
+    if (d->winEventNotifierList.contains(notifier))
+        return true;
+
+    if (d->winEventNotifierList.count() >= MAXIMUM_WAIT_OBJECTS - 2) {
+        qWarning("QWinEventNotifier: Cannot have more than %d enabled at one time", MAXIMUM_WAIT_OBJECTS - 2);
+        return false;
+    }
+    d->winEventNotifierList.append(notifier);
+    return true;
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherWin32::unregisterEventNotifier(QWinEventNotifier *notifier)
+{
+    if (!notifier) {
+        qWarning("QWinEventNotifier: Internal error");
+        return;
+    } else if (notifier->thread() != thread() || thread() != QThread::currentThread()) {
+        qWarning("QWinEventNotifier: event notifiers cannot be disabled from another thread");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherWin32);
+
+    int i = d->winEventNotifierList.indexOf(notifier);
+    if (i != -1)
+        d->winEventNotifierList.takeAt(i);
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherWin32::activateEventNotifiers()
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherWin32);
+    //### this could break if events are removed/added in the activation
+    for (int i=0; i<d->winEventNotifierList.count(); i++) {
+#if !defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
+        if (WaitForSingleObjectEx(d->winEventNotifierList.at(i)->handle(), 0, TRUE) == WAIT_OBJECT_0)
+            d->activateEventNotifier(d->winEventNotifierList.at(i));
+#else
+        if (WaitForSingleObject(d->winEventNotifierList.at(i)->handle(), 0) == WAIT_OBJECT_0)
+            d->activateEventNotifier(d->winEventNotifierList.at(i));
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherWin32::wakeUp()
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherWin32);
+    SetEvent(d->wakeUpNotifier.handle());
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherWin32::interrupt()
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherWin32);
+    d->interrupt = true;
+    wakeUp();
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherWin32::flush()
+{ }
+
+
+void QEventDispatcherWin32::startingUp()
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherWin32);
+
+    if (d->wakeUpNotifier.handle()) d->wakeUpNotifier.setEnabled(true);
+}
+
+void QEventDispatcherWin32::closingDown()
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherWin32);
+
+    // clean up any socketnotifiers
+    while (!d->sn_read.isEmpty())
+        unregisterSocketNotifier((*(d->sn_read.begin()))->obj);
+    while (!d->sn_write.isEmpty())
+        unregisterSocketNotifier((*(d->sn_write.begin()))->obj);
+    while (!d->sn_except.isEmpty())
+        unregisterSocketNotifier((*(d->sn_except.begin()))->obj);
+
+    // clean up any timers
+    while (!d->timerDict.isEmpty())
+        unregisterTimer((*(d->timerDict.begin()))->timerId);
+}
+
+bool QEventDispatcherWin32::event(QEvent *e)
+{
+    Q_D(QEventDispatcherWin32);
+    if (e->type() == QEvent::ZeroTimerEvent) {
+        QZeroTimerEvent *zte = static_cast<QZeroTimerEvent*>(e);
+        WinTimerInfo *t = d->timerDict.value(zte->timerId());
+        if (t) {
+            QTimerEvent te(zte->timerId());
+            QCoreApplication::sendEvent(t->obj, &te);
+            WinTimerInfo *tn = d->timerDict.value(zte->timerId());
+            if (tn && t == tn)
+                QCoreApplication::postEvent(this, new QZeroTimerEvent(zte->timerId()));
+        }
+        return true;
+    } else if (e->type() == QEvent::Timer) {
+        QTimerEvent *te = static_cast<QTimerEvent*>(e);
+        d->sendTimerEvent(te->timerId());
+    }
+    return QAbstractEventDispatcher::event(e);
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_win_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_win_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aec0f7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qeventdispatcher_win_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QEVENTDISPATCHER_WIN_P_H
+#define QEVENTDISPATCHER_WIN_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists purely as an
+// implementation detail.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "QtCore/qabstracteventdispatcher.h"
+#include "QtCore/qt_windows.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QWinEventNotifier;
+class QEventDispatcherWin32Private;
+
+// forward declaration
+LRESULT CALLBACK qt_internal_proc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wp, LPARAM lp);
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QEventDispatcherWin32 : public QAbstractEventDispatcher
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QEventDispatcherWin32)
+
+    void createInternalHwnd();
+    friend class QGuiEventDispatcherWin32;
+
+public:
+    explicit QEventDispatcherWin32(QObject *parent = 0);
+    ~QEventDispatcherWin32();
+
+    bool processEvents(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags flags);
+    bool hasPendingEvents();
+
+    void registerSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *notifier);
+    void unregisterSocketNotifier(QSocketNotifier *notifier);
+
+    void registerTimer(int timerId, int interval, QObject *object);
+    bool unregisterTimer(int timerId);
+    bool unregisterTimers(QObject *object);
+    QList<TimerInfo> registeredTimers(QObject *object) const;
+
+    bool registerEventNotifier(QWinEventNotifier *notifier);
+    void unregisterEventNotifier(QWinEventNotifier *notifier);
+    void activateEventNotifiers();
+
+    void wakeUp();
+    void interrupt();
+    void flush();
+
+    void startingUp();
+    void closingDown();
+
+    bool event(QEvent *e);
+
+private:
+    friend LRESULT CALLBACK qt_internal_proc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wp, LPARAM lp);
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QEVENTDISPATCHER_WIN_P_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qeventloop.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qeventloop.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..92bdf73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qeventloop.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qeventloop.h"
+
+#include "qabstracteventdispatcher.h"
+#include "qcoreapplication.h"
+#include "qdatetime.h"
+
+#include "qobject_p.h"
+#include <private/qthread_p.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QEventLoopPrivate : public QObjectPrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QEventLoop)
+public:
+    inline QEventLoopPrivate()
+        : exit(true), inExec(false), returnCode(-1)
+    { }
+    bool exit, inExec;
+    int returnCode;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class QEventLoop
+    \brief The QEventLoop class provides a means of entering and leaving an event loop.
+
+    At any time, you can create a QEventLoop object and call exec()
+    on it to start a local event loop. From within the event loop,
+    calling exit() will force exec() to return.
+
+    \sa QAbstractEventDispatcher
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlag
+
+    This enum controls the types of events processed by the
+    processEvents() functions.
+
+    \value AllEvents All events. Note that
+    \l{QEvent::DeferredDelete}{DeferredDelete} events are processed
+    specially. See QObject::deleteLater() for more details.
+
+    \value ExcludeUserInputEvents Do not process user input events,
+    such as ButtonPress and KeyPress. Note that the events are not
+    discarded; they will be delivered the next time processEvents() is
+    called without the ExcludeUserInputEvents flag.
+
+    \value ExcludeSocketNotifiers Do not process socket notifier
+    events. Note that the events are not discarded; they will be
+    delivered the next time processEvents() is called without the
+    ExcludeSocketNotifiers flag.
+
+    \value WaitForMoreEvents Wait for events if no pending events are
+    available.
+
+    \omitvalue X11ExcludeTimers
+    \omitvalue ExcludeUserInput
+    \omitvalue WaitForMore
+    \omitvalue EventLoopExec
+    \omitvalue DialogExec
+    \value DeferredDeletion deprecated - do not use.
+
+    \sa processEvents()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an event loop object with the given \a parent.
+*/
+QEventLoop::QEventLoop(QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(*new QEventLoopPrivate, parent)
+{
+    Q_D(QEventLoop);
+    if (!QCoreApplication::instance()) {
+        qWarning("QEventLoop: Cannot be used without QApplication");
+    } else if (!d->threadData->eventDispatcher) {
+        QThreadPrivate::createEventDispatcher(d->threadData);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the event loop object.
+*/
+QEventLoop::~QEventLoop()
+{ }
+
+
+/*!
+    Processes pending events that match \a flags until there are no
+    more events to process. Returns true if pending events were handled;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    This function is especially useful if you have a long running
+    operation and want to show its progress without allowing user
+    input; i.e. by using the \l ExcludeUserInputEvents flag.
+
+    This function is simply a wrapper for
+    QAbstractEventDispatcher::processEvents(). See the documentation
+    for that function for details.
+*/
+bool QEventLoop::processEvents(ProcessEventsFlags flags)
+{
+    Q_D(QEventLoop);
+    if (!d->threadData->eventDispatcher)
+        return false;
+    if (flags & DeferredDeletion)
+        QCoreApplication::sendPostedEvents(0, QEvent::DeferredDelete);
+    return d->threadData->eventDispatcher->processEvents(flags);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Enters the main event loop and waits until exit() is called.
+    Returns the value that was passed to exit().
+
+    If \a flags are specified, only events of the types allowed by
+    the \a flags will be processed.
+
+    It is necessary to call this function to start event handling. The
+    main event loop receives events from the window system and
+    dispatches these to the application widgets.
+
+    Generally speaking, no user interaction can take place before
+    calling exec(). As a special case, modal widgets like QMessageBox
+    can be used before calling exec(), because modal widgets
+    use their own local event loop.
+
+    To make your application perform idle processing (i.e. executing a
+    special function whenever there are no pending events), use a
+    QTimer with 0 timeout. More sophisticated idle processing schemes
+    can be achieved using processEvents().
+
+    \sa QApplication::quit(), exit(), processEvents()
+*/
+int QEventLoop::exec(ProcessEventsFlags flags)
+{
+    Q_D(QEventLoop);
+    if (d->threadData->quitNow)
+        return -1;
+
+    if (d->inExec) {
+        qWarning("QEventLoop::exec: instance %p has already called exec()", this);
+        return -1;
+    }
+    d->inExec = true;
+    d->exit = false;
+    ++d->threadData->loopLevel;
+    d->threadData->eventLoops.push(this);
+
+    // remove posted quit events when entering a new event loop
+    if (qApp->thread() == thread())
+        QCoreApplication::removePostedEvents(qApp, QEvent::Quit);
+
+#if defined(QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS)
+    while (!d->exit)
+        processEvents(flags | WaitForMoreEvents | EventLoopExec);
+#else
+    try {
+        while (!d->exit)
+            processEvents(flags | WaitForMoreEvents | EventLoopExec);
+    } catch (...) {
+        qWarning("Qt has caught an exception thrown from an event handler. Throwing\n"
+                 "exceptions from an event handler is not supported in Qt. You must\n"
+                 "reimplement QApplication::notify() and catch all exceptions there.\n");
+
+        // copied from below
+        QEventLoop *eventLoop = d->threadData->eventLoops.pop();
+        Q_ASSERT_X(eventLoop == this, "QEventLoop::exec()", "internal error");
+        Q_UNUSED(eventLoop); // --release warning
+        d->inExec = false;
+        --d->threadData->loopLevel;
+
+        throw;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // copied above
+    QEventLoop *eventLoop = d->threadData->eventLoops.pop();
+    Q_ASSERT_X(eventLoop == this, "QEventLoop::exec()", "internal error");
+    Q_UNUSED(eventLoop); // --release warning
+    d->inExec = false;
+    --d->threadData->loopLevel;
+
+    return d->returnCode;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Process pending events that match \a flags for a maximum of \a
+    maxTime milliseconds, or until there are no more events to
+    process, whichever is shorter.
+    This function is especially useful if you have a long running
+    operation and want to show its progress without allowing user
+    input, i.e. by using the \l ExcludeUserInputEvents flag.
+
+    \bold{Notes:}
+    \list
+    \o This function does not process events continuously; it
+       returns after all available events are processed.
+    \o Specifying the \l WaitForMoreEvents flag makes no sense
+       and will be ignored.
+    \endlist
+*/
+void QEventLoop::processEvents(ProcessEventsFlags flags, int maxTime)
+{
+    Q_D(QEventLoop);
+    if (!d->threadData->eventDispatcher)
+        return;
+
+    QTime start;
+    start.start();
+    if (flags & DeferredDeletion)
+        QCoreApplication::sendPostedEvents(0, QEvent::DeferredDelete);
+    while (processEvents(flags & ~WaitForMoreEvents)) {
+        if (start.elapsed() > maxTime)
+            break;
+        if (flags & DeferredDeletion)
+            QCoreApplication::sendPostedEvents(0, QEvent::DeferredDelete);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Tells the event loop to exit with a return code.
+
+    After this function has been called, the event loop returns from
+    the call to exec(). The exec() function returns \a returnCode.
+
+    By convention, a \a returnCode of 0 means success, and any non-zero
+    value indicates an error.
+
+    Note that unlike the C library function of the same name, this
+    function \e does return to the caller -- it is event processing that
+    stops.
+
+    \sa QCoreApplication::quit(), quit(), exec()
+*/
+void QEventLoop::exit(int returnCode)
+{
+    Q_D(QEventLoop);
+    if (!d->threadData->eventDispatcher)
+        return;
+
+    d->returnCode = returnCode;
+    d->exit = true;
+    d->threadData->eventDispatcher->interrupt();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the event loop is running; otherwise returns
+    false. The event loop is considered running from the time when
+    exec() is called until exit() is called.
+
+    \sa exec() exit()
+ */
+bool QEventLoop::isRunning() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QEventLoop);
+    return !d->exit;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Wakes up the event loop.
+
+    \sa QAbstractEventDispatcher::wakeUp()
+*/
+void QEventLoop::wakeUp()
+{
+    Q_D(QEventLoop);
+    if (!d->threadData->eventDispatcher)
+        return;
+    d->threadData->eventDispatcher->wakeUp();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Tells the event loop to exit normally.
+
+    Same as exit(0).
+
+    \sa QCoreApplication::quit(), exit()
+*/
+void QEventLoop::quit()
+{ exit(0); }
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qeventloop.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qeventloop.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81ec339
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qeventloop.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QEVENTLOOP_H
+#define QEVENTLOOP_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+class QEventLoopPrivate;
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QEventLoop : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QEventLoop)
+
+public:
+    explicit QEventLoop(QObject *parent = 0);
+    ~QEventLoop();
+
+    enum ProcessEventsFlag {
+        AllEvents = 0x00,
+        ExcludeUserInputEvents = 0x01,
+        ExcludeSocketNotifiers = 0x02,
+        WaitForMoreEvents = 0x04,
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+        ExcludeUserInput = ExcludeUserInputEvents,
+        WaitForMore = WaitForMoreEvents,
+#endif
+	X11ExcludeTimers = 0x08
+#ifdef QT_DEPRECATED
+	, DeferredDeletion = 0x10
+#endif
+        , EventLoopExec = 0x20
+        , DialogExec = 0x40
+    };
+    Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(ProcessEventsFlags, ProcessEventsFlag)
+
+    bool processEvents(ProcessEventsFlags flags = AllEvents);
+    void processEvents(ProcessEventsFlags flags, int maximumTime);
+
+    int exec(ProcessEventsFlags flags = AllEvents);
+    void exit(int returnCode = 0);
+    bool isRunning() const;
+
+    void wakeUp();
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    void quit();
+};
+
+Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QEventLoop::ProcessEventsFlags)
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QEVENTLOOP_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15f5fec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API. It exists for the convenience
+// of qfunctions_*. This header file may change from version to version
+// without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#ifndef QFUNCTIONS_P_H
+#define QFUNCTIONS_P_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qglobal.h>
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
+#  include "QtCore/qfunctions_wince.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_CC_RVCT
+// rvct doesn't see static operators when using our qalgorithms
+#  define Q_STATIC_GLOBAL_OPERATOR inline
+#  define Q_STATIC_GLOBAL_INLINE_OPERATOR inline
+#else
+#  define Q_STATIC_GLOBAL_OPERATOR static
+#  define Q_STATIC_GLOBAL_INLINE_OPERATOR static inline
+#endif
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_wince.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_wince.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c929c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_wince.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,453 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+#ifdef _WIN32_WCE //Q_OS_WINCE
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <winbase.h>
+#include <kfuncs.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <altcecrt.h>
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+#include "qfunctions_wince.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qbytearray.h"
+#include "qhash.h"
+
+QT_USE_NAMESPACE
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+wchar_t* CEPrivConvCharToWide(const char* string)
+{
+    size_t length = strlen(string);
+    wchar_t* wString = new wchar_t[length +1];
+    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < (length +1); i++)
+        wString[i] = string[i];
+    return wString;
+}
+
+// Time -------------------------------------------------------------
+time_t qt_wince_ftToTime_t( const FILETIME ft )
+{
+    ULARGE_INTEGER li;
+    li.LowPart  = ft.dwLowDateTime;
+    li.HighPart = ft.dwHighDateTime;
+
+    // 100-nanosec to seconds
+    li.QuadPart /= 10000000;
+
+    // FILETIME is from 1601-01-01 T 00:00:00
+    // time_t   is from 1970-01-01 T 00:00:00
+    // 1970 - 1601 = 369 year (89 leap years)
+    //
+    // ((369y*365d) + 89d) *24h *60min *60sec
+    // = 11644473600 seconds
+    li.QuadPart -= 11644473600;
+    return li.LowPart;
+}
+
+FILETIME qt_wince_time_tToFt( time_t tt )
+{
+    ULARGE_INTEGER li;
+    li.QuadPart  = tt;
+    li.QuadPart += 11644473600;
+    li.QuadPart *= 10000000;
+
+    FILETIME ft;
+    ft.dwLowDateTime = li.LowPart;
+    ft.dwHighDateTime = li.HighPart;
+    return ft;
+}
+
+// File I/O ---------------------------------------------------------
+int errno = 0;
+
+int qt_wince__getdrive( void )
+{
+    return 1;
+}
+
+int qt_wince__waccess( const WCHAR *path, int pmode )
+{
+    DWORD res = GetFileAttributes( path );
+    if ( 0xFFFFFFFF == res )
+        return -1;
+
+    if ( (pmode & W_OK) && (res & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY) )
+        return -1;
+
+    if ( (pmode & X_OK) && !(res & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) ) {
+        QString file = QString::fromUtf16(reinterpret_cast<const ushort *> (path));
+        if ( !(file.endsWith(QString::fromLatin1(".exe")) ||
+           file.endsWith(QString::fromLatin1(".com"))) )
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int qt_wince_open( const char *filename, int oflag, int pmode )
+{
+    QString fn( QString::fromLatin1(filename) );
+    return _wopen( (WCHAR*)fn.utf16(), oflag, pmode );
+}
+
+int qt_wince__wopen( const WCHAR *filename, int oflag, int /*pmode*/ )
+{
+    WCHAR *flag;
+
+    if ( oflag & _O_APPEND ) {
+        if ( oflag & _O_WRONLY ) {
+            flag = L"a";
+        } else if ( oflag & _O_RDWR ) {
+            flag = L"a+";
+        }
+    } else if (oflag & _O_BINARY) {
+        if ( oflag & _O_WRONLY ) {
+            flag = L"wb";
+        } else if ( oflag & _O_RDWR ) {
+            flag = L"w+b"; // slightly different from "r+" where the file must exist
+        } else if ( oflag & _O_RDONLY ) {
+            flag = L"rb";
+        } else {
+            flag = L"b";
+        }
+    } else {
+        if ( oflag & _O_WRONLY ) {
+            flag = L"wt";
+        } else if ( oflag & _O_RDWR ) {
+            flag = L"w+t"; // slightly different from "r+" where the file must exist
+        } else if ( oflag & _O_RDONLY ) {
+            flag = L"rt";
+        } else {
+            flag = L"t";
+        }
+    }
+
+    int retval = (int)_wfopen( filename, flag );
+    return (retval == NULL) ? -1 : retval;
+}
+
+long qt_wince__lseek( int handle, long offset, int origin )
+{
+    return fseek( (FILE*)handle, offset, origin );
+}
+
+int qt_wince__read( int handle, void *buffer, unsigned int count )
+{
+    return fread( buffer, 1, count, (FILE*)handle );
+}
+
+int qt_wince__write( int handle, const void *buffer, unsigned int count )
+{
+    return fwrite( buffer, 1, count, (FILE*)handle );
+}
+
+int qt_wince__close( int handle )
+{
+    if (!handle)
+        return 0;
+    return fclose( (FILE*)handle );
+}
+
+FILE *qt_wince__fdopen(int handle, const char* /*mode*/)
+{
+    return (FILE*)handle;
+}
+
+FILE *qt_wince_fdopen( int handle, const char* /*mode*/ )
+{
+    return (FILE*)handle;
+}
+
+void qt_wince_rewind( FILE *stream )
+{
+    fseek( stream, 0L, SEEK_SET );
+}
+
+int qt_wince___fileno(FILE *f)
+{
+    return (int) _fileno(f);
+}
+
+FILE *qt_wince_tmpfile( void )
+{
+    static long i = 0;
+    char name[16];
+    sprintf( name, "tmp%i", i++ );
+    return fopen( name, "r+" );
+}
+
+int qt_wince__mkdir(const char *dirname)
+{
+    return CreateDirectory(reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t *> (QString(QString::fromLatin1(dirname)).utf16()), 0) ? 0 : -1;
+}
+
+int qt_wince__rmdir(const char *dirname)
+{
+    return RemoveDirectory(reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t *> (QString::fromLatin1(dirname).utf16())) ? 0 : -1;
+}
+
+int qt_wince__access( const char *path, int pmode )
+{
+    return _waccess(reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t *> (QString::fromLatin1(path).utf16()),pmode);
+}
+
+int qt_wince__rename( const char *oldname, const char *newname )
+{
+    return !MoveFile(reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t *> (QString::fromLatin1(oldname).utf16()), reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t *> (QString::fromLatin1(newname).utf16()));
+}
+
+int qt_wince__remove( const char *name )
+{
+    return !DeleteFile(reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t *> (QString::fromLatin1(name).utf16()));
+}
+
+int qt_wince_stat( const char *path, struct stat *buffer )
+{
+    WIN32_FIND_DATA finfo;
+    HANDLE ff = FindFirstFile( reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t *> (QString::fromLatin1(path).utf16()), &finfo );
+
+    if ( ff == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE )
+        return -1;
+
+    buffer->st_ctime = qt_wince_ftToTime_t( finfo.ftCreationTime );
+    buffer->st_atime = qt_wince_ftToTime_t( finfo.ftLastAccessTime );
+    buffer->st_mtime = qt_wince_ftToTime_t( finfo.ftLastWriteTime );
+    buffer->st_nlink = 0;
+    buffer->st_size  = finfo.nFileSizeLow; // ### missing high!
+    buffer->st_mode  = (finfo.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) ? _S_IFDIR : _S_IFREG;
+    buffer->st_mode |= (finfo.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY) ? _O_RDONLY : _O_RDWR;
+    return (FindClose(ff) == 0);
+}
+
+int qt_wince__fstat( int handle, struct stat *buffer)
+{
+    BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION fInfo;
+    BOOL res = GetFileInformationByHandle((HANDLE)handle, &fInfo);
+
+    buffer->st_ctime = qt_wince_ftToTime_t( fInfo.ftCreationTime );
+    buffer->st_atime = qt_wince_ftToTime_t( fInfo.ftLastAccessTime );
+    buffer->st_mtime = qt_wince_ftToTime_t( fInfo.ftLastWriteTime );
+    buffer->st_nlink = 0;
+    buffer->st_size  = fInfo.nFileSizeLow; // ### missing high!
+    buffer->st_mode  = (fInfo.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY) ? _S_IFDIR : _S_IFREG;
+    buffer->st_mode |= (fInfo.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY) ? _O_RDONLY : _O_RDWR;
+    return (res == 0);
+}
+
+int qt_wince_SetErrorMode(int newValue)
+{
+    static int oldValue;
+    int result = oldValue;
+    oldValue = newValue;
+    return result;
+}
+
+HRESULT qt_wince_CoInitialize(void* reserved)
+{
+    return CoInitializeEx(reserved, 0);
+}
+
+bool qt_wince__chmod(const char *file, int mode)
+{
+    return _wchmod( reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t *> (QString::fromLatin1(file).utf16()), mode);
+}
+
+bool qt_wince__wchmod(const WCHAR *file, int mode)
+{
+    // ### Does not work properly, what about just adding one property?
+    if(mode&_S_IWRITE) {
+        return SetFileAttributes(file, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL);
+    } else if((mode&_S_IREAD) && !(mode&_S_IWRITE)) {
+        return SetFileAttributes(file, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY);
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+HANDLE qt_wince_CreateFileA(LPCSTR filename, DWORD access, DWORD share, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES attr, DWORD dispo, DWORD flags, HANDLE tempFile)
+{
+    return CreateFileW( reinterpret_cast<const wchar_t *>(QString::fromLatin1(filename).utf16()), access, share, attr, dispo, flags, tempFile);
+}
+
+// Graphics ---------------------------------------------------------
+BOOL qt_wince_SetWindowOrgEx( HDC /*hdc*/, int /*X*/, int /*Y*/, LPPOINT /*lpPoint*/) {
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+// Threading --------------------------------------------------------
+HANDLE qt_wince__beginthread(void( *start_address )( void * ), unsigned stack_size, void *arglist)
+{
+    unsigned initflag = 0;
+    if (stack_size > 0)
+        initflag |= STACK_SIZE_PARAM_IS_A_RESERVATION;
+    return CreateThread(NULL, stack_size, (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE)start_address, arglist, initflag, NULL);
+}
+
+unsigned long qt_wince__beginthreadex( void *security,
+                  unsigned stack_size,
+                  unsigned (__stdcall *start_address)(void *),
+                  void *arglist,
+                  unsigned initflag,
+                  unsigned *thrdaddr)
+{
+    if (stack_size > 0)
+        initflag |= STACK_SIZE_PARAM_IS_A_RESERVATION;
+    return (unsigned long)
+            CreateThread( (LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES)security,
+                          (DWORD)stack_size,
+                          (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE)start_address,
+                          (LPVOID)arglist,
+                          (DWORD)initflag | CREATE_SUSPENDED,
+                          (LPDWORD)thrdaddr);
+}
+
+void qt_wince__endthreadex(unsigned nExitCode) {
+    ExitThread((DWORD)nExitCode);
+}
+
+void *qt_wince_bsearch(const void *key,
+           const void *base,
+           size_t num,
+           size_t size,
+           int (__cdecl *compare)(const void *, const void *))
+{
+    size_t low = 0;
+    size_t high = num - 1;
+    while (low <= high) {
+        unsigned int mid = ((unsigned) (low + high)) >> 1;
+        int c = compare(key, (char*)base + mid * size);
+        if (c < 0)
+            high = mid - 1;
+        else if (c > 0)
+            low = mid + 1;
+        else
+            return (char*) base + mid * size;
+    }
+    return (NULL);
+}
+
+void *lfind(const void* key, const void* base, size_t* elements, size_t size,
+            int (__cdecl *compare)(const void*, const void*))
+{
+    const char* current = (char*) base;
+    const char* const end = (char*) (current + (*elements) * size);
+    while (current != end) {
+        if (compare(current, key) == 0)
+            return (void*)current;
+        current += size;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+DWORD qt_wince_GetThreadLocale(void)
+{
+    return GetUserDefaultLCID();
+}
+
+void *qt_wince_calloc( size_t num, size_t size )
+{
+    void *ptr = malloc( num * size );
+    if( ptr )
+        memset( ptr, 0, num * size );
+    return ptr;
+}
+
+// _getpid is currently only used for creating a temporary filename
+int qt_wince__getpid()
+{
+    return qAbs((int)GetCurrentProcessId());
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} // extern "C"
+#endif
+// Environment ------------------------------------------------------
+inline QHash<QByteArray, QByteArray>& qt_app_environment()
+{
+    static QHash<QByteArray, QByteArray> internalEnvironment;
+    return internalEnvironment;
+}
+
+errno_t qt_wince_getenv_s(size_t* sizeNeeded, char* buffer, size_t bufferSize, const char* varName)
+{
+    if (!sizeNeeded)
+        return EINVAL;
+
+    if (!qt_app_environment().contains(varName)) {
+        if (buffer)
+            buffer[0] = '\0';
+        return ENOENT;
+    }
+
+    QByteArray value = qt_app_environment().value(varName);
+    if (!value.endsWith('\0')) // win32 guarantees terminated string
+        value.append('\0');
+
+    if (bufferSize < (size_t)value.size()) {
+        *sizeNeeded = value.size();
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    strcpy(buffer, value.constData());
+    return 0;
+}
+
+errno_t qt_wince__putenv_s(const char* varName, const char* value)
+{
+    QByteArray input = value;
+    if (input.isEmpty()) {
+        if (qt_app_environment().contains(varName))
+            qt_app_environment().remove(varName);
+    } else {
+        // win32 guarantees terminated string
+        if (!input.endsWith('\0'))
+            input.append('\0');
+        qt_app_environment()[varName] = input;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#endif // Q_OS_WINCE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_wince.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_wince.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..123bd23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qfunctions_wince.h
@@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QFUNCTIONS_WCE_H
+#define QFUNCTIONS_WCE_H
+#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <winuser.h>
+#include <winbase.h>
+#include <objbase.h>
+#include <kfuncs.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <crtdefs.h>
+#include <altcecrt.h>
+#include <winsock.h>
+#include <ceconfig.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#ifdef QT_BUILD_CORE_LIB
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+#endif
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+
+// The standard SDK misses this define...
+#define _control87 _controlfp
+
+#if !defined __cplusplus
+#define bool int
+#define true 1
+#define false 0
+#endif
+
+// Environment ------------------------------------------------------
+errno_t qt_wince_getenv_s(size_t*, char*, size_t, const char*);
+errno_t qt_wince__putenv_s(const char*, const char*);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus // have this as tiff plugin is written in C
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define SetWindowLongA      SetWindowLong
+#define GetWindowLongA      GetWindowLong
+#define SendMessageA        SendMessage
+
+#if !defined(NO_ERRNO_H)
+#define NO_ERRNO_H
+#endif
+
+// Environment ------------------------------------------------------
+int qt_wince__getpid(void);
+
+
+// Time -------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef _TM_DEFINED
+#define _TM_DEFINED
+struct tm {
+    int tm_sec;     /* seconds after the minute - [0,59] */
+    int tm_min;     /* minutes after the hour - [0,59] */
+    int tm_hour;    /* hours since midnight - [0,23] */
+    int tm_mday;    /* day of the month - [1,31] */
+    int tm_mon;     /* months since January - [0,11] */
+    int tm_year;    /* years since 1900 */
+    int tm_wday;    /* days since Sunday - [0,6] */
+    int tm_yday;    /* days since January 1 - [0,365] */
+    int tm_isdst;   /* daylight savings time flag */
+};
+#endif // _TM_DEFINED
+
+FILETIME qt_wince_time_tToFt( time_t tt );
+
+// File I/O ---------------------------------------------------------
+#define _O_RDONLY       0x0001
+#define _O_RDWR         0x0002
+#define _O_WRONLY       0x0004
+#define _O_CREAT        0x0008
+#define _O_TRUNC        0x0010
+#define _O_APPEND       0x0020
+#define _O_EXCL         0x0040
+
+#define O_RDONLY        _O_RDONLY
+#define O_RDWR          _O_RDWR
+#define O_WRONLY        _O_WRONLY
+#define O_CREAT         _O_CREAT
+#define O_TRUNC         _O_TRUNC
+#define O_APPEND        _O_APPEND
+#define O_EXCL          _O_EXCL
+
+#define _S_IFMT         0x0600
+#define _S_IFDIR        0x0200
+#define _S_IFCHR        0x0100
+#define _S_IFREG        0x0400
+#define _S_IREAD        0x0010
+#define _S_IWRITE       0x0008
+
+#define S_IFMT          _S_IFMT
+#define S_IFDIR         _S_IFDIR
+#define S_IFCHR         _S_IFCHR
+#define S_IFREG         _S_IFREG
+#define S_IREAD         _S_IREAD
+#define S_IWRITE        _S_IWRITE
+
+#ifndef _IOFBF
+#define _IOFBF          0x0000
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _IOLBF
+#define _IOLBF          0x0040
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _IONBF
+#define _IONBF          0x0004
+#endif
+
+// Regular Berkeley error constants
+#ifndef _STAT_DEFINED
+#define _STAT_DEFINED
+struct stat
+{
+    int st_mode;
+    int st_size;
+    int st_nlink;
+    time_t st_mtime;
+    time_t st_atime;
+    time_t st_ctime;
+};
+#endif
+
+typedef int mode_t;
+extern int errno;
+
+int     qt_wince__getdrive( void );
+int     qt_wince__waccess( const WCHAR *path, int pmode );
+int     qt_wince__wopen( const WCHAR *filename, int oflag, int pmode );
+long    qt_wince__lseek( int handle, long offset, int origin );
+int     qt_wince__read( int handle, void *buffer, unsigned int count );
+int     qt_wince__write( int handle, const void *buffer, unsigned int count );
+int     qt_wince__close( int handle );
+FILE   *qt_wince__fdopen(int handle, const char *mode);
+FILE   *qt_wince_fdopen(int handle, const char *mode);
+void    qt_wince_rewind( FILE *stream );
+int     qt_wince___fileno(FILE *);
+FILE   *qt_wince_tmpfile( void );
+
+int qt_wince__mkdir(const char *dirname);
+int qt_wince__rmdir(const char *dirname);
+int qt_wince__access( const char *path, int pmode );
+int qt_wince__rename( const char *oldname, const char *newname );
+int qt_wince__remove( const char *name );
+int qt_wince_open( const char *filename, int oflag, int pmode );
+int qt_wince_stat( const char *path, struct stat *buffer );
+int qt_wince__fstat( int handle, struct stat *buffer);
+
+#define SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS 0x0001
+#define SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX 0x0002
+int qt_wince_SetErrorMode(int);
+HRESULT qt_wince_CoInitialize(void* reserved);
+
+bool qt_wince__chmod(const char *file, int mode);
+bool qt_wince__wchmod(const WCHAR *file, int mode);
+
+#pragma warning(disable: 4273)
+HANDLE qt_wince_CreateFileA(LPCSTR, DWORD, DWORD, LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES, DWORD, DWORD, HANDLE);
+
+// Printer ----------------------------------------------------------
+#define ETO_GLYPH_INDEX     0x0010
+
+// Graphics ---------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef SM_CXCURSOR
+#  define SM_CXCURSOR       13
+#endif
+#ifndef SM_CYCURSOR
+#  define SM_CYCURSOR      14
+#endif
+BOOL qt_wince_SetWindowOrgEx( HDC hdc, int X, int Y, LPPOINT lpPoint );
+
+// Other stuff ------------------------------------------------------
+#define MWMO_ALERTABLE 0x0002
+// ### not the real values
+#define CREATE_NO_WINDOW        2
+#define CF_HDROP                15
+
+void *qt_wince_calloc(size_t num, size_t size);
+#if !defined(TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES)
+#  define TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES 0xffffffff
+#endif
+DWORD qt_wince_GetThreadLocale(void);
+
+HANDLE qt_wince__beginthread(void( *start_address )( void * ), unsigned stack_size, void *arglist);
+
+unsigned long qt_wince__beginthreadex( void *security,
+                              unsigned stack_size,
+                              unsigned (__stdcall *start_address)(void *),
+                              void *arglist,
+                              unsigned initflag,
+                              unsigned *thrdaddr );
+void qt_wince__endthreadex(unsigned nExitCode);
+
+
+// bsearch is needed for building the tiff plugin
+// otherwise it could go into qguifunctions_wce
+void *qt_wince_bsearch(const void *key,
+               const void *base,
+               size_t num,
+               size_t size,
+               int (__cdecl *compare)(const void *, const void *));
+
+// Missing typedefs
+#ifndef _TIME_T_DEFINED
+typedef unsigned long time_t;
+#define _TIME_T_DEFINED
+#endif
+typedef HANDLE HDROP;
+
+#ifndef WS_THICKFRAME
+#define WS_THICKFRAME   WS_DLGFRAME
+#endif
+
+typedef UINT    UWORD;
+
+// Missing definitions: not necessary equal to their Win32 values
+// (the goal is to just have a clean compilation of MFC)
+#define WS_MAXIMIZE               0
+#define WS_MINIMIZE               0
+#ifndef WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW
+#define WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW          0
+#endif
+#define WS_EX_NOPARENTNOTIFY      0
+#define WM_ENTERIDLE              0x0121
+#define WM_PRINT                  WM_PAINT
+#define WM_NCCREATE               (0x0081)
+#define WM_PARENTNOTIFY           0
+#define WM_NCDESTROY              (WM_APP-1)
+#ifndef SW_RESTORE
+#define SW_RESTORE                (SW_SHOWNORMAL)
+#endif
+#define SW_NORMAL                 (SW_SHOWNORMAL)
+#define WAIT_OBJECT_0             0x00000000L
+#define DEFAULT_GUI_FONT          SYSTEM_FONT
+#ifndef SWP_NOREDRAW
+#define SWP_NOREDRAW               0
+#endif
+#define WSAGETSELECTEVENT(lParam) LOWORD(lParam)
+#define HWND_TOPMOST              ((HWND)-1)
+#define HWND_NOTOPMOST            ((HWND)-2)
+#define PS_DOT                    2
+#define PD_ALLPAGES               0
+#define PD_USEDEVMODECOPIES       0
+#define PD_NOSELECTION            0
+#define PD_HIDEPRINTTOFILE        0
+#define PD_NOPAGENUMS             0
+#define CF_METAFILEPICT           3
+#define MM_ANISOTROPIC            8
+#define KF_ALTDOWN                0x2000
+#define SPI_GETWORKAREA           48
+
+#ifndef WM_SETCURSOR
+        #define WM_SETCURSOR 0x0020
+        #define IDC_ARROW           MAKEINTRESOURCE(32512)
+        #define IDC_IBEAM           MAKEINTRESOURCE(32513)
+        #define IDC_WAIT            MAKEINTRESOURCE(32514)
+        #define IDC_CROSS           MAKEINTRESOURCE(32515)
+        #define IDC_UPARROW         MAKEINTRESOURCE(32516)
+        #define IDC_SIZE            MAKEINTRESOURCE(32646)
+        #define IDC_ICON            MAKEINTRESOURCE(32512)
+        #define IDC_SIZENWSE        MAKEINTRESOURCE(32642)
+        #define IDC_SIZENESW        MAKEINTRESOURCE(32643)
+        #define IDC_SIZEWE          MAKEINTRESOURCE(32644)
+        #define IDC_SIZENS          MAKEINTRESOURCE(32645)
+        #define IDC_SIZEALL         MAKEINTRESOURCE(32646)
+        #define IDC_NO              MAKEINTRESOURCE(32648)
+        #define IDC_APPSTARTING     MAKEINTRESOURCE(32650)
+        #define IDC_HELP            MAKEINTRESOURCE(32651)
+        #define IDC_HAND            MAKEINTRESOURCE(32649)
+#endif
+
+#define GMEM_MOVEABLE             LMEM_MOVEABLE
+#define GPTR                      LPTR
+
+// WinCE: CESYSGEN prunes the following FRP defines,
+// and INTERNET_TRANSFER_TYPE_ASCII breaks in wininet.h
+#undef FTP_TRANSFER_TYPE_ASCII
+#define FTP_TRANSFER_TYPE_ASCII 0x00000001
+#undef FTP_TRANSFER_TYPE_BINARY
+#define FTP_TRANSFER_TYPE_BINARY 0x00000002
+
+typedef DWORD OLE_COLOR;
+
+// Define the Windows Styles which are not defined by MS
+#ifndef WS_POPUPWINDOW
+#define WS_POPUPWINDOW WS_POPUP|WS_BORDER|WS_SYSMENU|WS_CAPTION
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW
+#define WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW WS_OVERLAPPED|WS_CAPTION|WS_SYSMENU|WS_THICKFRAME|WS_MINIMIZEBOX|WS_MAXIMIZEBOX
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WS_TILED
+#define WS_TILED WS_OVERLAPPED
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WS_TILEDWINDOW
+#define WS_TILEDWINDOW WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WS_EX_CAPTIONOKBTN
+#define WS_EX_CAPTIONOKBTN 0x80000000L
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WS_EX_NODRAG
+#define WS_EX_NODRAG       0x40000000L
+#endif
+
+// As Windows CE lacks some standard functions used in Qt, these got
+// reimplented. Other projects do this as well and to not fill the
+// global namespace with this implementation, prepend qt_wince* and use
+// these versions inside of Qt.
+// The other declarations available in this file are being used per
+// define inside qplatformdefs.h of the corresponding WinCE mkspec.
+#define getenv_s(a,b,c,d)       qt_wince_getenv_s(a,b,c,d)
+#define _putenv_s(a,b)          qt_wince__putenv_s(a,b)
+#define _getpid()               qt_wince__getpid()
+#define time_tToFt(a)           qt_wince_time_tToFt(a)
+#define _getdrive()             qt_wince__getdrive()
+#define _waccess(a,b)           qt_wince__waccess(a,b)
+#define _wopen(a,b,c)           qt_wince__wopen(a,b,c)
+#define _fdopen(a,b)            qt_wince__fdopen(a,b)
+#define fdopen(a,b)             qt_wince_fdopen(a,b)
+#define rewind(a)               qt_wince_rewind(a)
+#define tmpfile()               qt_wince_tmpfile()
+#define _rename(a,b)            qt_wince__rename(a,b)
+#define _remove(a)              qt_wince__remove(a)
+#define SetErrorMode(a)         qt_wince_SetErrorMode(a)
+#define CoInitialize(a)         qt_wince_CoInitialize(a)
+#define _chmod(a,b)             qt_wince__chmod(a,b)
+#define _wchmod(a,b)            qt_wince__wchmod(a,b)
+#define CreateFileA(a,b,c,d,e,f,g) qt_wince_CreateFileA(a,b,c,d,e,f,g)
+#define SetWindowOrgEx(a,b,c,d) qt_wince_SetWindowOrgEx(a,b,c,d)
+#define calloc(a,b)             qt_wince_calloc(a,b)
+#define GetThreadLocale()       qt_wince_GetThreadLocale()
+#define _beginthread(a,b,c)     qt_wince__beginthread(a,b,c)
+#define _beginthreadex(a,b,c,d,e,f) qt_wince__beginthreadex(a,b,c,d,e,f)
+#define _endthreadex(a)         qt_wince__endthreadex(a)
+#define bsearch(a,b,c,d,e)      qt_wince_bsearch(a,b,c,d,e)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} // Extern C.
+#endif
+
+#endif // Q_OS_WINCE
+#endif // QFUNCTIONS_WCE_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qmath.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qmath.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8e0230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qmath.h
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QMATH_H
+#define QMATH_H
+
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include <QtCore/qglobal.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+inline int qCeil(qreal v)
+{
+#ifdef QT_USE_MATH_H_FLOATS
+    if (sizeof(qreal) == sizeof(float))
+        return int(ceilf(v));
+    else
+#endif
+        return int(ceil(v));
+}
+
+inline int qFloor(qreal v)
+{
+#ifdef QT_USE_MATH_H_FLOATS
+    if (sizeof(qreal) == sizeof(float))
+        return int(floorf(v));
+    else
+#endif
+        return int(floor(v));
+}
+
+inline qreal qSin(qreal v)
+{
+#ifdef QT_USE_MATH_H_FLOATS
+    if (sizeof(qreal) == sizeof(float))
+        return sinf(v);
+    else
+#endif
+        return sin(v);
+}
+
+inline qreal qCos(qreal v)
+{
+#ifdef QT_USE_MATH_H_FLOATS
+    if (sizeof(qreal) == sizeof(float))
+        return cosf(v);
+    else
+#endif
+        return cos(v);
+}
+
+inline qreal qAcos(qreal v)
+{
+#ifdef QT_USE_MATH_H_FLOATS
+    if (sizeof(qreal) == sizeof(float))
+        return acosf(v);
+    else
+#endif
+        return acos(v);
+}
+
+inline qreal qSqrt(qreal v)
+{
+#ifdef QT_USE_MATH_H_FLOATS
+    if (sizeof(qreal) == sizeof(float))
+        return sqrtf(v);
+    else
+#endif
+        return sqrt(v);
+}
+
+inline qreal qLn(qreal v)
+{
+#ifdef QT_USE_MATH_H_FLOATS
+    if (sizeof(qreal) == sizeof(float))
+        return logf(v);
+    else
+#endif
+        return log(v);
+}
+
+inline qreal qPow(qreal x, qreal y)
+{
+#ifdef QT_USE_MATH_H_FLOATS
+    if (sizeof(qreal) == sizeof(float))
+        return powf(x, y);
+    else
+#endif
+        return pow(x, y);
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QMATH_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qmetaobject.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qmetaobject.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..719398c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qmetaobject.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2555 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qmetaobject.h"
+#include "qmetatype.h"
+#include "qobject.h"
+
+#include <qcoreapplication.h>
+#include <qcoreevent.h>
+#include <qdatastream.h>
+#include <qstringlist.h>
+#include <qthread.h>
+#include <qvarlengtharray.h>
+#include <qvariant.h>
+#include <qhash.h>
+#include <qdebug.h>
+#include <qsemaphore.h>
+
+#include "private/qobject_p.h"
+#include "private/qmetaobject_p.h"
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QMetaObject
+
+    \brief The QMetaObject class contains meta-information about Qt
+    objects.
+
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+
+    The Qt \l{Meta-Object System} in Qt is responsible for the
+    signals and slots inter-object communication mechanism, runtime
+    type information, and the Qt property system. A single
+    QMetaObject instance is created for each QObject subclass that is
+    used in an application, and this instance stores all the
+    meta-information for the QObject subclass. This object is
+    available as QObject::metaObject().
+
+    This class is not normally required for application programming,
+    but it is useful if you write meta-applications, such as scripting
+    engines or GUI builders.
+
+    The functions you are most likely to find useful are these:
+    \list
+    \o className() returns the name of a class.
+    \o superClass() returns the superclass's meta-object.
+    \o method() and methodCount() provide information
+       about a class's meta-methods (signals, slots and other
+       \l{Q_INVOKABLE}{invokable} member functions).
+    \o enumerator() and enumeratorCount() and provide information about
+       a class's enumerators.
+    \o propertyCount() and property() provide information about a
+       class's properties.
+    \o constructor() and constructorCount() provide information
+       about a class's meta-constructors.
+    \endlist
+
+    The index functions indexOfConstructor(), indexOfMethod(),
+    indexOfEnumerator(), and indexOfProperty() map names of constructors,
+    member functions, enumerators, or properties to indexes in the
+    meta-object. For example, Qt uses indexOfMethod() internally when you
+    connect a signal to a slot.
+
+    Classes can also have a list of \e{name}--\e{value} pairs of
+    additional class information, stored in QMetaClassInfo objects.
+    The number of pairs is returned by classInfoCount(), single pairs
+    are returned by classInfo(), and you can search for pairs with
+    indexOfClassInfo().
+
+    \sa QMetaClassInfo, QMetaEnum, QMetaMethod, QMetaProperty, QMetaType,
+        {Meta-Object System}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QMetaObject::Call
+
+    \internal
+
+    \value InvokeSlot
+    \value EmitSignal
+    \value ReadProperty
+    \value WriteProperty
+    \value ResetProperty
+    \value QueryPropertyDesignable
+    \value QueryPropertyScriptable
+    \value QueryPropertyStored
+    \value QueryPropertyEditable
+    \value QueryPropertyUser
+    \value CreateInstance
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QMetaMethod::Access
+
+    This enum describes the access level of a method, following the conventions used in C++.
+
+    \value Private
+    \value Protected
+    \value Public
+*/
+
+// do not touch without touching the moc as well
+enum PropertyFlags  {
+    Invalid = 0x00000000,
+    Readable = 0x00000001,
+    Writable = 0x00000002,
+    Resettable = 0x00000004,
+    EnumOrFlag = 0x00000008,
+    StdCppSet = 0x00000100,
+//    Override = 0x00000200,
+    Designable = 0x00001000,
+    ResolveDesignable = 0x00002000,
+    Scriptable = 0x00004000,
+    ResolveScriptable = 0x00008000,
+    Stored = 0x00010000,
+    ResolveStored = 0x00020000,
+    Editable = 0x00040000,
+    ResolveEditable = 0x00080000,
+    User = 0x00100000,
+    ResolveUser = 0x00200000,
+    Notify = 0x00400000
+};
+
+enum MethodFlags  {
+    AccessPrivate = 0x00,
+    AccessProtected = 0x01,
+    AccessPublic = 0x02,
+    AccessMask = 0x03, //mask
+
+    MethodMethod = 0x00,
+    MethodSignal = 0x04,
+    MethodSlot = 0x08,
+    MethodConstructor = 0x0c,
+    MethodTypeMask = 0x0c,
+
+    MethodCompatibility = 0x10,
+    MethodCloned = 0x20,
+    MethodScriptable = 0x40
+};
+
+struct QMetaObjectPrivate
+{
+    int revision;
+    int className;
+    int classInfoCount, classInfoData;
+    int methodCount, methodData;
+    int propertyCount, propertyData;
+    int enumeratorCount, enumeratorData;
+    int constructorCount, constructorData;
+};
+
+static inline const QMetaObjectPrivate *priv(const uint* data)
+{ return reinterpret_cast<const QMetaObjectPrivate*>(data); }
+
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.5
+
+    Constructs a new instance of this class. You can pass up to ten arguments
+    (\a val0, \a val1, \a val2, \a val3, \a val4, \a val5, \a val6, \a val7,
+    \a val8, and \a val9) to the constructor. Returns the new object, or 0 if
+    no suitable constructor is available.
+
+    Note that only constructors that are declared with the Q_INVOKABLE
+    modifier are made available through the meta-object system.
+
+    \sa Q_ARG(), constructor()
+*/
+QObject *QMetaObject::newInstance(QGenericArgument val0,
+                                  QGenericArgument val1,
+                                  QGenericArgument val2,
+                                  QGenericArgument val3,
+                                  QGenericArgument val4,
+                                  QGenericArgument val5,
+                                  QGenericArgument val6,
+                                  QGenericArgument val7,
+                                  QGenericArgument val8,
+                                  QGenericArgument val9) const
+{
+    QVarLengthArray<char, 512> sig;
+    sig.append(className(), qstrlen(className()));
+    sig.append('(');
+
+    enum { MaximumParamCount = 10 };
+    const char *typeNames[] = {val0.name(), val1.name(), val2.name(), val3.name(), val4.name(),
+                               val5.name(), val6.name(), val7.name(), val8.name(), val9.name()};
+
+    int paramCount;
+    for (paramCount = 0; paramCount < MaximumParamCount; ++paramCount) {
+        int len = qstrlen(typeNames[paramCount]);
+        if (len <= 0)
+            break;
+        sig.append(typeNames[paramCount], len);
+        sig.append(',');
+    }
+    if (paramCount == 0)
+        sig.append(')'); // no parameters
+    else
+        sig[sig.size() - 1] = ')';
+    sig.append('\0');
+
+    int idx = indexOfConstructor(sig.constData());
+    if (idx < 0) {
+        QByteArray norm = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature(sig.constData());
+        idx = indexOfConstructor(norm.constData());
+    }
+    if (idx < 0)
+        return 0;
+
+    QVariant ret(QMetaType::QObjectStar, (void*)0);
+    void *param[] = {ret.data(), val0.data(), val1.data(), val2.data(), val3.data(), val4.data(),
+                     val5.data(), val6.data(), val7.data(), val8.data(), val9.data()};
+
+    if (static_metacall(CreateInstance, idx, param) >= 0)
+        return 0;
+    return *reinterpret_cast<QObject**>(param[0]);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+int QMetaObject::static_metacall(Call cl, int idx, void **argv) const
+{
+    if (priv(d.data)->revision < 2)
+        return 0;
+    const QMetaObjectExtraData *extra = (const QMetaObjectExtraData*)(d.extradata);
+    if (!extra || !extra->static_metacall)
+        return 0;
+    return extra->static_metacall(cl, idx, argv);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn const char *QMetaObject::className() const
+
+    Returns the class name.
+
+    \sa superClass()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMetaObject *QMetaObject::superClass() const
+
+    Returns the meta-object of the superclass, or 0 if there is no
+    such object.
+
+    \sa className()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Returns \a obj if object \a obj inherits from this
+    meta-object; otherwise returns 0.
+*/
+QObject *QMetaObject::cast(QObject *obj) const
+{
+    if (obj) {
+        const QMetaObject *m = obj->metaObject();
+        do {
+            if (m == this)
+                return const_cast<QObject*>(obj);
+        } while ((m = m->d.superdata));
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+QString QMetaObject::tr(const char *s, const char *c) const
+{
+    return QCoreApplication::translate(d.stringdata, s, c, QCoreApplication::CodecForTr);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+QString QMetaObject::tr(const char *s, const char *c, int n) const
+{
+    return QCoreApplication::translate(d.stringdata, s, c, QCoreApplication::CodecForTr, n);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+QString QMetaObject::trUtf8(const char *s, const char *c) const
+{
+    return QCoreApplication::translate(d.stringdata, s, c, QCoreApplication::UnicodeUTF8);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+QString QMetaObject::trUtf8(const char *s, const char *c, int n) const
+{
+    return QCoreApplication::translate(d.stringdata, s, c, QCoreApplication::UnicodeUTF8, n);
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+
+/*!
+    Returns the method offset for this class; i.e. the index position
+    of this class's first member function.
+
+    The offset is the sum of all the methods in the class's
+    superclasses (which is always positive since QObject has the
+    deleteLater() slot and a destroyed() signal).
+
+    \sa method(), methodCount(), indexOfMethod()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::methodOffset() const
+{
+    int offset = 0;
+    const QMetaObject *m = d.superdata;
+    while (m) {
+        offset += priv(m->d.data)->methodCount;
+        m = m->d.superdata;
+    }
+    return offset;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the enumerator offset for this class; i.e. the index
+    position of this class's first enumerator.
+
+    If the class has no superclasses with enumerators, the offset is
+    0; otherwise the offset is the sum of all the enumerators in the
+    class's superclasses.
+
+    \sa enumerator(), enumeratorCount(), indexOfEnumerator()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::enumeratorOffset() const
+{
+    int offset = 0;
+    const QMetaObject *m = d.superdata;
+    while (m) {
+        offset += priv(m->d.data)->enumeratorCount;
+        m = m->d.superdata;
+    }
+    return offset;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the property offset for this class; i.e. the index
+    position of this class's first property.
+
+    The offset is the sum of all the properties in the class's
+    superclasses (which is always positive since QObject has the
+    name() property).
+
+    \sa property(), propertyCount(), indexOfProperty()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::propertyOffset() const
+{
+    int offset = 0;
+    const QMetaObject *m = d.superdata;
+    while (m) {
+        offset += priv(m->d.data)->propertyCount;
+        m = m->d.superdata;
+    }
+    return offset;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the class information offset for this class; i.e. the
+    index position of this class's first class information item.
+
+    If the class has no superclasses with class information, the
+    offset is 0; otherwise the offset is the sum of all the class
+    information items in the class's superclasses.
+
+    \sa classInfo(), classInfoCount(), indexOfClassInfo()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::classInfoOffset() const
+{
+    int offset = 0;
+    const QMetaObject *m = d.superdata;
+    while (m) {
+        offset += priv(m->d.data)->classInfoCount;
+        m = m->d.superdata;
+    }
+    return offset;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.5
+
+    Returns the number of constructors in this class.
+
+    \sa constructor(), indexOfConstructor()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::constructorCount() const
+{
+    if (priv(d.data)->revision < 2)
+        return 0;
+    return priv(d.data)->constructorCount;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of methods in this class, including the number of
+    properties provided by each base class. These include signals and slots
+    as well as normal member functions.
+
+    Use code like the following to obtain a QStringList containing the methods
+    specific to a given class:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetaobject.cpp methodCount
+
+    \sa method(), methodOffset(), indexOfMethod()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::methodCount() const
+{
+    int n = priv(d.data)->methodCount;
+    const QMetaObject *m = d.superdata;
+    while (m) {
+        n += priv(m->d.data)->methodCount;
+        m = m->d.superdata;
+    }
+    return n;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of enumerators in this class.
+
+    \sa enumerator(), enumeratorOffset(), indexOfEnumerator()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::enumeratorCount() const
+{
+    int n = priv(d.data)->enumeratorCount;
+    const QMetaObject *m = d.superdata;
+    while (m) {
+        n += priv(m->d.data)->enumeratorCount;
+        m = m->d.superdata;
+    }
+    return n;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of properties in this class, including the number of
+    properties provided by each base class.
+
+    Use code like the following to obtain a QStringList containing the properties
+    specific to a given class:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetaobject.cpp propertyCount
+
+    \sa property(), propertyOffset(), indexOfProperty()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::propertyCount() const
+{
+    int n = priv(d.data)->propertyCount;
+    const QMetaObject *m = d.superdata;
+    while (m) {
+        n += priv(m->d.data)->propertyCount;
+        m = m->d.superdata;
+    }
+    return n;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of items of class information in this class.
+
+    \sa classInfo(), classInfoOffset(), indexOfClassInfo()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::classInfoCount() const
+{
+    int n = priv(d.data)->classInfoCount;
+    const QMetaObject *m = d.superdata;
+    while (m) {
+        n += priv(m->d.data)->classInfoCount;
+        m = m->d.superdata;
+    }
+    return n;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.5
+
+    Finds \a constructor and returns its index; otherwise returns -1.
+
+    Note that the \a constructor has to be in normalized form, as returned
+    by normalizedSignature().
+
+    \sa constructor(), constructorCount(), normalizedSignature()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::indexOfConstructor(const char *constructor) const
+{
+    if (priv(d.data)->revision < 2)
+        return -1;
+    for (int i = priv(d.data)->constructorCount-1; i >= 0; --i) {
+        if (strcmp(constructor, d.stringdata
+                   + d.data[priv(d.data)->constructorData + 5*i]) == 0) {
+            return i;
+        }
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Finds \a method and returns its index; otherwise returns -1.
+
+    Note that the \a method has to be in normalized form, as returned
+    by normalizedSignature().
+
+    \sa method(), methodCount(), methodOffset(), normalizedSignature()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::indexOfMethod(const char *method) const
+{
+    int i = -1;
+    const QMetaObject *m = this;
+    while (m && i < 0) {
+        for (i = priv(m->d.data)->methodCount-1; i >= 0; --i)
+            if (strcmp(method, m->d.stringdata
+                       + m->d.data[priv(m->d.data)->methodData + 5*i]) == 0) {
+                i += m->methodOffset();
+                break;
+            }
+        m = m->d.superdata;
+    }
+    return i;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Finds \a signal and returns its index; otherwise returns -1.
+
+    This is the same as indexOfMethod(), except that it will return
+    -1 if the method exists but isn't a signal.
+
+    Note that the \a signal has to be in normalized form, as returned
+    by normalizedSignature().
+
+    \sa indexOfMethod(), normalizedSignature(), method(), methodCount(), methodOffset()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::indexOfSignal(const char *signal) const
+{
+    int i = -1;
+    const QMetaObject *m = this;
+    while (m && i < 0) {
+        for (i = priv(m->d.data)->methodCount-1; i >= 0; --i)
+            if ((m->d.data[priv(m->d.data)->methodData + 5*i + 4] & MethodTypeMask) == MethodSignal
+                && strcmp(signal, m->d.stringdata
+                          + m->d.data[priv(m->d.data)->methodData + 5*i]) == 0) {
+                i += m->methodOffset();
+                break;
+            }
+        m = m->d.superdata;
+    }
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    if (i >= 0 && m && m->d.superdata) {
+        int conflict = m->d.superdata->indexOfMethod(signal);
+        if (conflict >= 0)
+            qWarning("QMetaObject::indexOfSignal:%s: Conflict with %s::%s",
+                      m->d.stringdata, m->d.superdata->d.stringdata, signal);
+    }
+#endif
+    return i;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Finds \a slot and returns its index; otherwise returns -1.
+
+    This is the same as indexOfMethod(), except that it will return
+    -1 if the method exists but isn't a slot.
+
+    \sa indexOfMethod(), method(), methodCount(), methodOffset()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::indexOfSlot(const char *slot) const
+{
+    int i = -1;
+    const QMetaObject *m = this;
+    while (m && i < 0) {
+        for (i = priv(m->d.data)->methodCount-1; i >= 0; --i)
+            if ((m->d.data[priv(m->d.data)->methodData + 5*i + 4] & MethodTypeMask) == MethodSlot
+                && strcmp(slot, m->d.stringdata
+                       + m->d.data[priv(m->d.data)->methodData + 5*i]) == 0) {
+                i += m->methodOffset();
+                break;
+            }
+        m = m->d.superdata;
+    }
+    return i;
+}
+
+static const QMetaObject *QMetaObject_findMetaObject(const QMetaObject *self, const char *name)
+{
+    while (self) {
+        if (strcmp(self->d.stringdata, name) == 0)
+            return self;
+        if (self->d.extradata) {
+            const QMetaObject **e;
+            if (priv(self->d.data)->revision < 2) {
+                e = (const QMetaObject**)(self->d.extradata);
+            } else {
+                const QMetaObjectExtraData *extra = (const QMetaObjectExtraData*)(self->d.extradata);
+                e = extra->objects;
+            }
+            if (e) {
+                while (*e) {
+                    if (const QMetaObject *m =QMetaObject_findMetaObject((*e), name))
+                        return m;
+                    ++e;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        self = self->d.superdata;
+    }
+    return self;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Finds enumerator \a name and returns its index; otherwise returns
+    -1.
+
+    \sa enumerator(), enumeratorCount(), enumeratorOffset()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::indexOfEnumerator(const char *name) const
+{
+    int i = -1;
+    const QMetaObject *m = this;
+    while (m && i < 0) {
+        for (i = priv(m->d.data)->enumeratorCount-1; i >= 0; --i)
+            if (strcmp(name, m->d.stringdata
+                       + m->d.data[priv(m->d.data)->enumeratorData + 4*i]) == 0) {
+                i += m->enumeratorOffset();
+                break;
+            }
+        m = m->d.superdata;
+    }
+    return i;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Finds property \a name and returns its index; otherwise returns
+    -1.
+
+    \sa property(), propertyCount(), propertyOffset()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::indexOfProperty(const char *name) const
+{
+    int i = -1;
+    const QMetaObject *m = this;
+    while (m && i < 0) {
+        for (i = priv(m->d.data)->propertyCount-1; i >= 0; --i)
+            if (strcmp(name, m->d.stringdata
+                       + m->d.data[priv(m->d.data)->propertyData + 3*i]) == 0) {
+                i += m->propertyOffset();
+                break;
+            }
+        m = m->d.superdata;
+    }
+    return i;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Finds class information item \a name and returns its index;
+    otherwise returns -1.
+
+    \sa classInfo(), classInfoCount(), classInfoOffset()
+*/
+int QMetaObject::indexOfClassInfo(const char *name) const
+{
+    int i = -1;
+    const QMetaObject *m = this;
+    while (m && i < 0) {
+        for (i = priv(m->d.data)->classInfoCount-1; i >= 0; --i)
+            if (strcmp(name, m->d.stringdata
+                       + m->d.data[priv(m->d.data)->classInfoData + 2*i]) == 0) {
+                i += m->classInfoOffset();
+                break;
+            }
+        m = m->d.superdata;
+    }
+    return i;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.5
+
+    Returns the meta-data for the constructor with the given \a index.
+
+    \sa constructorCount(), newInstance()
+*/
+QMetaMethod QMetaObject::constructor(int index) const
+{
+    int i = index;
+    QMetaMethod result;
+    if (priv(d.data)->revision >= 2 && i >= 0 && i < priv(d.data)->constructorCount) {
+        result.mobj = this;
+        result.handle = priv(d.data)->constructorData + 5*i;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the meta-data for the method with the given \a index.
+
+    \sa methodCount(), methodOffset(), indexOfMethod()
+*/
+QMetaMethod QMetaObject::method(int index) const
+{
+    int i = index;
+    i -= methodOffset();
+    if (i < 0 && d.superdata)
+        return d.superdata->method(index);
+
+    QMetaMethod result;
+    if (i >= 0 && i < priv(d.data)->methodCount) {
+        result.mobj = this;
+        result.handle = priv(d.data)->methodData + 5*i;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the meta-data for the enumerator with the given \a index.
+
+    \sa enumeratorCount(), enumeratorOffset(), indexOfEnumerator()
+*/
+QMetaEnum QMetaObject::enumerator(int index) const
+{
+    int i = index;
+    i -= enumeratorOffset();
+    if (i < 0 && d.superdata)
+        return d.superdata->enumerator(index);
+
+    QMetaEnum result;
+    if (i >= 0 && i < priv(d.data)->enumeratorCount) {
+        result.mobj = this;
+        result.handle = priv(d.data)->enumeratorData + 4*i;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the meta-data for the property with the given \a index.
+    If no such property exists, a null QMetaProperty is returned.
+
+    \sa propertyCount(), propertyOffset(), indexOfProperty()
+*/
+QMetaProperty QMetaObject::property(int index) const
+{
+    int i = index;
+    i -= propertyOffset();
+    if (i < 0 && d.superdata)
+        return d.superdata->property(index);
+
+    QMetaProperty result;
+    if (i >= 0 && i < priv(d.data)->propertyCount) {
+        int handle = priv(d.data)->propertyData + 3*i;
+        int flags = d.data[handle + 2];
+        const char *type = d.stringdata + d.data[handle + 1];
+        result.mobj = this;
+        result.handle = handle;
+        result.idx = i;
+
+        if (flags & EnumOrFlag) {
+            result.menum = enumerator(indexOfEnumerator(type));
+            if (!result.menum.isValid()) {
+                QByteArray enum_name = type;
+                QByteArray scope_name = d.stringdata;
+                int s = enum_name.lastIndexOf("::");
+                if (s > 0) {
+                    scope_name = enum_name.left(s);
+                    enum_name = enum_name.mid(s + 2);
+                }
+                const QMetaObject *scope = 0;
+                if (scope_name == "Qt")
+                    scope = &QObject::staticQtMetaObject;
+                else
+                    scope = QMetaObject_findMetaObject(this, scope_name);
+                if (scope)
+                    result.menum = scope->enumerator(scope->indexOfEnumerator(enum_name));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.2
+
+    Returns the property that has the \c USER flag set to true.
+
+    \sa QMetaProperty::isUser()
+*/
+QMetaProperty QMetaObject::userProperty() const
+{
+    const int propCount = propertyCount();
+    for (int i = propCount - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
+        const QMetaProperty prop = property(i);
+        if (prop.isUser())
+            return prop;
+    }
+    return QMetaProperty();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the meta-data for the item of class information with the
+    given \a index.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetaobject.cpp 0
+
+    \sa classInfoCount(), classInfoOffset(), indexOfClassInfo()
+ */
+QMetaClassInfo QMetaObject::classInfo(int index) const
+{
+    int i = index;
+    i -= classInfoOffset();
+    if (i < 0 && d.superdata)
+        return d.superdata->classInfo(index);
+
+    QMetaClassInfo result;
+    if (i >= 0 && i < priv(d.data)->classInfoCount) {
+        result.mobj = this;
+        result.handle = priv(d.data)->classInfoData + 2*i;
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the \a signal and \a method arguments are
+    compatible; otherwise returns false.
+
+    Both \a signal and \a method are expected to be normalized.
+
+    \sa normalizedSignature()
+*/
+bool QMetaObject::checkConnectArgs(const char *signal, const char *method)
+{
+    const char *s1 = signal;
+    const char *s2 = method;
+    while (*s1++ != '(') { }                        // scan to first '('
+    while (*s2++ != '(') { }
+    if (*s2 == ')' || qstrcmp(s1,s2) == 0)        // method has no args or
+        return true;                                //   exact match
+    int s1len = qstrlen(s1);
+    int s2len = qstrlen(s2);
+    if (s2len < s1len && strncmp(s1,s2,s2len-1)==0 && s1[s2len-1]==',')
+        return true;                                // method has less args
+    return false;
+}
+
+static void qRemoveWhitespace(const char *s, char *d)
+{
+    char last = 0;
+    while (*s && is_space(*s))
+        s++;
+    while (*s) {
+        while (*s && !is_space(*s))
+            last = *d++ = *s++;
+        while (*s && is_space(*s))
+            s++;
+        if (*s && ((is_ident_char(*s) && is_ident_char(last))
+                   || ((*s == ':') && (last == '<')))) {
+            last = *d++ = ' ';
+        }
+    }
+    *d = '\0';
+}
+
+static char *qNormalizeType(char *d, int &templdepth, QByteArray &result)
+{
+    const char *t = d;
+    while (*d && (templdepth
+                   || (*d != ',' && *d != ')'))) {
+        if (*d == '<')
+            ++templdepth;
+        if (*d == '>')
+            --templdepth;
+        ++d;
+    }
+    if (strncmp("void", t, d - t) != 0)
+        result += normalizeTypeInternal(t, d);
+
+    return d;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.2
+
+    Normalizes a \a type.
+
+    See QMetaObject::normalizedSignature() for a description on how
+    Qt normalizes.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetaobject.cpp 1
+
+    \sa normalizedSignature()
+ */
+QByteArray QMetaObject::normalizedType(const char *type)
+{
+    QByteArray result;
+
+    if (!type || !*type)
+        return result;
+
+    QVarLengthArray<char> stackbuf((int)strlen(type));
+    qRemoveWhitespace(type, stackbuf.data());
+    int templdepth = 0;
+    qNormalizeType(stackbuf.data(), templdepth, result);
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Normalizes the signature of the given \a method.
+
+    Qt uses normalized signatures to decide whether two given signals
+    and slots are compatible. Normalization reduces whitespace to a
+    minimum, moves 'const' to the front where appropriate, removes
+    'const' from value types and replaces const references with
+    values.
+
+    \sa checkConnectArgs(), normalizedType()
+ */
+QByteArray QMetaObject::normalizedSignature(const char *method)
+{
+    QByteArray result;
+    if (!method || !*method)
+        return result;
+    int len = int(strlen(method));
+    char stackbuf[64];
+    char *buf = (len >= 64 ? new char[len+1] : stackbuf);
+    qRemoveWhitespace(method, buf);
+    char *d = buf;
+
+    result.reserve(len);
+
+    int argdepth = 0;
+    int templdepth = 0;
+    while (*d) {
+        if (argdepth == 1)
+            d = qNormalizeType(d, templdepth, result);
+        if (*d == '(')
+            ++argdepth;
+        if (*d == ')')
+            --argdepth;
+        result += *d++;
+    }
+
+    if (buf != stackbuf)
+        delete [] buf;
+    return result;
+}
+
+enum { MaximumParamCount = 11 }; // up to 10 arguments + 1 return value
+
+/*!
+    Invokes the \a member (a signal or a slot name) on the object \a
+    obj. Returns true if the member could be invoked. Returns false
+    if there is no such member or the parameters did not match.
+
+    The invocation can be either synchronous or asynchronous,
+    depending on \a type:
+
+    \list
+    \o If \a type is Qt::DirectConnection, the member will be invoked immediately.
+
+    \o If \a type is Qt::QueuedConnection,
+       a QEvent will be sent and the member is invoked as soon as the application
+       enters the main event loop.
+
+    \o If \a type is Qt::AutoConnection, the member is invoked
+       synchronously if \a obj lives in the same thread as the
+       caller; otherwise it will invoke the member asynchronously.
+    \endlist
+
+    The return value of the \a member function call is placed in \a
+    ret. If the invocation is asynchronous, the return value cannot
+    be evaluated. You can pass up to ten arguments (\a val0, \a val1,
+    \a val2, \a val3, \a val4, \a val5, \a val6, \a val7, \a val8,
+    and \a val9) to the \a member function.
+
+    QGenericArgument and QGenericReturnArgument are internal
+    helper classes. Because signals and slots can be dynamically
+    invoked, you must enclose the arguments using the Q_ARG() and
+    Q_RETURN_ARG() macros. Q_ARG() takes a type name and a
+    const reference of that type; Q_RETURN_ARG() takes a type name
+    and a non-const reference.
+
+    You only need to pass the name of the signal or slot to this function,
+    not the entire signature. For example, to asynchronously invoke
+    the \l{QPushButton::animateClick()}{animateClick()} slot on a
+    QPushButton, use the following code:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetaobject.cpp 2
+
+    With asynchronous method invocations, the parameters must be of
+    types that are known to Qt's meta-object system, because Qt needs
+    to copy the arguments to store them in an event behind the
+    scenes. If you try to use a queued connection and get the error
+    message
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetaobject.cpp 3
+
+    call qRegisterMetaType() to register the data type before you
+    call invokeMethod().
+
+    To synchronously invoke the \c compute(QString, int, double) slot on
+    some arbitrary object \c obj retrieve its return value:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetaobject.cpp 4
+
+    If the "compute" slot does not take exactly one QString, one int
+    and one double in the specified order, the call will fail.
+
+    \sa Q_ARG(), Q_RETURN_ARG(), qRegisterMetaType(), QMetaMethod::invoke()
+*/
+bool QMetaObject::invokeMethod(QObject *obj,
+                               const char *member,
+                               Qt::ConnectionType type,
+                               QGenericReturnArgument ret,
+                               QGenericArgument val0,
+                               QGenericArgument val1,
+                               QGenericArgument val2,
+                               QGenericArgument val3,
+                               QGenericArgument val4,
+                               QGenericArgument val5,
+                               QGenericArgument val6,
+                               QGenericArgument val7,
+                               QGenericArgument val8,
+                               QGenericArgument val9)
+{
+    if (!obj)
+        return false;
+
+    QVarLengthArray<char, 512> sig;
+    int len = qstrlen(member);
+    if (len <= 0)
+        return false;
+    sig.append(member, len);
+    sig.append('(');
+
+    const char *typeNames[] = {ret.name(), val0.name(), val1.name(), val2.name(), val3.name(),
+                               val4.name(), val5.name(), val6.name(), val7.name(), val8.name(),
+                               val9.name()};
+
+    int paramCount;
+    for (paramCount = 1; paramCount < MaximumParamCount; ++paramCount) {
+        len = qstrlen(typeNames[paramCount]);
+        if (len <= 0)
+            break;
+        sig.append(typeNames[paramCount], len);
+        sig.append(',');
+    }
+    if (paramCount == 1)
+        sig.append(')'); // no parameters
+    else
+        sig[sig.size() - 1] = ')';
+    sig.append('\0');
+
+    int idx = obj->metaObject()->indexOfMethod(sig.constData());
+    if (idx < 0) {
+        QByteArray norm = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature(sig.constData());
+        idx = obj->metaObject()->indexOfMethod(norm.constData());
+    }
+
+    if (idx < 0 || idx >= obj->metaObject()->methodCount())
+        return false;
+    QMetaMethod method = obj->metaObject()->method(idx);
+    return method.invoke(obj, type, ret,
+                         val0, val1, val2, val3, val4, val5, val6, val7, val8, val9);
+}
+
+/*! \fn bool QMetaObject::invokeMethod(QObject *obj, const char *member,
+                                       QGenericReturnArgument ret,
+                                       QGenericArgument val0 = QGenericArgument(0),
+                                       QGenericArgument val1 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                       QGenericArgument val2 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                       QGenericArgument val3 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                       QGenericArgument val4 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                       QGenericArgument val5 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                       QGenericArgument val6 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                       QGenericArgument val7 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                       QGenericArgument val8 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                       QGenericArgument val9 = QGenericArgument());
+    \overload invokeMethod()
+
+    This overload always invokes the member using the connection type Qt::AutoConnection.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QMetaObject::invokeMethod(QObject *obj, const char *member,
+                             Qt::ConnectionType type,
+                             QGenericArgument val0 = QGenericArgument(0),
+                             QGenericArgument val1 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val2 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val3 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val4 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val5 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val6 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val7 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val8 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val9 = QGenericArgument())
+
+    \overload invokeMethod()
+
+    This overload can be used if the return value of the member is of no interest.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QMetaObject::invokeMethod(QObject *obj, const char *member,
+                             QGenericArgument val0 = QGenericArgument(0),
+                             QGenericArgument val1 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val2 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val3 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val4 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val5 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val6 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val7 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val8 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val9 = QGenericArgument())
+
+    \overload invokeMethod()
+
+    This overload invokes the member using the connection type Qt::AutoConnection and
+    ignores return values.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QMetaMethod
+
+    \brief The QMetaMethod class provides meta-data about a member
+    function.
+
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+
+    A QMetaMethod has a methodType(), a signature(), a list of
+    parameterTypes() and parameterNames(), a return typeName(), a
+    tag(), and an access() specifier. You can use invoke() to invoke
+    the method on an arbitrary QObject.
+
+    \sa QMetaObject, QMetaEnum, QMetaProperty, {Qt's Property System}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QMetaMethod::Attributes
+
+    \internal
+
+    \value Compatibility
+    \value Cloned
+    \value Scriptable
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QMetaObject *QMetaMethod::enclosingMetaObject() const
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QMetaMethod::MethodType
+
+    \value Method  The function is a plain member function.
+    \value Signal  The function is a signal.
+    \value Slot    The function is a slot.
+    \value Constructor The function is a constructor.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMetaMethod::QMetaMethod()
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the signature of this method (e.g.,
+    \c{setValue(double)}).
+
+    \sa parameterTypes(), parameterNames()
+*/
+const char *QMetaMethod::signature() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return 0;
+    return mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[handle];
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of parameter types.
+
+    \sa parameterNames(), signature()
+*/
+QList<QByteArray> QMetaMethod::parameterTypes() const
+{
+    QList<QByteArray> list;
+    if (!mobj)
+        return list;
+    const char *signature = mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[handle];
+    while (*signature && *signature != '(')
+        ++signature;
+    while (*signature && *signature != ')' && *++signature != ')') {
+        const char *begin = signature;
+        int level = 0;
+        while (*signature && (level > 0 || *signature != ',') && *signature != ')') {
+            if (*signature == '<')
+                ++level;
+            else if (*signature == '>')
+                --level;
+            ++signature;
+        }
+        list += QByteArray(begin, signature - begin);
+    }
+    return list;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of parameter names.
+
+    \sa parameterTypes(), signature()
+*/
+QList<QByteArray> QMetaMethod::parameterNames() const
+{
+    QList<QByteArray> list;
+    if (!mobj)
+        return list;
+    const char *names =  mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[handle + 1];
+    if (*names == 0) {
+        // do we have one or zero arguments?
+        const char *signature = mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[handle];
+        while (*signature && *signature != '(')
+            ++signature;
+        if (*++signature != ')')
+            list += QByteArray();
+    } else {
+        --names;
+        do {
+            const char *begin = ++names;
+            while (*names && *names != ',')
+                ++names;
+            list += QByteArray(begin, names - begin);
+        } while (*names);
+    }
+    return list;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the return type of this method, or an empty string if the
+    return type is \e void.
+*/
+const char *QMetaMethod::typeName() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return 0;
+    return mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the tag associated with this method.
+
+    Tags are special macros recognized by \c moc that make it
+    possible to add extra information about a method. For the moment,
+    \c moc doesn't support any special tags.
+*/
+const char *QMetaMethod::tag() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return 0;
+    return mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[handle + 3];
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal */
+int QMetaMethod::attributes() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return false;
+    return ((mobj->d.data[handle + 4])>>4);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the access specification of this method (private,
+    protected, or public).
+
+    Signals are always protected, meaning that you can only emit them
+    from the class or from a subclass.
+
+    \sa methodType()
+*/
+QMetaMethod::Access QMetaMethod::access() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return Private;
+    return (QMetaMethod::Access)(mobj->d.data[handle + 4] & AccessMask);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the type of this method (signal, slot, or method).
+
+    \sa access()
+*/
+QMetaMethod::MethodType QMetaMethod::methodType() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return QMetaMethod::Method;
+    return (QMetaMethod::MethodType)((mobj->d.data[handle + 4] & MethodTypeMask)>>2);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Invokes this method on the object \a object. Returns true if the member could be invoked.
+    Returns false if there is no such member or the parameters did not match.
+
+    The invocation can be either synchronous or asynchronous, depending on the
+    \a connectionType:
+
+    \list
+    \o If \a connectionType is Qt::DirectConnection, the member will be invoked immediately.
+
+    \o If \a connectionType is Qt::QueuedConnection,
+       a QEvent will be posted and the member is invoked as soon as the application
+       enters the main event loop.
+
+    \o If \a connectionType is Qt::AutoConnection, the member is invoked
+       synchronously if \a object lives in the same thread as the
+       caller; otherwise it will invoke the member asynchronously.
+    \endlist
+
+    The return value of this method call is placed in \a
+    returnValue. If the invocation is asynchronous, the return value cannot
+    be evaluated. You can pass up to ten arguments (\a val0, \a val1,
+    \a val2, \a val3, \a val4, \a val5, \a val6, \a val7, \a val8,
+    and \a val9) to this method call.
+
+    QGenericArgument and QGenericReturnArgument are internal
+    helper classes. Because signals and slots can be dynamically
+    invoked, you must enclose the arguments using the Q_ARG() and
+    Q_RETURN_ARG() macros. Q_ARG() takes a type name and a
+    const reference of that type; Q_RETURN_ARG() takes a type name
+    and a non-const reference.
+
+    To asynchronously invoke the
+    \l{QPushButton::animateClick()}{animateClick()} slot on a
+    QPushButton:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetaobject.cpp 6
+
+    With asynchronous method invocations, the parameters must be of
+    types that are known to Qt's meta-object system, because Qt needs
+    to copy the arguments to store them in an event behind the
+    scenes. If you try to use a queued connection and get the error
+    message
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetaobject.cpp 7
+
+    call qRegisterMetaType() to register the data type before you
+    call QMetaMethod::invoke().
+
+    To synchronously invoke the \c compute(QString, int, double) slot on
+    some arbitrary object \c obj retrieve its return value:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetaobject.cpp 8
+
+    QMetaObject::normalizedSignature() is used here to ensure that the format 
+    of the signature is what invoke() expects.  E.g. extra whitespace is 
+    removed.
+
+    If the "compute" slot does not take exactly one QString, one int
+    and one double in the specified order, the call will fail.
+
+    \sa Q_ARG(), Q_RETURN_ARG(), qRegisterMetaType(), QMetaObject::invokeMethod()
+*/
+bool QMetaMethod::invoke(QObject *object,
+                         Qt::ConnectionType connectionType,
+                         QGenericReturnArgument returnValue,
+                         QGenericArgument val0,
+                         QGenericArgument val1,
+                         QGenericArgument val2,
+                         QGenericArgument val3,
+                         QGenericArgument val4,
+                         QGenericArgument val5,
+                         QGenericArgument val6,
+                         QGenericArgument val7,
+                         QGenericArgument val8,
+                         QGenericArgument val9) const
+{
+    if (!object || !mobj)
+        return false;
+
+    // check return type
+    if (returnValue.data()) {
+        const char *retType = typeName();
+        if (qstrcmp(returnValue.name(), retType) != 0) {
+            // normalize the return value as well
+            // the trick here is to make a function signature out of the return type
+            // so that we can call normalizedSignature() and avoid duplicating code
+            QByteArray unnormalized;
+            int len = qstrlen(returnValue.name());
+
+            unnormalized.reserve(len + 3);
+            unnormalized = "_(";        // the function is called "_"
+            unnormalized.append(returnValue.name());
+            unnormalized.append(')');
+
+            QByteArray normalized = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature(unnormalized.constData());
+            normalized.truncate(normalized.length() - 1); // drop the ending ')'
+
+            if (qstrcmp(normalized.constData() + 2, retType) != 0)
+                return false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // check argument count (we don't allow invoking a method if given too few arguments)
+    const char *typeNames[] = {
+        returnValue.name(),
+        val0.name(),
+        val1.name(),
+        val2.name(),
+        val3.name(),
+        val4.name(),
+        val5.name(),
+        val6.name(),
+        val7.name(),
+        val8.name(),
+        val9.name()
+    };
+    int paramCount;
+    for (paramCount = 1; paramCount < MaximumParamCount; ++paramCount) {
+        if (qstrlen(typeNames[paramCount]) <= 0)
+            break;
+    }
+    int metaMethodArgumentCount = 0;
+    {
+        // based on QMetaObject::parameterNames()
+        const char *names = mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[handle + 1];
+        if (*names == 0) {
+            // do we have one or zero arguments?
+            const char *signature = mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[handle];
+            while (*signature && *signature != '(')
+                ++signature;
+            if (*++signature != ')')
+                ++metaMethodArgumentCount;
+        } else {
+            --names;
+            do {
+                ++names;
+                while (*names && *names != ',')
+                    ++names;
+                ++metaMethodArgumentCount;
+            } while (*names);
+        }
+    }
+    if (paramCount <= metaMethodArgumentCount)
+        return false;
+
+    // check connection type
+    QThread *currentThread = QThread::currentThread();
+    QThread *objectThread = object->thread();
+    if (connectionType == Qt::AutoConnection) {
+        connectionType = currentThread == objectThread
+                         ? Qt::DirectConnection
+                         : Qt::QueuedConnection;
+    }
+
+    // invoke!
+    void *param[] = {
+        returnValue.data(),
+        val0.data(),
+        val1.data(),
+        val2.data(),
+        val3.data(),
+        val4.data(),
+        val5.data(),
+        val6.data(),
+        val7.data(),
+        val8.data(),
+        val9.data()
+    };
+    // recompute the methodIndex by reversing the arithmetic in QMetaObject::property()
+    int methodIndex = ((handle - priv(mobj->d.data)->methodData) / 5) + mobj->methodOffset();
+    if (connectionType == Qt::DirectConnection) {
+        return object->qt_metacall(QMetaObject::InvokeMetaMethod, methodIndex, param) < 0;
+    } else {
+        if (returnValue.data()) {
+            qWarning("QMetaMethod::invoke: Unable to invoke methods with return values in "
+                     "queued connections");
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        int nargs = 1; // include return type
+        void **args = (void **) qMalloc(paramCount * sizeof(void *));
+        int *types = (int *) qMalloc(paramCount * sizeof(int));
+        types[0] = 0; // return type
+        args[0] = 0;
+
+        for (int i = 1; i < paramCount; ++i) {
+            types[i] = QMetaType::type(typeNames[i]);
+            if (types[i]) {
+                args[i] = QMetaType::construct(types[i], param[i]);
+                ++nargs;
+            } else if (param[i]) {
+                qWarning("QMetaMethod::invoke: Unable to handle unregistered datatype '%s'",
+                         typeNames[i]);
+                for (int x = 1; x < i; ++x) {
+                    if (types[x] && args[x])
+                        QMetaType::destroy(types[x], args[x]);
+                }
+                qFree(types);
+                qFree(args);
+                return false;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (connectionType == Qt::QueuedConnection) {
+            QCoreApplication::postEvent(object, new QMetaCallEvent(methodIndex,
+                                                                   0,
+                                                                   -1,
+                                                                   nargs,
+                                                                   types,
+                                                                   args));
+        } else {
+            if (currentThread == objectThread) {
+                qWarning("QMetaMethod::invoke: Dead lock detected in "
+                         "BlockingQueuedConnection: Receiver is %s(%p)",
+                         mobj->className(), object);
+            }
+
+            // blocking queued connection
+#ifdef QT_NO_THREAD
+            QCoreApplication::postEvent(object, new QMetaCallEvent(methodIndex,
+                                                                   0,
+                                                                   -1,
+                                                                   nargs,
+                                                                   types,
+                                                                   args));
+#else
+            QSemaphore semaphore;
+            QCoreApplication::postEvent(object, new QMetaCallEvent(methodIndex,
+                                                                   0,
+                                                                   -1,
+                                                                   nargs,
+                                                                   types,
+                                                                   args,
+                                                                   &semaphore));
+            semaphore.acquire();
+#endif // QT_NO_THREAD
+        }
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+/*! \fn bool QMetaMethod::invoke(QObject *object,
+                                 QGenericReturnArgument returnValue,
+                                 QGenericArgument val0 = QGenericArgument(0),
+                                 QGenericArgument val1 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val2 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val3 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val4 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val5 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val6 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val7 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val8 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val9 = QGenericArgument()) const
+    \overload invoke()
+
+    This overload always invokes this method using the connection type Qt::AutoConnection.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QMetaMethod::invoke(QObject *object,
+                                 Qt::ConnectionType connectionType,
+                                 QGenericArgument val0 = QGenericArgument(0),
+                                 QGenericArgument val1 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val2 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val3 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val4 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val5 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val6 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val7 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val8 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val9 = QGenericArgument()) const
+
+    \overload invoke()
+
+    This overload can be used if the return value of the member is of no interest.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QMetaMethod::invoke(QObject *object,
+                                 QGenericArgument val0 = QGenericArgument(0),
+                                 QGenericArgument val1 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val2 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val3 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val4 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val5 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val6 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val7 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val8 = QGenericArgument(),
+                                 QGenericArgument val9 = QGenericArgument()) const
+
+    \overload invoke()
+
+    This overload invokes this method using the
+    connection type Qt::AutoConnection and ignores return values.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QMetaEnum
+    \brief The QMetaEnum class provides meta-data about an enumerator.
+
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+
+    Use name() for the enumerator's name. The enumerator's keys (names
+    of each enumerated item) are returned by key(); use keyCount() to find
+    the number of keys. isFlag() returns whether the enumerator is
+    meant to be used as a flag, meaning that its values can be combined
+    using the OR operator.
+
+    The conversion functions keyToValue(), valueToKey(), keysToValue(),
+    and valueToKeys() allow conversion between the integer
+    representation of an enumeration or set value and its literal
+    representation. The scope() function returns the class scope this
+    enumerator was declared in.
+
+    \sa QMetaObject, QMetaMethod, QMetaProperty
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QMetaEnum::isValid() const
+
+    Returns true if this enum is valid (has a name); otherwise returns
+    false.
+
+    \sa name()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QMetaObject *QMetaEnum::enclosingMetaObject() const
+    \internal
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMetaEnum::QMetaEnum()
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the name of the enumerator (without the scope).
+
+    For example, the Qt::AlignmentFlag enumeration has \c
+    AlignmentFlag as the name and \l Qt as the scope.
+
+    \sa isValid(), scope()
+*/
+const char *QMetaEnum::name() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return 0;
+    return mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[handle];
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of keys.
+
+    \sa key()
+*/
+int QMetaEnum::keyCount() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return 0;
+    return mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the key with the given \a index, or 0 if no such key exists.
+
+    \sa keyCount(), value(), valueToKey()
+*/
+const char *QMetaEnum::key(int index) const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return 0;
+    int count = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    int data = mobj->d.data[handle + 3];
+    if (index >= 0  && index < count)
+        return mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[data + 2*index];
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the value with the given \a index; or returns -1 if there
+    is no such value.
+
+    \sa keyCount(), key(), keyToValue()
+*/
+int QMetaEnum::value(int index) const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return 0;
+    int count = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    int data = mobj->d.data[handle + 3];
+    if (index >= 0  && index < count)
+        return mobj->d.data[data + 2*index + 1];
+    return -1;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if this enumerator is used as a flag; otherwise returns
+    false.
+
+    When used as flags, enumerators can be combined using the OR
+    operator.
+
+    \sa keysToValue(), valueToKeys()
+*/
+bool QMetaEnum::isFlag() const
+{
+    return mobj && mobj->d.data[handle + 1];
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the scope this enumerator was declared in.
+
+    For example, the Qt::AlignmentFlag enumeration has \c Qt as
+    the scope and \c AlignmentFlag as the name.
+
+    \sa name()
+*/
+const char *QMetaEnum::scope() const
+{
+    return mobj?mobj->d.stringdata : 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the integer value of the given enumeration \a key, or -1
+    if \a key is not defined.
+
+    For flag types, use keysToValue().
+
+    \sa valueToKey(), isFlag(), keysToValue()
+*/
+int QMetaEnum::keyToValue(const char *key) const
+{
+    if (!mobj || !key)
+        return -1;
+    uint scope = 0;
+    const char *qualified_key = key;
+    const char *s = key + qstrlen(key);
+    while (s > key && *s != ':')
+        --s;
+    if (s > key && *(s-1)==':') {
+        scope = s - key - 1;
+        key += scope + 2;
+    }
+    int count = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    int data = mobj->d.data[handle + 3];
+    for (int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+        if ((!scope || (qstrlen(mobj->d.stringdata) == scope && strncmp(qualified_key, mobj->d.stringdata, scope) == 0))
+             && strcmp(key, mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[data + 2*i]) == 0)
+            return mobj->d.data[data + 2*i + 1];
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the string that is used as the name of the given
+    enumeration \a value, or 0 if \a value is not defined.
+
+    For flag types, use valueToKeys().
+
+    \sa isFlag(), valueToKeys()
+*/
+const char* QMetaEnum::valueToKey(int value) const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return 0;
+    int count = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    int data = mobj->d.data[handle + 3];
+    for (int i = 0; i < count; ++i)
+        if (value == (int)mobj->d.data[data + 2*i + 1])
+            return mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[data + 2*i];
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the value derived from combining together the values of
+    the \a keys using the OR operator, or -1 if \a keys is not
+    defined. Note that the strings in \a keys must be '|'-separated.
+
+    \sa isFlag(), valueToKey(), valueToKeys()
+*/
+int QMetaEnum::keysToValue(const char *keys) const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return -1;
+    QStringList l = QString::fromLatin1(keys).split(QLatin1Char('|'));
+    //#### TODO write proper code, do not use QStringList
+    int value = 0;
+    int count = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    int data = mobj->d.data[handle + 3];
+    for (int li = 0; li < l.size(); ++li) {
+        QString trimmed = l.at(li).trimmed();
+        QByteArray qualified_key = trimmed.toLatin1();
+        const char *key = qualified_key.constData();
+        uint scope = 0;
+        const char *s = key + qstrlen(key);
+        while (s > key && *s != ':')
+            --s;
+        if (s > key && *(s-1)==':') {
+            scope = s - key - 1;
+            key += scope + 2;
+        }
+        int i;
+        for (i = count-1; i >= 0; --i)
+            if ((!scope || (qstrlen(mobj->d.stringdata) == scope && strncmp(qualified_key.constData(), mobj->d.stringdata, scope) == 0))
+                 && strcmp(key, mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[data + 2*i]) == 0) {
+                value |= mobj->d.data[data + 2*i + 1];
+                break;
+            }
+        if (i < 0)
+            value |= -1;
+    }
+    return value;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a byte array of '|'-separated keys that represents the
+    given \a value.
+
+    \sa isFlag(), valueToKey(), keysToValue()
+*/
+QByteArray QMetaEnum::valueToKeys(int value) const
+{
+    QByteArray keys;
+    if (!mobj)
+        return keys;
+    int count = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    int data = mobj->d.data[handle + 3];
+    int v = value;
+    for(int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+        int k = mobj->d.data[data + 2*i + 1];
+        if ((k != 0 && (v & k) == k ) ||  (k == value))  {
+            v = v & ~k;
+            if (!keys.isEmpty())
+                keys += '|';
+            keys += mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[data + 2*i];
+        }
+    }
+    return keys;
+}
+
+static QByteArray qualifiedName(const QMetaEnum &e)
+{
+    return QByteArray(e.scope()) + "::" + e.name();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QMetaProperty
+    \brief The QMetaProperty class provides meta-data about a property.
+
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+
+    A property has a name() and a type(), as well as various
+    attributes that specify its behavior: isReadable(), isWritable(),
+    isDesignable(), isScriptable(), and isStored().
+
+    If the property is an enumeration, isEnumType() returns true; if the
+    property is an enumeration that is also a flag (i.e. its values
+    can be combined using the OR operator), isEnumType() and
+    isFlagType() both return true. The enumerator for these types is
+    available from enumerator().
+
+    The property's values are set and retrieved with read(), write(),
+    and reset(); they can also be changed through QObject's set and get
+    functions. See QObject::setProperty() and QObject::property() for
+    details.
+
+    You get property meta-data through an object's meta-object. See
+    QMetaObject::property() and QMetaObject::propertyCount() for
+    details.
+
+    \sa QMetaObject, QMetaEnum, QMetaMethod, {Qt's Property System}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QMetaProperty::isValid() const
+
+    Returns true if this property is valid (readable); otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+    \sa isReadable()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QMetaObject *QMetaProperty::enclosingMetaObject() const
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+QMetaProperty::QMetaProperty()
+    : mobj(0), handle(0), idx(0)
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns this property's name.
+
+    \sa type(), typeName()
+*/
+const char *QMetaProperty::name() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return 0;
+    int handle = priv(mobj->d.data)->propertyData + 3*idx;
+    return mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[handle];
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the name of this property's type.
+
+    \sa type(), name()
+*/
+const char *QMetaProperty::typeName() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return 0;
+    int handle = priv(mobj->d.data)->propertyData + 3*idx;
+    return mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[handle + 1];
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns this property's type. The return value is one
+    of the values of the QVariant::Type enumeration.
+
+    \sa userType(), typeName(), name()
+*/
+QVariant::Type QMetaProperty::type() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return QVariant::Invalid;
+    int handle = priv(mobj->d.data)->propertyData + 3*idx;
+    uint flags = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+
+    uint type = flags >> 24;
+    if (type == 0xff) // special value for QVariant
+        type = QVariant::LastType;
+    if (type)
+        return QVariant::Type(type);
+    if (isEnumType()) {
+        int enumMetaTypeId = QMetaType::type(qualifiedName(menum));
+        if (enumMetaTypeId == 0)
+            return QVariant::Int;
+    }
+
+    return QVariant::UserType;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.2
+
+    Returns this property's user type. The return value is one
+    of the values that are registered with QMetaType, or 0 if
+    the type is not registered.
+
+    \sa type(), QMetaType, typeName()
+ */
+int QMetaProperty::userType() const
+{
+    QVariant::Type tp = type();
+    if (tp != QVariant::UserType)
+        return tp;
+    if (isEnumType()) {
+        int enumMetaTypeId = QMetaType::type(qualifiedName(menum));
+        return enumMetaTypeId;
+    }
+    return QMetaType::type(typeName());
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the property's type is an enumeration value that
+    is used as a flag; otherwise returns false.
+
+    Flags can be combined using the OR operator. A flag type is
+    implicitly also an enum type.
+
+    \sa isEnumType(), enumerator(), QMetaEnum::isFlag()
+*/
+
+bool QMetaProperty::isFlagType() const
+{
+    return isEnumType() && menum.isFlag();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the property's type is an enumeration value;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa enumerator(), isFlagType()
+*/
+bool QMetaProperty::isEnumType() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return false;
+    int handle = priv(mobj->d.data)->propertyData + 3*idx;
+    int flags = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    return (flags & EnumOrFlag) && menum.name();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Returns true if the property has a C++ setter function that
+    follows Qt's standard "name" / "setName" pattern. Designer and uic
+    query hasStdCppSet() in order to avoid expensive
+    QObject::setProperty() calls. All properties in Qt [should] follow
+    this pattern.
+*/
+bool QMetaProperty::hasStdCppSet() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return false;
+    int handle = priv(mobj->d.data)->propertyData + 3*idx;
+    int flags = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    return (flags & StdCppSet);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the enumerator if this property's type is an enumerator
+    type; otherwise the returned value is undefined.
+
+    \sa isEnumType(), isFlagType()
+*/
+QMetaEnum QMetaProperty::enumerator() const
+{
+    return menum;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Reads the property's value from the given \a object. Returns the value
+    if it was able to read it; otherwise returns an invalid variant.
+
+    \sa write(), reset(), isReadable()
+*/
+QVariant QMetaProperty::read(const QObject *object) const
+{
+    if (!object || !mobj)
+        return QVariant();
+
+    uint t = QVariant::Int;
+    if (isEnumType()) {
+        /*
+          try to create a QVariant that can be converted to this enum
+          type (only works if the enum has already been registered
+          with QMetaType)
+        */
+        int enumMetaTypeId = QMetaType::type(qualifiedName(menum));
+        if (enumMetaTypeId != 0)
+            t = enumMetaTypeId;
+    } else {
+        int handle = priv(mobj->d.data)->propertyData + 3*idx;
+        uint flags = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+        const char *typeName = mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[handle + 1];
+        t = (flags >> 24);
+        if (t == 0xff) // special value for QVariant
+            t = QVariant::LastType;
+        if (t == QVariant::Invalid)
+            t = QMetaType::type(typeName);
+        if (t == QVariant::Invalid)
+            t = QVariant::nameToType(typeName);
+        if (t == QVariant::Invalid || t == QVariant::UserType) {
+            if (t == QVariant::Invalid)
+                qWarning("QMetaProperty::read: Unable to handle unregistered datatype '%s' for property '%s::%s'", typeName, mobj->className(), name());
+            return QVariant();
+        }
+    }
+    QVariant value;
+    void *argv[2] = { 0, &value };
+    if (t == QVariant::LastType) {
+        argv[0] = &value;
+    } else {
+        value = QVariant(t, (void*)0);
+        argv[0] = value.data();
+    }
+    const_cast<QObject*>(object)->qt_metacall(QMetaObject::ReadProperty,
+                                              idx + mobj->propertyOffset(),
+                                              argv);
+    if (argv[1] == 0)
+        // "value" was changed
+        return value;
+    if (t != QVariant::LastType && argv[0] != value.data())
+        // pointer or reference
+        return QVariant((QVariant::Type)t, argv[0]);
+    return value;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Writes \a value as the property's value to the given \a object. Returns
+    true if the write succeeded; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa read(), reset(), isWritable()
+*/
+bool QMetaProperty::write(QObject *object, const QVariant &value) const
+{
+    if (!object || !isWritable())
+        return false;
+
+    QVariant v = value;
+    uint t = QVariant::Invalid;
+    if (isEnumType()) {
+        if (v.type() == QVariant::String
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+            || v.type() == QVariant::CString
+#endif
+            ) {
+            if (isFlagType())
+                v = QVariant(menum.keysToValue(value.toByteArray()));
+            else
+                v = QVariant(menum.keyToValue(value.toByteArray()));
+        } else if (v.type() != QVariant::Int && v.type() != QVariant::UInt) {
+            int enumMetaTypeId = QMetaType::type(qualifiedName(menum));
+            if ((enumMetaTypeId == 0) || (v.userType() != enumMetaTypeId) || !v.constData())
+                return false;
+            v = QVariant(*reinterpret_cast<const int *>(v.constData()));
+        }
+        v.convert(QVariant::Int);
+    } else {
+        int handle = priv(mobj->d.data)->propertyData + 3*idx;
+        uint flags = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+        t = flags >> 24;
+        if (t == 0xff) // special value for QVariant
+            t = QVariant::LastType;
+        if (t == QVariant::Invalid) {
+            const char *typeName = mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[handle + 1];
+            const char *vtypeName = value.typeName();
+            if (vtypeName && strcmp(typeName, vtypeName) == 0)
+                t = value.userType();
+            else
+                t = QVariant::nameToType(typeName);
+        }
+        if (t == QVariant::Invalid)
+            return false;
+        if (t != QVariant::LastType && t != (uint)value.userType() && (t < QMetaType::User && !v.convert((QVariant::Type)t)))
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    void *argv[2] = { 0, &v };
+    if (t == QVariant::LastType)
+        argv[0] = &v;
+    else
+        argv[0] = v.data();
+    object->qt_metacall(QMetaObject::WriteProperty, idx + mobj->propertyOffset(), argv);
+    return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Resets the property for the given \a object with a reset method.
+    Returns true if the reset worked; otherwise returns false.
+
+    Reset methods are optional; only a few properties support them.
+
+    \sa read(), write()
+*/
+bool QMetaProperty::reset(QObject *object) const
+{
+    if (!object || !mobj || !isResettable())
+        return false;
+    void *argv[] = { 0 };
+    object->qt_metacall(QMetaObject::ResetProperty, idx + mobj->propertyOffset(), argv);
+    return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if this property can be reset to a default value; otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+    \sa reset()
+*/
+bool QMetaProperty::isResettable() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return false;
+    int flags = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    return flags & Resettable;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if this property is readable; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa isWritable(), read(), isValid()
+ */
+bool QMetaProperty::isReadable() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return false;
+    int flags = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    return flags & Readable;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if this property has a corresponding change notify signal;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa notifySignal()
+ */
+bool QMetaProperty::hasNotifySignal() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return false;
+    int flags = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    return flags & Notify;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.5
+
+    Returns the QMetaMethod instance of the property change notifying signal if
+    one was specified, otherwise returns an invalid QMetaMethod.
+
+    \sa hasNotifySignal()
+ */
+QMetaMethod QMetaProperty::notifySignal() const
+{
+    int id = notifySignalIndex();
+    if (id != -1)
+        return mobj->method(id); 
+    else
+        return QMetaMethod();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the index of the property change notifying signal if one was 
+    specified, otherwise returns -1.
+
+    \sa hasNotifySignal()
+ */
+int QMetaProperty::notifySignalIndex() const
+{
+    if (hasNotifySignal()) {
+        int offset = priv(mobj->d.data)->propertyData +
+                     priv(mobj->d.data)->propertyCount * 3 + idx;
+        return mobj->d.data[offset] + mobj->methodOffset();
+    } else {
+        return -1;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if this property is writable; otherwise returns
+    false.
+
+    \sa isReadable(), write()
+ */
+bool QMetaProperty::isWritable() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return false;
+    int flags = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    return flags & Writable;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if this property is designable for the given \a object;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    If no \a object is given, the function returns false if the
+    \c{Q_PROPERTY()}'s \c DESIGNABLE attribute is false; otherwise
+    returns true (if the attribute is true or is a function or expression).
+
+    \sa isScriptable(), isStored()
+*/
+bool QMetaProperty::isDesignable(const QObject *object) const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return false;
+    int flags = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    bool b = flags & Designable;
+    if (object) {
+        void *argv[] = { &b };
+        const_cast<QObject*>(object)->qt_metacall(QMetaObject::QueryPropertyDesignable,
+                                                  idx + mobj->propertyOffset(), argv);
+    }
+    return b;
+
+
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the property is scriptable for the given \a object;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    If no \a object is given, the function returns false if the
+    \c{Q_PROPERTY()}'s \c SCRIPTABLE attribute is false; otherwise returns
+    true (if the attribute is true or is a function or expression).
+
+    \sa isDesignable(), isStored()
+*/
+bool QMetaProperty::isScriptable(const QObject *object) const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return false;
+    int flags = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    bool b = flags & Scriptable;
+    if (object) {
+        void *argv[] = { &b };
+        const_cast<QObject*>(object)->qt_metacall(QMetaObject::QueryPropertyScriptable,
+                                                  idx + mobj->propertyOffset(), argv);
+    }
+    return b;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the property is stored for \a object; otherwise returns
+    false.
+
+    If no \a object is given, the function returns false if the
+    \c{Q_PROPERTY()}'s \c STORED attribute is false; otherwise returns
+    true (if the attribute is true or is a function or expression).
+
+    \sa isDesignable(), isScriptable()
+*/
+bool QMetaProperty::isStored(const QObject *object) const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return false;
+    int flags = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    bool b = flags & Stored;
+    if (object) {
+        void *argv[] = { &b };
+        const_cast<QObject*>(object)->qt_metacall(QMetaObject::QueryPropertyStored,
+                                                  idx + mobj->propertyOffset(), argv);
+    }
+    return b;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if this property is designated as the \c USER
+    property, i.e., the one that the user can edit for \a object or
+    that is significant in some other way.  Otherwise it returns
+    false. e.g., the \c text property is the \c USER editable property
+    of a QLineEdit.
+
+    If \a object is null, the function returns false if the \c
+    {Q_PROPERTY()}'s \c USER attribute is false. Otherwise it returns
+    true.
+
+    \sa QMetaObject::userProperty(), isDesignable(), isScriptable()
+*/
+bool QMetaProperty::isUser(const QObject *object) const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return false;
+    int flags = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    bool b = flags & User;
+    if (object) {
+        void *argv[] = { &b };
+        const_cast<QObject*>(object)->qt_metacall(QMetaObject::QueryPropertyUser,
+                                                  idx + mobj->propertyOffset(), argv);
+    }
+    return b;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+
+    Returns true if the property is editable for the given \a object;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    If no \a object is given, the function returns false if the
+    \c{Q_PROPERTY()}'s \c EDITABLE attribute is false; otherwise returns
+    true (if the attribute is true or is a function or expression).
+
+    \sa isDesignable(), isScriptable(), isStored()
+*/
+bool QMetaProperty::isEditable(const QObject *object) const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return false;
+    int flags = mobj->d.data[handle + 2];
+    bool b = flags & Editable;
+    if (object) {
+        void *argv[] = { &b };
+        const_cast<QObject*>(object)->qt_metacall(QMetaObject::QueryPropertyEditable,
+                                                  idx + mobj->propertyOffset(), argv);
+    }
+    return b;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QMetaClassInfo
+
+    \brief The QMetaClassInfo class provides additional information
+    about a class.
+
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+
+    Class information items are simple \e{name}--\e{value} pairs that
+    are specified using Q_CLASSINFO() in the source code. The
+    information can be retrieved using name() and value(). For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetaobject.cpp 5
+
+    This mechanism is free for you to use in your Qt applications. Qt
+    doesn't use it for any of its classes.
+
+    \sa QMetaObject
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMetaClassInfo::QMetaClassInfo()
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QMetaObject *QMetaClassInfo::enclosingMetaObject() const
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Returns the name of this item.
+
+    \sa value()
+*/
+const char *QMetaClassInfo::name() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return 0;
+    return mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[handle];
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the value of this item.
+
+    \sa name()
+*/
+const char* QMetaClassInfo::value() const
+{
+    if (!mobj)
+        return 0;
+    return mobj->d.stringdata + mobj->d.data[handle + 1];
+}
+
+/*!
+    \macro QGenericArgument Q_ARG(Type, const Type &value)
+    \relates QMetaObject
+
+    This macro takes a \a Type and a \a value of that type and
+    returns a \l QGenericArgument object that can be passed to
+    QMetaObject::invokeMethod().
+
+    \sa Q_RETURN_ARG()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro QGenericReturnArgument Q_RETURN_ARG(Type, Type &value)
+    \relates QMetaObject
+
+    This macro takes a \a Type and a non-const reference to a \a
+    value of that type and returns a QGenericReturnArgument object
+    that can be passed to QMetaObject::invokeMethod().
+
+    \sa Q_ARG()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QGenericArgument
+
+    \brief The QGenericArgument class is an internal helper class for
+    marshalling arguments.
+
+    This class should never be used directly. Please use the \l Q_ARG()
+    macro instead.
+
+    \sa Q_ARG(), QMetaObject::invokeMethod(),  QGenericReturnArgument
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QGenericArgument::QGenericArgument(const char *name, const void *data)
+
+    Constructs a QGenericArgument object with the given \a name and \a data.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QGenericArgument::data () const
+
+    Returns the data set in the constructor.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QGenericArgument::name () const
+
+    Returns the name set in the constructor.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QGenericReturnArgument
+
+    \brief The QGenericReturnArgument class is an internal helper class for
+    marshalling arguments.
+
+    This class should never be used directly. Please use the
+    Q_RETURN_ARG() macro instead.
+
+    \sa Q_RETURN_ARG(), QMetaObject::invokeMethod(), QGenericArgument
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QGenericReturnArgument::QGenericReturnArgument(const char *name, void *data)
+
+    Constructs a QGenericReturnArgument object with the given \a name
+    and \a data.
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qmetaobject.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qmetaobject.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18c488a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qmetaobject.h
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QMETAOBJECT_H
+#define QMETAOBJECT_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qobjectdefs.h>
+#include <QtCore/qvariant.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+template <typename T> class QList;
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QMetaMethod
+{
+public:
+    inline QMetaMethod() : mobj(0),handle(0) {}
+
+    const char *signature() const;
+    const char *typeName() const;
+    QList<QByteArray> parameterTypes() const;
+    QList<QByteArray> parameterNames() const;
+    const char *tag() const;
+    enum Access { Private, Protected, Public };
+    Access access() const;
+    enum MethodType { Method, Signal, Slot, Constructor };
+    MethodType methodType() const;
+    enum Attributes { Compatibility = 0x1, Cloned = 0x2, Scriptable = 0x4 };
+    int attributes() const;
+
+    inline const QMetaObject *enclosingMetaObject() const { return mobj; }
+
+    bool invoke(QObject *object,
+                Qt::ConnectionType connectionType,
+                QGenericReturnArgument returnValue,
+                QGenericArgument val0 = QGenericArgument(0),
+                QGenericArgument val1 = QGenericArgument(),
+                QGenericArgument val2 = QGenericArgument(),
+                QGenericArgument val3 = QGenericArgument(),
+                QGenericArgument val4 = QGenericArgument(),
+                QGenericArgument val5 = QGenericArgument(),
+                QGenericArgument val6 = QGenericArgument(),
+                QGenericArgument val7 = QGenericArgument(),
+                QGenericArgument val8 = QGenericArgument(),
+                QGenericArgument val9 = QGenericArgument()) const;
+    inline bool invoke(QObject *object,
+                       QGenericReturnArgument returnValue,
+                       QGenericArgument val0 = QGenericArgument(0),
+                       QGenericArgument val1 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val2 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val3 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val4 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val5 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val6 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val7 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val8 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val9 = QGenericArgument()) const
+    {
+        return invoke(object, Qt::AutoConnection, returnValue,
+                      val0, val1, val2, val3, val4, val5, val6, val7, val8, val9);
+    }
+    inline bool invoke(QObject *object,
+                       Qt::ConnectionType connectionType,
+                       QGenericArgument val0 = QGenericArgument(0),
+                       QGenericArgument val1 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val2 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val3 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val4 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val5 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val6 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val7 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val8 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val9 = QGenericArgument()) const
+    {
+        return invoke(object, connectionType, QGenericReturnArgument(),
+                      val0, val1, val2, val3, val4, val5, val6, val7, val8, val9);
+    }
+    inline bool invoke(QObject *object,
+                       QGenericArgument val0 = QGenericArgument(0),
+                       QGenericArgument val1 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val2 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val3 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val4 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val5 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val6 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val7 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val8 = QGenericArgument(),
+                       QGenericArgument val9 = QGenericArgument()) const
+    {
+        return invoke(object, Qt::AutoConnection, QGenericReturnArgument(),
+                      val0, val1, val2, val3, val4, val5, val6, val7, val8, val9);
+    }
+
+private:
+    const QMetaObject *mobj;
+    uint handle;
+    friend struct QMetaObject;
+};
+Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QMetaMethod, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE);
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QMetaEnum
+{
+public:
+    inline QMetaEnum() : mobj(0),handle(0) {}
+
+    const char *name() const;
+    bool isFlag() const;
+
+    int keyCount() const;
+    const char *key(int index) const;
+    int value(int index) const;
+
+    const char *scope() const;
+
+    int keyToValue(const char *key) const;
+    const char* valueToKey(int value) const;
+    int keysToValue(const char * keys) const;
+    QByteArray valueToKeys(int value) const;
+
+    inline const QMetaObject *enclosingMetaObject() const { return mobj; }
+
+    inline bool isValid() const { return name() != 0; }
+private:
+    const QMetaObject *mobj;
+    uint handle;
+    friend struct QMetaObject;
+};
+Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QMetaEnum, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE);
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QMetaProperty
+{
+public:
+    QMetaProperty();
+
+    const char *name() const;
+    const char *typeName() const;
+    QVariant::Type type() const;
+    int userType() const;
+
+    bool isReadable() const;
+    bool isWritable() const;
+    bool isResettable() const;
+    bool isDesignable(const QObject *obj = 0) const;
+    bool isScriptable(const QObject *obj = 0) const;
+    bool isStored(const QObject *obj = 0) const;
+    bool isEditable(const QObject *obj = 0) const;
+    bool isUser(const QObject *obj = 0) const;
+
+    bool isFlagType() const;
+    bool isEnumType() const;
+    QMetaEnum enumerator() const;
+
+    bool hasNotifySignal() const;
+    QMetaMethod notifySignal() const;
+    int notifySignalIndex() const;
+
+    QVariant read(const QObject *obj) const;
+    bool write(QObject *obj, const QVariant &value) const;
+    bool reset(QObject *obj) const;
+
+    bool hasStdCppSet() const;
+    inline bool isValid() const { return isReadable(); }
+    inline const QMetaObject *enclosingMetaObject() const { return mobj; }
+
+private:
+    const QMetaObject *mobj;
+    uint handle;
+    int idx;
+    QMetaEnum menum;
+    friend struct QMetaObject;
+};
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QMetaClassInfo
+{
+public:
+    inline QMetaClassInfo() : mobj(0),handle(0) {}
+    const char *name() const;
+    const char *value() const;
+    inline const QMetaObject *enclosingMetaObject() const { return mobj; }
+private:
+    const QMetaObject *mobj;
+    uint handle;
+    friend struct QMetaObject;
+};
+Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QMetaClassInfo, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE);
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QMETAOBJECT_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qmetaobject_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qmetaobject_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e0dbb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qmetaobject_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QMETAOBJECT_P_H
+#define QMETAOBJECT_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of moc.  This header file may change from version to version without notice,
+// or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include <QtCore/qglobal.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#ifndef UTILS_H
+// mirrored in moc's utils.h
+static inline bool is_ident_char(char s)
+{
+    return ((s >= 'a' && s <= 'z')
+            || (s >= 'A' && s <= 'Z')
+            || (s >= '0' && s <= '9')
+            || s == '_'
+       );
+}
+
+static inline bool is_space(char s)
+{
+    return (s == ' ' || s == '\t');
+}
+#endif
+
+// This code is shared with moc.cpp
+static QByteArray normalizeTypeInternal(const char *t, const char *e, bool fixScope = false, bool adjustConst = true)
+{
+    int len = e - t;
+    /*
+      Convert 'char const *' into 'const char *'. Start at index 1,
+      not 0, because 'const char *' is already OK.
+    */
+    QByteArray constbuf;
+    for (int i = 1; i < len; i++) {
+        if ( t[i] == 'c'
+             && strncmp(t + i + 1, "onst", 4) == 0
+             && (i + 5 >= len || !is_ident_char(t[i + 5]))
+             && !is_ident_char(t[i-1])
+             ) {
+            constbuf = QByteArray(t, len);
+            if (is_space(t[i-1]))
+                constbuf.remove(i-1, 6);
+            else
+                constbuf.remove(i, 5);
+            constbuf.prepend("const ");
+            t = constbuf.data();
+            e = constbuf.data() + constbuf.length();
+            break;
+        }
+        /*
+          We musn't convert 'char * const *' into 'const char **'
+          and we must beware of 'Bar<const Bla>'.
+        */
+        if (t[i] == '&' || t[i] == '*' ||t[i] == '<')
+            break;
+    }
+    if (adjustConst && e > t + 6 && strncmp("const ", t, 6) == 0) {
+        if (*(e-1) == '&') { // treat const reference as value
+            t += 6;
+            --e;
+        } else if (is_ident_char(*(e-1))) { // treat const value as value
+            t += 6;
+        }
+    }
+    QByteArray result;
+    result.reserve(len);
+
+#if 1
+    // consume initial 'const '
+    if (strncmp("const ", t, 6) == 0) {
+        t+= 6;
+        result += "const ";
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // some type substitutions for 'unsigned x'
+    if (strncmp("unsigned", t, 8) == 0) {
+        // make sure "unsigned" is an isolated word before making substitutions
+        if (!t[8] || !is_ident_char(t[8])) {
+            if (strncmp(" int", t+8, 4) == 0) {
+                t += 8+4;
+                result += "uint";
+            } else if (strncmp(" long", t+8, 5) == 0) {
+                if ((strlen(t + 8 + 5) < 4 || strncmp(t + 8 + 5, " int", 4) != 0) // preserve '[unsigned] long int'
+                    && (strlen(t + 8 + 5) < 5 || strncmp(t + 8 + 5, " long", 5) != 0) // preserve '[unsigned] long long'
+                   ) {
+                    t += 8+5;
+                    result += "ulong";
+                }
+            } else if (strncmp(" short", t+8, 6) != 0  // preserve unsigned short
+                && strncmp(" char", t+8, 5) != 0) {    // preserve unsigned char
+                //  treat rest (unsigned) as uint
+                t += 8;
+                result += "uint";
+            }
+        }
+    } else {
+        // discard 'struct', 'class', and 'enum'; they are optional
+        // and we don't want them in the normalized signature
+        struct {
+            const char *keyword;
+            int len;
+        } optional[] = {
+            { "struct ", 7 },
+            { "class ", 6 },
+            { "enum ", 5 },
+            { 0, 0 }
+        };
+        int i = 0;
+        do {
+            if (strncmp(optional[i].keyword, t, optional[i].len) == 0) {
+                t += optional[i].len;
+                break;
+            }
+        } while (optional[++i].keyword != 0);
+    }
+
+    while (t != e) {
+        char c = *t++;
+        if (fixScope && c == ':' && *t == ':' ) {
+            ++t;
+            c = *t++;
+            int i = result.size() - 1;
+            while (i >= 0 && is_ident_char(result.at(i)))
+                --i;
+            result.resize(i + 1);
+        }
+        result += c;
+        if (c == '<') {
+            //template recursion
+            const char* tt = t;
+            int templdepth = 1;
+            while (t != e) {
+                c = *t++;
+                if (c == '<')
+                    ++templdepth;
+                if (c == '>')
+                    --templdepth;
+                if (templdepth == 0) {
+                    result += normalizeTypeInternal(tt, t-1, fixScope, false);
+                    result += c;
+                    if (*t == '>')
+                        result += ' '; // avoid >>
+                    break;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qmetatype.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qmetatype.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be60055
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qmetatype.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1355 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qmetatype.h"
+#include "qobjectdefs.h"
+#include "qdatetime.h"
+#include "qbytearray.h"
+#include "qreadwritelock.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qvector.h"
+#include "qlocale.h"
+
+#ifdef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
+# ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+#  define QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+# endif
+#else
+#  include "qbitarray.h"
+#  include "qurl.h"
+#  include "qvariant.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+# include "qsize.h"
+# include "qpoint.h"
+# include "qrect.h"
+# include "qline.h"
+#endif
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#define NS(x) QT_PREPEND_NAMESPACE(x)
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(Type)
+    \relates QMetaType
+
+    This macro makes the type \a Type known to QMetaType as long as it
+    provides a public default constructor, a public copy constructor,
+    and a public destructor. It is needed to use the type \a Type as a
+    custom type in QVariant.
+
+    Ideally, this macro should be placed below the declaration of
+    the class or struct. If that is not possible, it can be put in
+    a private header file which has to be included every time that
+    type is used in a QVariant.
+
+    Adding a Q_DECLARE_METATYPE() makes the type known to all template
+    based functions, including QVariant. Note that if you intend to
+    use the type in \e queued signal and slot connections or in
+    QObject's property system, you also have to call
+    qRegisterMetaType() since the names are resolved at runtime.
+
+    This example shows a typical use case of Q_DECLARE_METATYPE():
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetatype.cpp 0
+
+    If \c MyStruct is in a namespace, the Q_DECLARE_METATYPE() macro
+    has to be outside the namespace:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetatype.cpp 1
+
+    Since \c{MyStruct} is now known to QMetaType, it can be used in QVariant:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetatype.cpp 2
+
+    \sa qRegisterMetaType()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QMetaType::Type
+
+    These are the built-in types supported by QMetaType:
+
+    \value Void \c void
+    \value Bool \c bool
+    \value Int \c int
+    \value UInt \c{unsigned int}
+    \value Double \c double
+    \value QChar QChar
+    \value QString QString
+    \value QByteArray QByteArray
+
+    \value VoidStar \c{void *}
+    \value Long \c{long}
+    \value LongLong LongLong
+    \value Short \c{short}
+    \value Char \c{char}
+    \value ULong \c{unsigned long}
+    \value ULongLong ULongLong
+    \value UShort \c{unsigned short}
+    \value UChar \c{unsigned char}
+    \value Float \c float
+    \value QObjectStar QObject *
+    \value QWidgetStar QWidget *
+
+    \value QColorGroup QColorGroup
+    \value QCursor QCursor
+    \value QDate QDate
+    \value QSize QSize
+    \value QTime QTime
+    \value QVariantList QVariantList
+    \value QPolygon QPolygon
+    \value QColor QColor
+    \value QSizeF QSizeF
+    \value QRectF QRectF
+    \value QLine QLine
+    \value QTextLength QTextLength
+    \value QStringList QStringList
+    \value QVariantMap QVariantMap
+    \value QVariantHash QVariantHash
+    \value QIcon QIcon
+    \value QPen QPen
+    \value QLineF QLineF
+    \value QTextFormat QTextFormat
+    \value QRect QRect
+    \value QPoint QPoint
+    \value QUrl QUrl
+    \value QRegExp QRegExp
+    \value QDateTime QDateTime
+    \value QPointF QPointF
+    \value QPalette QPalette
+    \value QFont QFont
+    \value QBrush QBrush
+    \value QRegion QRegion
+    \value QBitArray QBitArray
+    \value QImage QImage
+    \value QKeySequence QKeySequence
+    \value QSizePolicy QSizePolicy
+    \value QPixmap QPixmap
+    \value QLocale QLocale
+    \value QBitmap QBitmap
+    \value QMatrix QMatrix
+    \value QTransform QTransform
+
+    \value User  Base value for user types
+
+    \omitvalue FirstCoreExtType
+    \omitvalue FirstGuiType
+    \omitvalue LastCoreExtType
+    \omitvalue LastCoreType
+    \omitvalue LastGuiType
+
+    Additional types can be registered using Q_DECLARE_METATYPE().
+
+    \sa type(), typeName()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \class QMetaType
+    \brief The QMetaType class manages named types in the meta-object system.
+
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+    \threadsafe
+
+    The class is used as a helper to marshall types in QVariant and
+    in queued signals and slots connections. It associates a type
+    name to a type so that it can be created and destructed
+    dynamically at run-time. Declare new types with Q_DECLARE_METATYPE()
+    to make them available to QVariant and other template-based functions.
+    Call qRegisterMetaType() to make type available to non-template based
+    functions, such as the queued signal and slot connections.
+
+    Any class or struct that has a public default
+    constructor, a public copy constructor, and a public destructor
+    can be registered.
+
+    The following code allocates and destructs an instance of
+    \c{MyClass}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetatype.cpp 3
+
+    If we want the stream operators \c operator<<() and \c
+    operator>>() to work on QVariant objects that store custom types,
+    the custom type must provide \c operator<<() and \c operator>>()
+    operators.
+
+    \sa Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(), QVariant::setValue(), QVariant::value(), QVariant::fromValue()
+*/
+
+/* Note: these MUST be in the order of the enums */
+static const struct { const char * typeName; int type; } types[] = {
+
+    /* All Core types */
+    {"void", QMetaType::Void},
+    {"bool", QMetaType::Bool},
+    {"int", QMetaType::Int},
+    {"uint", QMetaType::UInt},
+    {"qlonglong", QMetaType::LongLong},
+    {"qulonglong", QMetaType::ULongLong},
+    {"double", QMetaType::Double},
+    {"QChar", QMetaType::QChar},
+    {"QVariantMap", QMetaType::QVariantMap},
+    {"QVariantList", QMetaType::QVariantList},
+    {"QString", QMetaType::QString},
+    {"QStringList", QMetaType::QStringList},
+    {"QByteArray", QMetaType::QByteArray},
+    {"QBitArray", QMetaType::QBitArray},
+    {"QDate", QMetaType::QDate},
+    {"QTime", QMetaType::QTime},
+    {"QDateTime", QMetaType::QDateTime},
+    {"QUrl", QMetaType::QUrl},
+    {"QLocale", QMetaType::QLocale},
+    {"QRect", QMetaType::QRect},
+    {"QRectF", QMetaType::QRectF},
+    {"QSize", QMetaType::QSize},
+    {"QSizeF", QMetaType::QSizeF},
+    {"QLine", QMetaType::QLine},
+    {"QLineF", QMetaType::QLineF},
+    {"QPoint", QMetaType::QPoint},
+    {"QPointF", QMetaType::QPointF},
+    {"QRegExp", QMetaType::QRegExp},
+    {"QVariantHash", QMetaType::QVariantHash},
+
+    /* All GUI types */
+    {"QColorGroup", 63},
+    {"QFont", QMetaType::QFont},
+    {"QPixmap", QMetaType::QPixmap},
+    {"QBrush", QMetaType::QBrush},
+    {"QColor", QMetaType::QColor},
+    {"QPalette", QMetaType::QPalette},
+    {"QIcon", QMetaType::QIcon},
+    {"QImage", QMetaType::QImage},
+    {"QPolygon", QMetaType::QPolygon},
+    {"QRegion", QMetaType::QRegion},
+    {"QBitmap", QMetaType::QBitmap},
+    {"QCursor", QMetaType::QCursor},
+    {"QSizePolicy", QMetaType::QSizePolicy},
+    {"QKeySequence", QMetaType::QKeySequence},
+    {"QPen", QMetaType::QPen},
+    {"QTextLength", QMetaType::QTextLength},
+    {"QTextFormat", QMetaType::QTextFormat},
+    {"QMatrix", QMetaType::QMatrix},
+    {"QTransform", QMetaType::QTransform},
+
+    /* All Metatype builtins */
+    {"void*", QMetaType::VoidStar},
+    {"long", QMetaType::Long},
+    {"short", QMetaType::Short},
+    {"char", QMetaType::Char},
+    {"ulong", QMetaType::ULong},
+    {"ushort", QMetaType::UShort},
+    {"uchar", QMetaType::UChar},
+    {"float", QMetaType::Float},
+    {"QObject*", QMetaType::QObjectStar},
+    {"QWidget*", QMetaType::QWidgetStar},
+
+    /* Type aliases - order doesn't matter */
+    {"unsigned long", QMetaType::ULong},
+    {"unsigned int", QMetaType::UInt},
+    {"unsigned short", QMetaType::UShort},
+    {"unsigned char", QMetaType::UChar},
+    {"long long", QMetaType::LongLong},
+    {"unsigned long long", QMetaType::ULongLong},
+    {"qint8", QMetaType::Char},
+    {"quint8", QMetaType::UChar},
+    {"qint16", QMetaType::Short},
+    {"quint16", QMetaType::UShort},
+    {"qint32", QMetaType::Int},
+    {"quint32", QMetaType::UInt},
+    {"qint64", QMetaType::LongLong},
+    {"quint64", QMetaType::ULongLong},
+    {"QList<QVariant>", QMetaType::QVariantList},
+    {"QMap<QString,QVariant>", QMetaType::QVariantMap},
+    {"QHash<QString,QVariant>", QMetaType::QVariantHash},
+    // let QMetaTypeId2 figure out the type at compile time
+    {"qreal", QMetaTypeId2<qreal>::MetaType},
+
+    {0, QMetaType::Void}
+};
+
+struct QMetaTypeGuiHelper
+{
+    QMetaType::Constructor constr;
+    QMetaType::Destructor destr;
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    QMetaType::SaveOperator saveOp;
+    QMetaType::LoadOperator loadOp;
+#endif
+};
+Q_CORE_EXPORT const QMetaTypeGuiHelper *qMetaTypeGuiHelper = 0;
+
+class QCustomTypeInfo
+{
+public:
+    QCustomTypeInfo() : typeName(), constr(0), destr(0)
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    , saveOp(0), loadOp(0)
+#endif
+    {}
+
+    QByteArray typeName;
+    QMetaType::Constructor constr;
+    QMetaType::Destructor destr;
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    QMetaType::SaveOperator saveOp;
+    QMetaType::LoadOperator loadOp;
+#endif
+};
+
+Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QCustomTypeInfo, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE);
+Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QVector<QCustomTypeInfo>, customTypes)
+Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QReadWriteLock, customTypesLock)
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+/*! \internal
+*/
+void QMetaType::registerStreamOperators(const char *typeName, SaveOperator saveOp,
+                                        LoadOperator loadOp)
+{
+    int idx = type(typeName);
+    if (!idx)
+        return;
+
+    QVector<QCustomTypeInfo> *ct = customTypes();
+    if (!ct)
+        return;
+    QWriteLocker locker(customTypesLock());
+    QCustomTypeInfo &inf = (*ct)[idx - User];
+    inf.saveOp = saveOp;
+    inf.loadOp = loadOp;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Returns the type name associated with the given \a type, or 0 if no
+    matching type was found. The returned pointer must not be deleted.
+
+    \sa type(), isRegistered(), Type
+*/
+const char *QMetaType::typeName(int type)
+{
+    enum { GuiTypeCount = LastGuiType - FirstGuiType };
+
+    if (type >= 0 && type <= LastCoreType) {
+        return types[type].typeName;
+    } else if (type >= FirstGuiType && type <= LastGuiType) {
+        return types[type - FirstGuiType + LastCoreType + 1].typeName;
+    } else if (type >= FirstCoreExtType && type <= LastCoreExtType) {
+        return types[type - FirstCoreExtType + GuiTypeCount + LastCoreType + 2].typeName;
+    } else if (type >= User) {
+        const QVector<QCustomTypeInfo> * const ct = customTypes();
+        QReadLocker locker(customTypesLock());
+        return ct && ct->count() > type - User && !ct->at(type - User).typeName.isEmpty()
+                ? ct->at(type - User).typeName.constData()
+                : static_cast<const char *>(0);
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    Same as QMetaType::type(), but doesn't lock the mutex.
+*/
+static int qMetaTypeType_unlocked(const QByteArray &typeName)
+{
+    int i = 0;
+    while (types[i].typeName && strcmp(typeName.constData(), types[i].typeName))
+        ++i;
+    if (!types[i].type) {
+        const QVector<QCustomTypeInfo> * const ct = customTypes();
+        if (!ct)
+            return 0;
+
+        for (int v = 0; v < ct->count(); ++v) {
+            if (ct->at(v).typeName == typeName)
+                return v + QMetaType::User;
+        }
+    }
+    return types[i].type;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+    Registers a user type for marshalling, with \a typeName, a \a
+    destructor, and a \a constructor. Returns the type's handle,
+    or -1 if the type could not be registered.
+ */
+int QMetaType::registerType(const char *typeName, Destructor destructor,
+                            Constructor constructor)
+{
+    QVector<QCustomTypeInfo> *ct = customTypes();
+    if (!ct || !typeName || !destructor || !constructor)
+        return -1;
+
+#ifdef QT_NO_QOBJECT
+    NS(QByteArray) normalizedTypeName = typeName;
+#else
+    NS(QByteArray) normalizedTypeName = QMetaObject::normalizedType(typeName);
+#endif
+
+    QWriteLocker locker(customTypesLock());
+    static int currentIdx = User;
+    int idx = qMetaTypeType_unlocked(normalizedTypeName);
+
+    if (!idx) {
+        idx = currentIdx++;
+        ct->resize(ct->count() + 1);
+        QCustomTypeInfo &inf = (*ct)[idx - User];
+        inf.typeName = normalizedTypeName;
+        inf.constr = constructor;
+        inf.destr = destructor;
+    }
+    return idx;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.4
+
+    Unregisters a user type, with \a typeName.
+
+    \sa type(), typeName()
+ */
+void QMetaType::unregisterType(const char *typeName)
+{
+    QVector<QCustomTypeInfo> *ct = customTypes();
+    if (!ct || !typeName)
+        return;
+
+#ifdef QT_NO_QOBJECT
+    NS(QByteArray) normalizedTypeName = typeName;
+#else
+    NS(QByteArray) normalizedTypeName = QMetaObject::normalizedType(typeName);
+#endif
+    QWriteLocker locker(customTypesLock());
+    for (int v = 0; v < ct->count(); ++v) {
+        if (ct->at(v).typeName == typeName) {
+            QCustomTypeInfo &inf = (*ct)[v];
+            inf.typeName.clear();
+            inf.constr = 0;
+            inf.destr = 0;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the datatype with ID \a type is registered;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa type(), typeName(), Type
+*/
+bool QMetaType::isRegistered(int type)
+{
+    if (type >= 0 && type < User) {
+        // predefined type
+        return true;
+    }
+    QReadLocker locker(customTypesLock());
+    const QVector<QCustomTypeInfo> * const ct = customTypes();
+    return ((type >= User) && (ct && ct->count() > type - User) && !ct->at(type - User).typeName.isEmpty());
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a handle to the type called \a typeName, or 0 if there is
+    no such type.
+
+    \sa isRegistered(), typeName(), Type
+*/
+int QMetaType::type(const char *typeName)
+{
+#ifdef QT_NO_QOBJECT
+    const NS(QByteArray) normalizedTypeName = typeName;
+#else
+    const NS(QByteArray) normalizedTypeName = QMetaObject::normalizedType(typeName);
+#endif
+
+    QReadLocker locker(customTypesLock());
+    return qMetaTypeType_unlocked(normalizedTypeName);
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+/*!
+    Writes the object pointed to by \a data with the ID \a type to
+    the given \a stream. Returns true if the object is saved
+    successfully; otherwise returns false.
+
+    The type must have been registered with qRegisterMetaType() and
+    qRegisterMetaTypeStreamOperators() beforehand.
+
+    Normally, you should not need to call this function directly.
+    Instead, use QVariant's \c operator<<(), which relies on save()
+    to stream custom types.
+
+    \sa load(), qRegisterMetaTypeStreamOperators()
+*/
+bool QMetaType::save(QDataStream &stream, int type, const void *data)
+{
+    if (!data || !isRegistered(type))
+        return false;
+
+    switch(type) {
+    case QMetaType::Void:
+    case QMetaType::VoidStar:
+    case QMetaType::QObjectStar:
+    case QMetaType::QWidgetStar:
+        return false;
+    case QMetaType::Long:
+        stream << qlonglong(*static_cast<const long *>(data));
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Int:
+        stream << *static_cast<const int *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Short:
+        stream << *static_cast<const short *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Char:
+        // force a char to be signed
+        stream << *static_cast<const signed char *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::ULong:
+        stream << qulonglong(*static_cast<const ulong *>(data));
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::UInt:
+        stream << *static_cast<const uint *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::LongLong:
+        stream << *static_cast<const qlonglong *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::ULongLong:
+        stream << *static_cast<const qulonglong *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::UShort:
+        stream << *static_cast<const ushort *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::UChar:
+        stream << *static_cast<const uchar *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Bool:
+        stream << qint8(*static_cast<const bool *>(data));
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Float:
+        stream << *static_cast<const float *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Double:
+        stream << *static_cast<const double *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QChar:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QChar) *>(data);
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
+    case QMetaType::QVariantMap:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QVariantMap)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QVariantHash:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QVariantHash)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QVariantList:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QVariantList)*>(data);
+        break;
+#endif
+    case QMetaType::QByteArray:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QByteArray)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QString:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QString)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QStringList:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QStringList)*>(data);
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
+    case QMetaType::QBitArray:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QBitArray)*>(data);
+        break;
+#endif
+    case QMetaType::QDate:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QDate)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QTime:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QTime)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QDateTime:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QDateTime)*>(data);
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
+    case QMetaType::QUrl:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QUrl)*>(data);
+        break;
+#endif
+    case QMetaType::QLocale:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QLocale)*>(data);
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+    case QMetaType::QRect:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QRect)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QRectF:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QRectF)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QSize:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QSize)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QSizeF:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QSizeF)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QLine:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QLine)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QLineF:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QLineF)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QPoint:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QPoint)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QPointF:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QPointF)*>(data);
+        break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+    case QMetaType::QRegExp:
+        stream << *static_cast<const NS(QRegExp)*>(data);
+        break;
+#endif
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    case QMetaType::QColorGroup:
+#endif
+    case QMetaType::QFont:
+    case QMetaType::QPixmap:
+    case QMetaType::QBrush:
+    case QMetaType::QColor:
+    case QMetaType::QPalette:
+    case QMetaType::QIcon:
+    case QMetaType::QImage:
+    case QMetaType::QPolygon:
+    case QMetaType::QRegion:
+    case QMetaType::QBitmap:
+    case QMetaType::QCursor:
+    case QMetaType::QSizePolicy:
+    case QMetaType::QKeySequence:
+    case QMetaType::QPen:
+    case QMetaType::QTextLength:
+    case QMetaType::QTextFormat:
+    case QMetaType::QMatrix:
+    case QMetaType::QTransform:
+        if (!qMetaTypeGuiHelper)
+            return false;
+        qMetaTypeGuiHelper[type - FirstGuiType].saveOp(stream, data);
+        break;
+    default: {
+        const QVector<QCustomTypeInfo> * const ct = customTypes();
+        if (!ct)
+            return false;
+
+        SaveOperator saveOp = 0;
+        {
+            QReadLocker locker(customTypesLock());
+            saveOp = ct->at(type - User).saveOp;
+        }
+
+        if (!saveOp)
+            return false;
+        saveOp(stream, data);
+        break; }
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Reads the object of the specified \a type from the given \a
+    stream into \a data. Returns true if the object is loaded
+    successfully; otherwise returns false.
+
+    The type must have been registered with qRegisterMetaType() and
+    qRegisterMetaTypeStreamOperators() beforehand.
+
+    Normally, you should not need to call this function directly.
+    Instead, use QVariant's \c operator>>(), which relies on load()
+    to stream custom types.
+
+    \sa save(), qRegisterMetaTypeStreamOperators()
+*/
+bool QMetaType::load(QDataStream &stream, int type, void *data)
+{
+    if (!data || !isRegistered(type))
+        return false;
+
+    switch(type) {
+    case QMetaType::Void:
+    case QMetaType::VoidStar:
+    case QMetaType::QObjectStar:
+    case QMetaType::QWidgetStar:
+        return false;
+    case QMetaType::Long: {
+        qlonglong l;
+        stream >> l;
+        *static_cast<long *>(data) = long(l);
+        break; }
+    case QMetaType::Int:
+        stream >> *static_cast<int *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Short:
+        stream >> *static_cast<short *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Char:
+        // force a char to be signed
+        stream >> *static_cast<signed char *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::ULong: {
+        qulonglong ul;
+        stream >> ul;
+        *static_cast<ulong *>(data) = ulong(ul);
+        break; }
+    case QMetaType::UInt:
+        stream >> *static_cast<uint *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::LongLong:
+        stream >> *static_cast<qlonglong *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::ULongLong:
+        stream >> *static_cast<qulonglong *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::UShort:
+        stream >> *static_cast<ushort *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::UChar:
+        stream >> *static_cast<uchar *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Bool: {
+        qint8 b;
+        stream >> b;
+        *static_cast<bool *>(data) = b;
+        break; }
+    case QMetaType::Float:
+        stream >> *static_cast<float *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Double:
+        stream >> *static_cast<double *>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QChar:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QChar)*>(data);
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
+    case QMetaType::QVariantMap:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QVariantMap)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QVariantHash:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QVariantHash)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QVariantList:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QVariantList)*>(data);
+        break;
+#endif
+    case QMetaType::QByteArray:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QByteArray)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QString:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QString)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QStringList:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QStringList)*>(data);
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
+    case QMetaType::QBitArray:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QBitArray)*>(data);
+        break;
+#endif
+    case QMetaType::QDate:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QDate)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QTime:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QTime)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QDateTime:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QDateTime)*>(data);
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
+    case QMetaType::QUrl:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QUrl)*>(data);
+        break;
+#endif
+    case QMetaType::QLocale:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QLocale)*>(data);
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+    case QMetaType::QRect:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QRect)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QRectF:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QRectF)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QSize:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QSize)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QSizeF:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QSizeF)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QLine:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QLine)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QLineF:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QLineF)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QPoint:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QPoint)*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QPointF:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QPointF)*>(data);
+        break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+    case QMetaType::QRegExp:
+        stream >> *static_cast< NS(QRegExp)*>(data);
+        break;
+#endif
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    case QMetaType::QColorGroup:
+#endif
+    case QMetaType::QFont:
+    case QMetaType::QPixmap:
+    case QMetaType::QBrush:
+    case QMetaType::QColor:
+    case QMetaType::QPalette:
+    case QMetaType::QIcon:
+    case QMetaType::QImage:
+    case QMetaType::QPolygon:
+    case QMetaType::QRegion:
+    case QMetaType::QBitmap:
+    case QMetaType::QCursor:
+    case QMetaType::QSizePolicy:
+    case QMetaType::QKeySequence:
+    case QMetaType::QPen:
+    case QMetaType::QTextLength:
+    case QMetaType::QTextFormat:
+    case QMetaType::QMatrix:
+    case QMetaType::QTransform:
+        if (!qMetaTypeGuiHelper)
+            return false;
+        qMetaTypeGuiHelper[type - FirstGuiType].loadOp(stream, data);
+        break;
+    default: {
+        const QVector<QCustomTypeInfo> * const ct = customTypes();
+        if (!ct)
+            return false;
+
+        LoadOperator loadOp = 0;
+        {
+            QReadLocker locker(customTypesLock());
+            loadOp = ct->at(type - User).loadOp;
+        }
+
+        if (!loadOp)
+            return false;
+        loadOp(stream, data);
+        break; }
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Returns a copy of \a copy, assuming it is of type \a type. If \a
+    copy is zero, creates a default type.
+
+    \sa destroy(), isRegistered(), Type
+*/
+void *QMetaType::construct(int type, const void *copy)
+{
+    if (copy) {
+        switch(type) {
+        case QMetaType::VoidStar:
+        case QMetaType::QObjectStar:
+        case QMetaType::QWidgetStar:
+            return new void *(*static_cast<void* const *>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::Long:
+            return new long(*static_cast<const long*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::Int:
+            return new int(*static_cast<const int*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::Short:
+            return new short(*static_cast<const short*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::Char:
+            return new char(*static_cast<const char*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::ULong:
+            return new ulong(*static_cast<const ulong*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::UInt:
+            return new uint(*static_cast<const uint*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::LongLong:
+            return new qlonglong(*static_cast<const qlonglong*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::ULongLong:
+            return new qulonglong(*static_cast<const qulonglong*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::UShort:
+            return new ushort(*static_cast<const ushort*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::UChar:
+            return new uchar(*static_cast<const uchar*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::Bool:
+            return new bool(*static_cast<const bool*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::Float:
+            return new float(*static_cast<const float*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::Double:
+            return new double(*static_cast<const double*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::QChar:
+            return new NS(QChar)(*static_cast<const NS(QChar)*>(copy));
+#ifndef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
+        case QMetaType::QVariantMap:
+            return new NS(QVariantMap)(*static_cast<const NS(QVariantMap)*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::QVariantHash:
+            return new NS(QVariantHash)(*static_cast<const NS(QVariantHash)*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::QVariantList:
+            return new NS(QVariantList)(*static_cast<const NS(QVariantList)*>(copy));
+#endif
+        case QMetaType::QByteArray:
+            return new NS(QByteArray)(*static_cast<const NS(QByteArray)*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::QString:
+            return new NS(QString)(*static_cast<const NS(QString)*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::QStringList:
+            return new NS(QStringList)(*static_cast<const NS(QStringList)*>(copy));
+#ifndef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
+        case QMetaType::QBitArray:
+            return new NS(QBitArray)(*static_cast<const NS(QBitArray)*>(copy));
+#endif
+        case QMetaType::QDate:
+            return new NS(QDate)(*static_cast<const NS(QDate)*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::QTime:
+            return new NS(QTime)(*static_cast<const NS(QTime)*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::QDateTime:
+            return new NS(QDateTime)(*static_cast<const NS(QDateTime)*>(copy));
+#ifndef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
+        case QMetaType::QUrl:
+            return new NS(QUrl)(*static_cast<const NS(QUrl)*>(copy));
+#endif
+        case QMetaType::QLocale:
+            return new NS(QLocale)(*static_cast<const NS(QLocale)*>(copy));
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+        case QMetaType::QRect:
+            return new NS(QRect)(*static_cast<const NS(QRect)*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::QRectF:
+            return new NS(QRectF)(*static_cast<const NS(QRectF)*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::QSize:
+            return new NS(QSize)(*static_cast<const NS(QSize)*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::QSizeF:
+            return new NS(QSizeF)(*static_cast<const NS(QSizeF)*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::QLine:
+            return new NS(QLine)(*static_cast<const NS(QLine)*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::QLineF:
+            return new NS(QLineF)(*static_cast<const NS(QLineF)*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::QPoint:
+            return new NS(QPoint)(*static_cast<const NS(QPoint)*>(copy));
+        case QMetaType::QPointF:
+            return new NS(QPointF)(*static_cast<const NS(QPointF)*>(copy));
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+        case QMetaType::QRegExp:
+            return new NS(QRegExp)(*static_cast<const NS(QRegExp)*>(copy));
+#endif
+        case QMetaType::Void:
+            return 0;
+        default:
+            ;
+        }
+    } else {
+        switch(type) {
+        case QMetaType::VoidStar:
+        case QMetaType::QObjectStar:
+        case QMetaType::QWidgetStar:
+            return new void *;
+        case QMetaType::Long:
+            return new long;
+        case QMetaType::Int:
+            return new int;
+        case QMetaType::Short:
+            return new short;
+        case QMetaType::Char:
+            return new char;
+        case QMetaType::ULong:
+            return new ulong;
+        case QMetaType::UInt:
+            return new uint;
+        case QMetaType::LongLong:
+            return new qlonglong;
+        case QMetaType::ULongLong:
+            return new qulonglong;
+        case QMetaType::UShort:
+            return new ushort;
+        case QMetaType::UChar:
+            return new uchar;
+        case QMetaType::Bool:
+            return new bool;
+        case QMetaType::Float:
+            return new float;
+        case QMetaType::Double:
+            return new double;
+        case QMetaType::QChar:
+            return new NS(QChar);
+#ifndef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
+        case QMetaType::QVariantMap:
+            return new NS(QVariantMap);
+        case QMetaType::QVariantHash:
+            return new NS(QVariantHash);
+        case QMetaType::QVariantList:
+            return new NS(QVariantList);
+#endif
+        case QMetaType::QByteArray:
+            return new NS(QByteArray);
+        case QMetaType::QString:
+            return new NS(QString);
+        case QMetaType::QStringList:
+            return new NS(QStringList);
+#ifndef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
+        case QMetaType::QBitArray:
+            return new NS(QBitArray);
+#endif
+        case QMetaType::QDate:
+            return new NS(QDate);
+        case QMetaType::QTime:
+            return new NS(QTime);
+        case QMetaType::QDateTime:
+            return new NS(QDateTime);
+#ifndef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
+        case QMetaType::QUrl:
+            return new NS(QUrl);
+#endif
+        case QMetaType::QLocale:
+            return new NS(QLocale);
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+        case QMetaType::QRect:
+            return new NS(QRect);
+        case QMetaType::QRectF:
+            return new NS(QRectF);
+        case QMetaType::QSize:
+            return new NS(QSize);
+        case QMetaType::QSizeF:
+            return new NS(QSizeF);
+        case QMetaType::QLine:
+            return new NS(QLine);
+        case QMetaType::QLineF:
+            return new NS(QLineF);
+        case QMetaType::QPoint:
+            return new NS(QPoint);
+        case QMetaType::QPointF:
+            return new NS(QPointF);
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+        case QMetaType::QRegExp:
+            return new NS(QRegExp);
+#endif
+        case QMetaType::Void:
+            return 0;
+        default:
+            ;
+        }
+    }
+
+    Constructor constr = 0;
+    if (type >= FirstGuiType && type <= LastGuiType) {
+        if (!qMetaTypeGuiHelper)
+            return 0;
+        constr = qMetaTypeGuiHelper[type - FirstGuiType].constr;
+    } else {
+        const QVector<QCustomTypeInfo> * const ct = customTypes();
+        QReadLocker locker(customTypesLock());
+        if (type < User || !ct || ct->count() <= type - User)
+            return 0;
+        if (ct->at(type - User).typeName.isEmpty())
+            return 0;
+        constr = ct->at(type - User).constr;
+    }
+
+    return constr(copy);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the \a data, assuming it is of the \a type given.
+
+    \sa construct(), isRegistered(), Type
+*/
+void QMetaType::destroy(int type, void *data)
+{
+    if (!data)
+        return;
+    switch(type) {
+    case QMetaType::VoidStar:
+    case QMetaType::QObjectStar:
+    case QMetaType::QWidgetStar:
+        delete static_cast<void**>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Long:
+        delete static_cast<long*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Int:
+        delete static_cast<int*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Short:
+        delete static_cast<short*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Char:
+        delete static_cast<char*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::ULong:
+        delete static_cast<ulong*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::LongLong:
+        delete static_cast<qlonglong*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::ULongLong:
+        delete static_cast<qulonglong*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::UInt:
+        delete static_cast<uint*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::UShort:
+        delete static_cast<ushort*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::UChar:
+        delete static_cast<uchar*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Bool:
+        delete static_cast<bool*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Float:
+        delete static_cast<float*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Double:
+        delete static_cast<double*>(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QChar:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QChar)* >(data);
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
+    case QMetaType::QVariantMap:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QVariantMap)* >(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QVariantHash:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QVariantHash)* >(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QVariantList:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QVariantList)* >(data);
+        break;
+#endif
+    case QMetaType::QByteArray:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QByteArray)* >(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QString:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QString)* >(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QStringList:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QStringList)* >(data);
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
+    case QMetaType::QBitArray:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QBitArray)* >(data);
+        break;
+#endif
+    case QMetaType::QDate:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QDate)* >(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QTime:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QTime)* >(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QDateTime:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QDateTime)* >(data);
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_BOOTSTRAPPED
+    case QMetaType::QUrl:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QUrl)* >(data);
+#endif
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QLocale:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QLocale)* >(data);
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+    case QMetaType::QRect:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QRect)* >(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QRectF:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QRectF)* >(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QSize:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QSize)* >(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QSizeF:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QSizeF)* >(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QLine:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QLine)* >(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QLineF:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QLineF)* >(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QPoint:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QPoint)* >(data);
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::QPointF:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QPointF)* >(data);
+        break;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+    case QMetaType::QRegExp:
+        delete static_cast< NS(QRegExp)* >(data);
+        break;
+#endif
+    case QMetaType::Void:
+        break;
+    default: {
+        const QVector<QCustomTypeInfo> * const ct = customTypes();
+        Destructor destr = 0;
+        if (type >= FirstGuiType && type <= LastGuiType) {
+            Q_ASSERT(qMetaTypeGuiHelper);
+
+            if (!qMetaTypeGuiHelper)
+                return;
+            destr = qMetaTypeGuiHelper[type - FirstGuiType].destr;
+        } else {
+            QReadLocker locker(customTypesLock());
+            if (type < User || !ct || ct->count() <= type - User)
+                break;
+            if (ct->at(type - User).typeName.isEmpty())
+                break;
+            destr = ct->at(type - User).destr;
+        }
+        destr(data);
+        break; }
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn int qRegisterMetaType(const char *typeName)
+    \relates QMetaType
+    \threadsafe
+
+    Registers the type name \a typeName to the type \c{T}. Returns
+    the internal ID used by QMetaType. Any class or struct that has a
+    public constructor, a public copy constructor, and a public
+    destructor can be registered.
+
+    After a type has been registered, you can create and destroy
+    objects of that type dynamically at run-time.
+
+    This example registers the class \c{MyClass}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetatype.cpp 4
+
+    \sa qRegisterMetaTypeStreamOperators(), QMetaType::isRegistered(),
+        Q_DECLARE_METATYPE()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int qRegisterMetaTypeStreamOperators(const char *typeName)
+    \relates QMetaType
+    \threadsafe
+
+    Registers the stream operators for the type \c{T} called \a
+    typeName.
+
+    Afterward, the type can be streamed using QMetaType::load() and
+    QMetaType::save(). These functions are used when streaming a
+    QVariant.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetatype.cpp 5
+
+    The stream operators should have the following signatures:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetatype.cpp 6
+
+    \sa qRegisterMetaType(), QMetaType::isRegistered(), Q_DECLARE_METATYPE()
+*/
+
+/*! \typedef QMetaType::Destructor
+    \internal
+*/
+/*! \typedef QMetaType::Constructor
+    \internal
+*/
+/*! \typedef QMetaType::SaveOperator
+    \internal
+*/
+/*! \typedef QMetaType::LoadOperator
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int qRegisterMetaType()
+    \relates QMetaType
+    \threadsafe
+    \since 4.2
+
+    Call this function to register the type \c T. \c T must be declared with
+    Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(). Returns the meta type Id.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetatype.cpp 7
+
+    To use the type \c T in QVariant, using Q_DECLARE_METATYPE() is
+    sufficient. To use the type \c T in queued signal and slot connections,
+    \c{qRegisterMetaType<T>()} must be called before the first connection
+    is established.
+
+    Also, to use type \c T with the QObject::property() API,
+    \c{qRegisterMetaType<T>()} must be called before it is used, typically
+    in the constructor of the class that uses \c T, or in the \c{main()}
+    function.
+
+    \sa Q_DECLARE_METATYPE()
+ */
+
+/*! \fn int qMetaTypeId()
+    \relates QMetaType
+    \threadsafe
+    \since 4.1
+
+    Returns the meta type id of type \c T at compile time. If the
+    type was not declared with Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(), compilation will
+    fail.
+
+    Typical usage:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmetatype.cpp 8
+
+    QMetaType::type() returns the same ID as qMetaTypeId(), but does
+    a lookup at runtime based on the name of the type.
+    QMetaType::type() is a bit slower, but compilation succeeds if a
+    type is not registered.
+
+    \sa Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(), QMetaType::type()
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qmetatype.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qmetatype.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..648f933
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qmetatype.h
@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QMETATYPE_H
+#define QMETATYPE_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qglobal.h>
+#include <QtCore/qatomic.h>
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+#include <QtCore/qdatastream.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Bool
+#error qmetatype.h must be included before any header file that defines Bool
+#endif
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QMetaType {
+public:
+    enum Type {
+        // these are merged with QVariant
+        Void = 0, Bool = 1, Int = 2, UInt = 3, LongLong = 4, ULongLong = 5,
+        Double = 6, QChar = 7, QVariantMap = 8, QVariantList = 9,
+        QString = 10, QStringList = 11, QByteArray = 12,
+        QBitArray = 13, QDate = 14, QTime = 15, QDateTime = 16, QUrl = 17,
+        QLocale = 18, QRect = 19, QRectF = 20, QSize = 21, QSizeF = 22,
+        QLine = 23, QLineF = 24, QPoint = 25, QPointF = 26, QRegExp = 27,
+        QVariantHash = 28, LastCoreType = 28 /* QVariantHash */,
+
+        FirstGuiType = 63 /* QColorGroup */,
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+        QColorGroup = 63,
+#endif
+        QFont = 64, QPixmap = 65, QBrush = 66, QColor = 67, QPalette = 68,
+        QIcon = 69, QImage = 70, QPolygon = 71, QRegion = 72, QBitmap = 73,
+        QCursor = 74, QSizePolicy = 75, QKeySequence = 76, QPen = 77,
+        QTextLength = 78, QTextFormat = 79, QMatrix = 80, QTransform = 81,
+        LastGuiType = 81 /* QTransform */,
+
+        FirstCoreExtType = 128 /* VoidStar */,
+        VoidStar = 128, Long = 129, Short = 130, Char = 131, ULong = 132,
+        UShort = 133, UChar = 134, Float = 135, QObjectStar = 136, QWidgetStar = 137,
+        LastCoreExtType = 137 /* QWidgetStar */,
+
+        User = 256
+    };
+
+    typedef void (*Destructor)(void *);
+    typedef void *(*Constructor)(const void *);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    typedef void (*SaveOperator)(QDataStream &, const void *);
+    typedef void (*LoadOperator)(QDataStream &, void *);
+    static void registerStreamOperators(const char *typeName, SaveOperator saveOp,
+                                        LoadOperator loadOp);
+#endif
+    static int registerType(const char *typeName, Destructor destructor,
+                            Constructor constructor);
+    static int type(const char *typeName);
+    static const char *typeName(int type);
+    static bool isRegistered(int type);
+    static void *construct(int type, const void *copy = 0);
+    static void destroy(int type, void *data);
+    static void unregisterType(const char *typeName);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    static bool save(QDataStream &stream, int type, const void *data);
+    static bool load(QDataStream &stream, int type, void *data);
+#endif
+};
+
+template <typename T>
+void qMetaTypeDeleteHelper(T *t)
+{
+    delete t;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+void *qMetaTypeConstructHelper(const T *t)
+{
+    if (!t)
+        return new T;
+    return new T(*static_cast<const T*>(t));
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+template <typename T>
+void qMetaTypeSaveHelper(QDataStream &stream, const T *t)
+{
+    stream << *t;
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+void qMetaTypeLoadHelper(QDataStream &stream, T *t)
+{
+    stream >> *t;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+template <typename T>
+int qRegisterMetaType(const char *typeName
+#ifndef qdoc
+    , T * /* dummy */ = 0
+#endif
+)
+{
+    typedef void*(*ConstructPtr)(const T*);
+    ConstructPtr cptr = qMetaTypeConstructHelper<T>;
+    typedef void(*DeletePtr)(T*);
+    DeletePtr dptr = qMetaTypeDeleteHelper<T>;
+
+    return QMetaType::registerType(typeName, reinterpret_cast<QMetaType::Destructor>(dptr),
+                                   reinterpret_cast<QMetaType::Constructor>(cptr));
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+template <typename T>
+void qRegisterMetaTypeStreamOperators(const char *typeName
+#ifndef qdoc
+    , T * /* dummy */ = 0
+#endif
+)
+{
+    typedef void(*SavePtr)(QDataStream &, const T *);
+    typedef void(*LoadPtr)(QDataStream &, T *);
+    SavePtr sptr = qMetaTypeSaveHelper<T>;
+    LoadPtr lptr = qMetaTypeLoadHelper<T>;
+
+    qRegisterMetaType<T>(typeName);
+    QMetaType::registerStreamOperators(typeName, reinterpret_cast<QMetaType::SaveOperator>(sptr),
+                                       reinterpret_cast<QMetaType::LoadOperator>(lptr));
+}
+#endif
+
+template <typename T>
+struct QMetaTypeId
+{
+    enum { Defined = 0 };
+};
+
+template <typename T>
+struct QMetaTypeId2
+{
+    enum { Defined = QMetaTypeId<T>::Defined };
+    static inline int qt_metatype_id() { return QMetaTypeId<T>::qt_metatype_id(); }
+};
+
+template <typename T>
+inline int qMetaTypeId(
+#ifndef qdoc
+    T * /* dummy */ = 0
+#endif
+)
+{
+    return QMetaTypeId2<T>::qt_metatype_id();
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+inline int qRegisterMetaType(
+#if !defined(qdoc) && !defined(Q_CC_SUN)
+    T * dummy = 0
+#endif
+)
+{
+#ifdef Q_CC_SUN
+    return qMetaTypeId(static_cast<T *>(0));
+#else
+    return qMetaTypeId(dummy);
+#endif
+}
+
+#define Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(TYPE)                                        \
+    QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE                                                  \
+    template <>                                                         \
+    struct QMetaTypeId< TYPE >                                          \
+    {                                                                   \
+        enum { Defined = 1 };                                           \
+        static int qt_metatype_id()                                     \
+            {                                                           \
+                static QBasicAtomicInt metatype_id = Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(0); \
+                if (!metatype_id)                                       \
+                    metatype_id = qRegisterMetaType< TYPE >(#TYPE);     \
+                return metatype_id;                                     \
+            }                                                           \
+    };                                                                  \
+    QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#define Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(TYPE, NAME) \
+    QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE \
+    template<> struct QMetaTypeId2<TYPE> \
+    { \
+        enum { Defined = 1, MetaType = QMetaType::NAME }; \
+        static inline int qt_metatype_id() { return QMetaType::NAME; } \
+    }; \
+    QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+class QString;
+class QByteArray;
+class QChar;
+class QStringList;
+class QBitArray;
+class QDate;
+class QTime;
+class QDateTime;
+class QUrl;
+class QLocale;
+class QRect;
+class QRectF;
+class QSize;
+class QSizeF;
+class QLine;
+class QLineF;
+class QPoint;
+class QPointF;
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+class QRegExp;
+#endif
+class QWidget;
+class QObject;
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+class QColorGroup;
+#endif
+class QFont;
+class QPixmap;
+class QBrush;
+class QColor;
+class QPalette;
+class QIcon;
+class QImage;
+class QPolygon;
+class QRegion;
+class QBitmap;
+class QCursor;
+class QSizePolicy;
+class QKeySequence;
+class QPen;
+class QTextLength;
+class QTextFormat;
+class QMatrix;
+class QTransform;
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QString, QString)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(int, Int)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(uint, UInt)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(bool, Bool)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(double, Double)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QByteArray, QByteArray)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QChar, QChar)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(long, Long)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(short, Short)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(char, Char)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(ulong, ULong)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(ushort, UShort)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(uchar, UChar)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(float, Float)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QObject *, QObjectStar)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QWidget *, QWidgetStar)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(void *, VoidStar)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(qlonglong, LongLong)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(qulonglong, ULongLong)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QStringList, QStringList)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QBitArray, QBitArray)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QDate, QDate)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QTime, QTime)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QDateTime, QDateTime)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QUrl, QUrl)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QLocale, QLocale)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QRect, QRect)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QRectF, QRectF)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QSize, QSize)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QSizeF, QSizeF)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QLine, QLine)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QLineF, QLineF)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QPoint, QPoint)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QPointF, QPointF)
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QRegExp, QRegExp)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QColorGroup, QColorGroup)
+#endif
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QFont, QFont)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QPixmap, QPixmap)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QBrush, QBrush)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QColor, QColor)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QPalette, QPalette)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QIcon, QIcon)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QImage, QImage)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QPolygon, QPolygon)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QRegion, QRegion)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QBitmap, QBitmap)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QCursor, QCursor)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QSizePolicy, QSizePolicy)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QKeySequence, QKeySequence)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QPen, QPen)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QTextLength, QTextLength)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QTextFormat, QTextFormat)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QMatrix, QMatrix)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QTransform, QTransform)
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QMETATYPE_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qmimedata.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qmimedata.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1c8e53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qmimedata.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,627 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qmimedata.h"
+
+#include "private/qobject_p.h"
+#include "qurl.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qtextcodec.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+struct QMimeDataStruct
+{
+    QString format;
+    QVariant data;
+};
+
+class QMimeDataPrivate : public QObjectPrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QMimeData)
+public:
+    void removeData(const QString &format);
+    void setData(const QString &format, const QVariant &data);
+    QVariant getData(const QString &format) const;
+
+    QVariant retrieveTypedData(const QString &format, QVariant::Type type) const;
+
+    QList<QMimeDataStruct> dataList;
+};
+
+void QMimeDataPrivate::removeData(const QString &format)
+{
+    for (int i=0; i<dataList.size(); i++) {
+        if (dataList.at(i).format == format) {
+            dataList.removeAt(i);
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void QMimeDataPrivate::setData(const QString &format, const QVariant &data)
+{
+    // remove it first if the format is already here.
+    removeData(format);
+    QMimeDataStruct mimeData;
+    mimeData.format = format;
+    mimeData.data = data;
+    dataList += mimeData;
+}
+
+
+QVariant QMimeDataPrivate::getData(const QString &format) const
+{
+    QVariant data;
+    for (int i=0; i<dataList.size(); i++) {
+        if (dataList.at(i).format == format) {
+            data = dataList.at(i).data;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return data;
+}
+
+QVariant QMimeDataPrivate::retrieveTypedData(const QString &format, QVariant::Type type) const
+{
+    Q_Q(const QMimeData);
+
+    QVariant data = q->retrieveData(format, type);
+    if (data.type() == type || data.type() == QVariant::Invalid)
+        return data;
+
+    // provide more conversion possiblities than just what QVariant provides
+
+    // URLs can be lists as well...
+    if ((type == QVariant::Url && data.type() == QVariant::List)
+        || (type == QVariant::List && data.type() == QVariant::Url))
+        return data;
+
+    // images and pixmaps are interchangeable
+    if ((type == QVariant::Pixmap && data.type() == QVariant::Image)
+        || (type == QVariant::Image && data.type() == QVariant::Pixmap))
+        return data;
+
+    if (data.type() == QVariant::ByteArray) {
+        // see if we can convert to the requested type
+        switch(type) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+        case QVariant::String: {
+            const QByteArray ba = data.toByteArray();
+            QTextCodec *codec = QTextCodec::codecForName("utf-8");
+            if (format == QLatin1String("text/html"))
+                codec = QTextCodec::codecForHtml(ba, codec);
+            return codec->toUnicode(ba);
+        }
+#endif // QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+        case QVariant::Color: {
+            QVariant newData = data;
+            newData.convert(QVariant::Color);
+            return newData;
+        }
+        case QVariant::List: {
+            if (format != QLatin1String("text/uri-list"))
+                break;
+            // fall through
+        }
+        case QVariant::Url: {
+            QByteArray ba = data.toByteArray();
+            // Qt 3.x will send text/uri-list with a trailing
+            // null-terminator (that is *not* sent for any other
+            // text/* mime-type), so chop it off
+            if (ba.endsWith('\0'))
+                ba.chop(1);
+
+            QList<QByteArray> urls = ba.split('\n');
+            QList<QVariant> list;
+            for (int i = 0; i < urls.size(); ++i) {
+                QByteArray ba = urls.at(i).trimmed();
+                if (!ba.isEmpty())
+                    list.append(QUrl::fromEncoded(ba));
+            }
+            return list;
+        }
+        default:
+            break;
+        }
+
+    } else if (type == QVariant::ByteArray) {
+
+        // try to convert to bytearray
+        switch(data.type()) {
+        case QVariant::ByteArray:
+        case QVariant::Color:
+            return data.toByteArray();
+            break;
+        case QVariant::String:
+            return data.toString().toUtf8();
+            break;
+        case QVariant::Url:
+            return data.toUrl().toEncoded();
+            break;
+        case QVariant::List: {
+            // has to be list of URLs
+            QByteArray result;
+            QList<QVariant> list = data.toList();
+            for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
+                if (list.at(i).type() == QVariant::Url) {
+                    result += list.at(i).toUrl().toEncoded();
+                    result += "\r\n";
+                }
+            }
+            if (!result.isEmpty())
+                return result;
+            break;
+        }
+        default:
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return data;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QMimeData
+    \brief The QMimeData class provides a container for data that records information
+    about its MIME type.
+
+    QMimeData is used to describe information that can be stored in
+    the \l{QClipboard}{clipboard}, and transferred via the \l{drag
+    and drop} mechanism. QMimeData objects associate the data that
+    they hold with the corresponding MIME types to ensure that
+    information can be safely transferred between applications, and
+    copied around within the same application.
+
+    QMimeData objects are usually created using \c new and supplied
+    to QDrag or QClipboard objects. This is to enable Qt to manage
+    the memory that they use.
+
+    A single QMimeData object can store the same data using several
+    different formats at the same time. The formats() function
+    returns a list of the available formats in order of preference.
+    The data() function returns the raw data associated with a MIME
+    type, and setData() allows you to set the data for a MIME type.
+
+    For the most common MIME types, QMimeData provides convenience
+    functions to access the data:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Tester       \o Getter       \o Setter           \o MIME Types
+    \row    \o hasText()    \o text()       \o setText()        \o \c text/plain
+    \row    \o hasHtml()    \o html()       \o setHtml()        \o \c text/html
+    \row    \o hasUrls()    \o urls()       \o setUrls()        \o \c text/uri-list
+    \row    \o hasImage()   \o imageData()  \o setImageData()   \o \c image/ *
+    \row    \o hasColor()   \o colorData()  \o setColorData()   \o \c application/x-color
+    \endtable
+
+    For example, if your write a widget that accepts URL drags, you
+    would end up writing code like this:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmimedata.cpp 0
+
+    There are three approaches for storing custom data in a QMimeData
+    object:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o  Custom data can be stored directly in a QMimeData object as a
+        QByteArray using setData(). For example:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmimedata.cpp 1
+
+    \o  We can subclass QMimeData and reimplement hasFormat(),
+        formats(), and retrieveData().
+
+    \o  If the drag and drop operation occurs withing a single
+        application, we can subclass QMimeData and add extra data in
+        it, and use a qobject_cast() in the receiver's drop event
+        handler. For example:
+
+        \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmimedata.cpp 2
+    \endlist
+
+    \section1 Platform-Specific MIME Types
+
+    On Windows, formats() will also return custom formats available
+    in the MIME data, using the \c{x-qt-windows-mime} subtype to
+    indicate that they represent data in non-standard formats.
+    The formats will take the following form:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmimedata.cpp 3
+
+    The following are examples of custom MIME types:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmimedata.cpp 4
+
+    The \c value declaration of each format describes the way in which the
+    data is encoded.
+
+    On Windows, the MIME format does not always map directly to the
+    clipboard formats. Qt provides QWindowsMime to map clipboard
+    formats to open-standard MIME formats. Similarly, the
+    QMacPasteboardMime maps MIME to Mac flavors.
+
+    \sa QClipboard, QDragEnterEvent, QDragMoveEvent, QDropEvent, QDrag,
+        QWindowsMime, QMacPasteboardMime, {Drag and Drop}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a new MIME data object with no data in it.
+*/
+QMimeData::QMimeData()
+    : QObject(*new QMimeDataPrivate, 0)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the MIME data object.
+*/
+QMimeData::~QMimeData()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of URLs contained within the MIME data object.
+
+    URLs correspond to the MIME type \c text/uri-list.
+
+    \sa hasUrls(), data()
+*/
+QList<QUrl> QMimeData::urls() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QMimeData);
+    QVariant data = d->retrieveTypedData(QLatin1String("text/uri-list"), QVariant::List);
+    QList<QUrl> urls;
+    if (data.type() == QVariant::Url)
+        urls.append(data.toUrl());
+    else if (data.type() == QVariant::List) {
+        QList<QVariant> list = data.toList();
+        for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
+            if (list.at(i).type() == QVariant::Url)
+                urls.append(list.at(i).toUrl());
+        }
+    }
+    return urls;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the URLs stored in the MIME data object to those specified by \a urls.
+
+    URLs correspond to the MIME type \c text/uri-list.
+
+    \sa hasUrls(), setData()
+*/
+void QMimeData::setUrls(const QList<QUrl> &urls)
+{
+    Q_D(QMimeData);
+    QList<QVariant> list;
+    for (int i = 0; i < urls.size(); ++i)
+        list.append(urls.at(i));
+
+    d->setData(QLatin1String("text/uri-list"), list);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the object can return a list of urls; otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+    URLs correspond to the MIME type \c text/uri-list.
+
+    \sa setUrls(), urls(), hasFormat()
+*/
+bool QMimeData::hasUrls() const
+{
+    return hasFormat(QLatin1String("text/uri-list"));
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a plain text (MIME type \c text/plain) representation of
+    the data.
+
+    \sa hasText(), html(), data()
+*/
+QString QMimeData::text() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QMimeData);
+    QVariant data = d->retrieveTypedData(QLatin1String("text/plain"), QVariant::String);
+    return data.toString();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets \a text as the plain text (MIME type \c text/plain) used to
+    represent the data.
+
+    \sa hasText(), setHtml(), setData()
+*/
+void QMimeData::setText(const QString &text)
+{
+    Q_D(QMimeData);
+    d->setData(QLatin1String("text/plain"), text);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the object can return plain text (MIME type \c
+    text/plain); otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa setText(), text(), hasHtml(), hasFormat()
+*/
+bool QMimeData::hasText() const
+{
+    return hasFormat(QLatin1String("text/plain"));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a string if the data stored in the object is HTML (MIME
+    type \c text/html); otherwise returns an empty string.
+
+    \sa hasHtml(), setData()
+*/
+QString QMimeData::html() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QMimeData);
+    QVariant data = d->retrieveTypedData(QLatin1String("text/html"), QVariant::String);
+    return data.toString();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets \a html as the HTML (MIME type \c text/html) used to
+    represent the data.
+
+    \sa hasHtml(), setText(), setData()
+*/
+void QMimeData::setHtml(const QString &html)
+{
+    Q_D(QMimeData);
+    d->setData(QLatin1String("text/html"), html);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the object can return HTML (MIME type \c
+    text/html); otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa setHtml(), html(), hasFormat()
+*/
+bool QMimeData::hasHtml() const
+{
+    return hasFormat(QLatin1String("text/html"));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a QVariant storing a QImage if the object can return an
+    image; otherwise returns a null variant.
+
+    A QVariant is used because QMimeData belongs to the \l QtCore
+    library, whereas QImage belongs to \l QtGui. To convert the
+    QVariant to a QImage, simply use qvariant_cast(). For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmimedata.cpp 5
+
+    \sa hasImage()
+*/
+QVariant QMimeData::imageData() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QMimeData);
+    return d->retrieveTypedData(QLatin1String("application/x-qt-image"), QVariant::Image);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the data in the object to the given \a image.
+
+    A QVariant is used because QMimeData belongs to the \l QtCore
+    library, whereas QImage belongs to \l QtGui. The conversion
+    from QImage to QVariant is implicit. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmimedata.cpp 6
+
+    \sa hasImage(), setData()
+*/
+void QMimeData::setImageData(const QVariant &image)
+{
+    Q_D(QMimeData);
+    d->setData(QLatin1String("application/x-qt-image"), image);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the object can return an image; otherwise returns
+    false.
+
+    \sa setImageData(), imageData(), hasFormat()
+*/
+bool QMimeData::hasImage() const
+{
+    return hasFormat(QLatin1String("application/x-qt-image"));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a color if the data stored in the object represents a
+    color (MIME type \c application/x-color); otherwise returns a
+    null variant.
+
+    A QVariant is used because QMimeData belongs to the \l QtCore
+    library, whereas QColor belongs to \l QtGui. To convert the
+    QVariant to a QColor, simply use qvariant_cast(). For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qmimedata.cpp 7
+
+    \sa hasColor(), setColorData(), data()
+*/
+QVariant QMimeData::colorData() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QMimeData);
+    return d->retrieveTypedData(QLatin1String("application/x-color"), QVariant::Color);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the color data in the object to the given \a color.
+
+    Colors correspond to the MIME type \c application/x-color.
+
+    \sa hasColor(), setData()
+*/
+void QMimeData::setColorData(const QVariant &color)
+{
+    Q_D(QMimeData);
+    d->setData(QLatin1String("application/x-color"), color);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the object can return a color (MIME type \c
+    application/x-color); otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa setColorData(), colorData(), hasFormat()
+*/
+bool QMimeData::hasColor() const
+{
+    return hasFormat(QLatin1String("application/x-color"));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the data stored in the object in the format described by
+    the MIME type specified by \a mimeType.
+*/
+QByteArray QMimeData::data(const QString &mimeType) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QMimeData);
+    QVariant data = d->retrieveTypedData(mimeType, QVariant::ByteArray);
+    return data.toByteArray();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the data associated with the MIME type given by \a mimeType
+    to the specified \a data.
+
+    For the most common types of data, you can call the higher-level
+    functions setText(), setHtml(), setUrls(), setImageData(), and
+    setColorData() instead.
+
+    Note that if you want to use a custom data type in an item view drag and drop
+    operation, you must register it as a Qt \l{QMetaType}{meta type}, using the
+    Q_DECLARE_METATYPE() macro, and implement stream operators for it. The stream
+    operators must then be registered with the qRegisterMetaTypeStreamOperators()
+    function.
+
+    \sa hasFormat(), QMetaType, qRegisterMetaTypeStreamOperators()
+*/
+void QMimeData::setData(const QString &mimeType, const QByteArray &data)
+{
+    Q_D(QMimeData);
+    d->setData(mimeType, QVariant(data));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the object can return data for the MIME type
+    specified by \a mimeType; otherwise returns false.
+
+    For the most common types of data, you can call the higher-level
+    functions hasText(), hasHtml(), hasUrls(), hasImage(), and
+    hasColor() instead.
+
+    \sa formats(), setData(), data()
+*/
+bool QMimeData::hasFormat(const QString &mimeType) const
+{
+    return formats().contains(mimeType);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of formats supported by the object. This is a list
+    of MIME types for which the object can return suitable data. The
+    formats in the list are in a priority order.
+
+    For the most common types of data, you can call the higher-level
+    functions hasText(), hasHtml(), hasUrls(), hasImage(), and
+    hasColor() instead.
+
+    \sa hasFormat(), setData(), data()
+*/
+QStringList QMimeData::formats() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QMimeData);
+    QStringList list;
+    for (int i=0; i<d->dataList.size(); i++)
+        list += d->dataList.at(i).format;
+    return list;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a variant with the given \a type containing data for the
+    MIME type specified by \a mimeType. If the object does not
+    support the MIME type or variant type given, a null variant is
+    returned instead.
+
+    This function is called by the general data() getter and by the
+    convenience getters (text(), html(), urls(), imageData(), and
+    colorData()). You can reimplement it if you want to store your
+    data using a custom data structure (instead of a QByteArray,
+    which is what setData() provides). You would then also need
+    to reimplement hasFormat() and formats().
+
+    \sa data()
+*/
+QVariant QMimeData::retrieveData(const QString &mimeType, QVariant::Type type) const
+{
+    Q_UNUSED(type);
+    Q_D(const QMimeData);
+    return d->getData(mimeType);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes all the MIME type and data entries in the object.
+*/
+void QMimeData::clear()
+{
+    Q_D(QMimeData);
+    d->dataList.clear();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.4
+
+    Removes the data entry for \a mimeType in the object.
+*/
+void QMimeData::removeFormat(const QString &mimeType)
+{
+    Q_D(QMimeData);
+    d->removeData(mimeType);
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qmimedata.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qmimedata.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47c5075
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qmimedata.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QMIMEDATA_H
+#define QMIMEDATA_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qvariant.h>
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+class QUrl;
+class QMimeDataPrivate;
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QMimeData : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    QMimeData();
+    ~QMimeData();
+
+    QList<QUrl> urls() const;
+    void setUrls(const QList<QUrl> &urls);
+    bool hasUrls() const;
+
+    QString text() const;
+    void setText(const QString &text);
+    bool hasText() const;
+
+    QString html() const;
+    void setHtml(const QString &html);
+    bool hasHtml() const;
+
+    QVariant imageData() const;
+    void setImageData(const QVariant &image);
+    bool hasImage() const;
+
+    QVariant colorData() const;
+    void setColorData(const QVariant &color);
+    bool hasColor() const;
+
+    QByteArray data(const QString &mimetype) const;
+    void setData(const QString &mimetype, const QByteArray &data);
+    void removeFormat(const QString &mimetype);
+
+    virtual bool hasFormat(const QString &mimetype) const;
+    virtual QStringList formats() const;
+
+    void clear();
+protected:
+    virtual QVariant retrieveData(const QString &mimetype,
+                                      QVariant::Type preferredType) const;
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QMimeData)
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QMimeData)
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QMIMEDATA_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qobject.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qobject.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55cf464
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qobject.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3818 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qobject_p.h"
+
+#include "qabstracteventdispatcher.h"
+#include "qcoreapplication.h"
+#include "qcoreapplication_p.h"
+#include "qvariant.h"
+#include "qmetaobject.h"
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <qthread.h>
+#include <private/qthread_p.h>
+#include <qdebug.h>
+#include <qhash.h>
+#include <qpair.h>
+#include <qvarlengtharray.h>
+#include <qset.h>
+#include <qsemaphore.h>
+
+#include <private/qorderedmutexlocker_p.h>
+
+#include <new>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+static int DIRECT_CONNECTION_ONLY = 0;
+
+static int *queuedConnectionTypes(const QList<QByteArray> &typeNames)
+{
+    int *types = static_cast<int *>(qMalloc((typeNames.count() + 1) * sizeof(int)));
+    for (int i = 0; i < typeNames.count(); ++i) {
+        const QByteArray typeName = typeNames.at(i);
+        if (typeName.endsWith('*'))
+            types[i] = QMetaType::VoidStar;
+        else
+            types[i] = QMetaType::type(typeName);
+
+        if (!types[i]) {
+            qWarning("QObject::connect: Cannot queue arguments of type '%s'\n"
+                     "(Make sure '%s' is registered using qRegisterMetaType().)",
+                     typeName.constData(), typeName.constData());
+            qFree(types);
+            return 0;
+        }
+    }
+    types[typeNames.count()] = 0;
+
+    return types;
+}
+
+extern "C" Q_CORE_EXPORT void qt_addObject(QObject *)
+{
+}
+
+extern "C" Q_CORE_EXPORT void qt_removeObject(QObject *)
+{
+}
+
+QObjectPrivate::QObjectPrivate(int version)
+    : threadData(0), currentSender(0), currentChildBeingDeleted(0), connectionLists(0)
+{
+    if (version != QObjectPrivateVersion)
+        qFatal("Cannot mix incompatible Qt libraries");
+
+    // QObjectData initialization
+    q_ptr = 0;
+    parent = 0;                                 // no parent yet. It is set by setParent()
+    isWidget = false;                           // assume not a widget object
+    pendTimer = false;                          // no timers yet
+    blockSig = false;                           // not blocking signals
+    wasDeleted = false;                         // double-delete catcher
+    sendChildEvents = true;                     // if we should send ChildInsert and ChildRemove events to parent
+    receiveChildEvents = true;
+    postedEvents = 0;
+    extraData = 0;
+    connectedSignals = 0;
+    inEventHandler = false;
+    inThreadChangeEvent = false;
+    deleteWatch = 0;
+}
+
+QObjectPrivate::~QObjectPrivate()
+{
+    if (deleteWatch)
+        *deleteWatch = 1;
+#ifndef QT_NO_USERDATA
+    if (extraData)
+        qDeleteAll(extraData->userData);
+    delete extraData;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+int *QObjectPrivate::setDeleteWatch(QObjectPrivate *d, int *w) {
+    int *old = d->deleteWatch;
+    d->deleteWatch = w;
+    return old;
+}
+
+
+void QObjectPrivate::resetDeleteWatch(QObjectPrivate *d, int *oldWatch, int deleteWatch) {
+    if (!deleteWatch)
+        d->deleteWatch = oldWatch;
+
+    if (oldWatch)
+        *oldWatch = deleteWatch;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+void QObjectPrivate::sendPendingChildInsertedEvents()
+{
+    Q_Q(QObject);
+    for (int i = 0; i < pendingChildInsertedEvents.size(); ++i) {
+        QObject *c = pendingChildInsertedEvents.at(i);
+        if (!c)
+            continue;
+        QChildEvent childEvent(QEvent::ChildInserted, c);
+        QCoreApplication::sendEvent(q, &childEvent);
+    }
+    pendingChildInsertedEvents.clear();
+}
+
+void QObjectPrivate::removePendingChildInsertedEvents(QObject *child)
+{
+    if (!child) {
+        pendingChildInsertedEvents.clear();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // the QObject destructor calls QObject::removeChild, which calls
+    // QCoreApplication::sendEvent() directly.  this can happen while the event
+    // loop is in the middle of posting events, and when we get here, we may
+    // not have any more posted events for this object.
+
+    // if this is a child remove event and the child insert hasn't
+    // been dispatched yet, kill that insert
+    for (int i = 0; i < pendingChildInsertedEvents.size(); ++i) {
+        QObject *&c = pendingChildInsertedEvents[i];
+        if (c == child)
+            c = 0;
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+class QObjectConnectionListVector : public QVector<QObjectPrivate::ConnectionList>
+{
+public:
+    bool orphaned;
+    bool dirty;
+    int inUse;
+    QObjectPrivate::ConnectionList allsignals;
+
+    QObjectConnectionListVector()
+        : QVector<QObjectPrivate::ConnectionList>(), orphaned(false), dirty(false), inUse(0)
+    { }
+
+    const QObjectPrivate::ConnectionList &at(int at) const
+    {
+        if (at < 0)
+            return allsignals;
+        return QVector<QObjectPrivate::ConnectionList>::at(at);
+    }
+    QObjectPrivate::ConnectionList &operator[](int at)
+    {
+        if (at < 0)
+            return allsignals;
+        return QVector<QObjectPrivate::ConnectionList>::operator[](at);
+    }
+};
+
+bool QObjectPrivate::isSender(const QObject *receiver, const char *signal) const
+{
+    Q_Q(const QObject);
+    int signal_index = q->metaObject()->indexOfSignal(signal);
+    if (signal_index < 0)
+        return false;
+    QMutexLocker locker(&threadData->mutex);
+    if (connectionLists) {
+        if (signal_index < connectionLists->count()) {
+            const ConnectionList &connectionList = connectionLists->at(signal_index);
+            for (int i = 0; i < connectionList.count(); ++i) {
+                const QObjectPrivate::Connection &c = connectionList.at(i);
+                if (c.receiver && c.receiver == receiver)
+                    return true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+QObjectList QObjectPrivate::receiverList(const char *signal) const
+{
+    Q_Q(const QObject);
+    QObjectList returnValue;
+    int signal_index = q->metaObject()->indexOfSignal(signal);
+    if (signal_index < 0)
+        return returnValue;
+    QMutexLocker locker(&threadData->mutex);
+    if (connectionLists) {
+        if (signal_index < connectionLists->count()) {
+            const ConnectionList &connectionList = connectionLists->at(signal_index);
+            for (int i = 0; i < connectionList.count(); ++i) {
+                const QObjectPrivate::Connection &c = connectionList.at(i);
+                if (c.receiver)
+                    returnValue << c.receiver;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return returnValue;
+}
+
+QObjectList QObjectPrivate::senderList() const
+{
+    QObjectList returnValue;
+    QMutexLocker locker(&threadData->mutex);
+    for (int i = 0; i < senders.count(); ++i)
+        returnValue << senders.at(i).sender;
+    return returnValue;
+}
+
+void QObjectPrivate::addConnection(int signal, Connection *c)
+{
+    if (!connectionLists)
+        connectionLists = new QObjectConnectionListVector();
+    if (signal >= connectionLists->count())
+        connectionLists->resize(signal + 1);
+
+    ConnectionList &connectionList = (*connectionLists)[signal];
+    connectionList.append(*c);
+
+    cleanConnectionLists();
+}
+
+void QObjectPrivate::removeReceiver(int signal, QObject *receiver)
+{
+    if (!connectionLists)
+        return;
+
+    if (signal >= connectionLists->count())
+        return;
+
+    ConnectionList &connectionList = (*connectionLists)[signal];
+    for (int i = 0; i < connectionList.count(); ++i) {
+        Connection &c = connectionList[i];
+        if (c.receiver == receiver) {
+            c.receiver = 0;
+            if (c.argumentTypes && c.argumentTypes != &DIRECT_CONNECTION_ONLY) {
+                qFree(c.argumentTypes);
+                c.argumentTypes = 0;
+            }
+            connectionLists->dirty = true;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+void QObjectPrivate::cleanConnectionLists()
+{
+    if (connectionLists->dirty && !connectionLists->inUse) {
+        // remove broken connections
+        for (int signal = -1; signal < connectionLists->count(); ++signal) {
+            QObjectPrivate::ConnectionList &connectionList = (*connectionLists)[signal];
+            for (int i = 0; i < connectionList.count(); ++i) {
+                const QObjectPrivate::Connection &c = connectionList.at(i);
+                if (!c.receiver)
+                    connectionList.removeAt(i--);
+            }
+        }
+        connectionLists->dirty = false;
+    }
+}
+
+void QObjectPrivate::refSender(QObject *sender, int signal)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < senders.count(); ++i) {
+        Sender &s = senders[i];
+        if (s.sender == sender && s.signal == signal) {
+            ++s.ref;
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+
+    Sender s = { sender, signal, 1 };
+    senders.append(s);
+}
+
+void QObjectPrivate::derefSender(QObject *sender, int signal)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < senders.count(); ++i) {
+        Sender &s = senders[i];
+        if (s.sender == sender && s.signal == signal) {
+            if (--s.ref == 0) {
+                senders.removeAt(i);
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    // Q_ASSERT_X(false, "QObjectPrivate::derefSender", "sender not found");
+}
+
+void QObjectPrivate::removeSender(QObject *sender, int signal)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < senders.count(); ++i) {
+        Sender &s = senders[i];
+        if (s.sender == sender && s.signal == signal) {
+            senders.removeAt(i);
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+    // Q_ASSERT_X(false, "QObjectPrivate::removeSender", "sender not found");
+}
+
+QObjectPrivate::Sender *QObjectPrivate::setCurrentSender(QObject *receiver,
+                                                         Sender *sender)
+{
+    Sender *previousSender = receiver->d_func()->currentSender;
+    receiver->d_func()->currentSender = sender;
+    return previousSender;
+}
+
+void QObjectPrivate::resetCurrentSender(QObject *receiver,
+                                        Sender *currentSender,
+                                        Sender *previousSender)
+{
+    // ref is set to zero when this object is deleted during the metacall
+    if (currentSender->ref == 1)
+        receiver->d_func()->currentSender = previousSender;
+    // if we've recursed, we need to tell the caller about the objects deletion
+    if (previousSender)
+        previousSender->ref = currentSender->ref;
+}
+
+
+typedef QMultiHash<QObject *, QObject **> GuardHash;
+Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(GuardHash, guardHash)
+Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QMutex, guardHashLock)
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+void QMetaObject::addGuard(QObject **ptr)
+{
+    if (!*ptr)
+        return;
+    GuardHash *hash = guardHash();
+    if (!hash) {
+        *ptr = 0;
+        return;
+    }
+    QMutexLocker locker(guardHashLock());
+    hash->insert(*ptr, ptr);
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+void QMetaObject::removeGuard(QObject **ptr)
+{
+    if (!*ptr)
+        return;
+    GuardHash *hash = guardHash();
+    if (!hash)
+        return;
+    QMutexLocker locker(guardHashLock());
+    GuardHash::iterator it = hash->find(*ptr);
+    const GuardHash::iterator end = hash->end();
+    for (; it.key() == *ptr && it != end; ++it) {
+        if (it.value() == ptr) {
+            (void) hash->erase(it);
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+void QMetaObject::changeGuard(QObject **ptr, QObject *o)
+{
+    GuardHash *hash = guardHash();
+    if (!hash) {
+        *ptr = 0;
+        return;
+    }
+    QMutexLocker locker(guardHashLock());
+    if (*ptr) {
+        GuardHash::iterator it = hash->find(*ptr);
+        const GuardHash::iterator end = hash->end();
+        for (; it.key() == *ptr && it != end; ++it) {
+            if (it.value() == ptr) {
+                (void) hash->erase(it);
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    *ptr = o;
+    if (*ptr)
+        hash->insert(*ptr, ptr);
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+ */
+void QObjectPrivate::clearGuards(QObject *object)
+{
+    GuardHash *hash = guardHash();
+    if (hash) {
+        QMutexLocker locker(guardHashLock());
+        GuardHash::iterator it = hash->find(object);
+        const GuardHash::iterator end = hash->end();
+        while (it.key() == object && it != end) {
+            *it.value() = 0;
+            it = hash->erase(it);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+ */
+QMetaCallEvent::QMetaCallEvent(int id, const QObject *sender, int signalId,
+                               int nargs, int *types, void **args, QSemaphore *semaphore)
+    : QEvent(MetaCall), id_(id), sender_(sender), signalId_(signalId),
+      nargs_(nargs), types_(types), args_(args), semaphore_(semaphore)
+{ }
+
+/*! \internal
+ */
+QMetaCallEvent::~QMetaCallEvent()
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < nargs_; ++i) {
+        if (types_[i] && args_[i])
+            QMetaType::destroy(types_[i], args_[i]);
+    }
+    if (types_) qFree(types_);
+    if (args_) qFree(args_);
+#ifndef QT_NO_THREAD
+    if (semaphore_)
+        semaphore_->release();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+ */
+int QMetaCallEvent::placeMetaCall(QObject *object)
+{
+    return object->qt_metacall(QMetaObject::InvokeMetaMethod, id_, args_);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class QObject
+    \brief The QObject class is the base class of all Qt objects.
+
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+    \mainclass
+    \reentrant
+
+    QObject is the heart of the \l{Qt object model}. The central
+    feature in this model is a very powerful mechanism for seamless
+    object communication called \l{signals and slots}. You can
+    connect a signal to a slot with connect() and destroy the
+    connection with disconnect(). To avoid never ending notification
+    loops you can temporarily block signals with blockSignals(). The
+    protected functions connectNotify() and disconnectNotify() make
+    it possible to track connections.
+
+    QObjects organize themselves in object trees. When you create a
+    QObject with another object as parent, the object will
+    automatically add itself to the parent's children() list. The
+    parent takes ownership of the object i.e. it will automatically
+    delete its children in its destructor. You can look for an object
+    by name and optionally type using findChild() or findChildren().
+
+    Every object has an objectName() and its class name can be found
+    via the corresponding metaObject() (see QMetaObject::className()).
+    You can determine whether the object's class inherits another
+    class in the QObject inheritance hierarchy by using the
+    inherits() function.
+
+    When an object is deleted, it emits a destroyed() signal. You can
+    catch this signal to avoid dangling references to QObjects.
+
+    QObjects can receive events through event() and filter the events
+    of other objects. See installEventFilter() and eventFilter() for
+    details. A convenience handler, childEvent(), can be reimplemented
+    to catch child events.
+
+    Events are delivered in the thread in which the object was
+    created; see \l{Thread Support in Qt} and thread() for details.
+    Note that event processing is not done at all for QObjects with no
+    thread affinity (thread() returns zero). Use the moveToThread()
+    function to change the thread affinity for an object and its
+    children (the object cannot be moved if it has a parent).
+
+    Last but not least, QObject provides the basic timer support in
+    Qt; see QTimer for high-level support for timers.
+
+    Notice that the Q_OBJECT macro is mandatory for any object that
+    implements signals, slots or properties. You also need to run the
+    \l{moc}{Meta Object Compiler} on the source file. We strongly
+    recommend the use of this macro in all subclasses of QObject
+    regardless of whether or not they actually use signals, slots and
+    properties, since failure to do so may lead certain functions to
+    exhibit strange behavior.
+
+    All Qt widgets inherit QObject. The convenience function
+    isWidgetType() returns whether an object is actually a widget. It
+    is much faster than
+    \l{qobject_cast()}{qobject_cast}<QWidget *>(\e{obj}) or
+    \e{obj}->\l{inherits()}{inherits}("QWidget").
+
+    Some QObject functions, e.g. children(), return a QObjectList.
+    QObjectList is a typedef for QList<QObject *>.
+
+    \target No copy constructor
+    \section1 No copy constructor or assignment operator
+
+    QObject has neither a copy constructor nor an assignment operator.
+    This is by design. Actually, they are declared, but in a
+    \c{private} section with the macro Q_DISABLE_COPY(). In fact, all
+    Qt classes derived from QObject (direct or indirect) use this
+    macro to declare their copy constructor and assignment operator to
+    be private. The reasoning is found in the discussion on
+    \l{Identity vs Value} {Identity vs Value} on the \l{Qt Object
+    Model} page.
+
+    The main consequence is that you should use pointers to QObject
+    (or to your QObject subclass) where you might otherwise be tempted
+    to use your QObject subclass as a value. For example, without a
+    copy constructor, you can't use a subclass of QObject as the value
+    to be stored in one of the container classes. You must store
+    pointers.
+
+    \section2 Auto-Connection
+
+    Qt's meta-object system provides a mechanism to automatically connect
+    signals and slots between QObject subclasses and their children. As long
+    as objects are defined with suitable object names, and slots follow a
+    simple naming convention, this connection can be performed at run-time
+    by the QMetaObject::connectSlotsByName() function.
+
+    \l uic generates code that invokes this function to enable
+    auto-connection to be performed between widgets on forms created
+    with \QD. More information about using auto-connection with \QD is
+    given in the \l{Using a Designer .ui File in Your Application} section of
+    the \QD manual.
+
+    \section2 Dynamic Properties
+
+    From Qt 4.2, dynamic properties can be added to and removed from QObject
+    instances at run-time. Dynamic properties do not need to be declared at
+    compile-time, yet they provide the same advantages as static properties
+    and are manipulated using the same API - using property() to read them
+    and setProperty() to write them.
+
+    From Qt 4.3, dynamic properties are supported by
+    \l{Qt Designer's Widget Editing Mode#The Property Editor}{Qt Designer},
+    and both standard Qt widgets and user-created forms can be given dynamic
+    properties.
+
+    \sa QMetaObject, QPointer, QObjectCleanupHandler, Q_DISABLE_COPY()
+        {Object Trees and Object Ownership}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \relates QObject
+
+    Returns a pointer to the object named \a name that inherits \a
+    type and with a given \a parent.
+
+    Returns 0 if there is no such child.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 0
+*/
+
+void *qt_find_obj_child(QObject *parent, const char *type, const QString &name)
+{
+    QObjectList list = parent->children();
+    if (list.size() == 0) return 0;
+    for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
+        QObject *obj = list.at(i);
+        if (name == obj->objectName() && obj->inherits(type))
+            return obj;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QObject member functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+// check the constructor's parent thread argument
+static bool check_parent_thread(QObject *parent,
+                                QThreadData *parentThreadData,
+                                QThreadData *currentThreadData)
+{
+    if (parent && parentThreadData != currentThreadData) {
+        QThread *parentThread = parentThreadData->thread;
+        QThread *currentThread = currentThreadData->thread;
+        qWarning("QObject: Cannot create children for a parent that is in a different thread.\n"
+                 "(Parent is %s(%p), parent's thread is %s(%p), current thread is %s(%p)",
+                 parent->metaObject()->className(),
+                 parent,
+                 parentThread ? parentThread->metaObject()->className() : "QThread",
+                 parentThread,
+                 currentThread ? currentThread->metaObject()->className() : "QThread",
+                 currentThread);
+        return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an object with parent object \a parent.
+
+    The parent of an object may be viewed as the object's owner. For
+    instance, a \l{QDialog}{dialog box} is the parent of the \gui OK
+    and \gui Cancel buttons it contains.
+
+    The destructor of a parent object destroys all child objects.
+
+    Setting \a parent to 0 constructs an object with no parent. If the
+    object is a widget, it will become a top-level window.
+
+    \sa parent(), findChild(), findChildren()
+*/
+
+QObject::QObject(QObject *parent)
+    : d_ptr(new QObjectPrivate)
+{
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    qt_addObject(d_ptr->q_ptr = this);
+    d->threadData = (parent && !parent->thread()) ? parent->d_func()->threadData : QThreadData::current();
+    d->threadData->ref();
+    if (!check_parent_thread(parent, parent ? parent->d_func()->threadData : 0, d->threadData))
+        parent = 0;
+    setParent(parent);
+}
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+    \overload QObject()
+    \obsolete
+
+    Creates a new QObject with the given \a parent and object \a name.
+ */
+QObject::QObject(QObject *parent, const char *name)
+    : d_ptr(new QObjectPrivate)
+{
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    qt_addObject(d_ptr->q_ptr = this);
+    d->threadData = (parent && !parent->thread()) ? parent->d_func()->threadData : QThreadData::current();
+    d->threadData->ref();
+    if (!check_parent_thread(parent, parent ? parent->d_func()->threadData : 0, d->threadData))
+        parent = 0;
+    setParent(parent);
+    setObjectName(QString::fromAscii(name));
+}
+#endif
+
+/*! \internal
+ */
+QObject::QObject(QObjectPrivate &dd, QObject *parent)
+    : d_ptr(&dd)
+{
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    qt_addObject(d_ptr->q_ptr = this);
+    d->threadData = (parent && !parent->thread()) ? parent->d_func()->threadData : QThreadData::current();
+    d->threadData->ref();
+    if (!check_parent_thread(parent, parent ? parent->d_func()->threadData : 0, d->threadData))
+        parent = 0;
+    if (d->isWidget) {
+        if (parent) {
+            d->parent = parent;
+            d->parent->d_func()->children.append(this);
+        }
+        // no events sent here, this is done at the end of the QWidget constructor
+    } else {
+        setParent(parent);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object, deleting all its child objects.
+
+    All signals to and from the object are automatically disconnected, and
+    any pending posted events for the object are removed from the event
+    queue. However, it is often safer to use deleteLater() rather than
+    deleting a QObject subclass directly.
+
+    \warning All child objects are deleted. If any of these objects
+    are on the stack or global, sooner or later your program will
+    crash. We do not recommend holding pointers to child objects from
+    outside the parent. If you still do, the destroyed() signal gives
+    you an opportunity to detect when an object is destroyed.
+
+    \warning Deleting a QObject while pending events are waiting to
+    be delivered can cause a crash. You must not delete the QObject
+    directly if it exists in a different thread than the one currently
+    executing. Use deleteLater() instead, which will cause the event
+    loop to delete the object after all pending events have been
+    delivered to it.
+
+    \sa deleteLater()
+*/
+
+QObject::~QObject()
+{
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    if (d->wasDeleted) {
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+        qWarning("QObject: Double deletion detected");
+#endif
+        return;
+    }
+    d->wasDeleted = true;
+
+    d->blockSig = 0; // unblock signals so we always emit destroyed()
+
+    if (!d->isWidget) {
+        // set all QPointers for this object to zero - note that
+        // ~QWidget() does this for us, so we don't have to do it twice
+        QObjectPrivate::clearGuards(this);
+    }
+
+    emit destroyed(this);
+
+    {
+        QMutexLocker locker(&d->threadData->mutex);
+
+        // set ref to zero to indicate that this object has been deleted
+        if (d->currentSender != 0)
+            d->currentSender->ref = 0;
+        d->currentSender = 0;
+
+        // disconnect all receivers
+        if (d->connectionLists) {
+            ++d->connectionLists->inUse;
+            for (int signal = -1; signal < d->connectionLists->count(); ++signal) {
+                QObjectPrivate::ConnectionList &connectionList = (*d->connectionLists)[signal];
+                for (int i = 0; i < connectionList.count(); ++i) {
+                    QObjectPrivate::Connection *c = &connectionList[i];
+                    if (!c->receiver)
+                        continue;
+
+                    QMutex *m = &c->receiver->d_func()->threadData->mutex;
+                    bool needToUnlock = QOrderedMutexLocker::relock(locker.mutex(), m);
+                    c = &connectionList[i];
+                    if (c->receiver)
+                        c->receiver->d_func()->removeSender(this, signal);
+                    if (needToUnlock)
+                        m->unlock();
+
+                    if (c->argumentTypes && c->argumentTypes != &DIRECT_CONNECTION_ONLY) {
+                        qFree(c->argumentTypes);
+                        c->argumentTypes = 0;
+                    }
+                    c->receiver = 0;
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (!--d->connectionLists->inUse) {
+                delete d->connectionLists;
+            } else {
+                d->connectionLists->orphaned = true;
+            }
+            d->connectionLists = 0;
+        }
+
+        // disconnect all senders
+        for (int i = 0; i < d->senders.count(); ++i) {
+            QObjectPrivate::Sender *s = &d->senders[i];
+            if (!s->sender)
+                continue;
+
+            QMutex *m = &s->sender->d_func()->threadData->mutex;
+            bool needToUnlock = QOrderedMutexLocker::relock(locker.mutex(), m);
+            s = &d->senders[i];
+            if (s->sender)
+                s->sender->d_func()->removeReceiver(s->signal, this);
+            if (needToUnlock)
+                m->unlock();
+        }
+
+        d->senders.clear();
+    }
+
+    if (d->pendTimer) {
+        // unregister pending timers
+        if (d->threadData->eventDispatcher)
+            d->threadData->eventDispatcher->unregisterTimers(this);
+    }
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    d->pendingChildInsertedEvents.clear();
+#endif
+
+    d->eventFilters.clear();
+
+    if (!d->children.isEmpty())
+        d->deleteChildren();
+
+    qt_removeObject(this);
+
+    QMutexLocker locker2(&d->threadData->postEventList.mutex);
+    if (d->postedEvents > 0)
+        QCoreApplicationPrivate::removePostedEvents_unlocked(this, 0, d->threadData);
+    locker2.unlock();
+
+    if (d->parent)        // remove it from parent object
+        d->setParent_helper(0);
+
+    d->threadData->deref();
+
+#ifdef QT_JAMBI_BUILD
+    if (d->inEventHandler) {
+        qWarning("QObject: Do not delete object, '%s', during its event handler!",
+                 objectName().isNull() ? "unnamed" : qPrintable(objectName()));
+    }
+#endif
+
+    delete d;
+    d_ptr = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMetaObject *QObject::metaObject() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the meta-object of this object.
+
+    A meta-object contains information about a class that inherits
+    QObject, e.g. class name, superclass name, properties, signals and
+    slots. Every QObject subclass that contains the Q_OBJECT macro will have a
+    meta-object.
+
+    The meta-object information is required by the signal/slot
+    connection mechanism and the property system. The inherits()
+    function also makes use of the meta-object.
+
+    If you have no pointer to an actual object instance but still
+    want to access the meta-object of a class, you can use \l
+    staticMetaObject.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 1
+
+    \sa staticMetaObject
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \variable QObject::staticMetaObject
+
+    This variable stores the meta-object for the class.
+
+    A meta-object contains information about a class that inherits
+    QObject, e.g. class name, superclass name, properties, signals and
+    slots. Every class that contains the Q_OBJECT macro will also have
+    a meta-object.
+
+    The meta-object information is required by the signal/slot
+    connection mechanism and the property system. The inherits()
+    function also makes use of the meta-object.
+
+    If you have a pointer to an object, you can use metaObject() to
+    retrieve the meta-object associated with that object.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 2
+
+    \sa metaObject()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T *qobject_cast<T *>(QObject *object)
+    \relates QObject
+
+    Returns the given \a object cast to type T if the object is of type
+    T (or of a subclass); otherwise returns 0.
+
+    The class T must inherit (directly or indirectly) QObject and be
+    declared with the \l Q_OBJECT macro.
+
+    A class is considered to inherit itself.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 3
+
+    The qobject_cast() function behaves similarly to the standard C++
+    \c dynamic_cast(), with the advantages that it doesn't require
+    RTTI support and it works across dynamic library boundaries.
+
+    qobject_cast() can also be used in conjunction with interfaces;
+    see the \l{tools/plugandpaint}{Plug & Paint} example for details.
+
+    \warning If T isn't declared with the Q_OBJECT macro, this
+    function's return value is undefined.
+
+    \sa QObject::inherits()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QObject::inherits(const char *className) const
+
+    Returns true if this object is an instance of a class that
+    inherits \a className or a QObject subclass that inherits \a
+    className; otherwise returns false.
+
+    A class is considered to inherit itself.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 4
+
+    (\l QLayoutItem is not a QObject.)
+
+    Consider using qobject_cast<Type *>(object) instead. The method
+    is both faster and safer.
+
+    \sa metaObject(), qobject_cast()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QObject::objectName
+
+    \brief the name of this object
+
+    You can find an object by name (and type) using findChild(). You can
+    find a set of objects with findChildren().
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 5
+
+    By default, this property contains an empty string.
+
+    \sa metaObject(), QMetaObject::className()
+*/
+
+QString QObject::objectName() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QObject);
+    return d->objectName;
+}
+
+/*
+    Sets the object's name to \a name.
+*/
+void QObject::setObjectName(const QString &name)
+{
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    d->objectName = name;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*! \internal
+    QObject::child is compat but needs to call itself recursively,
+    that's why we need this helper.
+*/
+static QObject *qChildHelper(const char *objName, const char *inheritsClass,
+                             bool recursiveSearch, const QObjectList &children)
+{
+    if (children.isEmpty())
+        return 0;
+
+    bool onlyWidgets = (inheritsClass && qstrcmp(inheritsClass, "QWidget") == 0);
+    const QLatin1String oName(objName);
+    for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+        QObject *obj = children.at(i);
+        if (onlyWidgets) {
+            if (obj->isWidgetType() && (!objName || obj->objectName() == oName))
+                return obj;
+        } else if ((!inheritsClass || obj->inherits(inheritsClass))
+                   && (!objName || obj->objectName() == oName))
+            return obj;
+        if (recursiveSearch && (obj = qChildHelper(objName, inheritsClass,
+                                                   recursiveSearch, obj->children())))
+            return obj;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Searches the children and optionally grandchildren of this object,
+    and returns a child that is called \a objName that inherits \a
+    inheritsClass. If \a inheritsClass is 0 (the default), any class
+    matches.
+
+    If \a recursiveSearch is true (the default), child() performs a
+    depth-first search of the object's children.
+
+    If there is no such object, this function returns 0. If there are
+    more than one, the first one found is returned.
+*/
+QObject* QObject::child(const char *objName, const char *inheritsClass,
+                         bool recursiveSearch) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QObject);
+    return qChildHelper(objName, inheritsClass, recursiveSearch, d->children);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QObject::isWidgetType() const
+
+    Returns true if the object is a widget; otherwise returns false.
+
+    Calling this function is equivalent to calling
+    inherits("QWidget"), except that it is much faster.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    This virtual function receives events to an object and should
+    return true if the event \a e was recognized and processed.
+
+    The event() function can be reimplemented to customize the
+    behavior of an object.
+
+    \sa installEventFilter(), timerEvent(), QApplication::sendEvent(),
+    QApplication::postEvent(), QWidget::event()
+*/
+
+bool QObject::event(QEvent *e)
+{
+    switch (e->type()) {
+    case QEvent::Timer:
+        timerEvent((QTimerEvent*)e);
+        break;
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    case QEvent::ChildInsertedRequest:
+        d_func()->sendPendingChildInsertedEvents();
+        break;
+#endif
+
+    case QEvent::ChildAdded:
+    case QEvent::ChildPolished:
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    case QEvent::ChildInserted:
+#endif
+    case QEvent::ChildRemoved:
+        childEvent((QChildEvent*)e);
+        break;
+
+    case QEvent::DeferredDelete:
+        qDeleteInEventHandler(this);
+        break;
+
+    case QEvent::MetaCall:
+        {
+            d_func()->inEventHandler = false;
+            QMetaCallEvent *mce = static_cast<QMetaCallEvent*>(e);
+            QObjectPrivate::Sender currentSender;
+            currentSender.sender = const_cast<QObject*>(mce->sender());
+            currentSender.signal = mce->signalId();
+            currentSender.ref = 1;
+            QObjectPrivate::Sender * const previousSender =
+                QObjectPrivate::setCurrentSender(this, &currentSender);
+#if defined(QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS)
+            mce->placeMetaCall(this);
+#else
+            try {
+                mce->placeMetaCall(this);
+            } catch (...) {
+                QObjectPrivate::resetCurrentSender(this, &currentSender, previousSender);
+                throw;
+            }
+#endif
+            QObjectPrivate::resetCurrentSender(this, &currentSender, previousSender);
+            break;
+        }
+
+    case QEvent::ThreadChange: {
+        Q_D(QObject);
+        QThreadData *threadData = d->threadData;
+        QAbstractEventDispatcher *eventDispatcher = threadData->eventDispatcher;
+        if (eventDispatcher) {
+            // set inThreadChangeEvent to true to tell the dispatcher not to release out timer ids
+            // back to the pool (since the timer ids are moving to a new thread).
+            d->inThreadChangeEvent = true;
+            QList<QPair<int, int> > timers = eventDispatcher->registeredTimers(this);
+            d->inThreadChangeEvent = false;
+            if (!timers.isEmpty()) {
+                eventDispatcher->unregisterTimers(this);
+                QMetaObject::invokeMethod(this, "_q_reregisterTimers", Qt::QueuedConnection,
+                                          Q_ARG(void*, (new QList<QPair<int, int> >(timers))));
+            }
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    default:
+        if (e->type() >= QEvent::User) {
+            customEvent(e);
+            break;
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QObject::timerEvent(QTimerEvent *event)
+
+    This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+    timer events for the object.
+
+    QTimer provides a higher-level interface to the timer
+    functionality, and also more general information about timers. The
+    timer event is passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+    \sa startTimer(), killTimer(), event()
+*/
+
+void QObject::timerEvent(QTimerEvent *)
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+    child events. The event is passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+    QEvent::ChildAdded and QEvent::ChildRemoved events are sent to
+    objects when children are added or removed. In both cases you can
+    only rely on the child being a QObject, or if isWidgetType()
+    returns true, a QWidget. (This is because, in the
+    \l{QEvent::ChildAdded}{ChildAdded} case, the child is not yet
+    fully constructed, and in the \l{QEvent::ChildRemoved}{ChildRemoved}
+    case it might have been destructed already).
+
+    QEvent::ChildPolished events are sent to widgets when children
+    are polished, or when polished children are added. If you receive
+    a child polished event, the child's construction is usually
+    completed. However, this is not guaranteed, and multiple polish
+    events may be delivered during the execution of a widget's
+    constructor.
+
+    For every child widget, you receive one
+    \l{QEvent::ChildAdded}{ChildAdded} event, zero or more
+    \l{QEvent::ChildPolished}{ChildPolished} events, and one
+    \l{QEvent::ChildRemoved}{ChildRemoved} event.
+
+    The \l{QEvent::ChildPolished}{ChildPolished} event is omitted if
+    a child is removed immediately after it is added. If a child is
+    polished several times during construction and destruction, you
+    may receive several child polished events for the same child,
+    each time with a different virtual table.
+
+    \sa event()
+*/
+
+void QObject::childEvent(QChildEvent * /* event */)
+{
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive
+    custom events. Custom events are user-defined events with a type
+    value at least as large as the QEvent::User item of the
+    QEvent::Type enum, and is typically a QEvent subclass. The event
+    is passed in the \a event parameter.
+
+    \sa event(), QEvent
+*/
+void QObject::customEvent(QEvent * /* event */)
+{
+}
+
+
+
+/*!
+    Filters events if this object has been installed as an event
+    filter for the \a watched object.
+
+    In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to filter
+    the \a event out, i.e. stop it being handled further, return
+    true; otherwise return false.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 6
+
+    Notice in the example above that unhandled events are passed to
+    the base class's eventFilter() function, since the base class
+    might have reimplemented eventFilter() for its own internal
+    purposes.
+
+    \warning If you delete the receiver object in this function, be
+    sure to return true. Otherwise, Qt will forward the event to the
+    deleted object and the program might crash.
+
+    \sa installEventFilter()
+*/
+
+bool QObject::eventFilter(QObject * /* watched */, QEvent * /* event */)
+{
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QObject::signalsBlocked() const
+
+    Returns true if signals are blocked; otherwise returns false.
+
+    Signals are not blocked by default.
+
+    \sa blockSignals()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    If \a block is true, signals emitted by this object are blocked
+    (i.e., emitting a signal will not invoke anything connected to it).
+	If \a block is false, no such blocking will occur.
+
+    The return value is the previous value of signalsBlocked().
+
+    Note that the destroyed() signal will be emitted even if the signals
+    for this object have been blocked.
+
+    \sa signalsBlocked()
+*/
+
+bool QObject::blockSignals(bool block)
+{
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    bool previous = d->blockSig;
+    d->blockSig = block;
+    return previous;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the thread in which the object lives.
+
+    \sa moveToThread()
+*/
+QThread *QObject::thread() const
+{
+    return d_func()->threadData->thread;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Changes the thread affinity for this object and its children. The
+    object cannot be moved if it has a parent. Event processing will
+    continue in the \a targetThread.
+
+    To move an object to the main thread, use QApplication::instance()
+    to retrieve a pointer to the current application, and then use
+    QApplication::thread() to retrieve the thread in which the
+    application lives. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 7
+
+    If \a targetThread is zero, all event processing for this object
+    and its children stops.
+
+    Note that all active timers for the object will be reset. The
+    timers are first stopped in the current thread and restarted (with
+    the same interval) in the \a targetThread. As a result, constantly
+    moving an object between threads can postpone timer events
+    indefinitely.
+
+    A QEvent::ThreadChange event is sent to this object just before
+    the thread affinity is changed. You can handle this event to
+    perform any special processing. Note that any new events that are
+    posted to this object will be handled in the \a targetThread.
+
+    \warning This function is \e not thread-safe; the current thread
+    must be same as the current thread affinity. In other words, this
+    function can only "push" an object from the current thread to
+    another thread, it cannot "pull" an object from any arbitrary
+    thread to the current thread.
+
+    \sa thread()
+ */
+void QObject::moveToThread(QThread *targetThread)
+{
+    Q_D(QObject);
+
+    if (d->threadData->thread == targetThread) {
+        // object is already in this thread
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (d->parent != 0) {
+        qWarning("QObject::moveToThread: Cannot move objects with a parent");
+        return;
+    }
+    if (d->isWidget) {
+        qWarning("QObject::moveToThread: Widgets cannot be moved to a new thread");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    QThreadData *currentData = QThreadData::current();
+    QThreadData *targetData = targetThread ? QThreadData::get2(targetThread) : new QThreadData(0);
+    if (d->threadData->thread == 0 && currentData == targetData) {
+        // one exception to the rule: we allow moving objects with no thread affinity to the current thread
+        currentData = d->threadData;
+    } else if (d->threadData != currentData) {
+        qWarning("QObject::moveToThread: Current thread (%p) is not the object's thread (%p).\n"
+                 "Cannot move to target thread (%p)\n",
+                 d->threadData->thread, currentData->thread, targetData->thread);
+
+#ifdef Q_WS_MAC
+        qWarning("On Mac OS X, you might be loading two sets of Qt binaries into the same process. "
+                 "Check that all plugins are compiled against the right Qt binaries. Export "
+                 "DYLD_PRINT_LIBRARIES=1 and check that only one set of binaries are being loaded.");
+#endif
+
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // prepare to move
+    d->moveToThread_helper();
+
+    QOrderedMutexLocker locker(&currentData->postEventList.mutex,
+                               &targetData->postEventList.mutex);
+
+    // keep currentData alive (since we've got it locked)
+    currentData->ref();
+
+    // move the object
+    d_func()->setThreadData_helper(currentData, targetData);
+
+    locker.unlock();
+
+    // now currentData can commit suicide if it wants to
+    currentData->deref();
+}
+
+void QObjectPrivate::moveToThread_helper()
+{
+    Q_Q(QObject);
+    QEvent e(QEvent::ThreadChange);
+    QCoreApplication::sendEvent(q, &e);
+    for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+        QObject *child = children.at(i);
+        child->d_func()->moveToThread_helper();
+    }
+}
+
+void QObjectPrivate::setThreadData_helper(QThreadData *currentData, QThreadData *targetData)
+{
+    Q_Q(QObject);
+
+    // move posted events
+    int eventsMoved = 0;
+    for (int i = 0; i < currentData->postEventList.size(); ++i) {
+        const QPostEvent &pe = currentData->postEventList.at(i);
+        if (!pe.event)
+            continue;
+        if (pe.receiver == q) {
+            // move this post event to the targetList
+            targetData->postEventList.append(pe);
+            const_cast<QPostEvent &>(pe).event = 0;
+            ++eventsMoved;
+        }
+    }
+    if (eventsMoved > 0 && targetData->eventDispatcher)
+        targetData->eventDispatcher->wakeUp();
+
+    // the current emitting thread shouldn't restore currentSender after calling moveToThread()
+    if (currentSender)
+        currentSender->ref = 0;
+    currentSender = 0;
+
+    // the current event thread also shouldn't restore the delete watch
+    inEventHandler = false;
+    if (deleteWatch)
+        *deleteWatch = 1;
+    deleteWatch = 0;
+
+    // set new thread data
+    targetData->ref();
+    threadData->deref();
+    threadData = targetData;
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+        QObject *child = children.at(i);
+        child->d_func()->setThreadData_helper(currentData, targetData);
+    }
+}
+
+void QObjectPrivate::_q_reregisterTimers(void *pointer)
+{
+    Q_Q(QObject);
+    QList<QPair<int, int> > *timerList = reinterpret_cast<QList<QPair<int, int> > *>(pointer);
+    QAbstractEventDispatcher *eventDispatcher = threadData->eventDispatcher;
+    for (int i = 0; i < timerList->size(); ++i) {
+        const QPair<int, int> &pair = timerList->at(i);
+        eventDispatcher->registerTimer(pair.first, pair.second, q);
+    }
+    delete timerList;
+}
+
+
+//
+// The timer flag hasTimer is set when startTimer is called.
+// It is not reset when killing the timer because more than
+// one timer might be active.
+//
+
+/*!
+    Starts a timer and returns a timer identifier, or returns zero if
+    it could not start a timer.
+
+    A timer event will occur every \a interval milliseconds until
+    killTimer() is called. If \a interval is 0, then the timer event
+    occurs once every time there are no more window system events to
+    process.
+
+    The virtual timerEvent() function is called with the QTimerEvent
+    event parameter class when a timer event occurs. Reimplement this
+    function to get timer events.
+
+    If multiple timers are running, the QTimerEvent::timerId() can be
+    used to find out which timer was activated.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 8
+
+    Note that QTimer's accuracy depends on the underlying operating
+    system and hardware. Most platforms support an accuracy of 20
+    milliseconds; some provide more. If Qt is unable to deliver the
+    requested number of timer events, it will silently discard some.
+
+    The QTimer class provides a high-level programming interface with
+    single-shot timers and timer signals instead of events. There is
+    also a QBasicTimer class that is more lightweight than QTimer and
+    less clumsy than using timer IDs directly.
+
+    \sa timerEvent(), killTimer(), QTimer::singleShot()
+*/
+
+int QObject::startTimer(int interval)
+{
+    Q_D(QObject);
+
+    if (interval < 0) {
+        qWarning("QObject::startTimer: QTimer cannot have a negative interval");
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    d->pendTimer = true;                                // set timer flag
+
+    if (!d->threadData->eventDispatcher) {
+        qWarning("QObject::startTimer: QTimer can only be used with threads started with QThread");
+        return 0;
+    }
+    return d->threadData->eventDispatcher->registerTimer(interval, this);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Kills the timer with timer identifier, \a id.
+
+    The timer identifier is returned by startTimer() when a timer
+    event is started.
+
+    \sa timerEvent(), startTimer()
+*/
+
+void QObject::killTimer(int id)
+{
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    if (d->threadData->eventDispatcher)
+        d->threadData->eventDispatcher->unregisterTimer(id);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QObject *QObject::parent() const
+
+    Returns a pointer to the parent object.
+
+    \sa children()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QObjectList &QObject::children() const
+
+    Returns a list of child objects.
+    The QObjectList class is defined in the \c{<QObject>} header
+    file as the following:
+
+    \quotefromfile src/corelib/kernel/qobject.h
+    \skipto /typedef .*QObjectList/
+    \printuntil QObjectList
+
+    The first child added is the \l{QList::first()}{first} object in
+    the list and the last child added is the \l{QList::last()}{last}
+    object in the list, i.e. new children are appended at the end.
+
+    Note that the list order changes when QWidget children are
+    \l{QWidget::raise()}{raised} or \l{QWidget::lower()}{lowered}. A
+    widget that is raised becomes the last object in the list, and a
+    widget that is lowered becomes the first object in the list.
+
+    \sa findChild(), findChildren(), parent(), setParent()
+*/
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+static void objSearch(QObjectList &result,
+                       const QObjectList &list,
+                       const char  *inheritsClass,
+                       bool onlyWidgets,
+                       const char  *objName,
+                       QRegExp           *rx,
+                       bool            recurse)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
+        QObject *obj = list.at(i);
+        if (!obj)
+            continue;
+        bool ok = true;
+        if (onlyWidgets)
+            ok = obj->isWidgetType();
+        else if (inheritsClass && !obj->inherits(inheritsClass))
+            ok = false;
+        if (ok) {
+            if (objName)
+                ok = (obj->objectName() == QLatin1String(objName));
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+            else if (rx)
+                ok = (rx->indexIn(obj->objectName()) != -1);
+#endif
+        }
+        if (ok)                                // match!
+            result.append(obj);
+        if (recurse) {
+            QObjectList clist = obj->children();
+            if (!clist.isEmpty())
+                objSearch(result, clist, inheritsClass,
+                           onlyWidgets, objName, rx, recurse);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Searches the children and optionally grandchildren of this object,
+    and returns a list of those objects that are named or that match
+    \a objName and inherit \a inheritsClass. If \a inheritsClass is 0
+    (the default), all classes match. If \a objName is 0 (the
+    default), all object names match.
+
+    If \a regexpMatch is true (the default), \a objName is a regular
+    expression that the objects's names must match. The syntax is that
+    of a QRegExp. If \a regexpMatch is false, \a objName is a string
+    and object names must match it exactly.
+
+    Note that \a inheritsClass uses single inheritance from QObject,
+    the way inherits() does. According to inherits(), QWidget
+    inherits QObject but not QPaintDevice. This does not quite match
+    reality, but is the best that can be done on the wide variety of
+    compilers Qt supports.
+
+    Finally, if \a recursiveSearch is true (the default), queryList()
+    searches \e{n}th-generation as well as first-generation children.
+
+    If all this seems a bit complex for your needs, the simpler
+    child() function may be what you want.
+
+    This somewhat contrived example disables all the buttons in this
+    window:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 9
+
+    \warning Delete the list as soon you have finished using it. The
+    list contains pointers that may become invalid at almost any time
+    without notice (as soon as the user closes a window you may have
+    dangling pointers, for example).
+
+    \sa child() children(), parent(), inherits(), objectName(), QRegExp
+*/
+
+QObjectList QObject::queryList(const char *inheritsClass,
+                                const char *objName,
+                                bool regexpMatch,
+                                bool recursiveSearch) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QObject);
+    QObjectList list;
+    bool onlyWidgets = (inheritsClass && qstrcmp(inheritsClass, "QWidget") == 0);
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+    if (regexpMatch && objName) {                // regexp matching
+        QRegExp rx(QString::fromLatin1(objName));
+        objSearch(list, d->children, inheritsClass, onlyWidgets, 0, &rx, recursiveSearch);
+    } else
+#endif
+    {
+        objSearch(list, d->children, inheritsClass, onlyWidgets, objName, 0, recursiveSearch);
+    }
+    return list;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \fn T *QObject::findChild(const QString &name) const
+
+    Returns the child of this object that can be cast into type T and
+    that is called \a name, or 0 if there is no such object.
+    Omitting the \a name argument causes all object names to be matched.
+    The search is performed recursively.
+
+    If there is more than one child matching the search, the most
+    direct ancestor is returned. If there are several direct
+    ancestors, it is undefined which one will be returned. In that
+    case, findChildren() should be used.
+
+    This example returns a child \l{QPushButton} of \c{parentWidget}
+    named \c{"button1"}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 10
+
+    This example returns a \l{QListWidget} child of \c{parentWidget}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 11
+
+    \warning This function is not available with MSVC 6. Use
+    qFindChild() instead if you need to support that version of the
+    compiler.
+
+    \sa findChildren(), qFindChild()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<T> QObject::findChildren(const QString &name) const
+
+    Returns all children of this object with the given \a name that can be
+    cast to type T, or an empty list if there are no such objects.
+    Omitting the \a name argument causes all object names to be matched.
+    The search is performed recursively.
+
+    The following example shows how to find a list of child \l{QWidget}s of
+    the specified \c{parentWidget} named \c{widgetname}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 12
+
+    This example returns all \c{QPushButton}s that are children of \c{parentWidget}:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 13
+
+    \warning This function is not available with MSVC 6. Use
+    qFindChildren() instead if you need to support that version of the
+    compiler.
+
+    \sa findChild(), qFindChildren()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<T> QObject::findChildren(const QRegExp &regExp) const
+    \overload findChildren()
+
+    Returns the children of this object that can be cast to type T
+    and that have names matching the regular expression \a regExp,
+    or an empty list if there are no such objects.
+    The search is performed recursively.
+
+    \warning This function is not available with MSVC 6. Use
+    qFindChildren() instead if you need to support that version of the
+    compiler.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn T qFindChild(const QObject *obj, const QString &name)
+    \relates QObject
+
+    This function is equivalent to
+    \a{obj}->\l{QObject::findChild()}{findChild}<T>(\a name). It is
+    provided as a work-around for MSVC 6, which doesn't support
+    member template functions.
+
+    \sa QObject::findChild()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<T> qFindChildren(const QObject *obj, const QString &name)
+    \relates QObject
+
+    This function is equivalent to
+    \a{obj}->\l{QObject::findChildren()}{findChildren}<T>(\a name). It is
+    provided as a work-around for MSVC 6, which doesn't support
+    member template functions.
+
+    \sa QObject::findChildren()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<T> qFindChildren(const QObject *obj, const QRegExp &regExp)
+    \relates QObject
+    \overload qFindChildren()
+
+    This function is equivalent to
+    \a{obj}->\l{QObject::findChildren()}{findChildren}<T>(\a regExp). It is
+    provided as a work-around for MSVC 6, which doesn't support
+    member template functions.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \fn T qFindChild(const QObject *obj, const QString &name = QString(), T dummy = 0)
+    \relates QObject
+    \overload qFindChildren()
+
+    This function is equivalent to
+    \a{obj}->\l{QObject::findChild()}{findChild}<T>(\a name). It is
+    provided as a work-around for MSVC 6, which doesn't support
+    member template functions.
+
+    \sa QObject::findChild()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    \fn QList<T> qFindChildren(const QObject *obj, const QString &name = QString(), T dummy = 0)
+    \relates QObject
+    \overload qFindChildren()
+
+    This function is equivalent to
+    \a{obj}->\l{QObject::findChildren()}{findChildren}<T>(\a name). It is
+    provided as a work-around for MSVC 6, which doesn't support
+    member template functions.
+
+    \sa QObject::findChildren()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+*/
+void qt_qFindChildren_helper(const QObject *parent, const QString &name, const QRegExp *re,
+                         const QMetaObject &mo, QList<void*> *list)
+{
+    if (!parent || !list)
+        return;
+    const QObjectList &children = parent->children();
+    QObject *obj;
+    for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+        obj = children.at(i);
+        if (mo.cast(obj)) {
+            if (re) {
+                if (re->indexIn(obj->objectName()) != -1)
+                    list->append(obj);
+            } else {
+                if (name.isNull() || obj->objectName() == name)
+                    list->append(obj);
+            }
+        }
+        qt_qFindChildren_helper(obj, name, re, mo, list);
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+ */
+QObject *qt_qFindChild_helper(const QObject *parent, const QString &name, const QMetaObject &mo)
+{
+    if (!parent)
+        return 0;
+    const QObjectList &children = parent->children();
+    QObject *obj;
+    int i;
+    for (i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+        obj = children.at(i);
+        if (mo.cast(obj) && (name.isNull() || obj->objectName() == name))
+            return obj;
+    }
+    for (i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
+        obj = qt_qFindChild_helper(children.at(i), name, mo);
+        if (obj)
+            return obj;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Makes the object a child of \a parent.
+
+    \sa QWidget::setParent()
+*/
+
+void QObject::setParent(QObject *parent)
+{
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    Q_ASSERT(!d->isWidget);
+    d->setParent_helper(parent);
+}
+
+void QObjectPrivate::deleteChildren()
+{
+    const bool reallyWasDeleted = wasDeleted;
+    wasDeleted = true;
+    // delete children objects
+    // don't use qDeleteAll as the destructor of the child might
+    // delete siblings
+    for (int i = 0; i < children.count(); ++i) {
+        currentChildBeingDeleted = children.at(i);
+        children[i] = 0;
+        delete currentChildBeingDeleted;
+    }
+    children.clear();
+    currentChildBeingDeleted = 0;
+    wasDeleted = reallyWasDeleted;
+}
+
+void QObjectPrivate::setParent_helper(QObject *o)
+{
+    Q_Q(QObject);
+    if (o == parent)
+        return;
+    if (parent) {
+        QObjectPrivate *parentD = parent->d_func();
+        if (parentD->wasDeleted && wasDeleted
+            && parentD->currentChildBeingDeleted == q) {
+            // don't do anything since QObjectPrivate::deleteChildren() already
+            // cleared our entry in parentD->children.
+        } else {
+            const int index = parentD->children.indexOf(q);
+            if (parentD->wasDeleted) {
+                parentD->children[index] = 0;
+            } else {
+                parentD->children.removeAt(index);
+                if (sendChildEvents && parentD->receiveChildEvents) {
+                    QChildEvent e(QEvent::ChildRemoved, q);
+                    QCoreApplication::sendEvent(parent, &e);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    parent = o;
+    if (parent) {
+        // object hierarchies are constrained to a single thread
+        if (threadData != parent->d_func()->threadData) {
+            qWarning("QObject::setParent: Cannot set parent, new parent is in a different thread");
+            parent = 0;
+            return;
+        }
+        parent->d_func()->children.append(q);
+        if(sendChildEvents && parent->d_func()->receiveChildEvents) {
+            if (!isWidget) {
+                QChildEvent e(QEvent::ChildAdded, q);
+                QCoreApplication::sendEvent(parent, &e);
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+                if (parent->d_func()->pendingChildInsertedEvents.isEmpty()) {
+                    QCoreApplication::postEvent(parent,
+                                                new QEvent(QEvent::ChildInsertedRequest),
+                                                Qt::HighEventPriority);
+                }
+                parent->d_func()->pendingChildInsertedEvents.append(q);
+#endif
+            }
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QObject::installEventFilter(QObject *filterObj)
+
+    Installs an event filter \a filterObj on this object. For example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 14
+
+    An event filter is an object that receives all events that are
+    sent to this object. The filter can either stop the event or
+    forward it to this object. The event filter \a filterObj receives
+    events via its eventFilter() function. The eventFilter() function
+    must return true if the event should be filtered, (i.e. stopped);
+    otherwise it must return false.
+
+    If multiple event filters are installed on a single object, the
+    filter that was installed last is activated first.
+
+    Here's a \c KeyPressEater class that eats the key presses of its
+    monitored objects:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 15
+
+    And here's how to install it on two widgets:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 16
+
+    The QShortcut class, for example, uses this technique to intercept
+    shortcut key presses.
+
+    \warning If you delete the receiver object in your eventFilter()
+    function, be sure to return true. If you return false, Qt sends
+    the event to the deleted object and the program will crash.
+
+    Note that the filtering object must be in the same thread as this
+    object. If \a filterObj is in a different thread, this function does
+    nothing. If either \a filterObj or this object are moved to a different
+    thread after calling this function, the event filter will not be
+    called until both objects have the same thread affinity again (it
+    is \e not removed).
+
+    \sa removeEventFilter(), eventFilter(), event()
+*/
+
+void QObject::installEventFilter(QObject *obj)
+{
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    if (!obj)
+        return;
+    if (d->threadData != obj->d_func()->threadData) {
+        qWarning("QObject::installEventFilter(): Cannot filter events for objects in a different thread.");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // clean up unused items in the list
+    d->eventFilters.removeAll((QObject*)0);
+    d->eventFilters.removeAll(obj);
+    d->eventFilters.prepend(obj);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes an event filter object \a obj from this object. The
+    request is ignored if such an event filter has not been installed.
+
+    All event filters for this object are automatically removed when
+    this object is destroyed.
+
+    It is always safe to remove an event filter, even during event
+    filter activation (i.e. from the eventFilter() function).
+
+    \sa installEventFilter(), eventFilter(), event()
+*/
+
+void QObject::removeEventFilter(QObject *obj)
+{
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    for (int i = 0; i < d->eventFilters.count(); ++i) {
+        if (d->eventFilters.at(i) == obj)
+            d->eventFilters[i] = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QObject::destroyed(QObject *obj)
+
+    This signal is emitted immediately before the object \a obj is
+    destroyed, and can not be blocked.
+
+    All the objects's children are destroyed immediately after this
+    signal is emitted.
+
+    \sa deleteLater(), QPointer
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Schedules this object for deletion.
+
+    The object will be deleted when control returns to the event
+    loop. If the event loop is not running when this function is
+    called (e.g. deleteLater() is called on an object before
+    QCoreApplication::exec()), the object will be deleted once the
+    event loop is started.
+
+    Note that entering and leaving a new event loop (e.g., by opening a modal
+    dialog) will \e not perform the deferred deletion; for the object to be
+    deleted, the control must return to the event loop from which
+    deleteLater() was called.
+
+    \bold{Note:} It is safe to call this function more than once; when the
+    first deferred deletion event is delivered, any pending events for the
+    object are removed from the event queue.
+
+    \sa destroyed(), QPointer
+*/
+void QObject::deleteLater()
+{
+    QCoreApplication::postEvent(this, new QEvent(QEvent::DeferredDelete));
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QObject::tr(const char *sourceText, const char *disambiguation, int n)
+    \reentrant
+
+    Returns a translated version of \a sourceText, optionally based on a
+    \a disambiguation string and value of \a n for strings containing plurals;
+    otherwise returns \a sourceText itself if no appropriate translated string
+    is available.
+
+    See the sections below on Disambiguation and Handling Plurals for more
+    information about the optional \a disambiguation and \a n parameters.
+
+    QObject and its subclasses obtain translated strings from any translator
+    objects that have been installed on the application object; see the
+    QTranslator documentation for details about this mechanism.
+
+    A translatable string is referenced by its translation context;
+    this is the name of the QObject subclass whose tr() function is invoked,
+    as in the following example:
+
+    \snippet mainwindows/sdi/mainwindow.cpp implicit tr context
+    \dots
+
+    Here, the context is \c MainWindow because it is the \c MainWindow::tr()
+    function that is invoked. Translation contexts can be given explicitly
+    by fully qualifying the call to tr(); for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp explicit tr context
+
+    This call obtains the translated text for "Page up" from the \c QScrollBar
+    context.
+
+    \section1 Defining Translation Contexts
+
+    The translation context for QObject and each QObject subclass is the
+    class name itself. Developers subclassing QObject must use the
+    Q_OBJECT macro in their class definition to override the translation
+    context. This macro sets the context to the name of the subclass.
+
+    If Q_OBJECT is not used in a class definition, the context will be
+    inherited from the base class. For example, since all QObject-based
+    classes in Qt provide a context, a new QWidget subclass defined without
+    a Q_OBJECT macro will use the "QWidget" context if its tr() function
+    is invoked.
+
+    \section1 Translator Comments
+
+    Developers can include information about each translatable string to
+    help translators with the translation process. These are extracted
+    when \l lupdate is used to process the source files. The recommended
+    way to add comments is to annotate the tr() calls in your code with
+    comments of the form:
+
+    \tt{//: ...}
+
+    or
+
+    \tt{/*: ... \starslash}
+
+    Examples:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 40
+
+    In these examples, the comments will be associated with the strings
+    passed to tr() in the context of each call.
+
+    \section1 Disambiguation
+
+    If the same \a sourceText is used in different roles within the
+    same context, an additional identifying string may be passed in
+    \a disambiguation (0 by default). In Qt 4.4 and earlier, this was
+    the preferred way to pass comments to translators.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 17
+
+    \section1 Character Encodings
+
+    You can set the encoding for \a sourceText by calling QTextCodec::setCodecForTr().
+    By default \a sourceText is assumed to be in Latin-1 encoding.
+
+    \section1 Handling Plurals
+
+    If \a n >= 0, all occurrences of \c %n in the resulting string
+    are replaced with a decimal representation of \a n. In addition,
+    depending on \a n's value, the translation text may vary.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 18
+
+    The table below shows what string is returned depending on the
+    active translation:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o      \o{3,1} Active Translation
+    \header \o \a n \o No Translation        \o French                                 \o English
+    \row    \o 0    \o "0 message(s) saved"  \o "0 message sauvegard\unicode{0xE9}"    \o "0 message\bold{s} saved"
+    \row    \o 1    \o "1 message(s) saved"  \o "1 message sauvegard\unicode{0xE9}"    \o "1 message saved"
+    \row    \o 2    \o "2 message(s) saved"  \o "2 message\bold{s} sauvegard\unicode{0xE9}\bold{s}"  \o "2 message\bold{s} saved"
+    \row    \o 37   \o "37 message(s) saved" \o "37 message\bold{s} sauvegard\unicode{0xE9}\bold{s}" \o "37 message\bold{s} saved"
+    \endtable
+
+    This idiom is more flexible than the traditional approach; e.g.,
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 19
+
+    because it also works with target languages that have several
+    plural forms (e.g., Irish has a special "dual" form that should
+    be used when \c n is 2), and it handles the \e n == 0 case
+    correctly for languages such as French that require the singular.
+    See the \l{Qt Linguist Manual} for details.
+
+    Instead of \c %n, you can use \c %Ln to produce a localized
+    representation of \a n. The conversion uses the default locale,
+    set using QLocale::setDefault(). (If no default locale was
+    specified, the "C" locale is used.)
+
+    \warning This method is reentrant only if all translators are
+    installed \e before calling this method. Installing or removing
+    translators while performing translations is not supported. Doing
+    so will probably result in crashes or other undesirable behavior.
+
+    \sa trUtf8(), QApplication::translate(), QTextCodec::setCodecForTr(), {Internationalization with Qt}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QObject::trUtf8(const char *sourceText, const char *disambiguation, int n)
+    \reentrant
+
+    Returns a translated version of \a sourceText, or
+    QString::fromUtf8(\a sourceText) if there is no appropriate
+    version. It is otherwise identical to tr(\a sourceText, \a
+    disambiguation, \a n).
+
+    Note that using the Utf8 variants of the translation functions
+    is not required if \c CODECFORTR is already set to UTF-8 in the
+    qmake project file and QTextCodec::setCodecForTr("UTF-8") is
+    used.
+
+    \warning This method is reentrant only if all translators are
+    installed \e before calling this method. Installing or removing
+    translators while performing translations is not supported. Doing
+    so will probably result in crashes or other undesirable behavior.
+
+    \warning For portability reasons, we recommend that you use
+    escape sequences for specifying non-ASCII characters in string
+    literals to trUtf8(). For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 20
+
+    \sa tr(), QApplication::translate(), {Internationalization with Qt}
+*/
+
+
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Signals and slots
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+
+const int flagged_locations_count = 2;
+static const char* flagged_locations[flagged_locations_count] = {0};
+
+const char *qFlagLocation(const char *method)
+{
+    static int idx = 0;
+    flagged_locations[idx] = method;
+    idx = (idx+1) % flagged_locations_count;
+    return method;
+}
+
+static int extract_code(const char *member)
+{
+    // extract code, ensure QMETHOD_CODE <= code <= QSIGNAL_CODE
+    return (((int)(*member) - '0') & 0x3);
+}
+
+static const char * extract_location(const char *member)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < flagged_locations_count; ++i) {
+        if (member == flagged_locations[i]) {
+            // signature includes location information after the first null-terminator
+            const char *location = member + qstrlen(member) + 1;
+            if (*location != '\0')
+                return location;
+            return 0;
+        }
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static bool check_signal_macro(const QObject *sender, const char *signal,
+                                const char *func, const char *op)
+{
+    int sigcode = extract_code(signal);
+    if (sigcode != QSIGNAL_CODE) {
+        if (sigcode == QSLOT_CODE)
+            qWarning("Object::%s: Attempt to %s non-signal %s::%s",
+                     func, op, sender->metaObject()->className(), signal+1);
+        else
+            qWarning("Object::%s: Use the SIGNAL macro to %s %s::%s",
+                     func, op, sender->metaObject()->className(), signal);
+        return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+static bool check_method_code(int code, const QObject *object,
+                               const char *method, const char *func)
+{
+    if (code != QSLOT_CODE && code != QSIGNAL_CODE) {
+        qWarning("Object::%s: Use the SLOT or SIGNAL macro to "
+                 "%s %s::%s", func, func, object->metaObject()->className(), method);
+        return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+static void err_method_notfound(const QObject *object,
+                                const char *method, const char *func)
+{
+    const char *type = "method";
+    switch (extract_code(method)) {
+        case QSLOT_CODE:   type = "slot";   break;
+        case QSIGNAL_CODE: type = "signal"; break;
+    }
+    const char *loc = extract_location(method);
+    if (strchr(method,')') == 0)                // common typing mistake
+        qWarning("Object::%s: Parentheses expected, %s %s::%s%s%s",
+                 func, type, object->metaObject()->className(), method+1,
+                 loc ? " in ":"\0", loc ? loc : "\0");
+    else
+        qWarning("Object::%s: No such %s %s::%s%s%s",
+                 func, type, object->metaObject()->className(), method+1,
+                 loc ? " in ":"\0", loc ? loc : "\0");
+
+}
+
+
+static void err_info_about_objects(const char * func,
+                                    const QObject * sender,
+                                    const QObject * receiver)
+{
+    QString a = sender ? sender->objectName() : QString();
+    QString b = receiver ? receiver->objectName() : QString();
+    if (!a.isEmpty())
+        qWarning("Object::%s:  (sender name:   '%s')", func, a.toLocal8Bit().data());
+    if (!b.isEmpty())
+        qWarning("Object::%s:  (receiver name: '%s')", func, b.toLocal8Bit().data());
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a pointer to the object that sent the signal, if called in
+    a slot activated by a signal; otherwise it returns 0. The pointer
+    is valid only during the execution of the slot that calls this
+    function from this object's thread context.
+
+    The pointer returned by this function becomes invalid if the
+    sender is destroyed, or if the slot is disconnected from the
+    sender's signal.
+
+    \warning This function violates the object-oriented principle of
+    modularity. However, getting access to the sender might be useful
+    when many signals are connected to a single slot.
+
+    \warning As mentioned above, the return value of this function is
+    not valid when the slot is called via a Qt::DirectConnection from
+    a thread different from this object's thread. Do not use this
+    function in this type of scenario.
+
+    \sa QSignalMapper
+*/
+
+QObject *QObject::sender() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QObject);
+
+    QMutexLocker(&d->threadData->mutex);
+    if (!d->currentSender)
+        return 0;
+
+    // Return 0 if d->currentSender isn't in d->senders
+    bool found = false;
+    for (int i = 0; !found && i < d->senders.count(); ++i)
+        found = (d->senders.at(i).sender == d->currentSender->sender);
+    if (!found)
+        return 0;
+    return d->currentSender->sender;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of receivers connected to the \a signal.
+
+    Since both slots and signals can be used as receivers for signals,
+    and the same connections can be made many times, the number of
+    receivers is the same as the number of connections made from this
+    signal.
+
+    When calling this function, you can use the \c SIGNAL() macro to
+    pass a specific signal:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 21
+
+    As the code snippet above illustrates, you can use this function
+    to avoid emitting a signal that nobody listens to.
+
+    \warning This function violates the object-oriented principle of
+    modularity. However, it might be useful when you need to perform
+    expensive initialization only if something is connected to a
+    signal.
+*/
+
+int QObject::receivers(const char *signal) const
+{
+    int receivers = 0;
+    if (signal) {
+        QByteArray signal_name = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature(signal);
+        signal = signal_name;
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+        if (!check_signal_macro(this, signal, "receivers", "bind"))
+            return 0;
+#endif
+        signal++; // skip code
+        const QMetaObject *smeta = this->metaObject();
+        int signal_index = smeta->indexOfSignal(signal);
+        if (signal_index < 0) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+            err_method_notfound(this, signal-1, "receivers");
+#endif
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        Q_D(const QObject);
+        QMutexLocker locker(&d->threadData->mutex);
+        if (d->connectionLists) {
+            if (signal_index < d->connectionLists->count()) {
+                const QObjectPrivate::ConnectionList &connectionList =
+                    d->connectionLists->at(signal_index);
+                for (int i = 0; i < connectionList.count(); ++i) {
+                    const QObjectPrivate::Connection &c = connectionList.at(i);
+                    receivers += c.receiver ? 1 : 0;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return receivers;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \threadsafe
+
+    Creates a connection of the given \a type from the \a signal in
+    the \a sender object to the \a method in the \a receiver object.
+    Returns true if the connection succeeds; otherwise returns false.
+
+    You must use the \c SIGNAL() and \c SLOT() macros when specifying
+    the \a signal and the \a method, for example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 22
+
+    This example ensures that the label always displays the current
+    scroll bar value. Note that the signal and slots parameters must not
+    contain any variable names, only the type. E.g. the following would
+    not work and return false:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 23
+
+    A signal can also be connected to another signal:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 24
+
+    In this example, the \c MyWidget constructor relays a signal from
+    a private member variable, and makes it available under a name
+    that relates to \c MyWidget.
+
+    A signal can be connected to many slots and signals. Many signals
+    can be connected to one slot.
+
+    If a signal is connected to several slots, the slots are activated
+    in an arbitrary order when the signal is emitted.
+
+    The function returns true if it successfully connects the signal
+    to the slot. It will return false if it cannot create the
+    connection, for example, if QObject is unable to verify the
+    existence of either \a signal or \a method, or if their signatures
+    aren't compatible.
+
+    For every connection you make, a signal is emitted; two signals are emitted
+    for duplicate connections. You can break all of these connections with a
+    single disconnect() call.
+
+    The optional \a type parameter describes the type of connection
+    to establish. In particular, it determines whether a particular
+    signal is delivered to a slot immediately or queued for delivery
+    at a later time. If the signal is queued, the parameters must be
+    of types that are known to Qt's meta-object system, because Qt
+    needs to copy the arguments to store them in an event behind the
+    scenes. If you try to use a queued connection and get the error
+    message
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 25
+
+    call qRegisterMetaType() to register the data type before you
+    establish the connection.
+
+    \sa disconnect(), sender(), qRegisterMetaType()
+*/
+
+bool QObject::connect(const QObject *sender, const char *signal,
+                      const QObject *receiver, const char *method,
+                      Qt::ConnectionType type)
+{
+    {
+        const void *cbdata[] = { sender, signal, receiver, method, &type };
+        if (QInternal::activateCallbacks(QInternal::ConnectCallback, (void **) cbdata))
+            return true;
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    bool warnCompat = true;
+#endif
+    if (type == Qt::AutoCompatConnection) {
+        type = Qt::AutoConnection;
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+        warnCompat = false;
+#endif
+    }
+
+    if (sender == 0 || receiver == 0 || signal == 0 || method == 0) {
+        qWarning("QObject::connect: Cannot connect %s::%s to %s::%s",
+                 sender ? sender->metaObject()->className() : "(null)",
+                 (signal && *signal) ? signal+1 : "(null)",
+                 receiver ? receiver->metaObject()->className() : "(null)",
+                 (method && *method) ? method+1 : "(null)");
+        return false;
+    }
+    QByteArray tmp_signal_name;
+
+    if (!check_signal_macro(sender, signal, "connect", "bind"))
+        return false;
+    const QMetaObject *smeta = sender->metaObject();
+    const char *signal_arg = signal;
+    ++signal; //skip code
+    int signal_index = smeta->indexOfSignal(signal);
+    if (signal_index < 0) {
+        // check for normalized signatures
+        tmp_signal_name = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature(signal - 1);
+        signal = tmp_signal_name.constData() + 1;
+
+        signal_index = smeta->indexOfSignal(signal);
+        if (signal_index < 0) {
+            err_method_notfound(sender, signal_arg, "connect");
+            err_info_about_objects("connect", sender, receiver);
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    QByteArray tmp_method_name;
+    int membcode = extract_code(method);
+
+    if (!check_method_code(membcode, receiver, method, "connect"))
+        return false;
+    const char *method_arg = method;
+    ++method; // skip code
+
+    const QMetaObject *rmeta = receiver->metaObject();
+    int method_index = -1;
+    switch (membcode) {
+    case QSLOT_CODE:
+        method_index = rmeta->indexOfSlot(method);
+        break;
+    case QSIGNAL_CODE:
+        method_index = rmeta->indexOfSignal(method);
+        break;
+    }
+    if (method_index < 0) {
+        // check for normalized methods
+        tmp_method_name = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature(method);
+        method = tmp_method_name.constData();
+        switch (membcode) {
+        case QSLOT_CODE:
+            method_index = rmeta->indexOfSlot(method);
+            break;
+        case QSIGNAL_CODE:
+            method_index = rmeta->indexOfSignal(method);
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (method_index < 0) {
+        err_method_notfound(receiver, method_arg, "connect");
+        err_info_about_objects("connect", sender, receiver);
+        return false;
+    }
+    if (!QMetaObject::checkConnectArgs(signal, method)) {
+        qWarning("QObject::connect: Incompatible sender/receiver arguments"
+                 "\n        %s::%s --> %s::%s",
+                 sender->metaObject()->className(), signal,
+                 receiver->metaObject()->className(), method);
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    int *types = 0;
+    if ((type == Qt::QueuedConnection || type == Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection)
+            && !(types = queuedConnectionTypes(smeta->method(signal_index).parameterTypes())))
+        return false;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    {
+        QMetaMethod smethod = smeta->method(signal_index);
+        QMetaMethod rmethod = rmeta->method(method_index);
+        if (warnCompat) {
+            if(smethod.attributes() & QMetaMethod::Compatibility) {
+                if (!(rmethod.attributes() & QMetaMethod::Compatibility))
+                    qWarning("QObject::connect: Connecting from COMPAT signal (%s::%s)", smeta->className(), signal);
+            } else if(rmethod.attributes() & QMetaMethod::Compatibility && membcode != QSIGNAL_CODE) {
+                qWarning("QObject::connect: Connecting from %s::%s to COMPAT slot (%s::%s)",
+                         smeta->className(), signal, rmeta->className(), method);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+    QMetaObject::connect(sender, signal_index, receiver, method_index, type, types);
+    const_cast<QObject*>(sender)->connectNotify(signal - 1);
+    return true;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QObject::connect(const QObject *sender, const char *signal, const char *method, Qt::ConnectionType type) const
+    \overload connect()
+    \threadsafe
+
+    Connects \a signal from the \a sender object to this object's \a
+    method.
+
+    Equivalent to connect(\a sender, \a signal, \c this, \a method, \a type).
+
+    Every connection you make emits a signal, so duplicate connections emit
+    two signals. You can break a connection using disconnect().
+
+    \sa disconnect()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \threadsafe
+
+    Disconnects \a signal in object \a sender from \a method in object
+    \a receiver. Returns true if the connection is successfully broken;
+    otherwise returns false.
+
+    A signal-slot connection is removed when either of the objects
+    involved are destroyed.
+
+    disconnect() is typically used in three ways, as the following
+    examples demonstrate.
+    \list 1
+    \i Disconnect everything connected to an object's signals:
+
+       \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 26
+
+       equivalent to the non-static overloaded function
+
+       \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 27
+
+    \i Disconnect everything connected to a specific signal:
+
+       \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 28
+
+       equivalent to the non-static overloaded function
+
+       \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 29
+
+    \i Disconnect a specific receiver:
+
+       \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 30
+
+       equivalent to the non-static overloaded function
+
+       \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 31
+
+    \endlist
+
+    0 may be used as a wildcard, meaning "any signal", "any receiving
+    object", or "any slot in the receiving object", respectively.
+
+    The \a sender may never be 0. (You cannot disconnect signals from
+    more than one object in a single call.)
+
+    If \a signal is 0, it disconnects \a receiver and \a method from
+    any signal. If not, only the specified signal is disconnected.
+
+    If \a receiver is 0, it disconnects anything connected to \a
+    signal. If not, slots in objects other than \a receiver are not
+    disconnected.
+
+    If \a method is 0, it disconnects anything that is connected to \a
+    receiver. If not, only slots named \a method will be disconnected,
+    and all other slots are left alone. The \a method must be 0 if \a
+    receiver is left out, so you cannot disconnect a
+    specifically-named slot on all objects.
+
+    \sa connect()
+*/
+bool QObject::disconnect(const QObject *sender, const char *signal,
+                         const QObject *receiver, const char *method)
+{
+    if (sender == 0 || (receiver == 0 && method != 0)) {
+        qWarning("Object::disconnect: Unexpected null parameter");
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    {
+        const void *cbdata[] = { sender, signal, receiver, method };
+        if (QInternal::activateCallbacks(QInternal::DisconnectCallback, (void **) cbdata))
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    const char *signal_arg = signal;
+    QByteArray signal_name;
+    bool signal_found = false;
+    if (signal) {
+        signal_name = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature(signal);
+        signal = signal_name;
+
+        if (!check_signal_macro(sender, signal, "disconnect", "unbind"))
+            return false;
+        signal++; // skip code
+    }
+
+    QByteArray method_name;
+    const char *method_arg = method;
+    int membcode = -1;
+    bool method_found = false;
+    if (method) {
+        method_name = QMetaObject::normalizedSignature(method);
+        method = method_name;
+        membcode = extract_code(method);
+        if (!check_method_code(membcode, receiver, method, "disconnect"))
+            return false;
+        method++; // skip code
+    }
+
+    /* We now iterate through all the sender's and receiver's meta
+     * objects in order to also disconnect possibly shadowed signals
+     * and slots with the same signature.
+    */
+    bool res = false;
+    const QMetaObject *smeta = sender->metaObject();
+    do {
+        int signal_index = -1;
+        if (signal) {
+            signal_index = smeta->indexOfSignal(signal);
+            if (signal_index < smeta->methodOffset())
+                continue;
+            signal_found = true;
+        }
+
+        if (!method) {
+            res |= QMetaObject::disconnect(sender, signal_index, receiver, -1);
+        } else {
+            const QMetaObject *rmeta = receiver->metaObject();
+            do {
+                int method_index = rmeta->indexOfMethod(method);
+                if (method_index >= 0)
+                    while (method_index < rmeta->methodOffset())
+                            rmeta = rmeta->superClass();
+                if (method_index < 0)
+                    break;
+                res |= QMetaObject::disconnect(sender, signal_index, receiver, method_index);
+                method_found = true;
+            } while ((rmeta = rmeta->superClass()));
+        }
+    } while (signal && (smeta = smeta->superClass()));
+
+    if (signal && !signal_found) {
+        err_method_notfound(sender, signal_arg, "disconnect");
+        err_info_about_objects("disconnect", sender, receiver);
+    } else if (method && !method_found) {
+        err_method_notfound(receiver, method_arg, "disconnect");
+        err_info_about_objects("disconnect", sender, receiver);
+    }
+    if (res)
+        const_cast<QObject*>(sender)->disconnectNotify(signal ? (signal - 1) : 0);
+    return res;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \threadsafe
+
+    \fn bool QObject::disconnect(const char *signal, const QObject *receiver, const char *method)
+    \overload disconnect()
+
+    Disconnects \a signal from \a method of \a receiver.
+
+    A signal-slot connection is removed when either of the objects
+    involved are destroyed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QObject::disconnect(const QObject *receiver, const char *method)
+    \overload disconnect()
+
+    Disconnects all signals in this object from \a receiver's \a
+    method.
+
+    A signal-slot connection is removed when either of the objects
+    involved are destroyed.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QObject::connectNotify(const char *signal)
+
+    This virtual function is called when something has been connected
+    to \a signal in this object.
+
+    If you want to compare \a signal with a specific signal, use
+    QLatin1String and the \c SIGNAL() macro as follows:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 32
+
+    If the signal contains multiple parameters or parameters that
+    contain spaces, call QMetaObject::normalizedSignature() on
+    the result of the \c SIGNAL() macro.
+
+    \warning This function violates the object-oriented principle of
+    modularity. However, it might be useful when you need to perform
+    expensive initialization only if something is connected to a
+    signal.
+
+    \sa connect(), disconnectNotify()
+*/
+
+void QObject::connectNotify(const char *)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QObject::disconnectNotify(const char *signal)
+
+    This virtual function is called when something has been
+    disconnected from \a signal in this object.
+
+    See connectNotify() for an example of how to compare
+    \a signal with a specific signal.
+
+    \warning This function violates the object-oriented principle of
+    modularity. However, it might be useful for optimizing access to
+    expensive resources.
+
+    \sa disconnect(), connectNotify()
+*/
+
+void QObject::disconnectNotify(const char *)
+{
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+
+  \a types is a 0-terminated vector of meta types for queued
+  connections.
+
+  if \a signal_index is -1, then we effectively connect *all* signals
+  from the sender to the receiver's slot
+*/
+bool QMetaObject::connect(const QObject *sender, int signal_index,
+                          const QObject *receiver, int method_index, int type, int *types)
+{
+    QObject *s = const_cast<QObject *>(sender);
+    QObject *r = const_cast<QObject *>(receiver);
+
+    QOrderedMutexLocker locker(&s->d_func()->threadData->mutex,
+                               &r->d_func()->threadData->mutex);
+
+#if defined(Q_CC_HPACC) && defined(QT_ARCH_PARISC)
+    QObjectPrivate::Connection c;
+    c.receiver = r;
+    c.method = method_index;
+    c.connectionType = type;
+    c.argumentTypes = types;
+#else
+    QObjectPrivate::Connection c = { r, method_index, type, Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(types) };
+#endif
+    s->d_func()->addConnection(signal_index, &c);
+    r->d_func()->refSender(s, signal_index);
+
+    if (signal_index < 0)
+        sender->d_func()->connectedSignals = ~0u;
+    else if (signal_index < 32)
+        sender->d_func()->connectedSignals |= (1 << signal_index);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+bool QMetaObject::disconnect(const QObject *sender, int signal_index,
+                             const QObject *receiver, int method_index)
+{
+    if (!sender)
+        return false;
+
+    QObject *s = const_cast<QObject *>(sender);
+    QObject *r = const_cast<QObject *>(receiver);
+
+    QMutex *senderMutex = &s->d_func()->threadData->mutex;
+    QMutex *receiverMutex = r ? &r->d_func()->threadData->mutex : 0;
+    QOrderedMutexLocker locker(senderMutex, receiverMutex);
+
+    QObjectConnectionListVector *connectionLists = s->d_func()->connectionLists;
+    if (!connectionLists)
+        return false;
+
+    // prevent incoming connections changing the connectionLists while unlocked
+    ++connectionLists->inUse;
+
+    bool success = false;
+    if (signal_index < 0) {
+        // remove from all connection lists
+        for (signal_index = -1; signal_index < connectionLists->count(); ++signal_index) {
+            QObjectPrivate::ConnectionList &connectionList = (*connectionLists)[signal_index];
+            for (int i = 0; i < connectionList.count(); ++i) {
+                QObjectPrivate::Connection *c = &connectionList[i];
+                if (c->receiver
+                    && (r == 0 || (c->receiver == r
+                                   && (method_index < 0 || c->method == method_index)))) {
+                    QMutex *m = &c->receiver->d_func()->threadData->mutex;
+                    if (!receiverMutex && senderMutex != m) {
+                        // need to relock this receiver and sender in the correct order
+                        bool needToUnlock = QOrderedMutexLocker::relock(senderMutex, m);
+                        c = &connectionList[i];
+                        if (c->receiver)
+                            c->receiver->d_func()->derefSender(s, signal_index);
+                        if (needToUnlock)
+                            m->unlock();
+                    } else {
+                        // no need to unlock
+                        c->receiver->d_func()->derefSender(s, signal_index);
+                    }
+                    if (c->argumentTypes && c->argumentTypes != &DIRECT_CONNECTION_ONLY) {
+                        qFree(c->argumentTypes);
+                        c->argumentTypes = 0;
+                    }
+                    c->receiver = 0;
+
+                    success = true;
+                    connectionLists->dirty = true;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    } else if (signal_index < connectionLists->count()) {
+        QObjectPrivate::ConnectionList &connectionList = (*connectionLists)[signal_index];
+        for (int i = 0; i < connectionList.count(); ++i) {
+            QObjectPrivate::Connection *c = &connectionList[i];
+            if (c->receiver
+                && (r == 0 || (c->receiver == r
+                               && (method_index < 0 || c->method == method_index)))) {
+                QMutex *m = &c->receiver->d_func()->threadData->mutex;
+                if (!receiverMutex && senderMutex != m) {
+                    // need to relock this receiver and sender in the correct order
+                    bool needToUnlock = QOrderedMutexLocker::relock(senderMutex, m);
+                    c = &connectionList[i];
+                    if (c->receiver)
+                        c->receiver->d_func()->derefSender(s, signal_index);
+                    if (needToUnlock)
+                        m->unlock();
+                } else {
+                    // no need to unlock
+                    c->receiver->d_func()->derefSender(s, signal_index);
+                }
+                if (c->argumentTypes && c->argumentTypes != &DIRECT_CONNECTION_ONLY) {
+                    qFree(c->argumentTypes);
+                    c->argumentTypes = 0;
+                }
+                c->receiver = 0;
+
+                success = true;
+                connectionLists->dirty = true;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    --connectionLists->inUse;
+    Q_ASSERT(connectionLists->inUse >= 0);
+    if (connectionLists->orphaned && !connectionLists->inUse)
+        delete connectionLists;
+
+    return success;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QMetaObject::connectSlotsByName(QObject *object)
+
+    Searches recursively for all child objects of the given \a object, and connects
+    matching signals from them to slots of \a object that follow the following form:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 33
+
+    Let's assume our object has a child object of type QPushButton with
+    the \l{QObject::objectName}{object name} \c{button1}. The slot to catch the
+    button's \c{clicked()} signal would be:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 34
+
+    \sa QObject::setObjectName()
+ */
+void QMetaObject::connectSlotsByName(QObject *o)
+{
+    if (!o)
+        return;
+    const QMetaObject *mo = o->metaObject();
+    Q_ASSERT(mo);
+    const QObjectList list = qFindChildren<QObject *>(o, QString());
+    for (int i = 0; i < mo->methodCount(); ++i) {
+        const char *slot = mo->method(i).signature();
+        Q_ASSERT(slot);
+        if (slot[0] != 'o' || slot[1] != 'n' || slot[2] != '_')
+            continue;
+        bool foundIt = false;
+        for(int j = 0; j < list.count(); ++j) {
+            const QObject *co = list.at(j);
+            QByteArray objName = co->objectName().toAscii();
+            int len = objName.length();
+            if (!len || qstrncmp(slot + 3, objName.data(), len) || slot[len+3] != '_')
+                continue;
+            const QMetaObject *smo = co->metaObject();
+            int sigIndex = smo->indexOfMethod(slot + len + 4);
+            if (sigIndex < 0) { // search for compatible signals
+                int slotlen = qstrlen(slot + len + 4) - 1;
+                for (int k = 0; k < co->metaObject()->methodCount(); ++k) {
+                    if (smo->method(k).methodType() != QMetaMethod::Signal)
+                        continue;
+
+                    if (!qstrncmp(smo->method(k).signature(), slot + len + 4, slotlen)) {
+                        sigIndex = k;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            if (sigIndex < 0)
+                continue;
+            if (QMetaObject::connect(co, sigIndex, o, i)) {
+                foundIt = true;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        if (foundIt) {
+            // we found our slot, now skip all overloads
+            while (mo->method(i + 1).attributes() & QMetaMethod::Cloned)
+                  ++i;
+        } else if (!(mo->method(i).attributes() & QMetaMethod::Cloned)) {
+            qWarning("QMetaObject::connectSlotsByName: No matching signal for %s", slot);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static void queued_activate(QObject *sender, int signal, const QObjectPrivate::Connection &c,
+                            void **argv, QSemaphore *semaphore = 0)
+{
+    if (!c.argumentTypes || c.argumentTypes != &DIRECT_CONNECTION_ONLY) {
+        QMetaMethod m = sender->metaObject()->method(signal);
+        QObjectPrivate::Connection &x = const_cast<QObjectPrivate::Connection &>(c);
+        int *tmp = queuedConnectionTypes(m.parameterTypes());
+        if (!tmp) // cannot queue arguments
+            tmp = &DIRECT_CONNECTION_ONLY;
+        if (!x.argumentTypes.testAndSetOrdered(0, tmp)) {
+            if (tmp != &DIRECT_CONNECTION_ONLY)
+                qFree(tmp);
+        }
+    }
+    if (c.argumentTypes == &DIRECT_CONNECTION_ONLY) // cannot activate
+        return;
+    int nargs = 1; // include return type
+    while (c.argumentTypes[nargs-1])
+        ++nargs;
+    int *types = (int *) qMalloc(nargs*sizeof(int));
+    void **args = (void **) qMalloc(nargs*sizeof(void *));
+    types[0] = 0; // return type
+    args[0] = 0; // return value
+    for (int n = 1; n < nargs; ++n)
+        args[n] = QMetaType::construct((types[n] = c.argumentTypes[n-1]), argv[n]);
+    QCoreApplication::postEvent(c.receiver, new QMetaCallEvent(c.method,
+                                                               sender,
+                                                               signal,
+                                                               nargs,
+                                                               types,
+                                                               args,
+                                                               semaphore));
+}
+
+static void blocking_activate(QObject *sender, int signal, const QObjectPrivate::Connection &c, void **argv)
+{
+    if (QThread::currentThread() == c.receiver->thread()) {
+        qWarning("Qt: Dead lock detected while activating a BlockingQueuedConnection: "
+                 "Sender is %s(%p), receiver is %s(%p)",
+                 sender->metaObject()->className(), sender,
+                 c.receiver->metaObject()->className(), c.receiver);
+    }
+
+#ifdef QT_NO_THREAD
+    queued_activate(sender, signal, c, argv);
+#else
+    QSemaphore semaphore;
+    queued_activate(sender, signal, c, argv, &semaphore);
+    QMutex *mutex = &QThreadData::get2(sender->thread())->mutex;
+    mutex->unlock();
+    semaphore.acquire();
+    mutex->lock();
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+void QMetaObject::activate(QObject *sender, int from_signal_index, int to_signal_index, void **argv)
+{
+    if (sender->d_func()->blockSig)
+        return;
+
+    void *empty_argv[] = { 0 };
+    if (qt_signal_spy_callback_set.signal_begin_callback != 0) {
+        qt_signal_spy_callback_set.signal_begin_callback(sender, from_signal_index,
+                                                         argv ? argv : empty_argv);
+    }
+
+    QMutexLocker locker(&sender->d_func()->threadData->mutex);
+    QThreadData *currentThreadData = QThreadData::current();
+
+    QObjectConnectionListVector *connectionLists = sender->d_func()->connectionLists;
+    if (!connectionLists) {
+        if (qt_signal_spy_callback_set.signal_end_callback != 0)
+            qt_signal_spy_callback_set.signal_end_callback(sender, from_signal_index);
+        return;
+    }
+    ++connectionLists->inUse;
+
+    // emit signals in the following order: from_signal_index <= signals <= to_signal_index, signal < 0
+    for (int signal = from_signal_index;
+         (signal >= from_signal_index && signal <= to_signal_index) || (signal == -2);
+         (signal == to_signal_index ? signal = -2 : ++signal))
+    {
+        if (signal >= connectionLists->count()) {
+            signal = to_signal_index;
+            continue;
+        }
+        int count = connectionLists->at(signal).count();
+        for (int i = 0; i < count; ++i) {
+            const QObjectPrivate::Connection *c = &connectionLists->at(signal)[i];
+            if (!c->receiver)
+                continue;
+
+            QObject * const receiver = c->receiver;
+
+            // determine if this connection should be sent immediately or
+            // put into the event queue
+            if ((c->connectionType == Qt::AutoConnection
+                 && (currentThreadData != sender->d_func()->threadData
+                     || receiver->d_func()->threadData != sender->d_func()->threadData))
+                || (c->connectionType == Qt::QueuedConnection)) {
+                queued_activate(sender, signal, *c, argv);
+                continue;
+            } else if (c->connectionType == Qt::BlockingQueuedConnection) {
+                blocking_activate(sender, signal, *c, argv);
+                continue;
+            }
+
+            const int method = c->method;
+            QObjectPrivate::Sender currentSender;
+            currentSender.sender = sender;
+            currentSender.signal = signal < 0 ? from_signal_index : signal;
+            currentSender.ref = 1;
+            QObjectPrivate::Sender *previousSender = 0;
+            if (currentThreadData == receiver->d_func()->threadData)
+                previousSender = QObjectPrivate::setCurrentSender(receiver, &currentSender);
+            locker.unlock();
+
+            if (qt_signal_spy_callback_set.slot_begin_callback != 0) {
+                qt_signal_spy_callback_set.slot_begin_callback(receiver,
+                                                               method,
+                                                               argv ? argv : empty_argv);
+            }
+
+#if defined(QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS)
+            receiver->qt_metacall(QMetaObject::InvokeMetaMethod, method, argv ? argv : empty_argv);
+#else
+            try {
+                receiver->qt_metacall(QMetaObject::InvokeMetaMethod, method, argv ? argv : empty_argv);
+            } catch (...) {
+                locker.relock();
+
+                QObjectPrivate::resetCurrentSender(receiver, &currentSender, previousSender);
+
+                --connectionLists->inUse;
+                Q_ASSERT(connectionLists->inUse >= 0);
+                if (connectionLists->orphaned && !connectionLists->inUse)
+                    delete connectionLists;
+                throw;
+            }
+#endif
+
+            locker.relock();
+
+            if (qt_signal_spy_callback_set.slot_end_callback != 0)
+                qt_signal_spy_callback_set.slot_end_callback(receiver, method);
+
+            QObjectPrivate::resetCurrentSender(receiver, &currentSender, previousSender);
+
+            if (connectionLists->orphaned)
+                break;
+        }
+
+        if (connectionLists->orphaned)
+            break;
+    }
+
+    --connectionLists->inUse;
+    Q_ASSERT(connectionLists->inUse >= 0);
+    if (connectionLists->orphaned) {
+        if (!connectionLists->inUse)
+            delete connectionLists;
+    } else {
+        sender->d_func()->cleanConnectionLists();
+    }
+
+    locker.unlock();
+
+    if (qt_signal_spy_callback_set.signal_end_callback != 0)
+        qt_signal_spy_callback_set.signal_end_callback(sender, from_signal_index);
+}
+
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+void QMetaObject::activate(QObject *sender, int signal_index, void **argv)
+{
+    if (signal_index < 32
+        && !qt_signal_spy_callback_set.signal_begin_callback
+        && !qt_signal_spy_callback_set.signal_end_callback) {
+        uint signal_mask = 1 << signal_index;
+        if ((sender->d_func()->connectedSignals & signal_mask) == 0)
+            // nothing connected to these signals, and no spy
+            return;
+    }
+    activate(sender, signal_index, signal_index, argv);
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+void QMetaObject::activate(QObject *sender, const QMetaObject *m, int local_signal_index,
+                           void **argv)
+{
+    int signal_index = m->methodOffset() + local_signal_index;
+    if (signal_index < 32
+        && !qt_signal_spy_callback_set.signal_begin_callback
+        && !qt_signal_spy_callback_set.signal_end_callback) {
+        uint signal_mask = 1 << signal_index;
+        if ((sender->d_func()->connectedSignals & signal_mask) == 0)
+            // nothing connected to these signals, and no spy
+            return;
+    }
+    activate(sender, signal_index, signal_index, argv);
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+void QMetaObject::activate(QObject *sender, const QMetaObject *m,
+                           int from_local_signal_index, int to_local_signal_index, void **argv)
+{
+    int offset = m->methodOffset();
+    int from_signal_index = offset + from_local_signal_index;
+    int to_signal_index = offset + to_local_signal_index;
+    if (to_signal_index < 32
+        && !qt_signal_spy_callback_set.signal_begin_callback
+        && !qt_signal_spy_callback_set.signal_end_callback) {
+        uint signal_mask = (1 << (to_signal_index + 1)) - 1;
+        signal_mask ^= (1 << from_signal_index) - 1;
+        if ((sender->d_func()->connectedSignals & signal_mask) == 0)
+            // nothing connected to these signals, and no spy
+            return;
+    }
+    activate(sender, from_signal_index, to_signal_index, argv);
+}
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  Properties
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+
+/*!
+  Sets the value of the object's \a name property to \a value.
+
+  If the property is defined in the class using Q_PROPERTY then
+  true is returned on success and false otherwise. If the property
+  is not defined using Q_PROPERTY, and therefore not listed in the
+  meta-object, it is added as a dynamic property and false is returned.
+
+  Information about all available properties is provided through the
+  metaObject() and dynamicPropertyNames().
+
+  Dynamic properties can be queried again using property() and can be
+  removed by setting the property value to an invalid QVariant.
+  Changing the value of a dynamic property causes a QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent
+  to be sent to the object.
+
+  \bold{Note:} Dynamic properties starting with "_q_" are reserved for internal
+  purposes.
+
+  \sa property(), metaObject(), dynamicPropertyNames()
+*/
+bool QObject::setProperty(const char *name, const QVariant &value)
+{
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    const QMetaObject* meta = metaObject();
+    if (!name || !meta)
+        return false;
+
+    int id = meta->indexOfProperty(name);
+    if (id < 0) {
+        if (!d->extraData)
+            d->extraData = new QObjectPrivate::ExtraData;
+
+        const int idx = d->extraData->propertyNames.indexOf(name);
+
+        if (!value.isValid()) {
+            if (idx == -1)
+                return false;
+            d->extraData->propertyNames.removeAt(idx);
+            d->extraData->propertyValues.removeAt(idx);
+        } else {
+            if (idx == -1) {
+                d->extraData->propertyNames.append(name);
+                d->extraData->propertyValues.append(value);
+            } else {
+                d->extraData->propertyValues[idx] = value;
+            }
+        }
+
+        QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent ev(name);
+        QCoreApplication::sendEvent(this, &ev);
+
+        return false;
+    }
+    QMetaProperty p = meta->property(id);
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    if (!p.isWritable())
+        qWarning("%s::setProperty: Property \"%s\" invalid,"
+                 " read-only or does not exist", metaObject()->className(), name);
+#endif
+    return p.write(this, value);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns the value of the object's \a name property.
+
+  If no such property exists, the returned variant is invalid.
+
+  Information about all available properties is provided through the
+  metaObject() and dynamicPropertyNames().
+
+  \sa setProperty(), QVariant::isValid(), metaObject(), dynamicPropertyNames()
+*/
+QVariant QObject::property(const char *name) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QObject);
+    const QMetaObject* meta = metaObject();
+    if (!name || !meta)
+        return QVariant();
+
+    int id = meta->indexOfProperty(name);
+    if (id < 0) {
+        if (!d->extraData)
+            return QVariant();
+        const int i = d->extraData->propertyNames.indexOf(name);
+        return d->extraData->propertyValues.value(i);
+    }
+    QMetaProperty p = meta->property(id);
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+    if (!p.isReadable())
+        qWarning("%s::property: Property \"%s\" invalid or does not exist",
+                 metaObject()->className(), name);
+#endif
+    return p.read(this);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.2
+
+    Returns the names of all properties that were dynamically added to
+    the object using setProperty().
+*/
+QList<QByteArray> QObject::dynamicPropertyNames() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QObject);
+    if (d->extraData)
+        return d->extraData->propertyNames;
+    return QList<QByteArray>();
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  QObject debugging output routines.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static void dumpRecursive(int level, QObject *object)
+{
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+    if (object) {
+        QByteArray buf;
+        buf.fill(' ', level / 2 * 8);
+        if (level % 2)
+            buf += "    ";
+        QString name = object->objectName();
+        QString flags = QLatin1String("");
+#if 0
+        if (qApp->focusWidget() == object)
+            flags += 'F';
+        if (object->isWidgetType()) {
+            QWidget * w = (QWidget *)object;
+            if (w->isVisible()) {
+                QString t("<%1,%2,%3,%4>");
+                flags += t.arg(w->x()).arg(w->y()).arg(w->width()).arg(w->height());
+            } else {
+                flags += 'I';
+            }
+        }
+#endif
+        qDebug("%s%s::%s %s", (const char*)buf, object->metaObject()->className(), name.toLocal8Bit().data(),
+               flags.toLatin1().data());
+        QObjectList children = object->children();
+        if (!children.isEmpty()) {
+            for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i)
+                dumpRecursive(level+1, children.at(i));
+        }
+    }
+#else
+    Q_UNUSED(level)
+        Q_UNUSED(object)
+#endif
+}
+
+/*!
+    Dumps a tree of children to the debug output.
+
+    This function is useful for debugging, but does nothing if the
+    library has been compiled in release mode (i.e. without debugging
+    information).
+
+    \sa dumpObjectInfo()
+*/
+
+void QObject::dumpObjectTree()
+{
+    dumpRecursive(0, this);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Dumps information about signal connections, etc. for this object
+    to the debug output.
+
+    This function is useful for debugging, but does nothing if the
+    library has been compiled in release mode (i.e. without debugging
+    information).
+
+    \sa dumpObjectTree()
+*/
+
+void QObject::dumpObjectInfo()
+{
+#if defined(QT_DEBUG)
+    qDebug("OBJECT %s::%s", metaObject()->className(),
+           objectName().isEmpty() ? "unnamed" : objectName().toLocal8Bit().data());
+
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    QMutexLocker locker(&d->threadData->mutex);
+
+    // first, look for connections where this object is the sender
+    qDebug("  SIGNALS OUT");
+
+    if (d->connectionLists) {
+        for (int signal_index = 0; signal_index < d->connectionLists->count(); ++signal_index) {
+            const QMetaMethod signal = metaObject()->method(signal_index);
+            qDebug("        signal: %s", signal.signature());
+
+            // receivers
+            const QObjectPrivate::ConnectionList &connectionList = d->connectionLists->at(signal_index);
+            for (int i = 0; i < connectionList.count(); ++i) {
+                const QObjectPrivate::Connection &c = connectionList.at(i);
+                if (!c.receiver) {
+                    qDebug("          <Disconnected receiver>");
+                    continue;
+                }
+                const QMetaObject *receiverMetaObject = c.receiver->metaObject();
+                const QMetaMethod method = receiverMetaObject->method(c.method);
+                qDebug("          --> %s::%s %s",
+                       receiverMetaObject->className(),
+                       c.receiver->objectName().isEmpty() ? "unnamed" : qPrintable(c.receiver->objectName()),
+                       method.signature());
+            }
+        }
+    } else {
+        qDebug( "        <None>" );
+    }
+
+    // now look for connections where this object is the receiver
+    qDebug("  SIGNALS IN");
+
+    if (!d->senders.isEmpty()) {
+        for (int i = 0; i < d->senders.count(); ++i) {
+            const QObjectPrivate::Sender &s = d->senders.at(i);
+            const QMetaObject *senderMetaObject = s.sender->metaObject();
+            const QMetaMethod signal = senderMetaObject->method(s.signal);
+            qDebug("          <-- %s::%s %s",
+                   senderMetaObject->className(),
+                   s.sender->objectName().isEmpty() ? "unnamed" : qPrintable(s.sender->objectName()),
+                   signal.signature());
+        }
+    } else {
+	qDebug("        <None>");
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_USERDATA
+/*!\internal
+ */
+uint QObject::registerUserData()
+{
+    static int user_data_registration = 0;
+    return user_data_registration++;
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+QObjectUserData::~QObjectUserData()
+{
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+void QObject::setUserData(uint id, QObjectUserData* data)
+{
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    if (!d->extraData)
+        d->extraData = new QObjectPrivate::ExtraData;
+
+    if (d->extraData->userData.size() <= (int) id)
+        d->extraData->userData.resize((int) id + 1);
+    d->extraData->userData[id] = data;
+}
+
+/*!\internal
+ */
+QObjectUserData* QObject::userData(uint id) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QObject);
+    if (!d->extraData)
+        return 0;
+    if ((int)id < d->extraData->userData.size())
+        return d->extraData->userData.at(id);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_USERDATA
+
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM
+QDebug operator<<(QDebug dbg, const QObject *o) {
+#ifndef Q_BROKEN_DEBUG_STREAM
+    if (!o)
+        return dbg << "QObject(0x0) ";
+    dbg.nospace() << o->metaObject()->className() << "(" << (void *)o;
+    if (!o->objectName().isEmpty())
+        dbg << ", name = " << o->objectName();
+    dbg << ')';
+    return dbg.space();
+#else
+    qWarning("This compiler doesn't support streaming QObject to QDebug");
+    return dbg;
+    Q_UNUSED(o);
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QObject::insertChild(QObject *object)
+
+  Use setParent() instead, i.e., call object->setParent(this).
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QObject::removeChild(QObject *object)
+
+  Use setParent() instead, i.e., call object->setParent(0).
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QObject::isA(const char *className) const
+
+  Compare \a className with the object's metaObject()->className() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn const char *QObject::className() const
+
+  Use metaObject()->className() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn const char *QObject::name() const
+
+  Use objectName() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn const char *QObject::name(const char *defaultName) const
+
+  Use objectName() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn void QObject::setName(const char *name)
+
+  Use setObjectName() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn bool QObject::checkConnectArgs(const char *signal, const
+  QObject *object, const char *method)
+
+  Use QMetaObject::checkConnectArgs() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QByteArray QObject::normalizeSignalSlot(const char *signalSlot)
+
+  Use QMetaObject::normalizedSignature() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn const char *QMetaObject::superClassName() const
+
+  \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_CLASSINFO(Name, Value)
+    \relates QObject
+
+    This macro associates extra information to the class, which is
+    available using QObject::metaObject(). Except for the ActiveQt
+    extension, Qt doesn't use this information.
+
+    The extra information takes the form of a \a Name string and a \a
+    Value literal string.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 35
+
+    \sa QMetaObject::classInfo()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_INTERFACES(...)
+    \relates QObject
+
+    This macro tells Qt which interfaces the class implements. This
+    is used when implementing plugins.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet examples/tools/plugandpaintplugins/basictools/basictoolsplugin.h 1
+    \dots
+    \snippet examples/tools/plugandpaintplugins/basictools/basictoolsplugin.h 3
+
+    See the \l{tools/plugandpaintplugins/basictools}{Plug & Paint
+    Basic Tools} example for details.
+
+    \sa Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(), Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2(), {How to Create Qt Plugins}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_PROPERTY(...)
+    \relates QObject
+
+    This macro is used for declaring properties in classes that
+    inherit QObject. Properties behave like class data members, but
+    they have additional features accessible through the \l
+    {Meta-Object System}.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 36
+
+    The property name and type and the \c READ function are required.
+    The type can be any type supported by QVariant, or it can be a
+    user-defined type.  The other items are optional, but a \c WRITE
+    function is common.  The attributes default to true except \c USER,
+    which defaults to false.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 37
+
+    For more details about how to use this macro, and a more detailed
+    example of its use, see the discussion on \l {Qt's Property System}.
+
+    \sa {Qt's Property System}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_ENUMS(...)
+    \relates QObject
+
+    This macro registers one or several enum types to the meta-object
+    system.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 38
+
+    If you want to register an enum that is declared in another class,
+    the enum must be fully qualified with the name of the class
+    defining it. In addition, the class \e defining the enum has to
+    inherit QObject as well as declare the enum using Q_ENUMS().
+
+    \sa {Qt's Property System}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_FLAGS(...)
+    \relates QObject
+
+    This macro registers one or several \l{QFlags}{flags types} to the
+    meta-object system.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qobject.cpp 39
+
+    \note This macro takes care of registering individual flag values
+    with the meta-object system, so it is unnecessary to use Q_ENUMS()
+    in addition to this macro.
+
+    \sa {Qt's Property System}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_OBJECT
+    \relates QObject
+
+    The Q_OBJECT macro must appear in the private section of a class
+    definition that declares its own signals and slots or that uses
+    other services provided by Qt's meta-object system.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.h 1
+    \codeline
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.h 2
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/signalsandslots/signalsandslots.h 3
+
+    \note This macro requires the class to be a subclass of QObject. Use
+    Q_GADGET instead of Q_OBJECT to enable the meta object system's support
+    for enums in a class that is not a QObject subclass. Q_GADGET makes a
+    class member, \c{staticMetaObject}, available.
+    \c{staticMetaObject} is of type QMetaObject and provides access to the
+    enums declared with Q_ENUMS.
+    Q_GADGET is provided only for C++.
+
+    \sa {Meta-Object System}, {Signals and Slots}, {Qt's Property System}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_SIGNALS
+    \relates QObject
+
+    Use this macro to replace the \c signals keyword in class
+    declarations, when you want to use Qt Signals and Slots with a
+    \l{3rd Party Signals and Slots} {3rd party signal/slot mechanism}.
+
+    The macro is normally used when \c no_keywords is specified with
+    the \c CONFIG variable in the \c .pro file, but it can be used
+    even when \c no_keywords is \e not specified.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_SIGNAL
+    \relates QObject
+
+    This is an additional macro that allows you to mark a single
+    function as a signal. It can be quite useful, especially when you
+    use a 3rd-party source code parser which doesn't understand a \c
+    signals or \c Q_SIGNALS groups.
+
+    Use this macro to replace the \c signals keyword in class
+    declarations, when you want to use Qt Signals and Slots with a
+    \l{3rd Party Signals and Slots} {3rd party signal/slot mechanism}.
+
+    The macro is normally used when \c no_keywords is specified with
+    the \c CONFIG variable in the \c .pro file, but it can be used
+    even when \c no_keywords is \e not specified.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_SLOTS
+    \relates QObject
+
+    Use this macro to replace the \c slots keyword in class
+    declarations, when you want to use Qt Signals and Slots with a
+    \l{3rd Party Signals and Slots} {3rd party signal/slot mechanism}.
+
+    The macro is normally used when \c no_keywords is specified with
+    the \c CONFIG variable in the \c .pro file, but it can be used
+    even when \c no_keywords is \e not specified.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_SLOT
+    \relates QObject
+
+    This is an additional macro that allows you to mark a single
+    function as a slot. It can be quite useful, especially when you
+    use a 3rd-party source code parser which doesn't understand a \c
+    slots or \c Q_SLOTS groups.
+
+    Use this macro to replace the \c slots keyword in class
+    declarations, when you want to use Qt Signals and Slots with a
+    \l{3rd Party Signals and Slots} {3rd party signal/slot mechanism}.
+
+    The macro is normally used when \c no_keywords is specified with
+    the \c CONFIG variable in the \c .pro file, but it can be used
+    even when \c no_keywords is \e not specified.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_EMIT
+    \relates QObject
+
+    Use this macro to replace the \c emit keyword for emitting
+    signals, when you want to use Qt Signals and Slots with a
+    \l{3rd Party Signals and Slots} {3rd party signal/slot mechanism}.
+
+    The macro is normally used when \c no_keywords is specified with
+    the \c CONFIG variable in the \c .pro file, but it can be used
+    even when \c no_keywords is \e not specified.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \macro Q_INVOKABLE
+    \relates QObject
+
+    Apply this macro to definitions of member functions to allow them to
+    be invoked via the meta-object system. The macro is written before
+    the return type, as shown in the following example:
+
+    \snippet snippets/qmetaobject-invokable/window.h Window class with invokable method
+
+    The \c invokableMethod() function is marked up using Q_INVOKABLE, causing
+    it to be registered with the meta-object system and enabling it to be
+    invoked using QMetaObject::invokeMethod().
+    Since \c normalMethod() function is not registered in this way, it cannot
+    be invoked using QMetaObject::invokeMethod().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QObjectList
+    \relates QObject
+
+    Synonym for QList<QObject *>.
+*/
+
+#ifdef QT_JAMBI_BUILD
+class QDPtrAccessor : public QObject {
+public:
+    QObjectData *d() const { return d_ptr; }
+};
+#endif
+
+void qDeleteInEventHandler(QObject *o)
+{
+#ifdef QT_JAMBI_BUILD
+    if (!o)
+        return;
+    ((QDPtrAccessor *) o)->d()->inEventHandler = false;
+#endif
+    delete o;
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#include "moc_qobject.cpp"
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qobject.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qobject.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbec0a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qobject.h
@@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QOBJECT_H
+#define QOBJECT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_QOBJECT
+
+#include <QtCore/qobjectdefs.h>
+#include <QtCore/qstring.h>
+#include <QtCore/qbytearray.h>
+#include <QtCore/qlist.h>
+#ifdef QT_INCLUDE_COMPAT
+#include <QtCore/qcoreevent.h>
+#endif
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+class QEvent;
+class QTimerEvent;
+class QChildEvent;
+struct QMetaObject;
+class QVariant;
+class QObjectPrivate;
+class QObject;
+class QThread;
+class QWidget;
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+class QRegExp;
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_USERDATA
+class QObjectUserData;
+#endif
+
+typedef QList<QObject*> QObjectList;
+
+#if defined Q_CC_MSVC && _MSC_VER < 1300
+template<typename T> inline T qFindChild(const QObject *o, const QString &name = QString(), T = 0);
+template<typename T> inline QList<T> qFindChildren(const QObject *o, const QString &name = QString(), T = 0);
+# ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+template<typename T> inline QList<T> qFindChildren(const QObject *o, const QRegExp &re, T = 0);
+# endif
+#else
+template<typename T> inline T qFindChild(const QObject *, const QString & = QString());
+template<typename T> inline QList<T> qFindChildren(const QObject *, const QString & = QString());
+# ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+template<typename T> inline QList<T> qFindChildren(const QObject *, const QRegExp &);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+class QObjectData {
+public:
+    virtual ~QObjectData() = 0;
+    QObject *q_ptr;
+    QObject *parent;
+    QObjectList children;
+
+    uint isWidget : 1;
+    uint pendTimer : 1;
+    uint blockSig : 1;
+    uint wasDeleted : 1;
+    uint ownObjectName : 1;
+    uint sendChildEvents : 1;
+    uint receiveChildEvents : 1;
+    uint inEventHandler : 1;
+    uint inThreadChangeEvent : 1;
+    uint unused : 23;
+    int postedEvents;
+};
+
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY(QString objectName READ objectName WRITE setObjectName)
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QObject)
+
+public:
+    Q_INVOKABLE explicit QObject(QObject *parent=0);
+    virtual ~QObject();
+
+    virtual bool event(QEvent *);
+    virtual bool eventFilter(QObject *, QEvent *);
+
+#ifdef qdoc
+    static QString tr(const char *sourceText, const char *comment = 0, int n = -1);
+    static QString trUtf8(const char *sourceText, const char *comment = 0, int n = -1);
+    virtual const QMetaObject *metaObject() const;
+    static const QMetaObject staticMetaObject;
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+    static QString tr(const char *sourceText, const char *, int)
+        { return QString::fromLatin1(sourceText); }
+    static QString tr(const char *sourceText, const char * = 0)
+        { return QString::fromLatin1(sourceText); }
+#ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+    static QString trUtf8(const char *sourceText, const char *, int)
+        { return QString::fromUtf8(sourceText); }
+    static QString trUtf8(const char *sourceText, const char * = 0)
+        { return QString::fromUtf8(sourceText); }
+#endif
+#endif //QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+
+    QString objectName() const;
+    void setObjectName(const QString &name);
+
+    inline bool isWidgetType() const { return d_ptr->isWidget; }
+
+    inline bool signalsBlocked() const { return d_ptr->blockSig; }
+    bool blockSignals(bool b);
+
+    QThread *thread() const;
+    void moveToThread(QThread *thread);
+
+    int startTimer(int interval);
+    void killTimer(int id);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MEMBER_TEMPLATES
+    template<typename T>
+    inline T findChild(const QString &aName = QString()) const
+    { return qFindChild<T>(this, aName); }
+
+    template<typename T>
+    inline QList<T> findChildren(const QString &aName = QString()) const
+    { return qFindChildren<T>(this, aName); }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+    template<typename T>
+    inline QList<T> findChildren(const QRegExp &re) const
+    { return qFindChildren<T>(this, re); }
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    QT3_SUPPORT QObject *child(const char *objName, const char *inheritsClass = 0,
+                   bool recursiveSearch = true) const;
+    QT3_SUPPORT QObjectList queryList(const char *inheritsClass = 0,
+                          const char *objName = 0,
+                          bool regexpMatch = true,
+                          bool recursiveSearch = true) const;
+#endif
+    inline const QObjectList &children() const { return d_ptr->children; }
+
+    void setParent(QObject *);
+    void installEventFilter(QObject *);
+    void removeEventFilter(QObject *);
+
+
+    static bool connect(const QObject *sender, const char *signal,
+                        const QObject *receiver, const char *member, Qt::ConnectionType =
+#ifdef qdoc
+                        Qt::AutoConnection
+#else
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+                        Qt::AutoCompatConnection
+#else
+                        Qt::AutoConnection
+#endif
+#endif
+        );
+    inline bool connect(const QObject *sender, const char *signal,
+                        const char *member, Qt::ConnectionType type =
+#ifdef qdoc
+                        Qt::AutoConnection
+#else
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+                        Qt::AutoCompatConnection
+#else
+                        Qt::AutoConnection
+#endif
+#endif
+        ) const;
+
+    static bool disconnect(const QObject *sender, const char *signal,
+                           const QObject *receiver, const char *member);
+    inline bool disconnect(const char *signal = 0,
+                           const QObject *receiver = 0, const char *member = 0)
+        { return disconnect(this, signal, receiver, member); }
+    inline bool disconnect(const QObject *receiver, const char *member = 0)
+        { return disconnect(this, 0, receiver, member); }
+
+    void dumpObjectTree();
+    void dumpObjectInfo();
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+    bool setProperty(const char *name, const QVariant &value);
+    QVariant property(const char *name) const;
+    QList<QByteArray> dynamicPropertyNames() const;
+#endif // QT_NO_PROPERTIES
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_USERDATA
+    static uint registerUserData();
+    void setUserData(uint id, QObjectUserData* data);
+    QObjectUserData* userData(uint id) const;
+#endif // QT_NO_USERDATA
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void destroyed(QObject * = 0);
+
+public:
+    inline QObject *parent() const { return d_ptr->parent; }
+
+    inline bool inherits(const char *classname) const
+        { return const_cast<QObject *>(this)->qt_metacast(classname) != 0; }
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    void deleteLater();
+
+protected:
+    QObject *sender() const;
+    int receivers(const char* signal) const;
+
+    virtual void timerEvent(QTimerEvent *);
+    virtual void childEvent(QChildEvent *);
+    virtual void customEvent(QEvent *);
+
+    virtual void connectNotify(const char *signal);
+    virtual void disconnectNotify(const char *signal);
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+public:
+    QT3_SUPPORT_CONSTRUCTOR QObject(QObject *parent, const char *name);
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT void insertChild(QObject *o)
+        { if (o) o->setParent(this); }
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT void removeChild(QObject *o)
+        { if (o) o->setParent(0); }
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT bool isA(const char *classname) const
+        { return qstrcmp(classname, metaObject()->className()) == 0; }
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT const char *className() const { return metaObject()->className(); }
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT const char *name() const { return objectName().latin1_helper(); }
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT const char *name(const char *defaultName) const
+        { QString s = objectName(); return s.isEmpty()?defaultName:s.latin1_helper(); }
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT void setName(const char *aName) { setObjectName(QLatin1String(aName)); }
+protected:
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT bool checkConnectArgs(const char *signal,
+                                  const QObject *,
+                                  const char *member)
+        { return QMetaObject::checkConnectArgs(signal, member); }
+    static inline QT3_SUPPORT QByteArray normalizeSignalSlot(const char *signalSlot)
+        { return QMetaObject::normalizedSignature(signalSlot); }
+#endif
+
+protected:
+    QObject(QObjectPrivate &dd, QObject *parent = 0);
+
+protected:
+    QObjectData *d_ptr;
+
+    static const QMetaObject staticQtMetaObject;
+
+    friend struct QMetaObject;
+    friend class QApplication;
+    friend class QApplicationPrivate;
+    friend class QCoreApplication;
+    friend class QCoreApplicationPrivate;
+    friend class QWidget;
+    friend class QThreadData;
+
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QObject)
+    Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_reregisterTimers(void *))
+};
+
+inline bool QObject::connect(const QObject *asender, const char *asignal,
+                             const char *amember, Qt::ConnectionType atype) const
+{ return connect(asender, asignal, this, amember, atype); }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_USERDATA
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QObjectUserData {
+public:
+    virtual ~QObjectUserData();
+};
+#endif
+
+Q_CORE_EXPORT void qt_qFindChildren_helper(const QObject *parent, const QString &name, const QRegExp *re,
+                                           const QMetaObject &mo, QList<void *> *list);
+Q_CORE_EXPORT QObject *qt_qFindChild_helper(const QObject *parent, const QString &name, const QMetaObject &mo);
+
+#if defined Q_CC_MSVC && _MSC_VER < 1300
+
+template<typename T>
+inline T qFindChild(const QObject *o, const QString &name, T)
+{ return static_cast<T>(qt_qFindChild_helper(o, name, ((T)0)->staticMetaObject)); }
+
+template<typename T>
+inline QList<T> qFindChildren(const QObject *o, const QString &name, T)
+{
+    QList<T> list;
+    union {
+        QList<T> *typedList;
+        QList<void *> *voidList;
+    } u;
+    u.typedList = &list;
+    qt_qFindChildren_helper(o, name, 0, ((T)0)->staticMetaObject, u.voidList);
+    return list;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+inline T qFindChild(const QObject *o, const QString &name)
+{ return qFindChild<T>(o, name, T(0)); }
+
+template<typename T>
+inline T qFindChild(const QObject *o)
+{ return qFindChild<T>(o, QString(), T(0)); }
+
+template<typename T>
+inline QList<T> qFindChildren(const QObject *o, const QString &name)
+{ return qFindChildren<T>(o, name, T(0)); }
+
+template<typename T>
+inline QList<T> qFindChildren(const QObject *o)
+{ return qFindChildren<T>(o, QString(), T(0)); }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+template<typename T>
+inline QList<T> qFindChildren(const QObject *o, const QRegExp &re, T)
+{
+    QList<T> list;
+    union {
+        QList<T> *typedList;
+        QList<void *> *voidList;
+    } u;
+    u.typedList = &list;
+    qt_qFindChildren_helper(o, 0, &re, ((T)0)->staticMetaObject, u.voidList);
+    return list;
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+inline QList<T> qFindChildren(const QObject *o, const QRegExp &re)
+{ return qFindChildren<T>(o, re, T(0)); }
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_MOC_RUN
+# define Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(IFace, IId) Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(IFace, IId)
+#endif // Q_MOC_RUN
+
+
+template <class T> inline T qobject_cast_helper(QObject *object, T)
+{ return static_cast<T>(((T)0)->staticMetaObject.cast(object)); }
+
+template <class T> inline T qobject_cast_helper(const QObject *object, T)
+{ return static_cast<T>(const_cast<const QObject *>(((T)0)->staticMetaObject.cast(const_cast<QObject *>(object)))); }
+
+template <class T>
+inline T qobject_cast(QObject *object)
+{ return qobject_cast_helper<T>(object, T(0)); }
+
+template <class T>
+inline T qobject_cast(const QObject *object)
+{ return qobject_cast_helper<T>(object, T(0)); }
+
+#ifndef Q_MOC_RUN
+#  define Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(IFace, IId) \
+    template <> inline IFace *qobject_cast_helper<IFace *>(QObject *object, IFace *) \
+    { return (IFace *)(object ? object->qt_metacast(IId) : 0); } \
+    template <> inline IFace *qobject_cast_helper<IFace *>(const QObject *object, IFace *) \
+    { return (IFace *)(object ? const_cast<QObject *>(object)->qt_metacast(IId) : 0); }
+#endif // Q_MOC_RUN
+
+#else
+
+template<typename T>
+inline T qFindChild(const QObject *o, const QString &name)
+{ return static_cast<T>(qt_qFindChild_helper(o, name, reinterpret_cast<T>(0)->staticMetaObject)); }
+
+template<typename T>
+inline QList<T> qFindChildren(const QObject *o, const QString &name)
+{
+    QList<T> list;
+    union {
+        QList<T> *typedList;
+        QList<void *> *voidList;
+    } u;
+    u.typedList = &list;
+    qt_qFindChildren_helper(o, name, 0, reinterpret_cast<T>(0)->staticMetaObject, u.voidList);
+    return list;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+template<typename T>
+inline QList<T> qFindChildren(const QObject *o, const QRegExp &re)
+{
+    QList<T> list;
+    union {
+        QList<T> *typedList;
+        QList<void *> *voidList;
+    } u;
+    u.typedList = &list;
+    qt_qFindChildren_helper(o, QString(), &re, reinterpret_cast<T>(0)->staticMetaObject, u.voidList);
+    return list;
+}
+#endif
+
+template <class T>
+inline T qobject_cast(QObject *object)
+{
+#if !defined(QT_NO_MEMBER_TEMPLATES) && !defined(QT_NO_QOBJECT_CHECK)
+    reinterpret_cast<T>(0)->qt_check_for_QOBJECT_macro(*reinterpret_cast<T>(object));
+#endif
+    return static_cast<T>(reinterpret_cast<T>(0)->staticMetaObject.cast(object));
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline T qobject_cast(const QObject *object)
+{
+    // this will cause a compilation error if T is not const
+    register T ptr = static_cast<T>(object);
+    Q_UNUSED(ptr);
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_MEMBER_TEMPLATES) && !defined(QT_NO_QOBJECT_CHECK)
+    reinterpret_cast<T>(0)->qt_check_for_QOBJECT_macro(*reinterpret_cast<T>(const_cast<QObject *>(object)));
+#endif
+    return static_cast<T>(const_cast<QObject *>(reinterpret_cast<T>(0)->staticMetaObject.cast(const_cast<QObject *>(object))));
+}
+
+
+#ifndef Q_MOC_RUN
+#  define Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE(IFace, IId) \
+    template <> inline IFace *qobject_cast<IFace *>(QObject *object) \
+    { return reinterpret_cast<IFace *>((object ? object->qt_metacast(IId) : 0)); } \
+    template <> inline IFace *qobject_cast<IFace *>(const QObject *object) \
+    { return reinterpret_cast<IFace *>((object ? const_cast<QObject *>(object)->qt_metacast(IId) : 0)); }
+#endif // Q_MOC_RUN
+
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM
+Q_CORE_EXPORT QDebug operator<<(QDebug, const QObject *);
+#endif
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif
+
+#endif // QOBJECT_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qobject_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qobject_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b324334
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qobject_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QOBJECT_P_H
+#define QOBJECT_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of qapplication_*.cpp, qwidget*.cpp and qfiledialog.cpp.  This header
+// file may change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "QtCore/qobject.h"
+#include "QtCore/qpointer.h"
+#include "QtCore/qcoreevent.h"
+#include "QtCore/qlist.h"
+#include "QtCore/qvector.h"
+#include "QtCore/qreadwritelock.h"
+#include "QtCore/qvariant.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QVariant;
+class QThreadData;
+class QObjectConnectionListVector;
+
+/* mirrored in QtTestLib, DON'T CHANGE without prior warning */
+struct QSignalSpyCallbackSet
+{
+    typedef void (*BeginCallback)(QObject *caller, int method_index, void **argv);
+    typedef void (*EndCallback)(QObject *caller, int method_index);
+    BeginCallback signal_begin_callback,
+                    slot_begin_callback;
+    EndCallback signal_end_callback,
+                slot_end_callback;
+};
+void Q_CORE_EXPORT qt_register_signal_spy_callbacks(const QSignalSpyCallbackSet &callback_set);
+
+extern QSignalSpyCallbackSet Q_CORE_EXPORT qt_signal_spy_callback_set;
+
+inline QObjectData::~QObjectData() {}
+
+enum { QObjectPrivateVersion = QT_VERSION };
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QObjectPrivate : public QObjectData
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QObject)
+
+public:
+    QObjectPrivate(int version = QObjectPrivateVersion);
+    virtual ~QObjectPrivate();
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    QList<QObject *> pendingChildInsertedEvents;
+    void sendPendingChildInsertedEvents();
+    void removePendingChildInsertedEvents(QObject *child);
+#else
+    // preserve binary compatibility with code compiled without Qt 3 support
+    QList<QObject *> unused;
+#endif
+
+    // id of the thread that owns the object
+    QThreadData *threadData;
+    void moveToThread_helper();
+    void setThreadData_helper(QThreadData *currentData, QThreadData *targetData);
+    void _q_reregisterTimers(void *pointer);
+
+    struct Sender
+    {
+        QObject *sender;
+        int signal;
+        int ref;
+    };
+
+    // object currently activating the object
+    Sender *currentSender;
+
+    QObject *currentChildBeingDeleted;
+
+    bool isSender(const QObject *receiver, const char *signal) const;
+    QObjectList receiverList(const char *signal) const;
+    QObjectList senderList() const;
+
+    QList<QPointer<QObject> > eventFilters;
+
+    void setParent_helper(QObject *);
+
+    void deleteChildren();
+
+    static void clearGuards(QObject *);
+
+    struct ExtraData
+    {
+#ifndef QT_NO_USERDATA
+        QVector<QObjectUserData *> userData;
+#endif
+        QList<QByteArray> propertyNames;
+        QList<QVariant> propertyValues;
+    };
+    ExtraData *extraData;
+    mutable quint32 connectedSignals;
+
+    QString objectName;
+
+    // Note: you must hold the signalSlotLock() before accessing the lists below or calling the functions
+    struct Connection
+    {
+        QObject *receiver;
+        int method;
+        uint connectionType : 3; // 0 == auto, 1 == direct, 2 == queued, 4 == blocking
+        QBasicAtomicPointer<int> argumentTypes;
+    };
+    typedef QList<Connection> ConnectionList;
+
+    QObjectConnectionListVector *connectionLists;
+    void addConnection(int signal, Connection *c);
+    void removeReceiver(int signal, QObject *receiver);
+    void cleanConnectionLists();
+
+    QList<Sender> senders;
+    void refSender(QObject *sender, int signal);
+    void derefSender(QObject *sender, int signal);
+    void removeSender(QObject *sender, int signal);
+
+    static Sender *setCurrentSender(QObject *receiver,
+                                    Sender *sender);
+    static void resetCurrentSender(QObject *receiver,
+                                   Sender *currentSender,
+                                   Sender *previousSender);
+    static int *setDeleteWatch(QObjectPrivate *d, int *newWatch);
+    static void resetDeleteWatch(QObjectPrivate *d, int *oldWatch, int deleteWatch);
+
+    int *deleteWatch;
+
+    static QObjectPrivate *get(QObject *o) {
+        return o->d_func();
+    }
+};
+
+Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QObjectPrivate::Connection, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE);
+Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QObjectPrivate::Sender, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE);
+
+class QSemaphore;
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QMetaCallEvent : public QEvent
+{
+public:
+    QMetaCallEvent(int id, const QObject *sender, int signalId,
+                   int nargs = 0, int *types = 0, void **args = 0, QSemaphore *semaphore = 0);
+    ~QMetaCallEvent();
+
+    inline int id() const { return id_; }
+    inline const QObject *sender() const { return sender_; }
+    inline int signalId() const { return signalId_; }
+    inline void **args() const { return args_; }
+
+    virtual int placeMetaCall(QObject *object);
+
+private:
+    int id_;
+    const QObject *sender_;
+    int signalId_;
+    int nargs_;
+    int *types_;
+    void **args_;
+    QSemaphore *semaphore_;
+};
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QBoolBlocker
+{
+public:
+    inline QBoolBlocker(bool &b, bool value=true):block(b), reset(b){block = value;}
+    inline ~QBoolBlocker(){block = reset; }
+private:
+    bool &block;
+    bool reset;
+};
+
+void Q_CORE_EXPORT qDeleteInEventHandler(QObject *o);
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QOBJECT_P_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qobjectcleanuphandler.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qobjectcleanuphandler.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2241ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qobjectcleanuphandler.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qobjectcleanuphandler.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QObjectCleanupHandler
+    \brief The QObjectCleanupHandler class watches the lifetime of multiple QObjects.
+
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+
+    A QObjectCleanupHandler is useful whenever you need to know when a
+    number of \l{QObject}s that are owned by someone else have been
+    deleted. This is important, for example, when referencing memory
+    in an application that has been allocated in a shared library.
+
+    To keep track of some \l{QObject}s, create a
+    QObjectCleanupHandler, and add() the objects you are interested
+    in. If you are no longer interested in tracking a particular
+    object, use remove() to remove it from the cleanup handler. If an
+    object being tracked by the cleanup handler gets deleted by
+    someone else it will automatically be removed from the cleanup
+    handler. You can delete all the objects in the cleanup handler
+    with clear(), or by destroying the cleanup handler. isEmpty()
+    returns true if the QObjectCleanupHandler has no objects to keep
+    track of.
+
+    \sa QPointer
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an empty QObjectCleanupHandler.
+*/
+QObjectCleanupHandler::QObjectCleanupHandler()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the cleanup handler. All objects in this cleanup handler
+    will be deleted.
+
+    \sa clear()
+*/
+QObjectCleanupHandler::~QObjectCleanupHandler()
+{
+    clear();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds \a object to this cleanup handler and returns the pointer to
+    the object.
+
+    \sa remove()
+*/
+QObject *QObjectCleanupHandler::add(QObject* object)
+{
+    if (!object)
+        return 0;
+
+    connect(object, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(objectDestroyed(QObject*)));
+    cleanupObjects.insert(0, object);
+    return object;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes the \a object from this cleanup handler. The object will
+    not be destroyed.
+
+    \sa add()
+*/
+void QObjectCleanupHandler::remove(QObject *object)
+{
+    int index;
+    if ((index = cleanupObjects.indexOf(object)) != -1) {
+        cleanupObjects.removeAt(index);
+        disconnect(object, SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)), this, SLOT(objectDestroyed(QObject*)));
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if this cleanup handler is empty or if all objects in
+    this cleanup handler have been destroyed; otherwise return false.
+
+    \sa add() remove() clear()
+*/
+bool QObjectCleanupHandler::isEmpty() const
+{
+    return cleanupObjects.isEmpty();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Deletes all objects in this cleanup handler. The cleanup handler
+    becomes empty.
+
+    \sa isEmpty()
+*/
+void QObjectCleanupHandler::clear()
+{
+    while (!cleanupObjects.isEmpty())
+        delete cleanupObjects.takeFirst();
+}
+
+void QObjectCleanupHandler::objectDestroyed(QObject *object)
+{
+    remove(object);
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qobjectcleanuphandler.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qobjectcleanuphandler.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67db5d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qobjectcleanuphandler.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QOBJECTCLEANUPHANDLER_H
+#define QOBJECTCLEANUPHANDLER_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QObjectCleanupHandler : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    QObjectCleanupHandler();
+    ~QObjectCleanupHandler();
+
+    QObject* add(QObject* object);
+    void remove(QObject *object);
+    bool isEmpty() const;
+    void clear();
+
+private:
+    // ### move into d pointer
+    QObjectList cleanupObjects;
+
+private Q_SLOTS:
+    void objectDestroyed(QObject *);
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QOBJECTCLEANUPHANDLER_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qobjectdefs.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qobjectdefs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a22323
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qobjectdefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,465 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QOBJECTDEFS_H
+#define QOBJECTDEFS_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qnamespace.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+class QByteArray;
+
+class QString;
+
+#ifndef Q_MOC_OUTPUT_REVISION
+#define Q_MOC_OUTPUT_REVISION 61
+#endif
+
+// The following macros are our "extensions" to C++
+// They are used, strictly speaking, only by the moc.
+
+#ifndef Q_MOC_RUN
+# if defined(QT_NO_KEYWORDS)
+#  define QT_NO_EMIT
+# else
+#   define slots
+#   define signals protected
+# endif
+# define Q_SLOTS
+# define Q_SIGNALS protected
+# define Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d, signature)
+# define Q_EMIT
+#ifndef QT_NO_EMIT
+# define emit
+#endif
+#define Q_CLASSINFO(name, value)
+#define Q_INTERFACES(x)
+#define Q_PROPERTY(text)
+#define Q_OVERRIDE(text)
+#define Q_ENUMS(x)
+#define Q_FLAGS(x)
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+# define Q_SETS(x)
+#endif
+#define Q_SCRIPTABLE
+#define Q_INVOKABLE
+#define Q_SIGNAL
+#define Q_SLOT
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+# ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
+// full set of tr functions
+// ### Qt 5: merge overloads
+#  define QT_TR_FUNCTIONS \
+    static inline QString tr(const char *s, const char *c = 0) \
+        { return staticMetaObject.tr(s, c); } \
+    static inline QString trUtf8(const char *s, const char *c = 0) \
+        { return staticMetaObject.trUtf8(s, c); } \
+    static inline QString tr(const char *s, const char *c, int n) \
+        { return staticMetaObject.tr(s, c, n); } \
+    static inline QString trUtf8(const char *s, const char *c, int n) \
+        { return staticMetaObject.trUtf8(s, c, n); }
+# else
+// no QTextCodec, no utf8
+// ### Qt 5: merge overloads
+#  define QT_TR_FUNCTIONS \
+    static inline QString tr(const char *s, const char *c = 0) \
+        { return staticMetaObject.tr(s, c); } \
+    static inline QString tr(const char *s, const char *c, int n) \
+        { return staticMetaObject.tr(s, c, n); }
+# endif
+#else
+// inherit the ones from QObject
+# define QT_TR_FUNCTIONS
+#endif
+
+#if defined(QT_NO_MEMBER_TEMPLATES) || defined(QT_NO_QOBJECT_CHECK)
+/* tmake ignore Q_OBJECT */
+#define Q_OBJECT_CHECK
+#else
+
+/* This is a compile time check that ensures that any class cast with qobject_cast
+   actually contains a Q_OBJECT macro. Note: qobject_cast will fail if a QObject
+   subclass doesn't contain Q_OBJECT.
+
+   In qt_check_for_QOBJECT_macro, we call a dummy templated function with two
+   parameters, the first being "this" and the other the target of the qobject
+   cast. If the types are not identical, we know that a Q_OBJECT macro is missing.
+
+   If you get a compiler error here, make sure that the class you are casting
+   to contains a Q_OBJECT macro.
+*/
+
+/* tmake ignore Q_OBJECT */
+#define Q_OBJECT_CHECK \
+    template <typename T> inline void qt_check_for_QOBJECT_macro(const T &_q_argument) const \
+    { int i = qYouForgotTheQ_OBJECT_Macro(this, &_q_argument); i = i; }
+
+template <typename T>
+inline int qYouForgotTheQ_OBJECT_Macro(T, T) { return 0; }
+
+template <typename T1, typename T2>
+inline void qYouForgotTheQ_OBJECT_Macro(T1, T2) {}
+#endif // QT_NO_MEMBER_TEMPLATES
+
+/* tmake ignore Q_OBJECT */
+#define Q_OBJECT \
+public: \
+    Q_OBJECT_CHECK \
+    static const QMetaObject staticMetaObject; \
+    virtual const QMetaObject *metaObject() const; \
+    virtual void *qt_metacast(const char *); \
+    QT_TR_FUNCTIONS \
+    virtual int qt_metacall(QMetaObject::Call, int, void **); \
+private:
+/* tmake ignore Q_OBJECT */
+#define Q_OBJECT_FAKE Q_OBJECT
+/* tmake ignore Q_GADGET */
+#define Q_GADGET \
+public: \
+    static const QMetaObject staticMetaObject; \
+private:
+#else // Q_MOC_RUN
+#define slots slots
+#define signals signals
+#define Q_SLOTS Q_SLOTS
+#define Q_SIGNALS Q_SIGNALS
+#define Q_CLASSINFO(name, value) Q_CLASSINFO(name, value)
+#define Q_INTERFACES(x) Q_INTERFACES(x)
+#define Q_PROPERTY(text) Q_PROPERTY(text)
+#define Q_OVERRIDE(text) Q_OVERRIDE(text)
+#define Q_ENUMS(x) Q_ENUMS(x)
+#define Q_FLAGS(x) Q_FLAGS(x)
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+# define Q_SETS(x) Q_SETS(x)
+#endif
+ /* tmake ignore Q_OBJECT */
+#define Q_OBJECT Q_OBJECT
+ /* tmake ignore Q_OBJECT */
+#define Q_OBJECT_FAKE Q_OBJECT_FAKE
+ /* tmake ignore Q_GADGET */
+#define Q_GADGET Q_GADGET
+#define Q_SCRIPTABLE Q_SCRIPTABLE
+#define Q_INVOKABLE Q_INVOKABLE
+#define Q_SIGNAL Q_SIGNAL
+#define Q_SLOT Q_SLOT
+#endif //Q_MOC_RUN
+
+// macro for onaming members
+#ifdef METHOD
+#undef METHOD
+#endif
+#ifdef SLOT
+#undef SLOT
+#endif
+#ifdef SIGNAL
+#undef SIGNAL
+#endif
+
+Q_CORE_EXPORT const char *qFlagLocation(const char *method);
+
+#define QTOSTRING_HELPER(s) #s
+#define QTOSTRING(s) QTOSTRING_HELPER(s)
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
+# define QLOCATION "\0"__FILE__":"QTOSTRING(__LINE__)
+# define METHOD(a)   qFlagLocation("0"#a QLOCATION)
+# define SLOT(a)     qFlagLocation("1"#a QLOCATION)
+# define SIGNAL(a)   qFlagLocation("2"#a QLOCATION)
+#else
+# define METHOD(a)   "0"#a
+# define SLOT(a)     "1"#a
+# define SIGNAL(a)   "2"#a
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+#define METHOD_CODE   0                        // member type codes
+#define SLOT_CODE     1
+#define SIGNAL_CODE   2
+#endif
+
+#define QMETHOD_CODE  0                        // member type codes
+#define QSLOT_CODE    1
+#define QSIGNAL_CODE  2
+
+#define Q_ARG(type, data) QArgument<type >(#type, data)
+#define Q_RETURN_ARG(type, data) QReturnArgument<type >(#type, data)
+
+class QObject;
+class QMetaMethod;
+class QMetaEnum;
+class QMetaProperty;
+class QMetaClassInfo;
+
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QGenericArgument
+{
+public:
+    inline QGenericArgument(const char *aName = 0, const void *aData = 0)
+        : _data(aData), _name(aName) {}
+    inline void *data() const { return const_cast<void *>(_data); }
+    inline const char *name() const { return _name; }
+
+private:
+    const void *_data;
+    const char *_name;
+};
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QGenericReturnArgument: public QGenericArgument
+{
+public:
+    inline QGenericReturnArgument(const char *aName = 0, void *aData = 0)
+        : QGenericArgument(aName, aData)
+        {}
+};
+
+template <class T>
+class QArgument: public QGenericArgument
+{
+public:
+    inline QArgument(const char *aName, const T &aData)
+        : QGenericArgument(aName, static_cast<const void *>(&aData))
+        {}
+};
+
+
+template <typename T>
+class QReturnArgument: public QGenericReturnArgument
+{
+public:
+    inline QReturnArgument(const char *aName, T &aData)
+        : QGenericReturnArgument(aName, static_cast<void *>(&aData))
+        {}
+};
+
+struct Q_CORE_EXPORT QMetaObject
+{
+    const char *className() const;
+    const QMetaObject *superClass() const;
+
+    QObject *cast(QObject *obj) const;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+    // ### Qt 4: Merge overloads
+    QString tr(const char *s, const char *c) const;
+    QString trUtf8(const char *s, const char *c) const;
+    QString tr(const char *s, const char *c, int n) const;
+    QString trUtf8(const char *s, const char *c, int n) const;
+#endif // QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+
+    int methodOffset() const;
+    int enumeratorOffset() const;
+    int propertyOffset() const;
+    int classInfoOffset() const;
+
+    int constructorCount() const;
+    int methodCount() const;
+    int enumeratorCount() const;
+    int propertyCount() const;
+    int classInfoCount() const;
+
+    int indexOfConstructor(const char *constructor) const;
+    int indexOfMethod(const char *method) const;
+    int indexOfSignal(const char *signal) const;
+    int indexOfSlot(const char *slot) const;
+    int indexOfEnumerator(const char *name) const;
+    int indexOfProperty(const char *name) const;
+    int indexOfClassInfo(const char *name) const;
+
+    QMetaMethod constructor(int index) const;
+    QMetaMethod method(int index) const;
+    QMetaEnum enumerator(int index) const;
+    QMetaProperty property(int index) const;
+    QMetaClassInfo classInfo(int index) const;
+    QMetaProperty userProperty() const;
+
+    static bool checkConnectArgs(const char *signal, const char *method);
+    static QByteArray normalizedSignature(const char *method);
+    static QByteArray normalizedType(const char *type);
+
+    // internal index-based connect
+    static bool connect(const QObject *sender, int signal_index,
+                        const QObject *receiver, int method_index,
+                        int type = 0, int *types = 0);
+    // internal index-based disconnect
+    static bool disconnect(const QObject *sender, int signal_index,
+                           const QObject *receiver, int method_index);
+    // internal slot-name based connect
+    static void connectSlotsByName(QObject *o);
+
+    // internal index-based signal activation
+    static void activate(QObject *sender, int signal_index, void **argv);
+    static void activate(QObject *sender, int from_signal_index, int to_signal_index, void **argv);
+    static void activate(QObject *sender, const QMetaObject *, int local_signal_index, void **argv);
+    static void activate(QObject *sender, const QMetaObject *, int from_local_signal_index, int to_local_signal_index, void **argv);
+    // internal guarded pointers
+    static void addGuard(QObject **ptr);
+    static void removeGuard(QObject **ptr);
+    static void changeGuard(QObject **ptr, QObject *o);
+
+    static bool invokeMethod(QObject *obj, const char *member,
+                             Qt::ConnectionType,
+                             QGenericReturnArgument ret,
+                             QGenericArgument val0 = QGenericArgument(0),
+                             QGenericArgument val1 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val2 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val3 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val4 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val5 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val6 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val7 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val8 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val9 = QGenericArgument());
+
+    static inline bool invokeMethod(QObject *obj, const char *member,
+                             QGenericReturnArgument ret,
+                             QGenericArgument val0 = QGenericArgument(0),
+                             QGenericArgument val1 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val2 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val3 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val4 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val5 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val6 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val7 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val8 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val9 = QGenericArgument())
+    {
+        return invokeMethod(obj, member, Qt::AutoConnection, ret, val0, val1, val2, val3,
+                val4, val5, val6, val7, val8, val9);
+    }
+
+    static inline bool invokeMethod(QObject *obj, const char *member,
+                             Qt::ConnectionType type,
+                             QGenericArgument val0 = QGenericArgument(0),
+                             QGenericArgument val1 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val2 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val3 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val4 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val5 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val6 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val7 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val8 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val9 = QGenericArgument())
+    {
+        return invokeMethod(obj, member, type, QGenericReturnArgument(), val0, val1, val2,
+                                 val3, val4, val5, val6, val7, val8, val9);
+    }
+
+    static inline bool invokeMethod(QObject *obj, const char *member,
+                             QGenericArgument val0 = QGenericArgument(0),
+                             QGenericArgument val1 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val2 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val3 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val4 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val5 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val6 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val7 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val8 = QGenericArgument(),
+                             QGenericArgument val9 = QGenericArgument())
+    {
+        return invokeMethod(obj, member, Qt::AutoConnection, QGenericReturnArgument(), val0,
+                val1, val2, val3, val4, val5, val6, val7, val8, val9);
+    }
+
+    QObject *newInstance(QGenericArgument val0 = QGenericArgument(0),
+                         QGenericArgument val1 = QGenericArgument(),
+                         QGenericArgument val2 = QGenericArgument(),
+                         QGenericArgument val3 = QGenericArgument(),
+                         QGenericArgument val4 = QGenericArgument(),
+                         QGenericArgument val5 = QGenericArgument(),
+                         QGenericArgument val6 = QGenericArgument(),
+                         QGenericArgument val7 = QGenericArgument(),
+                         QGenericArgument val8 = QGenericArgument(),
+                         QGenericArgument val9 = QGenericArgument()) const;
+
+    enum Call {
+        InvokeMetaMethod,
+        ReadProperty,
+        WriteProperty,
+        ResetProperty,
+        QueryPropertyDesignable,
+        QueryPropertyScriptable,
+        QueryPropertyStored,
+        QueryPropertyEditable,
+        QueryPropertyUser,
+        CreateInstance
+    };
+
+    int static_metacall(Call, int, void **) const;
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    QT3_SUPPORT const char *superClassName() const;
+#endif
+
+    struct { // private data
+        const QMetaObject *superdata;
+        const char *stringdata;
+        const uint *data;
+        const void *extradata;
+    } d;
+};
+
+struct QMetaObjectExtraData
+{
+    const QMetaObject **objects;
+    int (*static_metacall)(QMetaObject::Call, int, void **);
+};
+
+inline const char *QMetaObject::className() const
+{ return d.stringdata; }
+
+inline const QMetaObject *QMetaObject::superClass() const
+{ return d.superdata; }
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+inline const char *QMetaObject::superClassName() const
+{ return d.superdata ? d.superdata->className() : 0; }
+#endif
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QOBJECTDEFS_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qpointer.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qpointer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99a8e4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qpointer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class QPointer
+    \brief The QPointer class is a template class that provides guarded pointers to QObjects.
+
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+    \mainclass
+
+    A guarded pointer, QPointer<T>, behaves like a normal C++
+    pointer \c{T *}, except that it is automatically set to 0 when the
+    referenced object is destroyed (unlike normal C++ pointers, which
+    become "dangling pointers" in such cases). \c T must be a
+    subclass of QObject.
+
+    Guarded pointers are useful whenever you need to store a pointer
+    to a QObject that is owned by someone else, and therefore might be
+    destroyed while you still hold a reference to it. You can safely
+    test the pointer for validity.
+
+    Qt also provides QSharedPointer, an implementation of a reference-counted
+    shared pointer object, which can be used to maintain a collection of
+    references to an individual pointer.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/pointer/pointer.cpp 0
+    \dots
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/pointer/pointer.cpp 1
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/pointer/pointer.cpp 2
+
+    If the QLabel is deleted in the meantime, the \c label variable
+    will hold 0 instead of an invalid address, and the last line will
+    never be executed.
+
+    The functions and operators available with a QPointer are the
+    same as those available with a normal unguarded pointer, except
+    the pointer arithmetic operators (\c{+}, \c{-}, \c{++}, and
+    \c{--}), which are normally used only with arrays of objects.
+
+    Use QPointers like normal pointers and you will not need to read
+    this class documentation.
+
+    For creating guarded pointers, you can construct or assign to them
+    from a T* or from another guarded pointer of the same type. You
+    can compare them with each other using operator==() and
+    operator!=(), or test for 0 with isNull(). You can dereference
+    them using either the \c *x or the \c x->member notation.
+
+    A guarded pointer will automatically cast to a \c T *, so you can
+    freely mix guarded and unguarded pointers. This means that if you
+    have a QPointer<QWidget>, you can pass it to a function that
+    requires a QWidget *. For this reason, it is of little value to
+    declare functions to take a QPointer as a parameter; just use
+    normal pointers. Use a QPointer when you are storing a pointer
+    over time.
+
+    Note that class \c T must inherit QObject, or a compilation or
+    link error will result.
+
+    \sa QSharedPointer, QObject, QObjectCleanupHandler
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPointer::QPointer()
+
+    Constructs a 0 guarded pointer.
+
+    \sa isNull()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPointer::QPointer(T* p)
+
+    Constructs a guarded pointer that points to same object that \a p
+    points to.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPointer::QPointer(const QPointer<T> &p)
+
+    Copies one guarded pointer from another. The constructed guarded
+    pointer points to the same object that \a p points to (which may
+    be 0).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPointer::~QPointer()
+
+    Destroys the guarded pointer. Just like a normal pointer,
+    destroying a guarded pointer does \e not destroy the object being
+    pointed to.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPointer<T>& QPointer::operator=(const QPointer<T> &p)
+
+    Assignment operator. This guarded pointer will now point to the
+    same object that \a p points to.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPointer<T> & QPointer::operator=(T* p)
+
+    Assignment operator. This guarded pointer will now point to the
+    same object that \a p points to.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn T* QPointer::data() const
+    \since 4.4
+
+    Returns the pointer to the object being guarded.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QPointer::isNull() const
+
+    Returns \c true if the referenced object has been destroyed or if
+    there is no referenced object; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn T* QPointer::operator->() const
+
+    Overloaded arrow operator; implements pointer semantics. Just use
+    this operator as you would with a normal C++ pointer.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn T& QPointer::operator*() const
+
+    Dereference operator; implements pointer semantics. Just use this
+    operator as you would with a normal C++ pointer.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPointer::operator T*() const
+
+    Cast operator; implements pointer semantics. Because of this
+    function you can pass a QPointer\<T\> to a function where a T*
+    is required.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool operator==(const T *o, const QPointer<T> &p)
+
+    Equality operator. Returns true if \a o and the guarded
+    pointer \a p are pointing to the same object, otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn bool operator==(const QPointer<T> &p, const T *o)
+
+    Equality operator. Returns true if \a o and the guarded
+    pointer \a p are pointing to the same object, otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn bool operator==(T *o, const QPointer<T> &p)
+
+    Equality operator. Returns true if \a o and the guarded
+    pointer \a p are pointing to the same object, otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn bool operator==(const QPointer<T> &p, T *o)
+
+    Equality operator. Returns true if \a o and the guarded
+    pointer \a p are pointing to the same object, otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn bool operator==(const QPointer<T> &p1, const QPointer<T> &p2)
+
+    Equality operator. Returns true if the guarded pointers \a p1 and \a p2
+    are pointing to the same object, otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool operator!=(const T *o, const QPointer<T> &p)
+
+    Inequality operator. Returns true if \a o and the guarded
+    pointer \a p are not pointing to the same object, otherwise
+    returns false.
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn bool operator!=(const QPointer<T> &p, const T *o)
+
+    Inequality operator. Returns true if \a o and the guarded
+    pointer \a p are not pointing to the same object, otherwise
+    returns false.
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn bool operator!=(T *o, const QPointer<T> &p)
+
+    Inequality operator. Returns true if \a o and the guarded
+    pointer \a p are not pointing to the same object, otherwise
+    returns false.
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn bool operator!=(const QPointer<T> &p, T *o)
+
+    Inequality operator. Returns true if \a o and the guarded
+    pointer \a p are not pointing to the same object, otherwise
+    returns false.
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn bool operator!=(const QPointer<T> &p1, const QPointer<T> &p2)
+
+    Inequality operator. Returns true if  the guarded pointers \a p1 and
+    \a p2 are not pointing to the same object, otherwise
+    returns false.
+*/
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qpointer.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qpointer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec4a623
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qpointer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QPOINTER_H
+#define QPOINTER_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+template <class T>
+class QPointer
+{
+    QObject *o;
+public:
+    inline QPointer() : o(0) {}
+    inline QPointer(T *p) : o(p)
+        { QMetaObject::addGuard(&o); }
+    inline QPointer(const QPointer<T> &p) : o(p.o)
+        { QMetaObject::addGuard(&o); }
+    inline ~QPointer()
+        { QMetaObject::removeGuard(&o); }
+    inline QPointer<T> &operator=(const QPointer<T> &p)
+        { if (this != &p) QMetaObject::changeGuard(&o, p.o); return *this; }
+    inline QPointer<T> &operator=(T* p)
+        { if (o != p) QMetaObject::changeGuard(&o, p); return *this; }
+
+    inline bool isNull() const
+        { return !o; }
+
+    inline T* operator->() const
+        { return static_cast<T*>(const_cast<QObject*>(o)); }
+    inline T& operator*() const
+        { return *static_cast<T*>(const_cast<QObject*>(o)); }
+    inline operator T*() const
+        { return static_cast<T*>(const_cast<QObject*>(o)); }
+    inline T* data() const
+        { return static_cast<T*>(const_cast<QObject*>(o)); }
+};
+
+
+#if (!defined(Q_CC_SUN) || (__SUNPRO_CC >= 0x580)) // ambiguity between const T * and T *
+
+template <class T>
+inline bool operator==(const T *o, const QPointer<T> &p)
+{ return o == p.operator->(); }
+
+template<class T>
+inline bool operator==(const QPointer<T> &p, const T *o)
+{ return p.operator->() == o; }
+
+#else
+
+template<class T>
+inline bool operator==(const void *o, const QPointer<T> &p)
+{ return o == p.operator->(); }
+
+template<class T>
+inline bool operator==(const QPointer<T> &p, const void *o)
+{ return p.operator->() == o; }
+
+#endif
+
+template <class T>
+inline bool operator==(T *o, const QPointer<T> &p)
+{ return o == p.operator->(); }
+
+template<class T>
+inline bool operator==(const QPointer<T> &p, T *o)
+{ return p.operator->() == o; }
+
+template<class T>
+inline bool operator==(const QPointer<T> &p1, const QPointer<T> &p2)
+{ return p1.operator->() == p2.operator->(); }
+
+
+#if (!defined(Q_CC_SUN) || (__SUNPRO_CC >= 0x580)) // ambiguity between const T * and T *
+
+template <class T>
+inline bool operator!=(const T *o, const QPointer<T> &p)
+{ return o != p.operator->(); }
+
+template<class T>
+inline bool operator!= (const QPointer<T> &p, const T *o)
+{ return p.operator->() != o; }
+
+#else
+
+template<class T>
+inline bool operator!= (const void *o, const QPointer<T> &p)
+{ return o != p.operator->(); }
+
+template<class T>
+inline bool operator!= (const QPointer<T> &p, const void *o)
+{ return p.operator->() != o; }
+
+#endif
+
+template <class T>
+inline bool operator!=(T *o, const QPointer<T> &p)
+{ return o != p.operator->(); }
+
+template<class T>
+inline bool operator!= (const QPointer<T> &p, T *o)
+{ return p.operator->() != o; }
+
+template<class T>
+inline bool operator!= (const QPointer<T> &p1, const QPointer<T> &p2)
+{ return p1.operator->() != p2.operator->() ; }
+
+// Make MSVC < 1400 (2005) handle "if (NULL == p)" syntax
+#if defined(Q_CC_MSVC) && (_MSC_VER < 1400)
+template<class T>
+inline bool operator== (int i, const QPointer<T> &p)
+{ Q_ASSERT(i == 0); return !i && p.isNull(); }
+
+template<class T>
+inline bool operator!= (int i, const QPointer<T> &p)
+{ Q_ASSERT(i == 0); return !i && !p.isNull(); }
+#endif
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QPOINTER_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9853079
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,541 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsharedmemory.h"
+#include "qsharedmemory_p.h"
+#include "qsystemsemaphore.h"
+#include <qdir.h>
+#include <qcryptographichash.h>
+
+#include <qdebug.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#if !(defined(QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY) && defined(QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE))
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Generate a string from the key which can be any unicode string into
+    the subset that the win/unix kernel allows.
+
+    On Unix this will be a file name
+  */
+QString
+QSharedMemoryPrivate::makePlatformSafeKey(const QString &key,
+					  const QString &prefix)
+{
+    if (key.isEmpty())
+        return QString();
+
+    QString result = prefix;
+
+    QString part1 = key;
+    part1.replace(QRegExp(QLatin1String("[^A-Za-z]")), QString());
+    result.append(part1);
+
+    QByteArray hex = QCryptographicHash::hash(key.toUtf8(), QCryptographicHash::Sha1).toHex();
+    result.append(QLatin1String(hex));
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN
+    return result;
+#else
+    return QDir::tempPath() + QLatin1Char('/') + result;
+#endif
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY && QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY
+
+/*!
+  \class QSharedMemory
+  \ingroup ipc
+  \since 4.4
+
+  \brief The QSharedMemory class provides access to a shared memory segment.
+
+  QSharedMemory provides access to a shared memory segment by multiple
+  threads and processes. It also provides a way for a single thread or
+  process to lock the memory for exclusive access.
+
+  When using this class, be aware of the following platform
+  differences:
+
+  \list
+
+  \o Windows: QSharedMemory does not "own" the shared memory segment.
+  When all threads or processes that have an instance of QSharedMemory
+  attached to a particular shared memory segment have either destroyed
+  their instance of QSharedMemory or exited, the Windows kernel
+  releases the shared memory segment automatically.
+
+  \o Unix: QSharedMemory "owns" the shared memory segment. When the
+  last thread or process that has an instance of QSharedMemory
+  attached to a particular shared memory segment detaches from the
+  segment by destroying its instance of QSharedMemory, the Unix kernel
+  release the shared memory segment. But if that last thread or
+  process crashes without running the QSharedMemory destructor, the
+  shared memory segment survives the crash.
+
+  \o HP-UX: Only one attach to a shared memory segment is allowed per
+  process. This means that QSharedMemory should not be used across
+  multiple threads in the same process in HP-UX.
+
+  \endlist
+
+  Remember to lock the shared memory with lock() before reading from
+  or writing to the shared memory, and remember to release the lock
+  with unlock() after you are done.
+
+  Unlike QtSharedMemory, QSharedMemory automatically destroys the
+  shared memory segment when the last instance of QSharedMemory is
+  detached from the segment, and no references to the segment
+  remain. Do not mix using QtSharedMemory and QSharedMemory. Port
+  everything to QSharedMemory.
+ */
+
+/*!
+  \overload QSharedMemory()
+
+  Constructs a shared memory object with the given \a parent.  The
+  shared memory object's key is not set by the constructor, so the
+  shared memory object does not have an underlying shared memory
+  segment attached. The key must be set with setKey() before create()
+  or attach() can be used.
+
+  \sa setKey()
+ */
+QSharedMemory::QSharedMemory(QObject *parent)
+  : QObject(*new QSharedMemoryPrivate, parent)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+  Constructs a shared memory object with the given \a parent and with
+  its key set to \a key. Because its key is set, its create() and
+  attach() functions can be called.
+
+  \sa setKey(), create(), attach()
+ */
+QSharedMemory::QSharedMemory(const QString &key, QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(*new QSharedMemoryPrivate, parent)
+{
+    setKey(key);
+}
+
+/*!
+  The destructor clears the key, which forces the shared memory object
+  to \l {detach()} {detach} from its underlying shared memory
+  segment. If this shared memory object is the last one connected to
+  the shared memory segment, the detach() operation destroys the
+  shared memory segment.
+
+  \sa detach() isAttached()
+ */
+QSharedMemory::~QSharedMemory()
+{
+    setKey(QString());
+}
+
+/*!
+  Sets a new \a key for this shared memory object.  If \a key and the
+  current key are the same, the function returns without doing
+  anything. If the shared memory object is attached to an underlying
+  shared memory segment, it will \l {detach()} {detach} from it before
+  setting the new key. This function does not do an attach().
+
+  \sa key() isAttached()
+ */
+void QSharedMemory::setKey(const QString &key)
+{
+    Q_D(QSharedMemory);
+    if (key == d->key)
+        return;
+
+    if (isAttached())
+        detach();
+    d->cleanHandle();
+    d->key = key;
+}
+
+bool QSharedMemoryPrivate::initKey()
+{
+    if (!cleanHandle())
+        return false;
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+    systemSemaphore.setKey(QString(), 1);
+    systemSemaphore.setKey(key, 1);
+    if (systemSemaphore.error() != QSystemSemaphore::NoError) {
+        QString function = QLatin1String("QSharedMemoryPrivate::initKey");
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: unable to set key on lock").arg(function);
+        switch(systemSemaphore.error()) {
+        case QSystemSemaphore::PermissionDenied:
+            error = QSharedMemory::PermissionDenied;
+            break;
+        case QSystemSemaphore::KeyError:
+            error = QSharedMemory::KeyError;
+            break;
+        case QSystemSemaphore::AlreadyExists:
+            error = QSharedMemory::AlreadyExists;
+            break;
+        case QSystemSemaphore::NotFound:
+            error = QSharedMemory::NotFound;
+            break;
+        case QSystemSemaphore::OutOfResources:
+            error = QSharedMemory::OutOfResources;
+            break;
+        case QSystemSemaphore::UnknownError:
+        default:
+            error = QSharedMemory::UnknownError;
+            break;
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+#endif
+    errorString = QString();
+    error = QSharedMemory::NoError;
+    return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns the key assigned to this shared memory. The key is the
+  identifier used by the operating system to identify the shared
+  memory segment. When QSharedMemory is used for interprocess
+  communication, the key is how each process attaches to the shared
+  memory segment through which the IPC occurs.
+
+    \sa setKey()
+ */
+QString QSharedMemory::key() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QSharedMemory);
+    return d->key;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Creates a shared memory segment of \a size bytes with the key passed
+  to the constructor or set with setKey(), attaches to the new shared
+  memory segment with the given access \a mode, and returns \tt true.
+  If a shared memory segment identified by the key already exists, the
+  attach operation is not performed, and \tt false is returned. When
+  the return value is \tt false, call error() to determine which error
+  occurred.
+
+  \sa error()
+ */
+bool QSharedMemory::create(int size, AccessMode mode)
+{
+    Q_D(QSharedMemory);
+
+    if (!d->initKey())
+        return false;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+#ifndef Q_OS_WIN
+    // Take ownership and force set initialValue because the semaphore
+    // might have already existed from a previous crash.
+    d->systemSemaphore.setKey(d->key, 1, QSystemSemaphore::Create);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+    QString function = QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::create");
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+    QSharedMemoryLocker lock(this);
+    if (!d->tryLocker(&lock, function))
+        return false;
+#endif
+
+    if (size <= 0) {
+        d->error = QSharedMemory::InvalidSize;
+        d->errorString =
+	    QSharedMemory::tr("%1: create size is less then 0").arg(function);
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    if (!d->create(size))
+        return false;
+
+    return d->attach(mode);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns the size of the attached shared memory segment. If no shared
+  memory segment is attached, 0 is returned.
+
+  \sa create() attach()
+ */
+int QSharedMemory::size() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QSharedMemory);
+    return d->size;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \enum QSharedMemory::AccessMode
+
+  \value ReadOnly The shared memory segment is read-only. Writing to
+  the shared memory segment is not allowed. An attempt to write to a
+  shared memory segment created with ReadOnly causes the program to
+  abort.
+
+  \value ReadWrite Reading and writing the shared memory segment are
+  both allowed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Attempts to attach the process to the shared memory segment
+  identified by the key that was passed to the constructor or to a
+  call to setKey(). The access \a mode is \l {QSharedMemory::}
+  {ReadWrite} by default. It can also be \l {QSharedMemory::}
+  {ReadOnly}. Returns true if the attach operation is successful. If
+  false is returned, call error() to determine which error occurred.
+  After attaching the shared memory segment, a pointer to the shared
+  memory can be obtained by calling data().
+
+  \sa isAttached(), detach(), create()
+ */
+bool QSharedMemory::attach(AccessMode mode)
+{
+    Q_D(QSharedMemory);
+
+    if (isAttached() || !d->initKey())
+        return false;
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+    QSharedMemoryLocker lock(this);
+    if (!d->tryLocker(&lock, QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::attach")))
+        return false;
+#endif
+
+    if (isAttached() || !d->handle())
+        return false;
+
+    return d->attach(mode);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns true if this process is attached to the shared memory
+  segment.
+
+  \sa attach(), detach()
+ */
+bool QSharedMemory::isAttached() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QSharedMemory);
+    return (0 != d->memory);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Detaches the process from the shared memory segment. If this was the
+  last process attached to the shared memory segment, then the shared
+  memory segment is released by the system, i.e., the contents are
+  destroyed. The function returns true if it detaches the shared
+  memory segment. If it returns false, it usually means the segment
+  either isn't attached, or it is locked by another process.
+
+  \sa attach(), isAttached()
+ */
+bool QSharedMemory::detach()
+{
+    Q_D(QSharedMemory);
+    if (!isAttached())
+        return false;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+    QSharedMemoryLocker lock(this);
+    if (!d->tryLocker(&lock, QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::detach")))
+        return false;
+#endif
+
+    if (d->detach()) {
+        d->size = 0;
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns a pointer to the contents of the shared memory segment, if
+  one is attached. Otherwise it returns null. Remember to lock the
+  shared memory with lock() before reading from or writing to the
+  shared memory, and remember to release the lock with unlock() after
+  you are done.
+
+  \sa attach()
+ */
+void *QSharedMemory::data()
+{
+    Q_D(QSharedMemory);
+    return d->memory;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns a const pointer to the contents of the shared memory
+  segment, if one is attached. Otherwise it returns null. Remember to
+  lock the shared memory with lock() before reading from or writing to
+  the shared memory, and remember to release the lock with unlock()
+  after you are done.
+
+  \sa attach() create()
+ */
+const void* QSharedMemory::constData() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QSharedMemory);
+    return d->memory;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \overload data()
+ */
+const void *QSharedMemory::data() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QSharedMemory);
+    return d->memory;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+/*!
+  This is a semaphore that locks the shared memory segment for access
+  by this process and returns true. If another process has locked the
+  segment, this function blocks until the lock is released. Then it
+  acquires the lock and returns true. If this function returns false,
+  it means either that you have ignored a false return from create()
+  or attach(), or that QSystemSemaphore::acquire() failed due to an
+  unknown system error.
+
+  \sa unlock(), data(), QSystemSemaphore::acquire()
+ */
+bool QSharedMemory::lock()
+{
+    Q_D(QSharedMemory);
+    if (d->lockedByMe) {
+        qWarning("QSharedMemory::lock: already locked");
+        return true;
+    }
+    if (d->systemSemaphore.acquire()) {
+        d->lockedByMe = true;
+        return true;
+    }
+    QString function = QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::lock");
+    d->errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: unable to lock").arg(function);
+    d->error = QSharedMemory::LockError;
+    return false;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Releases the lock on the shared memory segment and returns true, if
+  the lock is currently held by this process. If the segment is not
+  locked, or if the lock is held by another process, nothing happens
+  and false is returned.
+
+  \sa lock()
+ */
+bool QSharedMemory::unlock()
+{
+    Q_D(QSharedMemory);
+    if (!d->lockedByMe)
+        return false;
+    d->lockedByMe = false;
+    if (d->systemSemaphore.release())
+        return true;
+    QString function = QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::unlock");
+    d->errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: unable to unlock").arg(function);
+    d->error = QSharedMemory::LockError;
+    return false;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+
+/*!
+  \enum QSharedMemory::SharedMemoryError
+
+  \value NoError No error occurred.
+
+  \value PermissionDenied The operation failed because the caller
+  didn't have the required permissions.
+
+  \value InvalidSize A create operation failed because the requested
+  size was invalid.
+
+  \value KeyError The operation failed because of an invalid key.
+
+  \value AlreadyExists A create() operation failed because a shared
+  memory segment with the specified key already existed.
+
+  \value NotFound An attach() failed because a shared memory segment
+  with the specified key could not be found.
+
+  \value LockError The attempt to lock() the shared memory segment
+  failed because create() or attach() failed and returned false, or
+  because a system error occurred in QSystemSemaphore::acquire().
+
+  \value OutOfResources A create() operation failed because there was
+  not enough memory available to fill the request.
+
+  \value UnknownError Something else happened and it was bad.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Returns a value indicating whether an error occurred, and, if so,
+  which error it was.
+
+  \sa errorString()
+ */
+QSharedMemory::SharedMemoryError QSharedMemory::error() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QSharedMemory);
+    return d->error;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns a text description of the last error that occurred. If
+  error() returns an \l {QSharedMemory::SharedMemoryError} {error
+  value}, call this function to get a text string that describes the
+  error.
+
+  \sa error()
+ */
+QString QSharedMemory::errorString() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QSharedMemory);
+    return d->errorString;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..481a815
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSHAREDMEMORY_H
+#define QSHAREDMEMORY_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY
+
+class QSharedMemoryPrivate;
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QSharedMemory : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QSharedMemory)
+
+public:
+    enum AccessMode
+    {
+        ReadOnly,
+        ReadWrite
+    };
+
+    enum SharedMemoryError
+    {
+        NoError,
+        PermissionDenied,
+        InvalidSize,
+        KeyError,
+        AlreadyExists,
+        NotFound,
+        LockError,
+        OutOfResources,
+        UnknownError
+    };
+
+    QSharedMemory(QObject *parent = 0);
+    QSharedMemory(const QString &key, QObject *parent = 0);
+    ~QSharedMemory();
+
+    void setKey(const QString &key);
+    QString key() const;
+
+    bool create(int size, AccessMode mode = ReadWrite);
+    int size() const;
+
+    bool attach(AccessMode mode = ReadWrite);
+    bool isAttached() const;
+    bool detach();
+
+    void *data();
+    const void* constData() const;
+    const void *data() const;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+    bool lock();
+    bool unlock();
+#endif
+
+    SharedMemoryError error() const;
+    QString errorString() const;
+
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QSharedMemory)
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QSHAREDMEMORY_H
+
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08f0321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSHAREDMEMORY_P_H
+#define QSHAREDMEMORY_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists purely as an
+// implementation detail.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "qsharedmemory.h"
+
+#ifdef QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY
+# ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+namespace QSharedMemoryPrivate
+{
+    int createUnixKeyFile(const QString &fileName);
+    QString makePlatformSafeKey(const QString &key,
+            const QString &prefix = QLatin1String("qipc_sharedmemory_"));
+}
+#endif
+#else
+
+#include "qsystemsemaphore.h"
+#include "private/qobject_p.h"
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN
+#include <qt_windows.h>
+#else
+#include <sys/sem.h>
+#endif
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+/*!
+  Helper class
+  */
+class QSharedMemoryLocker
+{
+
+public:
+    inline QSharedMemoryLocker(QSharedMemory *sharedMemory) : q_sm(sharedMemory)
+    {
+        Q_ASSERT(q_sm);
+    }
+
+    inline ~QSharedMemoryLocker()
+    {
+        if (q_sm)
+            q_sm->unlock();
+    }
+
+    inline bool lock()
+    {
+        if (q_sm && q_sm->lock())
+            return true;
+        q_sm = 0;
+        return false;
+    }
+
+private:
+    QSharedMemory *q_sm;
+};
+#endif // QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+
+class Q_AUTOTEST_EXPORT QSharedMemoryPrivate : public QObjectPrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QSharedMemory)
+
+public:
+    QSharedMemoryPrivate();
+
+    void *memory;
+    int size;
+    QString key;
+    QSharedMemory::SharedMemoryError error;
+    QString errorString;
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+    QSystemSemaphore systemSemaphore;
+    bool lockedByMe;
+#endif
+
+    static int createUnixKeyFile(const QString &fileName);
+    static QString makePlatformSafeKey(const QString &key,
+            const QString &prefix = QLatin1String("qipc_sharedmemory_"));
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN
+    HANDLE handle();
+#else
+    key_t handle();
+#endif
+    bool initKey();
+    bool cleanHandle();
+    bool create(int size);
+    bool attach(QSharedMemory::AccessMode mode);
+    bool detach();
+
+    void setErrorString(const QString &function);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+    bool tryLocker(QSharedMemoryLocker *locker, const QString function) {
+        if (!locker->lock()) {
+            errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: unable to lock").arg(function);
+            error = QSharedMemory::LockError;
+            return false;
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+
+private:
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN
+    HANDLE hand;
+#else
+    key_t unix_key;
+#endif
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY
+
+#endif // QSHAREDMEMORY_P_H
+
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory_unix.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory_unix.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..487c653
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory_unix.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+#include "qsharedmemory.h"
+#include "qsharedmemory_p.h"
+#include "qsystemsemaphore.h"
+#include <qdir.h>
+#include <qdebug.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/ipc.h>
+#include <sys/shm.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+QSharedMemoryPrivate::QSharedMemoryPrivate()
+    : QObjectPrivate(), memory(0), size(0), error(QSharedMemory::NoError),
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+      systemSemaphore(QString()), lockedByMe(false),
+#endif
+      unix_key(0)
+{
+}
+
+void QSharedMemoryPrivate::setErrorString(const QString &function)
+{
+    // EINVAL is handled in functions so they can give better error strings
+    switch (errno) {
+    case EACCES:
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: permission denied").arg(function);
+        error = QSharedMemory::PermissionDenied;
+        break;
+    case EEXIST:
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: already exists").arg(function);
+        error = QSharedMemory::AlreadyExists;
+        break;
+    case ENOENT:
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: doesn't exists").arg(function);
+        error = QSharedMemory::NotFound;
+        break;
+    case EMFILE:
+    case ENOMEM:
+    case ENOSPC:
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: out of resources").arg(function);
+        error = QSharedMemory::OutOfResources;
+        break;
+    default:
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: unknown error %2").arg(function).arg(errno);
+        error = QSharedMemory::UnknownError;
+#if defined QSHAREDMEMORY_DEBUG
+        qDebug() << errorString << "key" << key << "errno" << errno << EINVAL;
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    If not already made create the handle used for accessing the shared memory.
+*/
+key_t QSharedMemoryPrivate::handle()
+{
+    // already made
+    if (unix_key)
+        return unix_key;
+
+    // don't allow making handles on empty keys
+    if (key.isEmpty()) {
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: key is empty").arg(QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::handle:"));
+        error = QSharedMemory::KeyError;
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    // ftok requires that an actual file exists somewhere
+    QString fileName = makePlatformSafeKey(key);
+    if (!QFile::exists(fileName)) {
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: unix key file doesn't exists").arg(QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::handle:"));
+        error = QSharedMemory::NotFound;
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    unix_key = ftok(QFile::encodeName(fileName).constData(), 'Q');
+    if (-1 == unix_key) {
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: ftok failed").arg(QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::handle:"));
+        error = QSharedMemory::KeyError;
+        unix_key = 0;
+    }
+    return unix_key;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY
+
+#if !(defined(QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY) && defined(QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE))
+/*!
+    \internal
+    Creates the unix file if needed.
+    returns true if the unix file was created.
+
+    -1 error
+     0 already existed
+     1 created
+  */
+int QSharedMemoryPrivate::createUnixKeyFile(const QString &fileName)
+{
+    if (QFile::exists(fileName))
+        return 0;
+
+    int fd = open(QFile::encodeName(fileName).constData(),
+            O_EXCL | O_CREAT | O_RDWR, 0640);
+    if (-1 == fd) {
+        if (errno == EEXIST)
+            return 0;
+        return -1;
+    } else {
+        close(fd);
+    }
+    return 1;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY && QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY
+
+bool QSharedMemoryPrivate::cleanHandle()
+{
+    unix_key = 0;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool QSharedMemoryPrivate::create(int size)
+{
+    // build file if needed
+    bool createdFile = false;
+    int built = createUnixKeyFile(makePlatformSafeKey(key));
+    if (built == -1) {
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: unable to make key").arg(QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::handle:"));
+        error = QSharedMemory::KeyError;
+        return false;
+    }
+    if (built == 1) {
+        createdFile = true;
+    }
+
+    // get handle
+    if (!handle()) {
+        if (createdFile)
+            QFile::remove(makePlatformSafeKey(key));
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // create
+    if (-1 == shmget(handle(), size, 0666 | IPC_CREAT | IPC_EXCL)) {
+        QString function = QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::create");
+        switch (errno) {
+        case EINVAL:
+            errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: system-imposed size restrictions").arg(QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::handle"));
+            error = QSharedMemory::InvalidSize;
+            break;
+        default:
+            setErrorString(function);
+        }
+        if (createdFile && error != QSharedMemory::AlreadyExists)
+            QFile::remove(makePlatformSafeKey(key));
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool QSharedMemoryPrivate::attach(QSharedMemory::AccessMode mode)
+{
+    // grab the shared memory segment id
+    if (!handle())
+        return false;
+
+    int id = shmget(handle(), 0, (mode == QSharedMemory::ReadOnly ? 0444 : 0660));
+    if (-1 == id) {
+        setErrorString(QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::attach (shmget)"));
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // grab the memory
+    memory = shmat(id, 0, (mode == QSharedMemory::ReadOnly ? SHM_RDONLY : 0));
+    if ((void*) - 1 == memory) {
+        memory = 0;
+        setErrorString(QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::attach (shmat)"));
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // grab the size
+    shmid_ds shmid_ds;
+    if (!shmctl(id, IPC_STAT, &shmid_ds)) {
+        size = (int)shmid_ds.shm_segsz;
+    } else {
+        setErrorString(QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::attach (shmctl)"));
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool QSharedMemoryPrivate::detach()
+{
+    // detach from the memory segment
+    if (-1 == shmdt(memory)) {
+        QString function = QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::detach");
+        switch (errno) {
+        case EINVAL:
+            errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: not attached").arg(function);
+            error = QSharedMemory::NotFound;
+            break;
+        default:
+            setErrorString(function);
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+    memory = 0;
+
+    // Get the number of current attachments
+    if (!handle())
+        return false;
+    int id = shmget(handle(), 0, 0444);
+    unix_key = 0;
+
+    struct shmid_ds shmid_ds;
+    if (0 != shmctl(id, IPC_STAT, &shmid_ds)) {
+        switch (errno) {
+        case EINVAL:
+            return true;
+        default:
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+    // If there are no attachments then remove it.
+    if (shmid_ds.shm_nattch == 0) {
+        // mark for removal
+        struct shmid_ds shmid_ds;
+        if (-1 == shmctl(id, IPC_RMID, &shmid_ds)) {
+            setErrorString(QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::remove"));
+            switch (errno) {
+            case EINVAL:
+                return true;
+            default:
+                return false;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // remove file
+        if (!QFile::remove(makePlatformSafeKey(key)))
+            return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory_win.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory_win.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b71fbd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory_win.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsharedmemory.h"
+#include "qsharedmemory_p.h"
+#include "qsystemsemaphore.h"
+#include <qdebug.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY
+
+QSharedMemoryPrivate::QSharedMemoryPrivate() : QObjectPrivate(),
+        memory(0), size(0), error(QSharedMemory::NoError),
+           systemSemaphore(QString()), lockedByMe(false), hand(0)
+{
+}
+
+void QSharedMemoryPrivate::setErrorString(const QString &function)
+{
+    BOOL windowsError = GetLastError();
+    if (windowsError == 0)
+        return;
+    switch (windowsError) {
+    case ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS:
+        error = QSharedMemory::AlreadyExists;
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: already exists").arg(function);
+    break;
+    case ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND:
+#ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
+        // This happens on CE only if no file is present as CreateFileMappingW
+        // bails out with this error code
+    case ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER:
+#endif
+        error = QSharedMemory::NotFound;
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: doesn't exists").arg(function);
+        break;
+    case ERROR_COMMITMENT_LIMIT:
+        error = QSharedMemory::InvalidSize;
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: invalid size").arg(function);
+        break;
+    case ERROR_NO_SYSTEM_RESOURCES:
+    case ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY:
+        error = QSharedMemory::OutOfResources;
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: out of resources").arg(function);
+        break;
+    case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED:
+        error = QSharedMemory::PermissionDenied;
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: permission denied").arg(function);
+        break;
+    default:
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: unknown error %2").arg(function).arg(windowsError);
+        error = QSharedMemory::UnknownError;
+#if defined QSHAREDMEMORY_DEBUG
+        qDebug() << errorString << "key" << key;
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+HANDLE QSharedMemoryPrivate::handle()
+{
+    if (!hand) {
+        QString function = QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::handle");
+        QString safeKey = makePlatformSafeKey(key);
+        if (safeKey.isEmpty()) {
+            error = QSharedMemory::KeyError;
+            errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: unable to make key").arg(function);
+            return false;
+        }
+#ifndef Q_OS_WINCE
+    QT_WA({
+            hand = OpenFileMappingW(FILE_MAP_ALL_ACCESS, false, (TCHAR*)safeKey.utf16());
+        }, {
+            hand = OpenFileMappingA(FILE_MAP_ALL_ACCESS, false, safeKey.toLocal8Bit().constData());
+        });
+#else
+        // This works for opening a mapping too, but always opens it with read/write access in
+        // attach as it seems.
+        hand = CreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE,
+               0, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, 0, (TCHAR*)safeKey.utf16());
+#endif
+        if (!hand) {
+            setErrorString(function);
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+    return hand;
+}
+
+bool QSharedMemoryPrivate::cleanHandle()
+{
+    if (hand != 0 && !CloseHandle(hand)) {
+        hand = 0;
+        return false;
+        setErrorString(QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::cleanHandle"));
+    }
+    hand = 0;
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool QSharedMemoryPrivate::create(int size)
+{
+    // Get a windows acceptable key
+    QString safeKey = makePlatformSafeKey(key);
+    QString function = QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::create");
+    if (safeKey.isEmpty()) {
+        error = QSharedMemory::KeyError;
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: key error").arg(function);
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // Create the file mapping.
+    QT_WA( {
+        hand = CreateFileMappingW(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE,
+               0, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, size, (TCHAR*)safeKey.utf16());
+    }, {
+        hand = CreateFileMappingA(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE,
+               0, PAGE_READWRITE, 0, size, safeKey.toLocal8Bit().constData());
+    } );
+    setErrorString(function);
+
+    // hand is valid when it already exists unlike unix so explicitly check
+    if (error == QSharedMemory::AlreadyExists || !hand)
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool QSharedMemoryPrivate::attach(QSharedMemory::AccessMode mode)
+{
+    // Grab a pointer to the memory block
+    int permissions = (mode == QSharedMemory::ReadOnly ? FILE_MAP_READ : FILE_MAP_ALL_ACCESS);
+    memory = (void *)MapViewOfFile(handle(), permissions, 0, 0, 0);
+    if (0 == memory) {
+        setErrorString(QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::attach"));
+        cleanHandle();
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // Grab the size of the memory we have been given (a multiple of 4K on windows)
+    MEMORY_BASIC_INFORMATION info;
+    if (!VirtualQuery(memory, &info, sizeof(info))) {
+        // Windows doesn't set an error code on this one,
+        // it should only be a kernel memory error.
+        error = QSharedMemory::UnknownError;
+        errorString = QSharedMemory::tr("%1: size query failed").arg(QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::attach: "));
+        return false;
+    }
+    size = info.RegionSize;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool QSharedMemoryPrivate::detach()
+{
+    // umap memory
+    if (!UnmapViewOfFile(memory)) {
+        setErrorString(QLatin1String("QSharedMemory::detach"));
+        return false;
+    }
+    memory = 0;
+
+    // close handle
+    return cleanHandle();
+}
+
+#endif //QT_NO_SHAREDMEMORY
+
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsignalmapper.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qsignalmapper.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23c6ba7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsignalmapper.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsignalmapper.h"
+#ifndef QT_NO_SIGNALMAPPER
+#include "qhash.h"
+#include "qobject_p.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QSignalMapperPrivate : public QObjectPrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QSignalMapper)
+public:
+    void _q_senderDestroyed() {
+        Q_Q(QSignalMapper);
+        q->removeMappings(q->sender());
+    }
+    QHash<QObject *, int> intHash;
+    QHash<QObject *, QString> stringHash;
+    QHash<QObject *, QWidget*> widgetHash;
+    QHash<QObject *, QObject*> objectHash;
+
+};
+
+
+/*!
+    \class QSignalMapper
+    \brief The QSignalMapper class bundles signals from identifiable senders.
+
+    \ingroup io
+    \mainclass
+
+    This class collects a set of parameterless signals, and re-emits
+    them with integer, string or widget parameters corresponding to
+    the object that sent the signal.
+
+    The class supports the mapping of particular strings or integers
+    with particular objects using setMapping(). The objects' signals
+    can then be connected to the map() slot which will emit the
+    mapped() signal with the string or integer associated with the
+    original signalling object. Mappings can be removed later using
+    removeMappings().
+
+    Example: Suppose we want to create a custom widget that contains
+    a group of buttons (like a tool palette). One approach is to
+    connect each button's \c clicked() signal to its own custom slot;
+    but in this example we want to connect all the buttons to a
+    single slot and parameterize the slot by the button that was
+    clicked.
+
+    Here's the definition of a simple custom widget that has a single
+    signal, \c clicked(), which is emitted with the text of the button
+    that was clicked:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsignalmapper/buttonwidget.h 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsignalmapper/buttonwidget.h 1
+
+    The only function that we need to implement is the constructor:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsignalmapper/buttonwidget.cpp 0
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsignalmapper/buttonwidget.cpp 1
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/qsignalmapper/buttonwidget.cpp 2
+
+    A list of texts is passed to the constructor. A signal mapper is
+    constructed and for each text in the list a QPushButton is
+    created. We connect each button's \c clicked() signal to the
+    signal mapper's map() slot, and create a mapping in the signal
+    mapper from each button to the button's text. Finally we connect
+    the signal mapper's mapped() signal to the custom widget's \c
+    clicked() signal. When the user clicks a button, the custom
+    widget will emit a single \c clicked() signal whose argument is
+    the text of the button the user clicked.
+
+    \sa QObject, QButtonGroup, QActionGroup
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a QSignalMapper with parent \a parent.
+*/
+QSignalMapper::QSignalMapper(QObject* parent)
+    : QObject(*new QSignalMapperPrivate, parent)
+{
+}
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+    \overload QSignalMapper()
+    \obsolete
+ */
+QSignalMapper::QSignalMapper(QObject *parent, const char *name)
+    : QObject(*new QSignalMapperPrivate, parent)
+{
+    setObjectName(QString::fromAscii(name));
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the QSignalMapper.
+*/
+QSignalMapper::~QSignalMapper()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds a mapping so that when map() is signalled from the given \a
+    sender, the signal mapped(\a id) is emitted.
+
+    There may be at most one integer ID for each sender.
+
+    \sa mapping()
+*/
+void QSignalMapper::setMapping(QObject *sender, int id)
+{
+    Q_D(QSignalMapper);
+    d->intHash.insert(sender, id);
+    connect(sender, SIGNAL(destroyed()), this, SLOT(_q_senderDestroyed()));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds a mapping so that when map() is signalled from the \a sender,
+    the signal mapped(\a text ) is emitted.
+
+    There may be at most one text for each sender.
+*/
+void QSignalMapper::setMapping(QObject *sender, const QString &text)
+{
+    Q_D(QSignalMapper);
+    d->stringHash.insert(sender, text);
+    connect(sender, SIGNAL(destroyed()), this, SLOT(_q_senderDestroyed()));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds a mapping so that when map() is signalled from the \a sender,
+    the signal mapped(\a widget ) is emitted.
+
+    There may be at most one widget for each sender.
+*/
+void QSignalMapper::setMapping(QObject *sender, QWidget *widget)
+{
+    Q_D(QSignalMapper);
+    d->widgetHash.insert(sender, widget);
+    connect(sender, SIGNAL(destroyed()), this, SLOT(_q_senderDestroyed()));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds a mapping so that when map() is signalled from the \a sender,
+    the signal mapped(\a object ) is emitted.
+
+    There may be at most one object for each sender.
+*/
+void QSignalMapper::setMapping(QObject *sender, QObject *object)
+{
+    Q_D(QSignalMapper);
+    d->objectHash.insert(sender, object);
+    connect(sender, SIGNAL(destroyed()), this, SLOT(_q_senderDestroyed()));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the sender QObject that is associated with the \a id.
+
+    \sa setMapping()
+*/
+QObject *QSignalMapper::mapping(int id) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QSignalMapper);
+    return d->intHash.key(id);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload mapping()
+*/
+QObject *QSignalMapper::mapping(const QString &id) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QSignalMapper);
+    return d->stringHash.key(id);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload mapping()
+
+    Returns the sender QObject that is associated with the \a widget.
+*/
+QObject *QSignalMapper::mapping(QWidget *widget) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QSignalMapper);
+    return d->widgetHash.key(widget);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload mapping()
+
+    Returns the sender QObject that is associated with the \a object.
+*/
+QObject *QSignalMapper::mapping(QObject *object) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QSignalMapper);
+    return d->objectHash.key(object);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes all mappings for \a sender.
+
+    This is done automatically when mapped objects are destroyed.
+*/
+void QSignalMapper::removeMappings(QObject *sender)
+{
+    Q_D(QSignalMapper);
+
+    d->intHash.remove(sender);
+    d->stringHash.remove(sender);
+    d->widgetHash.remove(sender);
+    d->objectHash.remove(sender);
+}
+
+/*!
+    This slot emits signals based on which object sends signals to it.
+*/
+void QSignalMapper::map() { map(sender()); }
+
+/*!
+    This slot emits signals based on the \a sender object.
+*/
+void QSignalMapper::map(QObject *sender)
+{
+    Q_D(QSignalMapper);
+    if (d->intHash.contains(sender))
+        emit mapped(d->intHash.value(sender));
+    if (d->stringHash.contains(sender))
+        emit mapped(d->stringHash.value(sender));
+    if (d->widgetHash.contains(sender))
+        emit mapped(d->widgetHash.value(sender));
+    if (d->objectHash.contains(sender))
+        emit mapped(d->objectHash.value(sender));
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSignalMapper::mapped(int i)
+
+    This signal is emitted when map() is signalled from an object that
+    has an integer mapping set. The object's mapped integer is passed
+    in \a i.
+
+    \sa setMapping()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSignalMapper::mapped(const QString &text)
+
+    This signal is emitted when map() is signalled from an object that
+    has a string mapping set. The object's mapped string is passed in
+    \a text.
+
+    \sa setMapping()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSignalMapper::mapped(QWidget *widget)
+
+    This signal is emitted when map() is signalled from an object that
+    has a widget mapping set. The object's mapped widget is passed in
+    \a widget.
+
+    \sa setMapping()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSignalMapper::mapped(QObject *object)
+
+    This signal is emitted when map() is signalled from an object that
+    has an object mapping set. The object provided by the map is passed in
+    \a object.
+
+    \sa setMapping()
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#include "moc_qsignalmapper.cpp"
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SIGNALMAPPER
+
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsignalmapper.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qsignalmapper.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab84b56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsignalmapper.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSIGNALMAPPER_H
+#define QSIGNALMAPPER_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SIGNALMAPPER
+class QSignalMapperPrivate;
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QSignalMapper : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QSignalMapper)
+public:
+    explicit QSignalMapper(QObject *parent = 0);
+    ~QSignalMapper();
+
+    void setMapping(QObject *sender, int id);
+    void setMapping(QObject *sender, const QString &text);
+    void setMapping(QObject *sender, QWidget *widget);
+    void setMapping(QObject *sender, QObject *object);
+    void removeMappings(QObject *sender);
+
+    QObject *mapping(int id) const;
+    QObject *mapping(const QString &text) const;
+    QObject *mapping(QWidget *widget) const;
+    QObject *mapping(QObject *object) const;
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void mapped(int);
+    void mapped(const QString &);
+    void mapped(QWidget *);
+    void mapped(QObject *);
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    void map();
+    void map(QObject *sender);
+
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QSignalMapper)
+    Q_PRIVATE_SLOT(d_func(), void _q_senderDestroyed())
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+public:
+    QT3_SUPPORT_CONSTRUCTOR QSignalMapper(QObject *parent, const char *name);
+#endif
+};
+#endif // QT_NO_SIGNALMAPPER
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QSIGNALMAPPER_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsocketnotifier.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qsocketnotifier.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ff9c8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsocketnotifier.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsocketnotifier.h"
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+#include "qabstracteventdispatcher.h"
+#include "qcoreapplication.h"
+
+#include "qobject_p.h"
+#include <private/qthread_p.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QSocketNotifier
+    \brief The QSocketNotifier class provides support for monitoring
+    activity on a file descriptor.
+
+    \ingroup io
+
+    The QSocketNotifier makes it possible to integrate Qt's event
+    loop with other event loops based on file descriptors. For
+    example, the \l{CORBA Framework} uses it to process CORBA
+    events.  File descriptor action is detected in Qt's main event
+    loop (QCoreApplication::exec()).
+
+    \target write notifiers
+
+    Once you have opened a device using a low-level (usually
+    platform-specific) API, you can create a socket notifier to
+    monitor the file descriptor. The socket notifier is enabled by
+    default, i.e. it emits the activated() signal whenever a socket
+    event corresponding to its type occurs. Connect the activated()
+    signal to the slot you want to be called when an event
+    corresponding to your socket notifier's type occurs.
+
+    There are three types of socket notifiers: read, write, and
+    exception. The type is described by the \l Type enum, and must be
+    specified when constructing the socket notifier. After
+    construction it can be determined using the type() function. Note
+    that if you need to monitor both reads and writes for the same
+    file descriptor, you must create two socket notifiers. Note also
+    that it is not possible to install two socket notifiers of the
+    same type (\l Read, \l Write, \l Exception) on the same socket.
+
+    The setEnabled() function allows you to disable as well as enable
+    the socket notifier. It is generally advisable to explicitly
+    enable or disable the socket notifier, especially for write
+    notifiers. A disabled notifier ignores socket events (the same
+    effect as not creating the socket notifier). Use the isEnabled()
+    function to determine the notifier's current status.
+
+    Finally, you can use the socket() function to retrieve the
+    socket identifier.  Although the class is called QSocketNotifier,
+    it is normally used for other types of devices than sockets.
+    QTcpSocket and QUdpSocket provide notification through signals, so
+    there is normally no need to use a QSocketNotifier on them.
+
+    \section1 Notes for Windows Users
+
+    The socket passed to QSocketNotifier will become non-blocking, even if
+    it was created as a blocking socket.
+    The activated() signal is sometimes triggered by high general activity
+    on the host, even if there is nothing to read. A subsequent read from
+    the socket can then fail, the error indicating that there is no data
+    available (e.g., \c{WSAEWOULDBLOCK}). This is an operating system
+    limitation, and not a bug in QSocketNotifier.
+
+    To ensure that the socket notifier handles read notifications correctly,
+    follow these steps when you receive a notification:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Disable the notifier.
+    \o Read data from the socket.
+    \o Re-enable the notifier if you are interested in more data (such as after
+       having written a new command to a remote server).
+    \endlist
+
+    To ensure that the socket notifier handles write notifications correctly,
+    follow these steps when you receive a notification:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o Disable the notifier.
+    \o Write as much data as you can (before \c EWOULDBLOCK is returned).
+    \o Re-enable notifier if you have more data to write.
+    \endlist
+
+    \bold{Further information:}
+    On Windows, Qt always disables the notifier after getting a notification,
+    and only re-enables it if more data is expected. For example, if data is
+    read from the socket and it can be used to read more, or if reading or
+    writing is not possible because the socket would block, in which case
+    it is necessary to wait before attempting to read or write again.
+
+    \sa QFile, QProcess, QTcpSocket, QUdpSocket
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QSocketNotifier::Type
+
+    This enum describes the various types of events that a socket
+    notifier can recognize. The type must be specified when
+    constructing the socket notifier.
+
+    Note that if you need to monitor both reads and writes for the
+    same file descriptor, you must create two socket notifiers. Note
+    also that it is not possible to install two socket notifiers of
+    the same type (Read, Write, Exception) on the same socket.
+
+    \value Read      There is data to be read.
+    \value Write      Data can be written.
+    \value Exception  An exception has occurred. We recommend against using this.
+
+    \sa QSocketNotifier(), type()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a socket notifier with the given \a parent. It enables
+    the \a socket, and watches for events of the given \a type.
+
+    It is generally advisable to explicitly enable or disable the
+    socket notifier, especially for write notifiers.
+
+    \bold{Note for Windows users:} The socket passed to QSocketNotifier
+    will become non-blocking, even if it was created as a blocking socket.
+
+    \sa setEnabled(), isEnabled()
+*/
+
+QSocketNotifier::QSocketNotifier(int socket, Type type, QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(parent)
+{
+    if (socket < 0)
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: Invalid socket specified");
+    sockfd = socket;
+    sntype = type;
+    snenabled = true;
+
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    if (!d->threadData->eventDispatcher) {
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: Can only be used with threads started with QThread");
+    } else {
+        d->threadData->eventDispatcher->registerSocketNotifier(this);
+    }
+}
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+
+    Use the QSocketNotifier() constructor combined with the
+    QObject::setObjectName() function instead.
+
+    \oldcode
+        QSocketNotifier *notifier = new QSocketNotifier(socket, type, parent, name);
+    \newcode
+        QSocketNotifier *notifier = new QSocketNotifier(socket, type, parent);
+        notifier->setObjectName(name);
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+QSocketNotifier::QSocketNotifier(int socket, Type type, QObject *parent,
+                                  const char *name)
+    : QObject(parent)
+{
+    setObjectName(QString::fromAscii(name));
+    if (socket < 0)
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: Invalid socket specified");
+    sockfd = socket;
+    sntype = type;
+    snenabled = true;
+
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    if (!d->threadData->eventDispatcher) {
+        qWarning("QSocketNotifier: Can only be used with threads started with QThread");
+    } else {
+        d->threadData->eventDispatcher->registerSocketNotifier(this);
+    }
+}
+#endif
+/*!
+    Destroys this socket notifier.
+*/
+
+QSocketNotifier::~QSocketNotifier()
+{
+    setEnabled(false);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QSocketNotifier::activated(int socket)
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the socket notifier is enabled and
+    a socket event corresponding to its \l {Type}{type} occurs.
+
+    The socket identifier is passed in the \a socket parameter.
+
+    \sa type(), socket()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QSocketNotifier::socket() const
+
+    Returns the socket identifier specified to the constructor.
+
+    \sa type()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn Type QSocketNotifier::type() const
+
+    Returns the socket event type specified to the constructor.
+
+    \sa socket()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QSocketNotifier::isEnabled() const
+
+    Returns true if the notifier is enabled; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \sa setEnabled()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    If \a enable is true, the notifier is enabled; otherwise the notifier
+    is disabled.
+
+    The notifier is enabled by default, i.e. it emits the activated()
+    signal whenever a socket event corresponding to its
+    \l{type()}{type} occurs. If it is disabled, it ignores socket
+    events (the same effect as not creating the socket notifier).
+
+    Write notifiers should normally be disabled immediately after the
+    activated() signal has been emitted
+
+    \sa isEnabled(), activated()
+*/
+
+void QSocketNotifier::setEnabled(bool enable)
+{
+    if (sockfd < 0)
+        return;
+    if (snenabled == enable)                        // no change
+        return;
+    snenabled = enable;
+
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    if (!d->threadData->eventDispatcher) // perhaps application/thread is shutting down
+        return;
+    if (snenabled)
+        d->threadData->eventDispatcher->registerSocketNotifier(this);
+    else
+        d->threadData->eventDispatcher->unregisterSocketNotifier(this);
+}
+
+
+/*!\reimp
+*/
+bool QSocketNotifier::event(QEvent *e)
+{
+    // Emits the activated() signal when a QEvent::SockAct is
+    // received.
+    if (e->type() == QEvent::ThreadChange) {
+        if (snenabled) {
+            QMetaObject::invokeMethod(this, "setEnabled", Qt::QueuedConnection,
+                                      Q_ARG(bool, snenabled));
+            setEnabled(false);
+        }
+    }
+    QObject::event(e);                        // will activate filters
+    if (e->type() == QEvent::SockAct) {
+        emit activated(sockfd);
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsocketnotifier.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qsocketnotifier.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1fa290
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsocketnotifier.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSOCKETNOTIFIER_H
+#define QSOCKETNOTIFIER_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QSocketNotifier : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QObject)
+
+public:
+    enum Type { Read, Write, Exception };
+
+    QSocketNotifier(int socket, Type, QObject *parent = 0);
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    QT3_SUPPORT_CONSTRUCTOR QSocketNotifier(int socket, Type, QObject *parent, const char *name);
+#endif
+    ~QSocketNotifier();
+
+    inline int socket() const { return sockfd; }
+    inline Type type() const { return sntype; }
+
+    inline bool isEnabled() const { return snenabled; }
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    void setEnabled(bool);
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void activated(int socket);
+
+protected:
+    bool event(QEvent *);
+
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QSocketNotifier)
+
+    int sockfd;
+    Type sntype;
+    bool snenabled;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QSOCKETNOTIFIER_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8426b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsystemsemaphore.h"
+#include "qsystemsemaphore_p.h"
+#include <qglobal.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+
+/*!
+  \class QSystemSemaphore
+  \ingroup ipc
+  \since 4.4
+
+  \brief The QSystemSemaphore class provides a general counting system semaphore.
+
+  A semaphore is a generalization of a mutex. While a mutex can be
+  locked only once, a semaphore can be acquired multiple times.
+  Typically, a semaphore is used to protect a certain number of
+  identical resources.
+
+  Like its lighter counterpart QSemaphore, a QSystemSemaphore can be
+  accessed from multiple \l {QThread} {threads}. Unlike QSemaphore, a
+  QSystemSemaphore can also be accessed from multiple \l {QProcess}
+  {processes}. This means QSystemSemaphore is a much heavier class, so
+  if your application doesn't need to access your semaphores across
+  multiple processes, you will probably want to use QSemaphore.
+
+  Semaphores support two fundamental operations, acquire() and release():
+
+  acquire() tries to acquire one resource. If there isn't a resource
+  available, the call blocks until a resource becomes available. Then
+  the resource is acquired and the call returns.
+
+  release() releases one resource so it can be acquired by another
+  process. The function can also be called with a parameter n > 1,
+  which releases n resources.
+
+  A system semaphore is created with a string key that other processes
+  can use to use the same semaphore.
+
+  Example: Create a system semaphore
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qsystemsemaphore.cpp 0
+
+  A typical application of system semaphores is for controlling access
+  to a circular buffer shared by a producer process and a consumer
+  processes.
+
+  \section1 Platform-Specific Behavior
+
+  When using this class, be aware of the following platform
+  differences:
+
+  \bold{Windows:} QSystemSemaphore does not own its underlying system
+  semaphore. Windows owns it. This means that when all instances of
+  QSystemSemaphore for a particular key have been destroyed, either by
+  having their destructors called, or because one or more processes
+  crash, Windows removes the underlying system semaphore.
+
+  \bold{Unix:}
+
+  \list
+  \o QSystemSemaphore owns the underlying system semaphore
+  in Unix systems. This means that the last process having an instance of
+  QSystemSemaphore for a particular key must remove the underlying
+  system semaphore in its destructor. If the last process crashes
+  without running the QSystemSemaphore destructor, Unix does not
+  automatically remove the underlying system semaphore, and the
+  semaphore survives the crash. A subsequent process that constructs a
+  QSystemSemaphore with the same key will then be given the existing
+  system semaphore. In that case, if the QSystemSemaphore constructor
+  has specified its \l {QSystemSemaphore::AccessMode} {access mode} as
+  \l {QSystemSemaphore::} {Open}, its initial resource count will not
+  be reset to the one provided but remain set to the value it received
+  in the crashed process. To protect against this, the first process
+  to create a semaphore for a particular key (usually a server), must
+  pass its \l {QSystemSemaphore::AccessMode} {access mode} as \l
+  {QSystemSemaphore::} {Create}, which will force Unix to reset the
+  resource count in the underlying system semaphore.
+
+  \o When a process using QSystemSemaphore terminates for
+  any reason, Unix automatically reverses the effect of all acquire
+  operations that were not released. Thus if the process acquires a
+  resource and then exits without releasing it, Unix will release that
+  resource.
+  \endlist
+
+  \sa QSharedMemory, QSemaphore
+ */
+
+/*!
+  Requests a system semaphore for the specified \a key. The parameters
+  \a initialValue and \a mode are used according to the following
+  rules, which are system dependent.
+
+  In Unix, if the \a mode is \l {QSystemSemaphore::} {Open} and the
+  system already has a semaphore identified by \a key, that semaphore
+  is used, and the semaphore's resource count is not changed, i.e., \a
+  initialValue is ignored. But if the system does not already have a
+  semaphore identified by \a key, it creates a new semaphore for that
+  key and sets its resource count to \a initialValue.
+
+  In Unix, if the \a mode is \l {QSystemSemaphore::} {Create} and the
+  system already has a semaphore identified by \a key, that semaphore
+  is used, and its resource count is set to \a initialValue. If the
+  system does not already have a semaphore identified by \a key, it
+  creates a new semaphore for that key and sets its resource count to
+  \a initialValue.
+
+  In Windows, \a mode is ignored, and the system always tries to
+  create a semaphore for the specified \a key. If the system does not
+  already have a semaphore identified as \a key, it creates the
+  semaphore and sets its resource count to \a initialValue. But if the
+  system already has a semaphore identified as \a key it uses that
+  semaphore and ignores \a initialValue.
+
+  The \l {QSystemSemaphore::AccessMode} {mode} parameter is only used
+  in Unix systems to handle the case where a semaphore survives a
+  process crash. In that case, the next process to allocate a
+  semaphore with the same \a key will get the semaphore that survived
+  the crash, and unless \a mode is \l {QSystemSemaphore::} {Create},
+  the resource count will not be reset to \a initialValue but will
+  retain the initial value it had been given by the crashed process.
+
+  \sa acquire(), key()
+ */
+QSystemSemaphore::QSystemSemaphore(const QString &key, int initialValue, AccessMode mode)
+{
+    d = new QSystemSemaphorePrivate;
+    setKey(key, initialValue, mode);
+}
+
+/*!
+  The destructor destroys the QSystemSemaphore object, but the
+  underlying system semaphore is not removed from the system unless
+  this instance of QSystemSemaphore is the last one existing for that
+  system semaphore.
+
+  Two important side effects of the destructor depend on the system.
+  In Windows, if acquire() has been called for this semaphore but not
+  release(), release() will not be called by the destructor, nor will
+  the resource be released when the process exits normally. This would
+  be a program bug which could be the cause of a deadlock in another
+  process trying to acquire the same resource. In Unix, acquired
+  resources that are not released before the destructor is called are
+  automatically released when the process exits.
+*/
+QSystemSemaphore::~QSystemSemaphore()
+{
+    d->cleanHandle();
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \enum QSystemSemaphore::AccessMode
+
+  This enum is used by the constructor and setKey(). Its purpose is to
+  enable handling the problem in Unix implementations of semaphores
+  that survive a crash. In Unix, when a semaphore survives a crash, we
+  need a way to force it to reset its resource count, when the system
+  reuses the semaphore. In Windows, where semaphores can't survive a
+  crash, this enum has no effect.
+
+  \value Open If the semaphore already exists, its initial resource
+  count is not reset. If the semaphore does not already exist, it is
+  created and its initial resource count set.
+
+  \value Create QSystemSemaphore takes ownership of the semaphore and
+  sets its resource count to the requested value, regardless of
+  whether the semaphore already exists by having survived a crash.
+  This value should be passed to the constructor, when the first
+  semaphore for a particular key is constructed and you know that if
+  the semaphore already exists it could only be because of a crash. In
+  Windows, where a semaphore can't survive a crash, Create and Open
+  have the same behavior.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  This function works the same as the constructor. It reconstructs
+  this QSystemSemaphore object. If the new \a key is different from
+  the old key, calling this function is like calling the destructor of
+  the semaphore with the old key, then calling the constructor to
+  create a new semaphore with the new \a key. The \a initialValue and
+  \a mode parameters are as defined for the constructor.
+
+  \sa QSystemSemaphore(), key()
+ */
+void QSystemSemaphore::setKey(const QString &key, int initialValue, AccessMode mode)
+{
+    if (key == d->key && mode == Open)
+        return;
+    d->error = NoError;
+    d->errorString = QString();
+#ifndef Q_OS_WIN
+    // optimization to not destroy/create the file & semaphore
+    if (key == d->key && mode == Create && d->createdSemaphore && d->createdFile) {
+        d->initialValue = initialValue;
+        d->unix_key = -1;
+        d->handle(mode);
+        return;
+    }
+#endif
+    d->cleanHandle();
+    d->key = key;
+    d->initialValue = initialValue;
+    // cache the file name so it doesn't have to be generated all the time.
+    d->fileName = d->makeKeyFileName();
+    d->handle(mode);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns the key assigned to this system semaphore. The key is the
+  name by which the semaphore can be accessed from other processes.
+
+  \sa setKey()
+ */
+QString QSystemSemaphore::key() const
+{
+    return d->key;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Acquires one of the resources guarded by this semaphore, if there is
+  one available, and returns true. If all the resources guarded by this
+  semaphore have already been acquired, the call blocks until one of
+  them is released by another process or thread having a semaphore
+  with the same key.
+
+  If false is returned, a system error has occurred. Call error()
+  to get a value of QSystemSemaphore::SystemSemaphoreError that
+  indicates which error occurred.
+
+  \sa release()
+ */
+bool QSystemSemaphore::acquire()
+{
+    return d->modifySemaphore(-1);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Releases \a n resources guarded by the semaphore. Returns true
+  unless there is a system error.
+
+  Example: Create a system semaphore having five resources; acquire
+  them all and then release them all.
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qsystemsemaphore.cpp 1
+
+  This function can also "create" resources. For example, immediately
+  following the sequence of statements above, suppose we add the
+  statement:
+
+  \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qsystemsemaphore.cpp 2
+
+  Ten new resources are now guarded by the semaphore, in addition to
+  the five that already existed. You would not normally use this
+  function to create more resources.
+
+  \sa acquire()
+ */
+bool QSystemSemaphore::release(int n)
+{
+    if (n == 0)
+        return true;
+    if (n < 0) {
+        qWarning("QSystemSemaphore::release: n is negative.");
+        return false;
+    }
+    return d->modifySemaphore(n);
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns a value indicating whether an error occurred, and, if so,
+  which error it was.
+
+  \sa errorString()
+ */
+QSystemSemaphore::SystemSemaphoreError QSystemSemaphore::error() const
+{
+    return d->error;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \enum QSystemSemaphore::SystemSemaphoreError
+
+  \value NoError No error occurred.
+
+  \value PermissionDenied The operation failed because the caller
+  didn't have the required permissions.
+
+  \value KeyError The operation failed because of an invalid key.
+
+  \value AlreadyExists The operation failed because a system
+  semaphore with the specified key already existed.
+
+  \value NotFound The operation failed because a system semaphore
+  with the specified key could not be found.
+
+  \value OutOfResources The operation failed because there was
+  not enough memory available to fill the request.
+
+  \value UnknownError Something else happened and it was bad.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  Returns a text description of the last error that occurred. If
+  error() returns an \l {QSystemSemaphore::SystemSemaphoreError} {error
+  value}, call this function to get a text string that describes the
+  error.
+
+  \sa error()
+ */
+QString QSystemSemaphore::errorString() const
+{
+    return d->errorString;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a02072
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSYSTEMSEMAPHORE_H
+#define QSYSTEMSEMAPHORE_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qstring.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+
+class QSystemSemaphorePrivate;
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QSystemSemaphore
+{
+
+public:
+    enum AccessMode
+    {
+        Open,
+        Create
+    };
+
+    enum SystemSemaphoreError
+    {
+        NoError,
+        PermissionDenied,
+        KeyError,
+        AlreadyExists,
+        NotFound,
+        OutOfResources,
+        UnknownError
+    };
+
+    QSystemSemaphore(const QString &key, int initialValue = 0, AccessMode mode = Open);
+    ~QSystemSemaphore();
+
+    void setKey(const QString &key, int initialValue = 0, AccessMode mode = Open);
+    QString key() const;
+
+    bool acquire();
+    bool release(int n = 1);
+
+    SystemSemaphoreError error() const;
+    QString errorString() const;
+
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QSystemSemaphore)
+    QSystemSemaphorePrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QSYSTEMSEMAPHORE_H
+
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81d4f10
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QSYSTEMSEMAPHORE_P_H
+#define QSYSTEMSEMAPHORE_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists purely as an
+// implementation detail.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "qsystemsemaphore.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+
+#include "qsharedmemory_p.h"
+#ifndef Q_OS_WINCE
+#   include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class QSystemSemaphorePrivate
+{
+
+public:
+    QSystemSemaphorePrivate();
+
+    QString makeKeyFileName()
+    {
+        return QSharedMemoryPrivate::makePlatformSafeKey(key, QLatin1String("qipc_systemsem_"));
+    }
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN
+    HANDLE handle(QSystemSemaphore::AccessMode mode = QSystemSemaphore::Open);
+#else
+    key_t handle(QSystemSemaphore::AccessMode mode = QSystemSemaphore::Open);
+#endif
+    void setErrorString(const QString &function);
+    void cleanHandle();
+    bool modifySemaphore(int count);
+
+    QString key;
+    QString fileName;
+    int initialValue;
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN
+    HANDLE semaphore;
+    HANDLE semaphoreLock;
+#else
+    int semaphore;
+    bool createdFile;
+    bool createdSemaphore;
+    key_t unix_key;
+#endif
+
+    QString errorString;
+    QSystemSemaphore::SystemSemaphoreError error;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+#endif // QSYSTEMSEMAPHORE_P_H
+
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore_unix.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore_unix.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7802ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore_unix.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsystemsemaphore.h"
+#include "qsystemsemaphore_p.h"
+
+#include <qdebug.h>
+#include <qfile.h>
+#include <qcoreapplication.h>
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/ipc.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/shm.h>
+
+#include <sys/sem.h>
+
+// OpenBSD 4.2 doesn't define EIDRM, see BUGS section:
+// http://www.openbsd.org/cgi-bin/man.cgi?query=semop&manpath=OpenBSD+4.2
+#if defined(Q_OS_OPENBSD) && !defined(EIDRM)
+#define EIDRM EINVAL
+#endif
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+// We have to define this as on some sem.h will have it
+union qt_semun {
+    int val;                    /* value for SETVAL */
+    struct semid_ds *buf;       /* buffer for IPC_STAT, IPC_SET */
+    unsigned short *array;      /* array for GETALL, SETALL */
+};
+
+QSystemSemaphorePrivate::QSystemSemaphorePrivate() :
+        semaphore(-1), createdFile(false),
+        createdSemaphore(false), unix_key(-1), error(QSystemSemaphore::NoError)
+{
+}
+
+void QSystemSemaphorePrivate::setErrorString(const QString &function)
+{
+    // EINVAL is handled in functions so they can give better error strings
+    switch (errno) {
+    case EPERM:
+    case EACCES:
+        errorString = QCoreApplication::translate("QSystemSemaphore", "%1: permission denied").arg(function);
+        error = QSystemSemaphore::PermissionDenied;
+        break;
+    case EEXIST:
+        errorString = QCoreApplication::translate("QSystemSemaphore", "%1: already exists").arg(function);
+        error = QSystemSemaphore::AlreadyExists;
+        break;
+    case ENOENT:
+        errorString = QCoreApplication::translate("QSystemSemaphore", "%1: does not exist").arg(function);
+        error = QSystemSemaphore::NotFound;
+        break;
+    case ERANGE:
+    case ENOSPC:
+        errorString = QCoreApplication::translate("QSystemSemaphore", "%1: out of resources").arg(function);
+        error = QSystemSemaphore::OutOfResources;
+        break;
+    default:
+        errorString = QCoreApplication::translate("QSystemSemaphore", "%1: unknown error %2").arg(function).arg(errno);
+        error = QSystemSemaphore::UnknownError;
+#if defined QSYSTEMSEMAPHORE_DEBUG
+        qDebug() << errorString << "key" << key << "errno" << errno << EINVAL;
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Setup unix_key
+ */
+key_t QSystemSemaphorePrivate::handle(QSystemSemaphore::AccessMode mode)
+{
+    if (key.isEmpty()){
+        errorString = QCoreApplication::tr("%1: key is empty", "QSystemSemaphore").arg(QLatin1String("QSystemSemaphore::handle:"));
+        error = QSystemSemaphore::KeyError;
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    // ftok requires that an actual file exists somewhere
+    if (-1 != unix_key)
+        return unix_key;
+
+    // Create the file needed for ftok
+    int built = QSharedMemoryPrivate::createUnixKeyFile(fileName);
+    if (-1 == built) {
+        errorString = QCoreApplication::tr("%1: unable to make key", "QSystemSemaphore").arg(QLatin1String("QSystemSemaphore::handle:"));
+        error = QSystemSemaphore::KeyError;
+        return -1;
+    }
+    createdFile = (1 == built);
+
+    // Get the unix key for the created file
+    unix_key = ftok(QFile::encodeName(fileName).constData(), 'Q');
+    if (-1 == unix_key) {
+        errorString = QCoreApplication::tr("%1: ftok failed", "QSystemSemaphore").arg(QLatin1String("QSystemSemaphore::handle:"));
+        error = QSystemSemaphore::KeyError;
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    // Get semaphore
+    semaphore = semget(unix_key, 1, 0666 | IPC_CREAT | IPC_EXCL);
+    if (-1 == semaphore) {
+        if (errno == EEXIST)
+            semaphore = semget(unix_key, 1, 0666 | IPC_CREAT);
+        if (-1 == semaphore) {
+            setErrorString(QLatin1String("QSystemSemaphore::handle"));
+            cleanHandle();
+            return -1;
+        }
+    } else {
+        createdSemaphore = true;
+        // Force cleanup of file, it is possible that it can be left over from a crash
+        createdFile = true;
+    }
+
+    if (mode == QSystemSemaphore::Create) {
+        createdSemaphore = true;
+        createdFile = true;
+    }
+
+    // Created semaphore so initialize its value.
+    if (createdSemaphore && initialValue >= 0) {
+        qt_semun init_op;
+        init_op.val = initialValue;
+        if (-1 == semctl(semaphore, 0, SETVAL, init_op)) {
+            setErrorString(QLatin1String("QSystemSemaphore::handle"));
+            cleanHandle();
+            return -1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return unix_key;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+
+    Cleanup the unix_key
+ */
+void QSystemSemaphorePrivate::cleanHandle()
+{
+    unix_key = -1;
+
+    // remove the file if we made it
+    if (createdFile) {
+        QFile::remove(fileName);
+        createdFile = false;
+    }
+
+    if (createdSemaphore) {
+        if (-1 != semaphore) {
+            if (-1 == semctl(semaphore, 0, IPC_RMID, 0)) {
+                setErrorString(QLatin1String("QSystemSemaphore::cleanHandle"));
+#if defined QSYSTEMSEMAPHORE_DEBUG
+                qDebug() << QLatin1String("QSystemSemaphore::cleanHandle semctl failed.");
+#endif
+            }
+            semaphore = -1;
+        }
+        createdSemaphore = false;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+ */
+bool QSystemSemaphorePrivate::modifySemaphore(int count)
+{
+    if (-1 == handle())
+        return false;
+
+    struct sembuf operation;
+    operation.sem_num = 0;
+    operation.sem_op = count;
+    operation.sem_flg = SEM_UNDO;
+    if (-1 == semop(semaphore, &operation, 1)) {
+        // If the semaphore was removed be nice and create it and then modifySemaphore again
+        if (errno == EINVAL || errno == EIDRM) {
+            semaphore = -1;
+            cleanHandle();
+            handle();
+            return modifySemaphore(count);
+        }
+        setErrorString(QLatin1String("QSystemSemaphore::modifySemaphore"));
+#if defined QSYSTEMSEMAPHORE_DEBUG
+        qDebug() << QLatin1String("QSystemSemaphore::modify failed") << count << semctl(semaphore, 0, GETVAL) << errno << EIDRM << EINVAL;
+#endif
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore_win.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore_win.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5912344
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qsystemsemaphore_win.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsystemsemaphore.h"
+#include "qsystemsemaphore_p.h"
+#include "qcoreapplication.h"
+#include <qdebug.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+        
+#ifndef QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+
+QSystemSemaphorePrivate::QSystemSemaphorePrivate() :
+        semaphore(0), error(QSystemSemaphore::NoError)
+{
+}
+
+void QSystemSemaphorePrivate::setErrorString(const QString &function)
+{
+    BOOL windowsError = GetLastError();
+    if (windowsError == 0)
+        return;
+
+    switch (windowsError) {
+    case ERROR_NO_SYSTEM_RESOURCES:
+    case ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY:
+        error = QSystemSemaphore::OutOfResources;
+        errorString = QCoreApplication::translate("QSystemSemaphore", "%1: out of resources").arg(function);
+        break;
+    case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED:
+        error = QSystemSemaphore::PermissionDenied;
+        errorString = QCoreApplication::translate("QSystemSemaphore", "%1: permission denied").arg(function);
+        break;
+    default:
+        errorString = QCoreApplication::translate("QSystemSemaphore", "%1: unknown error %2").arg(function).arg(windowsError);
+        error = QSystemSemaphore::UnknownError;
+#if defined QSYSTEMSEMAPHORE_DEBUG
+        qDebug() << errorString << "key" << key;
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+HANDLE QSystemSemaphorePrivate::handle(QSystemSemaphore::AccessMode)
+{
+    // don't allow making handles on empty keys
+    if (key.isEmpty())
+        return 0;
+
+    // Create it if it doesn't already exists.
+    if (semaphore == 0) {
+        QString safeName = makeKeyFileName();
+        QT_WA({
+            semaphore = CreateSemaphoreW(0, initialValue, MAXLONG, (TCHAR*)safeName.utf16());
+        }, {
+            semaphore = CreateSemaphoreA(0, initialValue, MAXLONG, safeName.toLocal8Bit().constData());
+        });
+        if (semaphore == NULL)
+            setErrorString(QLatin1String("QSystemSemaphore::handle"));
+    }
+
+    return semaphore;
+}
+
+void QSystemSemaphorePrivate::cleanHandle()
+{
+    if (semaphore && !CloseHandle(semaphore)) {
+#if defined QSYSTEMSEMAPHORE_DEBUG
+        qDebug() << QLatin1String("QSystemSemaphorePrivate::CloseHandle: sem failed");
+#endif
+    }
+    semaphore = 0;
+}
+
+bool QSystemSemaphorePrivate::modifySemaphore(int count)
+{
+    if (0 == handle())
+        return false;
+
+    if (count > 0) {
+	if (0 == ReleaseSemaphore(semaphore, count, 0)) {
+            setErrorString(QLatin1String("QSystemSemaphore::modifySemaphore"));
+#if defined QSYSTEMSEMAPHORE_DEBUG
+            qDebug() << QLatin1String("QSystemSemaphore::modifySemaphore ReleaseSemaphore failed");
+#endif
+            return false;
+        }
+    } else {
+        if (WAIT_OBJECT_0 != WaitForSingleObject(semaphore, INFINITE)) {
+            setErrorString(QLatin1String("QSystemSemaphore::modifySemaphore"));
+#if defined QSYSTEMSEMAPHORE_DEBUG
+            qDebug() << QLatin1String("QSystemSemaphore::modifySemaphore WaitForSingleObject failed");
+#endif
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+#endif //QT_NO_SYSTEMSEMAPHORE
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qtimer.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qtimer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01e81ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qtimer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qtimer.h"
+#include "qabstracteventdispatcher.h"
+#include "qcoreapplication.h"
+#include "qobject_p.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \class QTimer
+    \brief The QTimer class provides repetitive and single-shot timers.
+
+    \ingroup time
+    \ingroup events
+    \mainclass
+
+    The QTimer class provides a high-level programming interface for
+    timers. To use it, create a QTimer, connect its timeout() signal
+    to the appropriate slots, and call start(). From then on it will
+    emit the timeout() signal at constant intervals.
+
+    Example for a one second (1000 millisecond) timer (from the
+    \l{widgets/analogclock}{Analog Clock} example):
+
+    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 4
+    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 5
+    \snippet examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp 6
+
+    From then on, the \c update() slot is called every second.
+
+    You can set a timer to time out only once by calling
+    setSingleShot(true). You can also use the static
+    QTimer::singleShot() function to call a slot after a specified
+    interval:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/timers/timers.cpp 3
+
+    In multithreaded applications, you can use QTimer in any thread
+    that has an event loop. To start an event loop from a non-GUI
+    thread, use QThread::exec(). Qt uses the the timer's
+    \l{QObject::thread()}{thread affinity} to determine which thread
+    will emit the \l{QTimer::}{timeout()} signal. Because of this, you
+    must start and stop the timer in its thread; it is not possible to
+    start a timer from another thread.
+
+    As a special case, a QTimer with a timeout of 0 will time out as
+    soon as all the events in the window system's event queue have
+    been processed. This can be used to do heavy work while providing
+    a snappy user interface:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/timers/timers.cpp 4
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/timers/timers.cpp 5
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/timers/timers.cpp 6
+
+    \c processOneThing() will from then on be called repeatedly. It
+    should be written in such a way that it always returns quickly
+    (typically after processing one data item) so that Qt can deliver
+    events to widgets and stop the timer as soon as it has done all
+    its work. This is the traditional way of implementing heavy work
+    in GUI applications; multithreading is now becoming available on
+    more and more platforms, and we expect that zero-millisecond
+    QTimers will gradually be replaced by \l{QThread}s.
+
+    Note that QTimer's accuracy depends on the underlying operating
+    system and hardware. Most platforms support an accuracy of
+    1 millisecond, but Windows 98 supports only 55. If Qt is
+    unable to deliver the requested number of timer clicks, it will
+    silently discard some.
+
+    An alternative to using QTimer is to call QObject::startTimer()
+    for your object and reimplement the QObject::timerEvent() event
+    handler in your class (which must inherit QObject). The
+    disadvantage is that timerEvent() does not support such
+    high-level features as single-shot timers or signals.
+
+    Another alternative to using QTimer is to use QBasicTimer. It is
+    typically less cumbersome than using QObject::startTimer()
+    directly. See \l{Timers} for an overview of all three approaches.
+
+    Some operating systems limit the number of timers that may be
+    used; Qt tries to work around these limitations.
+
+    \sa QBasicTimer, QTimerEvent, QObject::timerEvent(), Timers,
+        {Analog Clock Example}, {Wiggly Example}
+*/
+
+
+static const int INV_TIMER = -1;                // invalid timer id
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a timer with the given \a parent.
+*/
+
+QTimer::QTimer(QObject *parent)
+    : QObject(parent), id(INV_TIMER), inter(0), del(0), single(0), nulltimer(0)
+{
+}
+
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+    Constructs a timer called \a name, with a \a parent.
+*/
+
+QTimer::QTimer(QObject *parent, const char *name)
+    : QObject(parent), id(INV_TIMER), single(0), nulltimer(0)
+{
+    setObjectName(QString::fromAscii(name));
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the timer.
+*/
+
+QTimer::~QTimer()
+{
+    if (id != INV_TIMER)                        // stop running timer
+        stop();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QTimer::timeout()
+
+    This signal is emitted when the timer times out.
+
+    \sa interval, start(), stop()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QTimer::active
+    \since 4.3
+
+    This boolean property is true if the timer is running; otherwise
+    false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QTimer::isActive() const
+
+    Returns true if the timer is running (pending); otherwise returns
+    false.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int QTimer::timerId() const
+
+    Returns the ID of the timer if the timer is running; otherwise returns
+    -1.
+*/
+
+
+/*! \overload start()
+
+    Starts or restarts the timer with the timeout specified in \l interval.
+
+    If \l singleShot is true, the timer will be activated only once.
+*/
+void QTimer::start()
+{
+    if (id != INV_TIMER)                        // stop running timer
+        stop();
+    nulltimer = (!inter && single);
+    id = QObject::startTimer(inter);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Starts or restarts the timer with a timeout interval of \a msec
+    milliseconds.
+*/
+void QTimer::start(int msec)
+{
+    setInterval(msec);
+    start();
+}
+
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*! \overload start()
+
+  Call setSingleShot(\a sshot) and start(\a msec) instead.
+*/
+
+int QTimer::start(int msec, bool sshot)
+{
+    if (id >=0 && nulltimer && !msec && sshot)
+        return id;
+    stop();
+    setInterval(msec);
+    setSingleShot(sshot);
+    start();
+    return timerId();
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*!
+    Stops the timer.
+
+    \sa start()
+*/
+
+void QTimer::stop()
+{
+    if (id != INV_TIMER) {
+        QObject::killTimer(id);
+        id = INV_TIMER;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+void QTimer::timerEvent(QTimerEvent *e)
+{
+    if (e->timerId() == id) {
+        if (single)
+            stop();
+        emit timeout();
+    }
+}
+
+class QSingleShotTimer : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    int timerId;
+public:
+    ~QSingleShotTimer();
+    QSingleShotTimer(int msec, QObject *r, const char * m);
+signals:
+    void timeout();
+protected:
+    void timerEvent(QTimerEvent *);
+};
+
+QSingleShotTimer::QSingleShotTimer(int msec, QObject *receiver, const char *member)
+    : QObject(QAbstractEventDispatcher::instance())
+{
+    connect(this, SIGNAL(timeout()), receiver, member);
+    timerId = startTimer(msec);
+}
+
+QSingleShotTimer::~QSingleShotTimer()
+{
+    if (timerId > 0)
+        killTimer(timerId);
+}
+
+void QSingleShotTimer::timerEvent(QTimerEvent *)
+{
+    // need to kill the timer _before_ we emit timeout() in case the
+    // slot connected to timeout calls processEvents()
+    if (timerId > 0)
+        killTimer(timerId);
+    timerId = -1;
+    emit timeout();
+
+    // we would like to use delete later here, but it feels like a
+    // waste to post a new event to handle this event, so we just unset the flag
+    // and explicitly delete...
+    qDeleteInEventHandler(this);
+}
+
+QT_BEGIN_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE
+#include "qtimer.moc"
+QT_END_INCLUDE_NAMESPACE
+
+/*!
+    \reentrant
+    This static function calls a slot after a given time interval.
+
+    It is very convenient to use this function because you do not need
+    to bother with a \link QObject::timerEvent() timerEvent\endlink or
+    create a local QTimer object.
+
+    Example:
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qtimer.cpp 0
+
+    This sample program automatically terminates after 10 minutes
+    (600,000 milliseconds).
+
+    The \a receiver is the receiving object and the \a member is the
+    slot. The time interval is \a msec milliseconds.
+
+    \sa start()
+*/
+
+void QTimer::singleShot(int msec, QObject *receiver, const char *member)
+{
+    if (receiver && member)
+        (void) new QSingleShotTimer(msec, receiver, member);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property QTimer::singleShot
+    \brief whether the timer is a single-shot timer
+
+    A single-shot timer fires only once, non-single-shot timers fire
+    every \l interval milliseconds.
+
+    \sa interval, singleShot()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \property QTimer::interval
+    \brief the timeout interval in milliseconds
+
+    The default value for this property is 0.  A QTimer with a timeout
+    interval of 0 will time out as soon as all the events in the window
+    system's event queue have been processed.
+
+    Setting the interval of an active timer changes its timerId().
+
+    \sa singleShot
+*/
+void QTimer::setInterval(int msec)
+{
+    inter = msec;
+    if (id != INV_TIMER) {                        // create new timer
+        QObject::killTimer(id);                        // restart timer
+        id = QObject::startTimer(msec);
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \fn void QTimer::changeInterval(int msec)
+
+   Use setInterval(msec) or start(msec) instead.
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qtimer.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qtimer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26afe2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qtimer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QTIMER_H
+#define QTIMER_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_QOBJECT
+
+#include <QtCore/qbasictimer.h> // conceptual inheritance
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QTimer : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY(bool singleShot READ isSingleShot WRITE setSingleShot)
+    Q_PROPERTY(int interval READ interval WRITE setInterval)
+    Q_PROPERTY(bool active READ isActive)
+public:
+    explicit QTimer(QObject *parent = 0);
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    QT3_SUPPORT_CONSTRUCTOR QTimer(QObject *parent, const char *name);
+#endif
+    ~QTimer();
+
+    inline bool isActive() const { return id >= 0; }
+    int timerId() const { return id; }
+
+    void setInterval(int msec);
+    int interval() const { return inter; }
+
+    inline void setSingleShot(bool singleShot);
+    inline bool isSingleShot() const { return single; }
+
+    static void singleShot(int msec, QObject *receiver, const char *member);
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    void start(int msec);
+
+    void start();
+    void stop();
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    inline QT_MOC_COMPAT void changeInterval(int msec) { start(msec); };
+    QT_MOC_COMPAT int start(int msec, bool sshot);
+#endif
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void timeout();
+
+protected:
+    void timerEvent(QTimerEvent *);
+
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QTimer)
+
+    inline int startTimer(int){ return -1;}
+    inline void killTimer(int){}
+
+    int id, inter, del;
+    uint single : 1;
+    uint nulltimer : 1;
+};
+
+inline void QTimer::setSingleShot(bool asingleShot) { single = asingleShot; }
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QT_NO_QOBJECT
+
+#endif // QTIMER_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qtranslator.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qtranslator.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cdddf36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qtranslator.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,827 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qplatformdefs.h"
+
+#include "qtranslator.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+
+#include "qfileinfo.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qcoreapplication.h"
+#include "qcoreapplication_p.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+#include "qfile.h"
+#include "qmap.h"
+#include "qalgorithms.h"
+#include "qhash.h"
+#include "qtranslator_p.h"
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_UNIX)
+#define QT_USE_MMAP
+#endif
+
+// most of the headers below are already included in qplatformdefs.h
+// also this lacks Large File support but that's probably irrelevant
+#if defined(QT_USE_MMAP)
+// for mmap
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "qobject_p.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+enum Tag { Tag_End = 1, Tag_SourceText16, Tag_Translation, Tag_Context16, Tag_Obsolete1,
+           Tag_SourceText, Tag_Context, Tag_Comment, Tag_Obsolete2 };
+/*
+$ mcookie
+3cb86418caef9c95cd211cbf60a1bddd
+$
+*/
+
+// magic number for the file
+static const int MagicLength = 16;
+static const uchar magic[MagicLength] = {
+    0x3c, 0xb8, 0x64, 0x18, 0xca, 0xef, 0x9c, 0x95,
+    0xcd, 0x21, 0x1c, 0xbf, 0x60, 0xa1, 0xbd, 0xdd
+};
+
+static bool match(const uchar* found, const char* target, uint len)
+{
+    // catch the case if \a found has a zero-terminating symbol and \a len includes it.
+    // (normalize it to be without the zero-terminating symbol)
+    if (len > 0 && found[len-1] == '\0')
+        --len;
+    // 0 means anything, "" means empty
+    return !found || (qstrncmp((const char *)found, target, len) == 0 && target[len] == '\0');
+}
+
+static uint elfHash(const char *name)
+{
+    const uchar *k;
+    uint h = 0;
+    uint g;
+
+    if (name) {
+        k = (const uchar *) name;
+        while (*k) {
+            h = (h << 4) + *k++;
+            if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
+                h ^= g >> 24;
+            h &= ~g;
+        }
+    }
+    if (!h)
+        h = 1;
+    return h;
+}
+
+static int numerusHelper(int n, const uchar *rules, int rulesSize)
+{
+#define CHECK_RANGE \
+    do { \
+        if (i >= rulesSize) \
+            return -1; \
+    } while (0)
+
+    int result = 0;
+    int i = 0;
+
+    if (rulesSize == 0)
+        return 0;
+
+    for (;;) {
+        bool orExprTruthValue = false;
+
+        for (;;) {
+            bool andExprTruthValue = true;
+
+            for (;;) {
+                bool truthValue = true;
+
+                CHECK_RANGE;
+                int opcode = rules[i++];
+
+                int leftOperand = n;
+                if (opcode & Q_MOD_10) {
+                    leftOperand %= 10;
+                } else if (opcode & Q_MOD_100) {
+                    leftOperand %= 100;
+                }
+
+                int op = opcode & Q_OP_MASK;
+
+                CHECK_RANGE;
+                int rightOperand = rules[i++];
+
+                switch (op) {
+                default:
+                    return -1;
+                case Q_EQ:
+                    truthValue = (leftOperand == rightOperand);
+                    break;
+                case Q_LT:
+                    truthValue = (leftOperand < rightOperand);
+                    break;
+                case Q_LEQ:
+                    truthValue = (leftOperand <= rightOperand);
+                    break;
+		case Q_BETWEEN:
+                    int bottom = rightOperand;
+                    CHECK_RANGE;
+                    int top = rules[i++];
+                    truthValue = (leftOperand >= bottom && leftOperand <= top);
+                }
+
+                if (opcode & Q_NOT)
+                    truthValue = !truthValue;
+
+                andExprTruthValue = andExprTruthValue && truthValue;
+
+                if (i == rulesSize || rules[i] != Q_AND)
+                    break;
+                ++i;
+            }
+
+            orExprTruthValue = orExprTruthValue || andExprTruthValue;
+
+            if (i == rulesSize || rules[i] != Q_OR)
+                break;
+            ++i;
+        }
+
+        if (orExprTruthValue)
+            return result;
+
+        ++result;
+
+        if (i == rulesSize)
+            return result;
+
+        if (rules[i++] != Q_NEWRULE)
+            break;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+extern bool qt_detectRTLLanguage();
+
+class QTranslatorPrivate : public QObjectPrivate
+{
+    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QTranslator)
+public:
+    enum { Contexts = 0x2f, Hashes = 0x42, Messages = 0x69, NumerusRules = 0x88 };
+
+    QTranslatorPrivate()
+        : used_mmap(0), unmapPointer(0), unmapLength(0),
+          messageArray(0), offsetArray(0), contextArray(0), numerusRulesArray(0),
+          messageLength(0), offsetLength(0), contextLength(0), numerusRulesLength(0) {}
+
+    // for mmap'ed files, this is what needs to be unmapped.
+    bool used_mmap : 1;
+    char *unmapPointer;
+    unsigned int unmapLength;
+
+    // for squeezed but non-file data, this is what needs to be deleted
+    const uchar *messageArray;
+    const uchar *offsetArray;
+    const uchar *contextArray;
+    const uchar *numerusRulesArray;
+    uint messageLength;
+    uint offsetLength;
+    uint contextLength;
+    uint numerusRulesLength;
+
+    bool do_load(const uchar *data, int len);
+    QString do_translate(const char *context, const char *sourceText, const char *comment,
+                         int n) const;
+    void clear();
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class QTranslator
+
+    \brief The QTranslator class provides internationalization support for text
+    output.
+
+    \ingroup i18n
+    \ingroup environment
+    \mainclass
+
+    An object of this class contains a set of translations from a
+    source language to a target language. QTranslator provides
+    functions to look up translations in a translation file.
+    Translation files are created using \l{Qt Linguist}.
+
+    The most common use of QTranslator is to: load a translation
+    file, install it using QApplication::installTranslator(), and use
+    it via QObject::tr(). Here's the \c main() function from the
+    \l{linguist/hellotr}{Hello tr()} example:
+
+    \snippet examples/linguist/hellotr/main.cpp 2
+
+    Note that the translator must be created \e before the
+    application's widgets.
+
+    Most applications will never need to do anything else with this
+    class. The other functions provided by this class are useful for
+    applications that work on translator files.
+
+    \section1 Looking up Translations
+
+    It is possible to look up a translation using translate() (as tr()
+    and QApplication::translate() do). The translate() function takes
+    up to three parameters:
+
+    \list
+    \o The \e context - usually the class name for the tr() caller.
+    \o The \e {source text} - usually the argument to tr().
+    \o The \e disambiguation - an optional string that helps disambiguate
+       different uses of the same text in the same context.
+    \endlist
+
+    For example, the "Cancel" in a dialog might have "Anuluj" when the
+    program runs in Polish (in this case the source text would be
+    "Cancel"). The context would (normally) be the dialog's class
+    name; there would normally be no comment, and the translated text
+    would be "Anuluj".
+
+    But it's not always so simple. The Spanish version of a printer
+    dialog with settings for two-sided printing and binding would
+    probably require both "Activado" and "Activada" as translations
+    for "Enabled". In this case the source text would be "Enabled" in
+    both cases, and the context would be the dialog's class name, but
+    the two items would have disambiguations such as "two-sided printing"
+    for one and "binding" for the other. The disambiguation enables the
+    translator to choose the appropriate gender for the Spanish version,
+    and enables Qt to distinguish between translations.
+
+    \section1 Using Multiple Translations
+
+    Multiple translation files can be installed in an application.
+    Translations are searched for in the reverse order in which they were
+    installed, so the most recently installed translation file is searched
+    for translations first and the earliest translation file is searched
+    last. The search stops as soon as a translation containing a matching
+    string is found.
+
+    This mechanism makes it possible for a specific translation to be
+    "selected" or given priority over the others; simply uninstall the
+    translator from the application by passing it to the
+    QApplication::removeTranslator() function and reinstall it with
+    QApplication::installTranslator(). It will then be the first
+    translation to be searched for matching strings.
+
+    \sa QApplication::installTranslator(), QApplication::removeTranslator(),
+        QObject::tr(), QApplication::translate(), {I18N Example},
+        {Hello tr() Example}, {Arrow Pad Example}, {Troll Print Example}
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an empty message file object with parent \a parent that
+    is not connected to any file.
+*/
+
+QTranslator::QTranslator(QObject * parent)
+    : QObject(*new QTranslatorPrivate, parent)
+{
+}
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*!
+    \overload QTranslator()
+    \obsolete
+ */
+QTranslator::QTranslator(QObject * parent, const char * name)
+    : QObject(*new QTranslatorPrivate, parent)
+{
+    setObjectName(QString::fromAscii(name));
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+QTranslator::~QTranslator()
+{
+    if (QCoreApplication::instance())
+        QCoreApplication::instance()->removeTranslator(this);
+    Q_D(QTranslator);
+    d->clear();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Loads \a filename + \a suffix (".qm" if the \a suffix is
+    not specified), which may be an absolute file name or relative
+    to \a directory. Returns true if the translation is successfully
+    loaded; otherwise returns false.
+
+    The previous contents of this translator object are discarded.
+
+    If the file name does not exist, other file names are tried
+    in the following order:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o File name without \a suffix appended.
+    \o File name with text after a character in \a search_delimiters
+       stripped ("_." is the default for \a search_delimiters if it is
+       an empty string) and \a suffix.
+    \o File name stripped without \a suffix appended.
+    \o File name stripped further, etc.
+    \endlist
+
+    For example, an application running in the fr_CA locale
+    (French-speaking Canada) might call load("foo.fr_ca",
+    "/opt/foolib"). load() would then try to open the first existing
+    readable file from this list:
+
+    \list 1
+    \o \c /opt/foolib/foo.fr_ca.qm
+    \o \c /opt/foolib/foo.fr_ca
+    \o \c /opt/foolib/foo.fr.qm
+    \o \c /opt/foolib/foo.fr
+    \o \c /opt/foolib/foo.qm
+    \o \c /opt/foolib/foo
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+bool QTranslator::load(const QString & filename, const QString & directory,
+                       const QString & search_delimiters,
+                       const QString & suffix)
+{
+    Q_D(QTranslator);
+    d->clear();
+
+    QString prefix;
+    if (QFileInfo(filename).isRelative()) {
+        prefix = directory;
+	if (prefix.length() && !prefix.endsWith(QLatin1Char('/')))
+	    prefix += QLatin1Char('/');
+    }
+
+    QString fname = filename;
+    QString realname;
+    QString delims;
+    delims = search_delimiters.isNull() ? QString::fromLatin1("_.") : search_delimiters;
+
+    for (;;) {
+        QFileInfo fi;
+
+        realname = prefix + fname + (suffix.isNull() ? QString::fromLatin1(".qm") : suffix);
+        fi.setFile(realname);
+        if (fi.isReadable())
+            break;
+
+        realname = prefix + fname;
+        fi.setFile(realname);
+        if (fi.isReadable())
+            break;
+
+        int rightmost = 0;
+        for (int i = 0; i < (int)delims.length(); i++) {
+            int k = fname.lastIndexOf(delims[i]);
+            if (k > rightmost)
+                rightmost = k;
+        }
+
+        // no truncations? fail
+        if (rightmost == 0)
+            return false;
+
+        fname.truncate(rightmost);
+    }
+
+    // realname is now the fully qualified name of a readable file.
+
+    bool ok = false;
+
+#ifdef QT_USE_MMAP
+
+#ifndef MAP_FILE
+#define MAP_FILE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef MAP_FAILED
+#define MAP_FAILED -1
+#endif
+
+    int fd = -1;
+    if (!realname.startsWith(QLatin1Char(':')))
+        fd = QT_OPEN(QFile::encodeName(realname), O_RDONLY,
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN)
+                     _S_IREAD | _S_IWRITE
+#else
+                     0666
+#endif
+            );
+    if (fd >= 0) {
+        QT_STATBUF st;
+        if (!QT_FSTAT(fd, &st)) {
+            char *ptr;
+            ptr = reinterpret_cast<char *>(
+                mmap(0, st.st_size,             // any address, whole file
+                     PROT_READ,                 // read-only memory
+                     MAP_FILE | MAP_PRIVATE,    // swap-backed map from file
+                     fd, 0));                   // from offset 0 of fd
+            if (ptr && ptr != reinterpret_cast<char *>(MAP_FAILED)) {
+                d->used_mmap = true;
+                d->unmapPointer = ptr;
+                d->unmapLength = st.st_size;
+                ok = true;
+            }
+        }
+        ::close(fd);
+    }
+#endif // QT_USE_MMAP
+
+    if (!ok) {
+        QFile file(realname);
+        d->unmapLength = file.size();
+        if (!d->unmapLength)
+            return false;
+        d->unmapPointer = new char[d->unmapLength];
+
+        if (file.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly))
+            ok = (d->unmapLength == (uint)file.read(d->unmapPointer, d->unmapLength));
+
+        if (!ok) {
+            delete [] d->unmapPointer;
+            d->unmapPointer = 0;
+            d->unmapLength = 0;
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return d->do_load(reinterpret_cast<const uchar *>(d->unmapPointer), d->unmapLength);
+}
+
+/*!
+  \overload load()
+  \fn bool QTranslator::load(const uchar *data, int len)
+
+  Loads the .qm file data \a data of length \a len into the
+  translator.
+
+  The data is not copied. The caller must be able to guarantee that \a data
+  will not be deleted or modified.
+*/
+bool QTranslator::load(const uchar *data, int len)
+{
+    Q_D(QTranslator);
+    d->clear();
+    return d->do_load(data, len);
+}
+
+static quint8 read8(const uchar *data)
+{
+    return *data;
+}
+
+static quint16 read16(const uchar *data)
+{
+    return (data[0] << 8) | (data[1]);
+}
+
+static quint32 read32(const uchar *data)
+{
+    return (data[0] << 24)
+        | (data[1] << 16)
+        | (data[2] << 8)
+        | (data[3]);
+}
+
+bool QTranslatorPrivate::do_load(const uchar *data, int len)
+{
+    if (!data || len < MagicLength || memcmp(data, magic, MagicLength))
+        return false;
+
+    bool ok = true;
+    const uchar *end = data + len;
+
+    data += MagicLength;
+
+    while (data < end - 4) {
+        quint8 tag = read8(data++);
+        quint32 blockLen = read32(data);
+        data += 4;
+        if (!tag || !blockLen)
+            break;
+        if (data + blockLen > end) {
+            ok = false;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        if (tag == QTranslatorPrivate::Contexts) {
+            contextArray = data;
+            contextLength = blockLen;
+        } else if (tag == QTranslatorPrivate::Hashes) {
+            offsetArray = data;
+            offsetLength = blockLen;
+        } else if (tag == QTranslatorPrivate::Messages) {
+            messageArray = data;
+            messageLength = blockLen;
+        } else if (tag == QTranslatorPrivate::NumerusRules) {
+            numerusRulesArray = data;
+            numerusRulesLength = blockLen;
+        }
+
+        data += blockLen;
+    }
+
+    return ok;
+}
+
+static QString getMessage(const uchar *m, const uchar *end, const char *context,
+                          const char *sourceText, const char *comment, int numerus)
+{
+    const uchar *tn = 0;
+    uint tn_length = 0;
+    int currentNumerus = -1;
+
+    for (;;) {
+        uchar tag = 0;
+        if (m < end)
+            tag = read8(m++);
+        switch((Tag)tag) {
+        case Tag_End:
+            goto end;
+        case Tag_Translation: {
+            int len = read32(m);
+            if (len % 1)
+                return QString();
+            m += 4;
+            if (++currentNumerus == numerus) {
+                tn_length = len;
+                tn = m;
+            }
+            m += len;
+            break;
+        }
+        case Tag_Obsolete1:
+            m += 4;
+            break;
+        case Tag_SourceText: {
+            quint32 len = read32(m);
+            m += 4;
+            if (!match(m, sourceText, len))
+                return QString();
+            m += len;
+        }
+            break;
+        case Tag_Context: {
+            quint32 len = read32(m);
+            m += 4;
+            if (!match(m, context, len))
+                return QString();
+            m += len;
+        }
+            break;
+        case Tag_Comment: {
+            quint32 len = read32(m);
+            m += 4;
+            if (*m && !match(m, comment, len))
+                return QString();
+            m += len;
+        }
+            break;
+        default:
+            return QString();
+        }
+    }
+end:
+    if (!tn)
+        return QString();
+    QString str = QString::fromUtf16((const ushort *)tn, tn_length/2);
+    if (QSysInfo::ByteOrder == QSysInfo::LittleEndian) {
+        for (int i = 0; i < str.length(); ++i)
+            str[i] = QChar((str.at(i).unicode() >> 8) + ((str.at(i).unicode() << 8) & 0xff00));
+    }
+    return str;
+}
+
+QString QTranslatorPrivate::do_translate(const char *context, const char *sourceText,
+                                         const char *comment, int n) const
+{
+    if (context == 0)
+        context = "";
+    if (sourceText == 0)
+        sourceText = "";
+    if (comment == 0)
+        comment = "";
+
+    if (!offsetLength)
+        return QString();
+
+    /*
+        Check if the context belongs to this QTranslator. If many
+        translators are installed, this step is necessary.
+    */
+    if (contextLength) {
+        quint16 hTableSize = read16(contextArray);
+        uint g = elfHash(context) % hTableSize;
+        const uchar *c = contextArray + 2 + (g << 1);
+        quint16 off = read16(c);
+        c += 2;
+        if (off == 0)
+            return QString();
+        c = contextArray + (2 + (hTableSize << 1) + (off << 1));
+
+        for (;;) {
+            quint8 len = read8(c++);
+            if (len == 0)
+                return QString();
+            if (match(c, context, len))
+                break;
+            c += len;
+        }
+    }
+
+    size_t numItems = offsetLength / (2 * sizeof(quint32));
+    if (!numItems)
+        return QString();
+
+    int numerus = 0;
+    if (n >= 0)
+        numerus = numerusHelper(n, numerusRulesArray, numerusRulesLength);
+
+    for (;;) {
+        quint32 h = elfHash(QByteArray(sourceText) + comment);
+
+        const uchar *start = offsetArray;
+        const uchar *end = start + ((numItems-1) << 3);
+        while (start <= end) {
+            const uchar *middle = start + (((end - start) >> 4) << 3);
+            uint hash = read32(middle);
+            if (h == hash) {
+                start = middle;
+                break;
+            } else if (hash < h) {
+                start = middle + 8;
+            } else {
+                end = middle - 8;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (start <= end) {
+            // go back on equal key
+            while (start != offsetArray && read32(start) == read32(start-8))
+                start -= 8;
+
+            while (start < offsetArray + offsetLength) {
+                quint32 rh = read32(start);
+                start += 4;
+                if (rh != h)
+                    break;
+                quint32 ro = read32(start);
+                start += 4;
+                QString tn = getMessage(messageArray + ro, messageArray + messageLength, context,
+                                        sourceText, comment, numerus);
+                if (!tn.isNull())
+                    return tn;
+            }
+        }
+        if (!comment[0])
+            break;
+        comment = "";
+    }
+    return QString();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Empties this translator of all contents.
+
+    This function works with stripped translator files.
+*/
+
+void QTranslatorPrivate::clear()
+{
+    Q_Q(QTranslator);
+    if (unmapPointer && unmapLength) {
+#if defined(QT_USE_MMAP)
+        if (used_mmap)
+            munmap(unmapPointer, unmapLength);
+        else
+#endif
+            delete [] unmapPointer;
+    }
+
+    unmapPointer = 0;
+    unmapLength = 0;
+    messageArray = 0;
+    contextArray = 0;
+    offsetArray = 0;
+    numerusRulesArray = 0;
+    messageLength = 0;
+    contextLength = 0;
+    offsetLength = 0;
+    numerusRulesLength = 0;
+
+    if (QCoreApplicationPrivate::isTranslatorInstalled(q))
+        QCoreApplication::postEvent(QCoreApplication::instance(),
+                                    new QEvent(QEvent::LanguageChange));
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.5
+
+    Returns the translation for the key (\a context, \a sourceText,
+    \a disambiguation). If none is found, also tries (\a context, \a
+    sourceText, ""). If that still fails, returns an empty string.
+
+    If you need to programatically insert translations in to a
+    QTranslator, this function can be reimplemented.
+
+    \sa load()
+*/
+QString QTranslator::translate(const char *context, const char *sourceText, const char *disambiguation) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QTranslator);
+    return d->do_translate(context, sourceText, disambiguation, -1);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload translate()
+
+    Returns the translation for the key (\a context, \a sourceText,
+    \a disambiguation). If none is found, also tries (\a context, \a
+    sourceText, ""). If that still fails, returns an empty string.
+
+    If \a n is not -1, it is used to choose an appropriate form for
+    the translation (e.g. "%n file found" vs. "%n files found").
+
+    \sa load()
+*/
+QString QTranslator::translate(const char *context, const char *sourceText, const char *disambiguation,
+                               int n) const
+{
+    Q_D(const QTranslator);
+    // this step is necessary because the 3-parameter translate() overload is virtual
+    if (n == -1)
+        return translate(context, sourceText, disambiguation);
+    return d->do_translate(context, sourceText, disambiguation, n);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if this translator is empty, otherwise returns false.
+    This function works with stripped and unstripped translation files.
+*/
+bool QTranslator::isEmpty() const
+{
+    Q_D(const QTranslator);
+    return !d->unmapPointer && !d->unmapLength && !d->messageArray &&
+           !d->offsetArray && !d->contextArray;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString QTranslator::find(const char *context, const char *sourceText, const char * comment = 0) const
+
+    Use translate(\a context, \a sourceText, \a comment) instead.
+*/
+
+#endif // QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qtranslator.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qtranslator.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08eb994
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qtranslator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QTRANSLATOR_H
+#define QTRANSLATOR_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qobject.h>
+#include <QtCore/qbytearray.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+
+class QTranslatorPrivate;
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QTranslator : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    explicit QTranslator(QObject *parent = 0);
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    QT3_SUPPORT_CONSTRUCTOR QTranslator(QObject * parent, const char * name);
+#endif
+    ~QTranslator();
+
+    // ### Qt 5: Merge (with "int n = -1")
+    virtual QString translate(const char *context, const char *sourceText,
+                              const char *disambiguation = 0) const;
+    QString translate(const char *context, const char *sourceText, const char *disambiguation,
+                      int n) const;
+
+    virtual bool isEmpty() const;
+
+    bool load(const QString & filename,
+              const QString & directory = QString(),
+              const QString & search_delimiters = QString(),
+              const QString & suffix = QString());
+    bool load(const uchar *data, int len);
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    QT3_SUPPORT QString find(const char *context, const char *sourceText, const char * comment = 0) const
+        { return translate(context, sourceText, comment); }
+#endif
+
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QTranslator)
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QTranslator)
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_TRANSLATION
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QTRANSLATOR_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qtranslator_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qtranslator_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77ec8f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qtranslator_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QTRANSLATOR_P_H
+#define QTRANSLATOR_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of qfontencodings_x11.cpp and qfont_x11.cpp.  This header file may
+// change from version to version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+enum {
+    Q_EQ          = 0x01,
+    Q_LT          = 0x02,
+    Q_LEQ         = 0x03,
+    Q_BETWEEN     = 0x04,
+
+    Q_NOT         = 0x08,
+    Q_MOD_10      = 0x10,
+    Q_MOD_100     = 0x20,
+
+    Q_AND         = 0xFD,
+    Q_OR          = 0xFE,
+    Q_NEWRULE     = 0xFF,
+
+    Q_OP_MASK     = 0x07,
+
+    Q_NEQ         = Q_NOT | Q_EQ,
+    Q_GT          = Q_NOT | Q_LEQ,
+    Q_GEQ         = Q_NOT | Q_LT,
+    Q_NOT_BETWEEN = Q_NOT | Q_BETWEEN
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4427c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,3098 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qvariant.h"
+#include "qbitarray.h"
+#include "qbytearray.h"
+#include "qdatastream.h"
+#include "qdebug.h"
+#include "qmap.h"
+#include "qdatetime.h"
+#include "qlist.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qurl.h"
+#include "qlocale.h"
+#include "private/qvariant_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+#include "qsize.h"
+#include "qpoint.h"
+#include "qrect.h"
+#include "qline.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <float.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+#ifndef DBL_DIG
+#  define DBL_DIG 10
+#endif
+#ifndef FLT_DIG
+#  define FLT_DIG 6
+#endif
+
+
+static const void *constDataHelper(const QVariant::Private &d)
+{
+    switch (d.type) {
+    case QVariant::Int:
+        return &d.data.i;
+    case QVariant::UInt:
+        return &d.data.u;
+    case QVariant::Bool:
+        return &d.data.b;
+    case QVariant::LongLong:
+        return &d.data.ll;
+    case QVariant::ULongLong:
+        return &d.data.ull;
+    case QVariant::Double:
+        return &d.data.d;
+    default:
+        return d.is_shared ? d.data.shared->ptr : reinterpret_cast<const void *>(&d.data.ptr);
+    }
+}
+
+static void construct(QVariant::Private *x, const void *copy)
+{
+    x->is_shared = false;
+
+    switch (x->type) {
+    case QVariant::String:
+        v_construct<QString>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Char:
+        v_construct<QChar>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::StringList:
+        v_construct<QStringList>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Map:
+        v_construct<QVariantMap>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Hash:
+        v_construct<QVariantHash>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::List:
+        v_construct<QVariantList>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Date:
+        v_construct<QDate>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Time:
+        v_construct<QTime>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::DateTime:
+        v_construct<QDateTime>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::ByteArray:
+        v_construct<QByteArray>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::BitArray:
+        v_construct<QBitArray>(x, copy);
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+    case QVariant::Size:
+        v_construct<QSize>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::SizeF:
+        v_construct<QSizeF>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Rect:
+        v_construct<QRect>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::LineF:
+        v_construct<QLineF>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Line:
+        v_construct<QLine>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::RectF:
+        v_construct<QRectF>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Point:
+        v_construct<QPoint>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::PointF:
+        v_construct<QPointF>(x, copy);
+        break;
+#endif
+    case QVariant::Url:
+        v_construct<QUrl>(x, copy);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Locale:
+        v_construct<QLocale>(x, copy);
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+    case QVariant::RegExp:
+        v_construct<QRegExp>(x, copy);
+        break;
+#endif
+    case QVariant::Int:
+        x->data.i = copy ? *static_cast<const int *>(copy) : 0;
+        break;
+    case QVariant::UInt:
+        x->data.u = copy ? *static_cast<const uint *>(copy) : 0u;
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Bool:
+        x->data.b = copy ? *static_cast<const bool *>(copy) : false;
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Double:
+        x->data.d = copy ? *static_cast<const double*>(copy) : 0.0;
+        break;
+    case QVariant::LongLong:
+        x->data.ll = copy ? *static_cast<const qlonglong *>(copy) : Q_INT64_C(0);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::ULongLong:
+        x->data.ull = copy ? *static_cast<const qulonglong *>(copy) : Q_UINT64_C(0);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Invalid:
+    case QVariant::UserType:
+        break;
+    default:
+        x->is_shared = true;
+        x->data.shared = new QVariant::PrivateShared(QMetaType::construct(x->type, copy));
+        if (!x->data.shared->ptr)
+            x->type = QVariant::Invalid;
+        break;
+    }
+    x->is_null = !copy;
+}
+
+static void clear(QVariant::Private *d)
+{
+    switch (d->type) {
+    case QVariant::String:
+        v_clear<QString>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Char:
+        v_clear<QChar>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::StringList:
+        v_clear<QStringList>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Map:
+        v_clear<QVariantMap>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Hash:
+        v_clear<QVariantHash>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::List:
+        v_clear<QVariantList>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Date:
+        v_clear<QDate>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Time:
+        v_clear<QTime>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::DateTime:
+        v_clear<QDateTime>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::ByteArray:
+        v_clear<QByteArray>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::BitArray:
+        v_clear<QBitArray>(d);
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+    case QVariant::Point:
+        v_clear<QPoint>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::PointF:
+        v_clear<QPointF>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Size:
+        v_clear<QSize>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::SizeF:
+        v_clear<QSizeF>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Rect:
+        v_clear<QRect>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::LineF:
+        v_clear<QLineF>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Line:
+        v_clear<QLine>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::RectF:
+        v_clear<QRectF>(d);
+        break;
+#endif
+    case QVariant::Url:
+        v_clear<QUrl>(d);
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Locale:
+        v_clear<QLocale>(d);
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+    case QVariant::RegExp:
+        v_clear<QRegExp>(d);
+        break;
+#endif
+    case QVariant::LongLong:
+    case QVariant::ULongLong:
+    case QVariant::Double:
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Invalid:
+    case QVariant::UserType:
+    case QVariant::Int:
+    case QVariant::UInt:
+    case QVariant::Bool:
+        break;
+    default:
+        QMetaType::destroy(d->type, d->data.shared->ptr);
+        delete d->data.shared;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    d->type = QVariant::Invalid;
+    d->is_null = true;
+    d->is_shared = false;
+}
+
+static bool isNull(const QVariant::Private *d)
+{
+    switch(d->type) {
+    case QVariant::String:
+        return v_cast<QString>(d)->isNull();
+    case QVariant::Char:
+        return v_cast<QChar>(d)->isNull();
+    case QVariant::Date:
+        return v_cast<QDate>(d)->isNull();
+    case QVariant::Time:
+        return v_cast<QTime>(d)->isNull();
+    case QVariant::DateTime:
+        return v_cast<QDateTime>(d)->isNull();
+    case QVariant::ByteArray:
+        return v_cast<QByteArray>(d)->isNull();
+    case QVariant::BitArray:
+        return v_cast<QBitArray>(d)->isNull();
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+    case QVariant::Size:
+        return v_cast<QSize>(d)->isNull();
+    case QVariant::SizeF:
+        return v_cast<QSizeF>(d)->isNull();
+    case QVariant::Rect:
+        return v_cast<QRect>(d)->isNull();
+    case QVariant::Line:
+        return v_cast<QLine>(d)->isNull();
+    case QVariant::LineF:
+        return v_cast<QLineF>(d)->isNull();
+    case QVariant::RectF:
+        return v_cast<QRectF>(d)->isNull();
+    case QVariant::Point:
+        return v_cast<QPoint>(d)->isNull();
+    case QVariant::PointF:
+        return v_cast<QPointF>(d)->isNull();
+#endif
+    case QVariant::Url:
+    case QVariant::Locale:
+    case QVariant::RegExp:
+    case QVariant::StringList:
+    case QVariant::Map:
+    case QVariant::Hash:
+    case QVariant::List:
+    case QVariant::Invalid:
+    case QVariant::UserType:
+    case QVariant::Int:
+    case QVariant::UInt:
+    case QVariant::LongLong:
+    case QVariant::ULongLong:
+    case QVariant::Bool:
+    case QVariant::Double:
+        break;
+    }
+    return d->is_null;
+}
+
+/*
+  \internal
+  \since 4.4
+
+  We cannot use v_cast() for QMetaType's numeric types because they're smaller than QVariant::Private::Data,
+  which in turns makes v_cast() believe the value is stored in d->data.c. But
+  it's not, since we're a QMetaType type.
+ */
+template<typename T>
+inline bool compareNumericMetaType(const QVariant::Private *const a, const QVariant::Private *const b)
+{
+    return *static_cast<const T *>(a->data.shared->ptr) == *static_cast<const T *>(b->data.shared->ptr);
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+
+  Compares \a a to \a b. The caller guarantees that \a a and \a b
+  are of the same type.
+ */
+static bool compare(const QVariant::Private *a, const QVariant::Private *b)
+{
+    switch(a->type) {
+    case QVariant::List:
+        return *v_cast<QVariantList>(a) == *v_cast<QVariantList>(b);
+    case QVariant::Map: {
+        const QVariantMap *m1 = v_cast<QVariantMap>(a);
+        const QVariantMap *m2 = v_cast<QVariantMap>(b);
+        if (m1->count() != m2->count())
+            return false;
+        QVariantMap::ConstIterator it = m1->constBegin();
+        QVariantMap::ConstIterator it2 = m2->constBegin();
+        while (it != m1->constEnd()) {
+            if (*it != *it2 || it.key() != it2.key())
+                return false;
+            ++it;
+            ++it2;
+        }
+        return true;
+    }
+    case QVariant::Hash:
+        return *v_cast<QVariantHash>(a) == *v_cast<QVariantHash>(b);
+    case QVariant::String:
+        return *v_cast<QString>(a) == *v_cast<QString>(b);
+    case QVariant::Char:
+        return *v_cast<QChar>(a) == *v_cast<QChar>(b);
+    case QVariant::StringList:
+        return *v_cast<QStringList>(a) == *v_cast<QStringList>(b);
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+    case QVariant::Size:
+        return *v_cast<QSize>(a) == *v_cast<QSize>(b);
+    case QVariant::SizeF:
+        return *v_cast<QSizeF>(a) == *v_cast<QSizeF>(b);
+    case QVariant::Rect:
+        return *v_cast<QRect>(a) == *v_cast<QRect>(b);
+    case QVariant::Line:
+        return *v_cast<QLine>(a) == *v_cast<QLine>(b);
+    case QVariant::LineF:
+        return *v_cast<QLineF>(a) == *v_cast<QLineF>(b);
+    case QVariant::RectF:
+        return *v_cast<QRectF>(a) == *v_cast<QRectF>(b);
+    case QVariant::Point:
+        return *v_cast<QPoint>(a) == *v_cast<QPoint>(b);
+    case QVariant::PointF:
+        return *v_cast<QPointF>(a) == *v_cast<QPointF>(b);
+#endif
+    case QVariant::Url:
+        return *v_cast<QUrl>(a) == *v_cast<QUrl>(b);
+    case QVariant::Locale:
+        return *v_cast<QLocale>(a) == *v_cast<QLocale>(b);
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+    case QVariant::RegExp:
+        return *v_cast<QRegExp>(a) == *v_cast<QRegExp>(b);
+#endif
+    case QVariant::Int:
+        return a->data.i == b->data.i;
+    case QVariant::UInt:
+        return a->data.u == b->data.u;
+    case QVariant::LongLong:
+        return a->data.ll == b->data.ll;
+    case QVariant::ULongLong:
+        return a->data.ull == b->data.ull;
+    case QVariant::Bool:
+        return a->data.b == b->data.b;
+    case QVariant::Double:
+        return a->data.d == b->data.d;
+    case QVariant::Date:
+        return *v_cast<QDate>(a) == *v_cast<QDate>(b);
+    case QVariant::Time:
+        return *v_cast<QTime>(a) == *v_cast<QTime>(b);
+    case QVariant::DateTime:
+        return *v_cast<QDateTime>(a) == *v_cast<QDateTime>(b);
+    case QVariant::ByteArray:
+        return *v_cast<QByteArray>(a) == *v_cast<QByteArray>(b);
+    case QVariant::BitArray:
+        return *v_cast<QBitArray>(a) == *v_cast<QBitArray>(b);
+    case QVariant::Invalid:
+        return true;
+    case QMetaType::Long:
+        return compareNumericMetaType<long>(a, b);
+    case QMetaType::ULong:
+        return compareNumericMetaType<ulong>(a, b);
+    case QMetaType::Short:
+        return compareNumericMetaType<short>(a, b);
+    case QMetaType::UShort:
+        return compareNumericMetaType<ushort>(a, b);
+    case QMetaType::UChar:
+        return compareNumericMetaType<uchar>(a, b);
+    case QMetaType::Char:
+        return compareNumericMetaType<char>(a, b);
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+    if (!QMetaType::isRegistered(a->type))
+        qFatal("QVariant::compare: type %d unknown to QVariant.", a->type);
+
+    /* The reason we cannot place this test in a case branch above for the types
+     * QMetaType::VoidStar, QMetaType::QObjectStar and so forth, is that it wouldn't include
+     * user defined pointer types. */
+    const char *const typeName = QMetaType::typeName(a->type);
+    if (typeName[qstrlen(typeName) - 1] == '*')
+        return *static_cast<void **>(a->data.shared->ptr) ==
+               *static_cast<void **>(b->data.shared->ptr);
+
+    return a->data.shared->ptr == b->data.shared->ptr;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+ */
+static qlonglong qMetaTypeNumber(const QVariant::Private *d)
+{
+    switch (d->type) {
+    case QMetaType::Int:
+        return d->data.i;
+    case QMetaType::LongLong:
+        return d->data.ll;
+    case QMetaType::Char:
+        return qlonglong(*static_cast<signed char *>(d->data.shared->ptr));
+    case QMetaType::Short:
+        return qlonglong(*static_cast<short *>(d->data.shared->ptr));
+    case QMetaType::Long:
+        return qlonglong(*static_cast<long *>(d->data.shared->ptr));
+    case QMetaType::Float:
+        return qRound64(*static_cast<float *>(d->data.shared->ptr));
+    case QVariant::Double:
+        return qRound64(d->data.d);
+    }
+    Q_ASSERT(false);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static qulonglong qMetaTypeUNumber(const QVariant::Private *d)
+{
+    switch (d->type) {
+    case QVariant::UInt:
+        return d->data.u;
+    case QVariant::ULongLong:
+        return d->data.ull;
+    case QMetaType::UChar:
+        return qulonglong(*static_cast<unsigned char *>(d->data.shared->ptr));
+    case QMetaType::UShort:
+        return qulonglong(*static_cast<ushort *>(d->data.shared->ptr));
+    case QMetaType::ULong:
+        return qulonglong(*static_cast<ulong *>(d->data.shared->ptr));
+    }
+    Q_ASSERT(false);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static qlonglong qConvertToNumber(const QVariant::Private *d, bool *ok)
+{
+    *ok = true;
+
+    switch (uint(d->type)) {
+    case QVariant::String:
+        return v_cast<QString>(d)->toLongLong(ok);
+    case QVariant::Char:
+        return v_cast<QChar>(d)->unicode();
+    case QVariant::ByteArray:
+        return v_cast<QByteArray>(d)->toLongLong(ok);
+    case QVariant::Bool:
+        return qlonglong(d->data.b);
+    case QVariant::Double:
+    case QVariant::Int:
+    case QMetaType::Char:
+    case QMetaType::Short:
+    case QMetaType::Long:
+    case QMetaType::Float:
+    case QMetaType::LongLong:
+        return qMetaTypeNumber(d);
+    case QVariant::ULongLong:
+    case QVariant::UInt:
+    case QMetaType::UChar:
+    case QMetaType::UShort:
+    case QMetaType::ULong:
+        return qlonglong(qMetaTypeUNumber(d));
+    }
+
+    *ok = false;
+    return Q_INT64_C(0);
+}
+
+static qulonglong qConvertToUnsignedNumber(const QVariant::Private *d, bool *ok)
+{
+    *ok = true;
+
+    switch (uint(d->type)) {
+    case QVariant::String:
+        return v_cast<QString>(d)->toULongLong(ok);
+    case QVariant::Char:
+        return v_cast<QChar>(d)->unicode();
+    case QVariant::ByteArray:
+        return v_cast<QByteArray>(d)->toULongLong(ok);
+    case QVariant::Bool:
+        return qulonglong(d->data.b);
+    case QVariant::Double:
+    case QVariant::Int:
+    case QMetaType::Char:
+    case QMetaType::Short:
+    case QMetaType::Long:
+    case QMetaType::Float:
+    case QMetaType::LongLong:
+        return qulonglong(qMetaTypeNumber(d));
+    case QVariant::ULongLong:
+    case QVariant::UInt:
+    case QMetaType::UChar:
+    case QMetaType::UShort:
+    case QMetaType::ULong:
+        return qMetaTypeUNumber(d);
+    }
+
+    *ok = false;
+    return Q_UINT64_C(0);
+}
+
+template<typename TInput, typename LiteralWrapper>
+inline bool qt_convertToBool(const QVariant::Private *const d)
+{
+    TInput str = v_cast<TInput>(d)->toLower();
+    return !(str == LiteralWrapper("0") || str == LiteralWrapper("false") || str.isEmpty());
+}
+
+/*!
+ \internal
+
+ Converts \a d to type \a t, which is placed in \a result.
+ */
+static bool convert(const QVariant::Private *d, QVariant::Type t, void *result, bool *ok)
+{
+    Q_ASSERT(d->type != uint(t));
+    Q_ASSERT(result);
+
+    bool dummy;
+    if (!ok)
+        ok = &dummy;
+
+    switch (uint(t)) {
+    case QVariant::String: {
+        QString *str = static_cast<QString *>(result);
+        switch (d->type) {
+        case QVariant::Char:
+            *str = QString(*v_cast<QChar>(d));
+            break;
+        case QMetaType::Char:
+        case QMetaType::UChar:
+            *str = QChar::fromAscii(*static_cast<char *>(d->data.shared->ptr));
+            break;
+        case QMetaType::Short:
+        case QMetaType::Long:
+        case QVariant::Int:
+        case QVariant::LongLong:
+            *str = QString::number(qMetaTypeNumber(d));
+            break;
+        case QVariant::UInt:
+        case QVariant::ULongLong:
+        case QMetaType::UShort:
+        case QMetaType::ULong:
+            *str = QString::number(qMetaTypeUNumber(d));
+            break;
+        case QMetaType::Float:
+            *str = QString::number(*static_cast<float *>(d->data.shared->ptr), 'g', FLT_DIG);
+            break;
+        case QVariant::Double:
+            *str = QString::number(d->data.d, 'g', DBL_DIG);
+            break;
+#if !defined(QT_NO_DATESTRING)
+        case QVariant::Date:
+            *str = v_cast<QDate>(d)->toString(Qt::ISODate);
+            break;
+        case QVariant::Time:
+            *str = v_cast<QTime>(d)->toString(Qt::ISODate);
+            break;
+        case QVariant::DateTime:
+            *str = v_cast<QDateTime>(d)->toString(Qt::ISODate);
+            break;
+#endif
+        case QVariant::Bool:
+            *str = QLatin1String(d->data.b ? "true" : "false");
+            break;
+        case QVariant::ByteArray:
+            *str = QString::fromAscii(v_cast<QByteArray>(d)->constData());
+            break;
+        case QVariant::StringList:
+            if (v_cast<QStringList>(d)->count() == 1)
+                *str = v_cast<QStringList>(d)->at(0);
+            break;
+        default:
+            return false;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+    case QVariant::Char: {
+        QChar *c = static_cast<QChar *>(result);
+        switch (d->type) {
+        case QVariant::Int:
+        case QVariant::LongLong:
+        case QMetaType::Char:
+        case QMetaType::Short:
+        case QMetaType::Long:
+        case QMetaType::Float:
+            *c = QChar(ushort(qMetaTypeNumber(d)));
+            break;
+        case QVariant::UInt:
+        case QVariant::ULongLong:
+        case QMetaType::UChar:
+        case QMetaType::UShort:
+        case QMetaType::ULong:
+            *c = QChar(ushort(qMetaTypeUNumber(d)));
+            break;
+        default:
+            return false;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+    case QVariant::Size: {
+        QSize *s = static_cast<QSize *>(result);
+        switch (d->type) {
+        case QVariant::SizeF:
+            *s = v_cast<QSizeF>(d)->toSize();
+            break;
+        default:
+            return false;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    case QVariant::SizeF: {
+        QSizeF *s = static_cast<QSizeF *>(result);
+        switch (d->type) {
+        case QVariant::Size:
+            *s = QSizeF(*(v_cast<QSize>(d)));
+            break;
+        default:
+            return false;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    case QVariant::Line: {
+        QLine *s = static_cast<QLine *>(result);
+        switch (d->type) {
+        case QVariant::LineF:
+            *s = v_cast<QLineF>(d)->toLine();
+            break;
+        default:
+            return false;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+
+    case QVariant::LineF: {
+        QLineF *s = static_cast<QLineF *>(result);
+        switch (d->type) {
+        case QVariant::Line:
+            *s = QLineF(*(v_cast<QLine>(d)));
+            break;
+        default:
+            return false;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+#endif
+    case QVariant::StringList:
+        if (d->type == QVariant::List) {
+            QStringList *slst = static_cast<QStringList *>(result);
+            const QVariantList *list = v_cast<QVariantList >(d);
+            for (int i = 0; i < list->size(); ++i)
+                slst->append(list->at(i).toString());
+        } else if (d->type == QVariant::String) {
+            QStringList *slst = static_cast<QStringList *>(result);
+            *slst = QStringList(*v_cast<QString>(d));
+        } else {
+            return false;
+        }
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Date: {
+        QDate *dt = static_cast<QDate *>(result);
+        if (d->type == QVariant::DateTime)
+            *dt = v_cast<QDateTime>(d)->date();
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATESTRING
+        else if (d->type == QVariant::String)
+            *dt = QDate::fromString(*v_cast<QString>(d), Qt::ISODate);
+#endif
+        else
+            return false;
+
+        return dt->isValid();
+    }
+    case QVariant::Time: {
+        QTime *t = static_cast<QTime *>(result);
+        switch (d->type) {
+        case QVariant::DateTime:
+            *t = v_cast<QDateTime>(d)->time();
+            break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATESTRING
+        case QVariant::String:
+            *t = QTime::fromString(*v_cast<QString>(d), Qt::ISODate);
+            break;
+#endif
+        default:
+            return false;
+        }
+        return t->isValid();
+    }
+    case QVariant::DateTime: {
+        QDateTime *dt = static_cast<QDateTime *>(result);
+        switch (d->type) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATESTRING
+        case QVariant::String:
+            *dt = QDateTime::fromString(*v_cast<QString>(d), Qt::ISODate);
+            break;
+#endif
+        case QVariant::Date:
+            *dt = QDateTime(*v_cast<QDate>(d));
+            break;
+        default:
+            return false;
+        }
+        return dt->isValid();
+    }
+    case QVariant::ByteArray: {
+        QByteArray *ba = static_cast<QByteArray *>(result);
+        switch (d->type) {
+        case QVariant::String:
+            *ba = v_cast<QString>(d)->toAscii();
+            break;
+        case QVariant::Double:
+            *ba = QByteArray::number(d->data.d, 'g', DBL_DIG);
+            break;
+        case QMetaType::Float:
+            *ba = QByteArray::number(*static_cast<float *>(d->data.shared->ptr), 'g', FLT_DIG);
+            break;
+        case QMetaType::Char:
+        case QMetaType::UChar:
+            *ba = QByteArray(1, *static_cast<char *>(d->data.shared->ptr));
+            break;
+        case QVariant::Int:
+        case QVariant::LongLong:
+        case QMetaType::Short:
+        case QMetaType::Long:
+            *ba = QByteArray::number(qMetaTypeNumber(d));
+            break;
+        case QVariant::UInt:
+        case QVariant::ULongLong:
+        case QMetaType::UShort:
+        case QMetaType::ULong:
+            *ba = QByteArray::number(qMetaTypeUNumber(d));
+            break;
+        case QVariant::Bool:
+            *ba = QByteArray(d->data.b ? "true" : "false");
+            break;
+        default:
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+    break;
+    case QMetaType::Short:
+        *static_cast<short *>(result) = short(qConvertToNumber(d, ok));
+        return *ok;
+    case QMetaType::Long:
+        *static_cast<long *>(result) = long(qConvertToNumber(d, ok));
+        return *ok;
+    case QMetaType::UShort:
+        *static_cast<ushort *>(result) = ushort(qConvertToUnsignedNumber(d, ok));
+        return *ok;
+    case QMetaType::ULong:
+        *static_cast<ulong *>(result) = ulong(qConvertToUnsignedNumber(d, ok));
+        return *ok;
+    case QVariant::Int:
+        *static_cast<int *>(result) = int(qConvertToNumber(d, ok));
+        return *ok;
+    case QVariant::UInt:
+        *static_cast<uint *>(result) = uint(qConvertToUnsignedNumber(d, ok));
+        return *ok;
+    case QVariant::LongLong:
+        *static_cast<qlonglong *>(result) = qConvertToNumber(d, ok);
+        return *ok;
+    case QVariant::ULongLong: {
+        *static_cast<qulonglong *>(result) = qConvertToUnsignedNumber(d, ok);
+        return *ok;
+    }
+    case QMetaType::UChar: {
+        *static_cast<uchar *>(result) = qConvertToUnsignedNumber(d, ok);
+        return *ok;
+    }
+    case QVariant::Bool: {
+        bool *b = static_cast<bool *>(result);
+        switch(d->type) {
+        case QVariant::ByteArray:
+            *b = qt_convertToBool<QByteArray, QByteArray>(d);
+            break;
+        case QVariant::String:
+            *b = qt_convertToBool<QString, QLatin1String>(d);
+            break;
+        case QVariant::Char:
+            *b = !v_cast<QChar>(d)->isNull();
+            break;
+        case QVariant::Double:
+        case QVariant::Int:
+        case QVariant::LongLong:
+        case QMetaType::Char:
+        case QMetaType::Short:
+        case QMetaType::Long:
+        case QMetaType::Float:
+            *b = qMetaTypeNumber(d) != Q_INT64_C(0);
+            break;
+        case QVariant::UInt:
+        case QVariant::ULongLong:
+        case QMetaType::UChar:
+        case QMetaType::UShort:
+        case QMetaType::ULong:
+            *b = qMetaTypeUNumber(d) != Q_UINT64_C(0);
+            break;
+        default:
+            *b = false;
+            return false;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+    case QVariant::Double: {
+        double *f = static_cast<double *>(result);
+        switch (d->type) {
+        case QVariant::String:
+            *f = v_cast<QString>(d)->toDouble(ok);
+            break;
+        case QVariant::ByteArray:
+            *f = v_cast<QByteArray>(d)->toDouble(ok);
+            break;
+        case QVariant::Bool:
+            *f = double(d->data.b);
+            break;
+        case QMetaType::Float:
+            *f = *static_cast<float *>(d->data.shared->ptr);
+            break;
+        case QVariant::LongLong:
+        case QVariant::Int:
+        case QMetaType::Char:
+        case QMetaType::Short:
+        case QMetaType::Long:
+            *f = double(qMetaTypeNumber(d));
+            break;
+        case QVariant::UInt:
+        case QVariant::ULongLong:
+        case QMetaType::UChar:
+        case QMetaType::UShort:
+        case QMetaType::ULong:
+#if defined(Q_CC_MSVC) && !defined(Q_CC_MSVC_NET)
+            *f = (double)(qlonglong)qMetaTypeUNumber(d);
+#else
+            *f = double(qMetaTypeUNumber(d));
+#endif
+            break;
+        default:
+            *f = 0.0;
+            return false;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+    case QMetaType::Float: {
+        float *f = static_cast<float *>(result);
+        switch (d->type) {
+        case QVariant::String:
+            *f = float(v_cast<QString>(d)->toDouble(ok));
+            break;
+        case QVariant::ByteArray:
+            *f = float(v_cast<QByteArray>(d)->toDouble(ok));
+            break;
+        case QVariant::Bool:
+            *f = float(d->data.b);
+            break;
+        case QVariant::Double:
+            *f = float(d->data.d);
+            break;
+        case QVariant::LongLong:
+        case QVariant::Int:
+        case QMetaType::Char:
+        case QMetaType::Short:
+        case QMetaType::Long:
+            *f = float(qMetaTypeNumber(d));
+            break;
+        case QVariant::UInt:
+        case QVariant::ULongLong:
+        case QMetaType::UChar:
+        case QMetaType::UShort:
+        case QMetaType::ULong:
+#if defined(Q_CC_MSVC) && !defined(Q_CC_MSVC_NET)
+            *f = (float)(qlonglong)qMetaTypeUNumber(d);
+#else
+            *f = float(qMetaTypeUNumber(d));
+#endif
+            break;
+        default:
+            *f = 0.0f;
+            return false;
+        }
+        break;
+    }
+    case QVariant::List:
+        if (d->type == QVariant::StringList) {
+            QVariantList *lst = static_cast<QVariantList *>(result);
+            const QStringList *slist = v_cast<QStringList>(d);
+            for (int i = 0; i < slist->size(); ++i)
+                lst->append(QVariant(slist->at(i)));
+        } else if (qstrcmp(QMetaType::typeName(d->type), "QList<QVariant>") == 0) {
+            *static_cast<QVariantList *>(result) =
+                *static_cast<QList<QVariant> *>(d->data.shared->ptr);
+        } else {
+            return false;
+        }
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Map:
+        if (qstrcmp(QMetaType::typeName(d->type), "QMap<QString, QVariant>") == 0) {
+            *static_cast<QVariantMap *>(result) =
+                *static_cast<QMap<QString, QVariant> *>(d->data.shared->ptr);
+        } else {
+            return false;
+        }
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Hash:
+        if (qstrcmp(QMetaType::typeName(d->type), "QHash<QString, QVariant>") == 0) {
+            *static_cast<QVariantHash *>(result) =
+                *static_cast<QHash<QString, QVariant> *>(d->data.shared->ptr);
+        } else {
+            return false;
+        }
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+    case QVariant::Rect:
+        if (d->type == QVariant::RectF)
+            *static_cast<QRect *>(result) = (v_cast<QRectF>(d))->toRect();
+        else
+            return false;
+        break;
+    case QVariant::RectF:
+        if (d->type == QVariant::Rect)
+            *static_cast<QRectF *>(result) = *v_cast<QRect>(d);
+        else
+            return false;
+        break;
+    case QVariant::PointF:
+        if (d->type == QVariant::Point)
+            *static_cast<QPointF *>(result) = *v_cast<QPoint>(d);
+        else
+            return false;
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Point:
+        if (d->type == QVariant::PointF)
+            *static_cast<QPoint *>(result) = (v_cast<QPointF>(d))->toPoint();
+        else
+            return false;
+        break;
+    case QMetaType::Char:
+    {
+        *static_cast<qint8 *>(result) = qint8(qConvertToNumber(d, ok));
+        return *ok;
+    }
+#endif
+    default:
+        return false;
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+
+#if !defined(QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM) && !defined(Q_BROKEN_DEBUG_STREAM)
+static void streamDebug(QDebug dbg, const QVariant &v)
+{
+    switch (v.type()) {
+    case QVariant::Int:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toInt();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::UInt:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toUInt();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::LongLong:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toLongLong();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::ULongLong:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toULongLong();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Double:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toDouble();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Bool:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toBool();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::String:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toString();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Char:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toChar();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::StringList:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toStringList();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Map:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toMap();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Hash:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toHash();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::List:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toList();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Date:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toDate();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Time:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toTime();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::DateTime:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toDateTime();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::ByteArray:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toByteArray();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Url:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toUrl();
+        break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+    case QVariant::Point:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toPoint();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::PointF:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toPointF();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Rect:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toRect();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Size:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toSize();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::SizeF:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toSizeF();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::Line:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toLine();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::LineF:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toLineF();
+        break;
+    case QVariant::RectF:
+        dbg.nospace() << v.toRectF();
+        break;
+#endif
+    case QVariant::BitArray:
+        //dbg.nospace() << v.toBitArray();
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+const QVariant::Handler qt_kernel_variant_handler = {
+    construct,
+    clear,
+    isNull,
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    0,
+    0,
+#endif
+    compare,
+    convert,
+    0,
+#if !defined(QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM) && !defined(Q_BROKEN_DEBUG_STREAM)
+    streamDebug
+#else
+    0
+#endif
+};
+
+Q_CORE_EXPORT const QVariant::Handler *qcoreVariantHandler()
+{
+    return &qt_kernel_variant_handler;
+}
+
+
+const QVariant::Handler *QVariant::handler = &qt_kernel_variant_handler;
+
+/*!
+    \class QVariant
+    \brief The QVariant class acts like a union for the most common Qt data types.
+
+    \ingroup objectmodel
+    \ingroup misc
+    \ingroup shared
+    \mainclass
+
+    Because C++ forbids unions from including types that have
+    non-default constructors or destructors, most interesting Qt
+    classes cannot be used in unions. Without QVariant, this would be
+    a problem for QObject::property() and for database work, etc.
+
+    A QVariant object holds a single value of a single type() at a
+    time. (Some type()s are multi-valued, for example a string list.)
+    You can find out what type, T, the variant holds, convert it to a
+    different type using convert(), get its value using one of the
+    toT() functions (e.g., toSize()) and check whether the type can
+    be converted to a particular type using canConvert().
+
+    The methods named toT() (e.g., toInt(), toString()) are const. If
+    you ask for the stored type, they return a copy of the stored
+    object. If you ask for a type that can be generated from the
+    stored type, toT() copies and converts and leaves the object
+    itself unchanged. If you ask for a type that cannot be generated
+    from the stored type, the result depends on the type; see the
+    function documentation for details.
+
+    Here is some example code to demonstrate the use of QVariant:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qvariant.cpp 0
+
+    You can even store QList<QVariant> and QMap<QString, QVariant>
+    values in a variant, so you can easily construct arbitrarily
+    complex data structures of arbitrary types. This is very powerful
+    and versatile, but may prove less memory and speed efficient than
+    storing specific types in standard data structures.
+
+    QVariant also supports the notion of null values, where you have
+    a defined type with no value set.
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qvariant.cpp 1
+
+    QVariant can be extended to support other types than those
+    mentioned in the \l Type enum. See the \l QMetaType documentation
+    for details.
+
+    \section1 A Note on GUI Types
+
+    Because QVariant is part of the QtCore library, it cannot provide
+    conversion functions to data types defined in QtGui, such as
+    QColor, QImage, and QPixmap. In other words, there is no \c
+    toColor() function. Instead, you can use the QVariant::value() or
+    the qVariantValue() template function. For example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qvariant.cpp 2
+
+    The inverse conversion (e.g., from QColor to QVariant) is
+    automatic for all data types supported by QVariant, including
+    GUI-related types:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qvariant.cpp 3
+
+    \section1 Using canConvert() and convert() Consecutively
+
+    When using canConvert() and convert() consecutively, it is possible for
+    canConvert() to return true, but convert() to return false. This
+    is typically because canConvert() only reports the general ability of
+    QVariant to convert between types given suitable data; it is still
+    possible to supply data which cannot actually be converted.
+
+    For example, canConvert() would return true when called on a variant
+    containing a string because, in principle, QVariant is able to convert
+    strings of numbers to integers.
+    However, if the string contains non-numeric characters, it cannot be
+    converted to an integer, and any attempt to convert it will fail.
+    Hence, it is important to have both functions return true for a
+    successful conversion.
+
+    \sa QMetaType
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum QVariant::Type
+
+    This enum type defines the types of variable that a QVariant can
+    contain.
+
+    \value Invalid  no type
+    \value BitArray  a QBitArray
+    \value Bitmap  a QBitmap
+    \value Bool  a bool
+    \value Brush  a QBrush
+    \value ByteArray  a QByteArray
+    \value Char  a QChar
+    \value Color  a QColor
+    \value Cursor  a QCursor
+    \value Date  a QDate
+    \value DateTime  a QDateTime
+    \value Double  a double
+    \value Font  a QFont
+    \value Hash a QVariantHash
+    \value Icon  a QIcon
+    \value Image  a QImage
+    \value Int  an int
+    \value KeySequence  a QKeySequence
+    \value Line  a QLine
+    \value LineF  a QLineF
+    \value List  a QVariantList
+    \value Locale  a QLocale
+    \value LongLong a \l qlonglong
+    \value Map  a QVariantMap
+    \value Matrix  a QMatrix
+    \value Transform  a QTransform
+    \value Palette  a QPalette
+    \value Pen  a QPen
+    \value Pixmap  a QPixmap
+    \value Point  a QPoint
+    \value PointArray  a QPointArray
+    \value PointF  a QPointF
+    \value Polygon a QPolygon
+    \value Rect  a QRect
+    \value RectF  a QRectF
+    \value RegExp  a QRegExp
+    \value Region  a QRegion
+    \value Size  a QSize
+    \value SizeF  a QSizeF
+    \value SizePolicy  a QSizePolicy
+    \value String  a QString
+    \value StringList  a QStringList
+    \value TextFormat  a QTextFormat
+    \value TextLength  a QTextLength
+    \value Time  a QTime
+    \value UInt  a \l uint
+    \value ULongLong a \l qulonglong
+    \value Url  a QUrl
+
+    \value UserType Base value for user-defined types.
+
+    \omitvalue CString
+    \omitvalue ColorGroup
+    \omitvalue IconSet
+    \omitvalue LastGuiType
+    \omitvalue LastCoreType
+    \omitvalue LastType
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVariant::QVariant()
+
+    Constructs an invalid variant.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVariant::QVariant(int typeOrUserType, const void *copy)
+
+    Constructs variant of type \a typeOrUserType, and initializes with
+    \a copy if \a copy is not 0.
+
+    Note that you have to pass the address of the variable you want stored.
+
+    Usually, you never have to use this constructor, use qVariantFromValue()
+    instead to construct variants from the pointer types represented by
+    \c QMetaType::VoidStar, \c QMetaType::QObjectStar and
+    \c QMetaType::QWidgetStar.
+
+    \sa qVariantFromValue(), Type
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVariant::QVariant(Type type)
+
+    Constructs a null variant of type \a type.
+*/
+
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVariant::create(int type, const void *copy)
+
+    \internal
+
+    Constructs a variant private of type \a type, and initializes with \a copy if
+    \a copy is not 0.
+*/
+
+void QVariant::create(int type, const void *copy)
+{
+    d.type = type;
+    handler->construct(&d, copy);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVariant::~QVariant()
+
+    Destroys the QVariant and the contained object.
+
+    Note that subclasses that reimplement clear() should reimplement
+    the destructor to call clear(). This destructor calls clear(), but
+    because it is the destructor, QVariant::clear() is called rather
+    than a subclass's clear().
+*/
+
+QVariant::~QVariant()
+{
+    if (d.type > Char && (!d.is_shared || !d.data.shared->ref.deref()))
+        handler->clear(&d);
+}
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QVariant &p)
+
+    Constructs a copy of the variant, \a p, passed as the argument to
+    this constructor.
+*/
+
+QVariant::QVariant(const QVariant &p)
+    : d(p.d)
+{
+    if (d.is_shared) {
+        d.data.shared->ref.ref();
+    } else if (p.d.type > Char) {
+        handler->construct(&d, p.constData());
+        d.is_null = p.d.is_null;
+    }
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+/*!
+    Reads the variant from the data stream, \a s.
+*/
+QVariant::QVariant(QDataStream &s)
+{
+    d.is_null = true;
+    s >> *this;
+}
+#endif //QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QString &val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with a string value, \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QLatin1String &val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with a string value, \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const char *val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with a string value of \a val.
+    The variant creates a deep copy of \a val, using the encoding
+    set by QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings().
+
+    Note that \a val is converted to a QString for storing in the
+    variant and QVariant::type() will return QMetaType::QString for
+    the variant.
+
+    You can disable this operator by defining \c
+    QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII when you compile your applications.
+
+    \sa QTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings()
+*/
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII
+QVariant::QVariant(const char *val)
+{
+    QString s = QString::fromAscii(val);
+    create(String, &s);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QStringList &val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with a string list value, \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QMap<QString, QVariant> &val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with a map of QVariants, \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QHash<QString, QVariant> &val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with a hash of QVariants, \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QDate &val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with a date value, \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QTime &val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with a time value, \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QDateTime &val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with a date/time value, \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QByteArray &val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with a bytearray value, \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QBitArray &val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with a bitarray value, \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QPoint &val)
+
+  Constructs a new variant with a point value of \a val.
+ */
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QPointF &val)
+
+  Constructs a new variant with a point value of \a val.
+ */
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QRectF &val)
+
+  Constructs a new variant with a rect value of \a val.
+ */
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QLineF &val)
+
+  Constructs a new variant with a line value of \a val.
+ */
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QLine &val)
+
+  Constructs a new variant with a line value of \a val.
+ */
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QRect &val)
+
+  Constructs a new variant with a rect value of \a val.
+ */
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QSize &val)
+
+  Constructs a new variant with a size value of \a val.
+ */
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QSizeF &val)
+
+  Constructs a new variant with a size value of \a val.
+ */
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QUrl &val)
+
+  Constructs a new variant with a url value of \a val.
+ */
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(int val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with an integer value, \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(uint val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with an unsigned integer value, \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(qlonglong val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with a long long integer value, \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(qulonglong val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with an unsigned long long integer value, \a val.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(bool val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with a boolean value, \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(double val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with a floating point value, \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QList<QVariant> &val)
+
+    Constructs a new variant with a list value, \a val.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QChar &c)
+
+  Constructs a new variant with a char value, \a c.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QLocale &l)
+
+  Constructs a new variant with a locale value, \a l.
+*/
+
+/*!
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(const QRegExp &regExp)
+
+  Constructs a new variant with the regexp value \a regExp.
+*/
+
+/*! \since 4.2
+  \fn QVariant::QVariant(Qt::GlobalColor color)
+
+  Constructs a new variant of type QVariant::Color and initializes
+  it with \a color.
+
+  This is a convenience constructor that allows \c{QVariant(Qt::blue);}
+  to create a valid QVariant storing a QColor.
+
+  Note: This constructor will assert if the application does not link
+  to the Qt GUI library.
+ */
+
+QVariant::QVariant(Type type)
+{ create(type, 0); }
+QVariant::QVariant(int typeOrUserType, const void *copy)
+{ create(typeOrUserType, copy); d.is_null = false; }
+QVariant::QVariant(int val)
+{ d.is_null = false; d.type = Int; d.data.i = val; }
+QVariant::QVariant(uint val)
+{ d.is_null = false; d.type = UInt; d.data.u = val; }
+QVariant::QVariant(qlonglong val)
+{ d.is_null = false; d.type = LongLong; d.data.ll = val; }
+QVariant::QVariant(qulonglong val)
+{ d.is_null = false; d.type = ULongLong; d.data.ull = val; }
+QVariant::QVariant(bool val)
+{ d.is_null = false; d.type = Bool; d.data.b = val; }
+QVariant::QVariant(double val)
+{ d.is_null = false; d.type = Double; d.data.d = val; }
+
+QVariant::QVariant(const QByteArray &val)
+{ create(ByteArray, &val); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QBitArray &val)
+{ create(BitArray, &val); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QString &val)
+{ create(String, &val); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QChar &val)
+{ create (Char, &val); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QLatin1String &val)
+{ QString str(val); create(String, &str); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QStringList &val)
+{ create(StringList, &val); }
+
+QVariant::QVariant(const QDate &val)
+{ create(Date, &val); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QTime &val)
+{ create(Time, &val); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QDateTime &val)
+{ create(DateTime, &val); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QList<QVariant> &list)
+{ create(List, &list); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QMap<QString, QVariant> &map)
+{ create(Map, &map); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QHash<QString, QVariant> &hash)
+{ create(Hash, &hash); }
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+QVariant::QVariant(const QPoint &pt) { create(Point, &pt); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QPointF &pt) { create (PointF, &pt); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QRectF &r) { create (RectF, &r); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QLineF &l) { create (LineF, &l); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QLine &l) { create (Line, &l); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QRect &r) { create(Rect, &r); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QSize &s) { create(Size, &s); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QSizeF &s) { create(SizeF, &s); }
+#endif
+QVariant::QVariant(const QUrl &u) { create(Url, &u); }
+QVariant::QVariant(const QLocale &l) { create(Locale, &l); }
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+QVariant::QVariant(const QRegExp &regExp) { create(RegExp, &regExp); }
+#endif
+QVariant::QVariant(Qt::GlobalColor color) { create(62, &color); }
+
+/*!
+    Returns the storage type of the value stored in the variant.
+    Although this function is declared as returning QVariant::Type,
+    the return value should be interpreted as QMetaType::Type. In
+    particular, QVariant::UserType is returned here only if the value
+    is equal or greater than QMetaType::User.
+
+    Note that return values in the ranges QVariant::Char through
+    QVariant::RegExp and QVariant::Font through QVariant::Transform
+    correspond to the values in the ranges QMetaType::QChar through
+    QMetaType::QRegExp and QMetaType::QFont through QMetaType::QTransform.
+
+    Pay particular attention when working with char and QChar
+    variants.  Note that there is no QVariant constructor specifically
+    for type char, but there is one for QChar. For a variant of type
+    QChar, this function returns QVariant::Char, which is the same as
+    QMetaType::QChar, but for a variant of type \c char, this function
+    returns QMetaType::Char, which is \e not the same as
+    QVariant::Char.
+
+    Also note that the types \c void*, \c long, \c short, \c unsigned
+    \c long, \c unsigned \c short, \c unsigned \c char, \c float, \c
+    QObject*, and \c QWidget* are represented in QMetaType::Type but
+    not in QVariant::Type, and they can be returned by this function.
+    However, they are considered to be user defined types when tested
+    against QVariant::Type.
+
+    To test whether an instance of QVariant contains a data type that
+    is compatible with the data type you are interested in, use
+    canConvert().
+*/
+
+QVariant::Type QVariant::type() const
+{
+    return d.type >= QMetaType::User ? UserType : static_cast<Type>(d.type);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the storage type of the value stored in the variant. For
+    non-user types, this is the same as type().
+
+    \sa type()
+*/
+
+int QVariant::userType() const
+{
+    return d.type;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Assigns the value of the variant \a variant to this variant.
+*/
+QVariant& QVariant::operator=(const QVariant &variant)
+{
+    if (this == &variant)
+        return *this;
+
+    clear();
+    if (variant.d.is_shared) {
+        variant.d.data.shared->ref.ref();
+        d = variant.d;
+    } else if (variant.d.type > Char) {
+        d.type = variant.d.type;
+        handler->construct(&d, variant.constData());
+        d.is_null = variant.d.is_null;
+    } else {
+        d = variant.d;
+    }
+
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void QVariant::detach()
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+void QVariant::detach()
+{
+    if (!d.is_shared || d.data.shared->ref == 1)
+        return;
+
+    Private dd;
+    dd.type = d.type;
+    handler->construct(&dd, constData());
+    if (!d.data.shared->ref.deref())
+        handler->clear(&d);
+    d.data.shared = dd.data.shared;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QVariant::isDetached() const
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+// ### Qt 5: change typeName()(and froends= to return a QString. Suggestion from Harald.
+/*!
+    Returns the name of the type stored in the variant. The returned
+    strings describe the C++ datatype used to store the data: for
+    example, "QFont", "QString", or "QVariantList". An Invalid
+    variant returns 0.
+*/
+const char *QVariant::typeName() const
+{
+    return typeToName(Type(d.type));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Convert this variant to type Invalid and free up any resources
+    used.
+*/
+void QVariant::clear()
+{
+    if (!d.is_shared || !d.data.shared->ref.deref())
+        handler->clear(&d);
+    d.type = Invalid;
+    d.is_null = true;
+    d.is_shared = false;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Converts the enum representation of the storage type, \a typ, to
+    its string representation.
+
+    Returns a null pointer if the type is QVariant::Invalid or doesn't exist.
+*/
+const char *QVariant::typeToName(Type typ)
+{
+    if (typ == Invalid)
+        return 0;
+    if (typ == UserType)
+        return "UserType";
+
+    return QMetaType::typeName(typ);
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Converts the string representation of the storage type given in \a
+    name, to its enum representation.
+
+    If the string representation cannot be converted to any enum
+    representation, the variant is set to \c Invalid.
+*/
+QVariant::Type QVariant::nameToType(const char *name)
+{
+    if (!name || !*name)
+        return Invalid;
+    if (strcmp(name, "Q3CString") == 0)
+        return ByteArray;
+    if (strcmp(name, "Q_LLONG") == 0)
+        return LongLong;
+    if (strcmp(name, "Q_ULLONG") == 0)
+        return ULongLong;
+    if (strcmp(name, "QIconSet") == 0)
+        return Icon;
+    if (strcmp(name, "UserType") == 0)
+        return UserType;
+
+    int metaType = QMetaType::type(name);
+    return metaType <= int(LastGuiType) ? QVariant::Type(metaType) : UserType;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+enum { MapFromThreeCount = 35 };
+static const uint map_from_three[MapFromThreeCount] =
+{
+    QVariant::Invalid,
+    QVariant::Map,
+    QVariant::List,
+    QVariant::String,
+    QVariant::StringList,
+    QVariant::Font,
+    QVariant::Pixmap,
+    QVariant::Brush,
+    QVariant::Rect,
+    QVariant::Size,
+    QVariant::Color,
+    QVariant::Palette,
+    63, // ColorGroup
+    QVariant::Icon,
+    QVariant::Point,
+    QVariant::Image,
+    QVariant::Int,
+    QVariant::UInt,
+    QVariant::Bool,
+    QVariant::Double,
+    QVariant::ByteArray,
+    QVariant::Polygon,
+    QVariant::Region,
+    QVariant::Bitmap,
+    QVariant::Cursor,
+    QVariant::SizePolicy,
+    QVariant::Date,
+    QVariant::Time,
+    QVariant::DateTime,
+    QVariant::ByteArray,
+    QVariant::BitArray,
+    QVariant::KeySequence,
+    QVariant::Pen,
+    QVariant::LongLong,
+    QVariant::ULongLong
+};
+
+/*!
+    Internal function for loading a variant from stream \a s. Use the
+    stream operators instead.
+
+    \internal
+*/
+void QVariant::load(QDataStream &s)
+{
+    clear();
+
+    quint32 u;
+    s >> u;
+    if (s.version() < QDataStream::Qt_4_0) {
+        if (u >= MapFromThreeCount)
+            return;
+        u = map_from_three[u];
+    }
+    qint8 is_null = false;
+    if (s.version() >= QDataStream::Qt_4_2)
+        s >> is_null;
+    if (u == QVariant::UserType) {
+        QByteArray name;
+        s >> name;
+        u = QMetaType::type(name);
+        if (!u) {
+            s.setStatus(QDataStream::ReadCorruptData);
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+    create(static_cast<int>(u), 0);
+    d.is_null = is_null;
+
+    if (d.type == QVariant::Invalid) {
+        // Since we wrote something, we should read something
+        QString x;
+        s >> x;
+        d.is_null = true;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // const cast is safe since we operate on a newly constructed variant
+    if (!QMetaType::load(s, d.type, const_cast<void *>(constDataHelper(d)))) {
+        s.setStatus(QDataStream::ReadCorruptData);
+        qWarning("QVariant::load: unable to load type %d.", d.type);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Internal function for saving a variant to the stream \a s. Use the
+    stream operators instead.
+
+    \internal
+*/
+void QVariant::save(QDataStream &s) const
+{
+    quint32 tp = type();
+    if (s.version() < QDataStream::Qt_4_0) {
+        int i;
+        for (i = MapFromThreeCount - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
+            if (map_from_three[i] == tp) {
+                tp = i;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        if (i == -1) {
+            s << QVariant();
+            return;
+        }
+    }
+    s << tp;
+    if (s.version() >= QDataStream::Qt_4_2)
+        s << qint8(d.is_null);
+    if (tp == QVariant::UserType) {
+        s << QMetaType::typeName(userType());
+    }
+
+    if (d.type == QVariant::Invalid) {
+        s << QString();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (!QMetaType::save(s, d.type, constDataHelper(d))) {
+        Q_ASSERT_X(false, "QVariant::save", "Invalid type to save");
+        qWarning("QVariant::save: unable to save type %d.", d.type);
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \since 4.4
+
+    Reads a variant \a p from the stream \a s.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream
+    operators \endlink
+*/
+QDataStream& operator>>(QDataStream &s, QVariant &p)
+{
+    p.load(s);
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Writes a variant \a p to the stream \a s.
+
+    \sa \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream
+    operators \endlink
+*/
+QDataStream& operator<<(QDataStream &s, const QVariant &p)
+{
+    p.save(s);
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Reads a variant type \a p in enum representation from the stream \a s.
+*/
+QDataStream& operator>>(QDataStream &s, QVariant::Type &p)
+{
+    quint32 u;
+    s >> u;
+    p = (QVariant::Type)u;
+
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Writes a variant type \a p to the stream \a s.
+*/
+QDataStream& operator<<(QDataStream &s, const QVariant::Type p)
+{
+    s << static_cast<quint32>(p);
+
+    return s;
+}
+
+#endif //QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QVariant::isValid() const
+
+    Returns true if the storage type of this variant is not
+    QVariant::Invalid; otherwise returns false.
+*/
+
+template <typename T>
+inline T qVariantToHelper(const QVariant::Private &d, QVariant::Type t,
+                          const QVariant::Handler *handler, T * = 0)
+{
+    if (d.type == t)
+        return *v_cast<T>(&d);
+
+    T ret;
+    handler->convert(&d, t, &ret, 0);
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStringList QVariant::toStringList() const
+
+    Returns the variant as a QStringList if the variant has type()
+    StringList, \l String, or \l List of a type that can be converted
+    to QString; otherwise returns an empty list.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QStringList QVariant::toStringList() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QStringList>(d, StringList, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QString if the variant has type() \l
+    String, \l Bool, \l ByteArray, \l Char, \l Date, \l DateTime, \l
+    Double, \l Int, \l LongLong, \l StringList, \l Time, \l UInt, or
+    \l ULongLong; otherwise returns an empty string.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QString QVariant::toString() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QString>(d, String, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QMap<QString, QVariant> if the variant
+    has type() \l Map; otherwise returns an empty map.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QVariantMap QVariant::toMap() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QVariantMap>(d, Map, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QHash<QString, QVariant> if the variant
+    has type() \l Hash; otherwise returns an empty map.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QVariantHash QVariant::toHash() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QVariantHash>(d, Hash, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDate QVariant::toDate() const
+
+    Returns the variant as a QDate if the variant has type() \l Date,
+    \l DateTime, or \l String; otherwise returns an invalid date.
+
+    If the type() is \l String, an invalid date will be returned if the
+    string cannot be parsed as a Qt::ISODate format date.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QDate QVariant::toDate() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QDate>(d, Date, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QTime QVariant::toTime() const
+
+    Returns the variant as a QTime if the variant has type() \l Time,
+    \l DateTime, or \l String; otherwise returns an invalid time.
+
+    If the type() is \l String, an invalid time will be returned if
+    the string cannot be parsed as a Qt::ISODate format time.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QTime QVariant::toTime() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QTime>(d, Time, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDateTime QVariant::toDateTime() const
+
+    Returns the variant as a QDateTime if the variant has type() \l
+    DateTime, \l Date, or \l String; otherwise returns an invalid
+    date/time.
+
+    If the type() is \l String, an invalid date/time will be returned
+    if the string cannot be parsed as a Qt::ISODate format date/time.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QDateTime QVariant::toDateTime() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QDateTime>(d, DateTime, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QByteArray QVariant::toByteArray() const
+
+    Returns the variant as a QByteArray if the variant has type() \l
+    ByteArray or \l String (converted using QString::fromAscii());
+    otherwise returns an empty byte array.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QByteArray QVariant::toByteArray() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QByteArray>(d, ByteArray, handler);
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint QVariant::toPoint() const
+
+    Returns the variant as a QPoint if the variant has type()
+    \l Point or \l PointF; otherwise returns a null QPoint.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QPoint QVariant::toPoint() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QPoint>(d, Point, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect QVariant::toRect() const
+
+    Returns the variant as a QRect if the variant has type() \l Rect;
+    otherwise returns an invalid QRect.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QRect QVariant::toRect() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QRect>(d, Rect, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSize QVariant::toSize() const
+
+    Returns the variant as a QSize if the variant has type() \l Size;
+    otherwise returns an invalid QSize.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QSize QVariant::toSize() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QSize>(d, Size, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSizeF QVariant::toSizeF() const
+
+    Returns the variant as a QSizeF if the variant has type() \l
+    SizeF; otherwise returns an invalid QSizeF.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QSizeF QVariant::toSizeF() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QSizeF>(d, SizeF, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRectF QVariant::toRectF() const
+
+    Returns the variant as a QRectF if the variant has type() \l Rect
+    or \l RectF; otherwise returns an invalid QRectF.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QRectF QVariant::toRectF() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QRectF>(d, RectF, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLineF QVariant::toLineF() const
+
+    Returns the variant as a QLineF if the variant has type() \l
+    LineF; otherwise returns an invalid QLineF.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QLineF QVariant::toLineF() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QLineF>(d, LineF, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLine QVariant::toLine() const
+
+    Returns the variant as a QLine if the variant has type() \l Line;
+    otherwise returns an invalid QLine.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QLine QVariant::toLine() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QLine>(d, Line, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPointF QVariant::toPointF() const
+
+    Returns the variant as a QPointF if the variant has type() \l
+    Point or \l PointF; otherwise returns a null QPointF.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QPointF QVariant::toPointF() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QPointF>(d, PointF, handler);
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+
+/*!
+    \fn QUrl QVariant::toUrl() const
+
+    Returns the variant as a QUrl if the variant has type()
+    \l Url; otherwise returns an invalid QUrl.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QUrl QVariant::toUrl() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QUrl>(d, Url, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QLocale QVariant::toLocale() const
+
+    Returns the variant as a QLocale if the variant has type()
+    \l Locale; otherwise returns an invalid QLocale.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QLocale QVariant::toLocale() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QLocale>(d, Locale, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRegExp QVariant::toRegExp() const
+    \since 4.1
+
+    Returns the variant as a QRegExp if the variant has type() \l
+    RegExp; otherwise returns an empty QRegExp.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+QRegExp QVariant::toRegExp() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QRegExp>(d, RegExp, handler);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \fn QChar QVariant::toChar() const
+
+    Returns the variant as a QChar if the variant has type() \l Char,
+    \l Int, or \l UInt; otherwise returns an invalid QChar.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QChar QVariant::toChar() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QChar>(d, Char, handler);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QBitArray if the variant has type()
+    \l BitArray; otherwise returns an empty bit array.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QBitArray QVariant::toBitArray() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QBitArray>(d, BitArray, handler);
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+inline T qNumVariantToHelper(const QVariant::Private &d, QVariant::Type t,
+                             const QVariant::Handler *handler, bool *ok, const T& val)
+{
+    if (ok)
+        *ok = true;
+    if (d.type == t)
+        return val;
+
+    T ret;
+    if (!handler->convert(&d, t, &ret, ok) && ok)
+        *ok = false;
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as an int if the variant has type() \l Int,
+    \l Bool, \l ByteArray, \l Char, \l Double, \l LongLong, \l
+    String, \l UInt, or \l ULongLong; otherwise returns 0.
+
+    If \a ok is non-null: \c{*}\a{ok} is set to true if the value could be
+    converted to an int; otherwise \c{*}\a{ok} is set to false.
+
+    \bold{Warning:} If the value is convertible to a \l LongLong but is too
+    large to be represented in an int, the resulting arithmetic overflow will
+    not be reflected in \a ok. A simple workaround is to use QString::toInt().
+    Fixing this bug has been postponed to Qt 5 in order to avoid breaking existing code.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+int QVariant::toInt(bool *ok) const
+{
+    return qNumVariantToHelper<int>(d, Int, handler, ok, d.data.i);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as an unsigned int if the variant has type()
+    \l UInt,  \l Bool, \l ByteArray, \l Char, \l Double, \l Int, \l
+    LongLong, \l String, or \l ULongLong; otherwise returns 0.
+
+    If \a ok is non-null: \c{*}\a{ok} is set to true if the value could be
+    converted to an unsigned int; otherwise \c{*}\a{ok} is set to false.
+
+    \bold{Warning:} If the value is convertible to a \l ULongLong but is too
+    large to be represented in an unsigned int, the resulting arithmetic overflow will
+    not be reflected in \a ok. A simple workaround is to use QString::toUInt().
+    Fixing this bug has been postponed to Qt 5 in order to avoid breaking existing code.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+uint QVariant::toUInt(bool *ok) const
+{
+    return qNumVariantToHelper<uint>(d, UInt, handler, ok, d.data.u);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a long long int if the variant has type()
+    \l LongLong, \l Bool, \l ByteArray, \l Char, \l Double, \l Int,
+    \l String, \l UInt, or \l ULongLong; otherwise returns 0.
+
+    If \a ok is non-null: \c{*}\c{ok} is set to true if the value could be
+    converted to an int; otherwise \c{*}\c{ok} is set to false.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+qlonglong QVariant::toLongLong(bool *ok) const
+{
+    return qNumVariantToHelper<qlonglong>(d, LongLong, handler, ok, d.data.ll);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as as an unsigned long long int if the
+    variant has type() \l ULongLong, \l Bool, \l ByteArray, \l Char,
+    \l Double, \l Int, \l LongLong, \l String, or \l UInt; otherwise
+    returns 0.
+
+    If \a ok is non-null: \c{*}\a{ok} is set to true if the value could be
+    converted to an int; otherwise \c{*}\a{ok} is set to false.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+qulonglong QVariant::toULongLong(bool *ok) const
+{
+    return qNumVariantToHelper<qulonglong>(d, ULongLong, handler, ok, d.data.ull);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a bool if the variant has type() Bool.
+
+    Returns true if the variant has type() \l Bool, \l Char, \l Double,
+    \l Int, \l LongLong, \l UInt, or \l ULongLong and the value is
+    non-zero, or if the variant has type \l String or \l ByteArray and
+    its lower-case content is not empty, "0" or "false"; otherwise
+    returns false.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+bool QVariant::toBool() const
+{
+    if (d.type == Bool)
+        return d.data.b;
+
+    bool res = false;
+    handler->convert(&d, Bool, &res, 0);
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a double if the variant has type() \l
+    Double, \l Bool, \l ByteArray, \l Int, \l LongLong, \l String, \l
+    UInt, or \l ULongLong; otherwise returns 0.0.
+
+    If \a ok is non-null: \c{*}\a{ok} is set to true if the value could be
+    converted to a double; otherwise \c{*}\a{ok} is set to false.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+double QVariant::toDouble(bool *ok) const
+{
+    return qNumVariantToHelper<double>(d, Double, handler, ok, d.data.d);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the variant as a QVariantList if the variant has type()
+    \l List or \l StringList; otherwise returns an empty list.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), convert()
+*/
+QVariantList QVariant::toList() const
+{
+    return qVariantToHelper<QVariantList>(d, List, handler);
+}
+
+/*! \fn QVariant::canCast(Type t) const
+    Use canConvert() instead.
+*/
+
+/*! \fn QVariant::cast(Type t)
+    Use convert() instead.
+*/
+
+
+static const quint32 qCanConvertMatrix[QVariant::LastCoreType + 1] =
+{
+/*Invalid*/     0,
+
+/*Bool*/          1 << QVariant::Double     | 1 << QVariant::Int        | 1 << QVariant::UInt
+                | 1 << QVariant::LongLong   | 1 << QVariant::ULongLong  | 1 << QVariant::ByteArray
+                | 1 << QVariant::String     | 1 << QVariant::Char,
+
+/*Int*/           1 << QVariant::UInt       | 1 << QVariant::String     | 1 << QVariant::Double
+                | 1 << QVariant::Bool       | 1 << QVariant::LongLong   | 1 << QVariant::ULongLong
+                | 1 << QVariant::Char       | 1 << QVariant::ByteArray,
+
+/*UInt*/          1 << QVariant::Int        | 1 << QVariant::String     | 1 << QVariant::Double
+                | 1 << QVariant::Bool       | 1 << QVariant::LongLong   | 1 << QVariant::ULongLong
+                | 1 << QVariant::Char       | 1 << QVariant::ByteArray,
+
+/*LLong*/         1 << QVariant::Int        | 1 << QVariant::String     | 1 << QVariant::Double
+                | 1 << QVariant::Bool       | 1 << QVariant::UInt       | 1 << QVariant::ULongLong
+                | 1 << QVariant::Char       | 1 << QVariant::ByteArray,
+
+/*ULlong*/        1 << QVariant::Int        | 1 << QVariant::String     | 1 << QVariant::Double
+                | 1 << QVariant::Bool       | 1 << QVariant::UInt       | 1 << QVariant::LongLong
+                | 1 << QVariant::Char       | 1 << QVariant::ByteArray,
+
+/*double*/        1 << QVariant::Int        | 1 << QVariant::String     | 1 << QVariant::ULongLong
+                | 1 << QVariant::Bool       | 1 << QVariant::UInt       | 1 << QVariant::LongLong
+                | 1 << QVariant::ByteArray,
+
+/*QChar*/         1 << QVariant::Int        | 1 << QVariant::UInt       | 1 << QVariant::LongLong
+                | 1 << QVariant::ULongLong,
+
+/*QMap*/          0,
+
+/*QList*/         1 << QVariant::StringList,
+
+/*QString*/       1 << QVariant::StringList | 1 << QVariant::ByteArray  | 1 << QVariant::Int
+                | 1 << QVariant::UInt       | 1 << QVariant::Bool       | 1 << QVariant::Double
+                | 1 << QVariant::Date       | 1 << QVariant::Time       | 1 << QVariant::DateTime
+                | 1 << QVariant::LongLong   | 1 << QVariant::ULongLong  | 1 << QVariant::Char,
+
+/*QStringList*/   1 << QVariant::List       | 1 << QVariant::String,
+
+/*QByteArray*/    1 << QVariant::String     | 1 << QVariant::Int        | 1 << QVariant::UInt | 1 << QVariant::Bool
+                | 1 << QVariant::Double     | 1 << QVariant::LongLong   | 1 << QVariant::ULongLong,
+
+/*QBitArray*/     0,
+
+/*QDate*/         1 << QVariant::String     | 1 << QVariant::DateTime,
+
+/*QTime*/         1 << QVariant::String     | 1 << QVariant::DateTime,
+
+/*QDateTime*/     1 << QVariant::String     | 1 << QVariant::Date,
+
+/*QUrl*/          0,
+
+/*QLocale*/       0,
+
+/*QRect*/         1 << QVariant::RectF,
+
+/*QRectF*/        1 << QVariant::Rect,
+
+/*QSize*/         1 << QVariant::SizeF,
+
+/*QSizeF*/        1 << QVariant::Size,
+
+/*QLine*/         1 << QVariant::LineF,
+
+/*QLineF*/        1 << QVariant::Line,
+
+/*QPoint*/        1 << QVariant::PointF,
+
+/*QPointF*/       1 << QVariant::Point,
+
+/*QRegExp*/       0,
+
+/*QHash*/         0
+
+};
+
+/*!
+    Returns true if the variant's type can be cast to the requested
+    type, \a t. Such casting is done automatically when calling the
+    toInt(), toBool(), ... methods.
+
+    The following casts are done automatically:
+
+    \table
+    \header \o Type \o Automatically Cast To
+    \row \o \l Bool \o \l Char, \l Double, \l Int, \l LongLong, \l String, \l UInt, \l ULongLong
+    \row \o \l ByteArray \o \l Double, \l Int, \l LongLong, \l String, \l UInt, \l ULongLong
+    \row \o \l Char \o \l Bool, \l Int, \l UInt, \l LongLong, \l ULongLong
+    \row \o \l Color \o \l String
+    \row \o \l Date \o \l DateTime, \l String
+    \row \o \l DateTime \o \l Date, \l String, \l Time
+    \row \o \l Double \o \l Bool, \l Int, \l LongLong, \l String, \l UInt, \l ULongLong
+    \row \o \l Font \o \l String
+    \row \o \l Int \o \l Bool, \l Char, \l Double, \l LongLong, \l String, \l UInt, \l ULongLong
+    \row \o \l KeySequence \o \l Int, \l String
+    \row \o \l List \o \l StringList (if the list's items can be converted to strings)
+    \row \o \l LongLong \o \l Bool, \l ByteArray, \l Char, \l Double, \l Int, \l String, \l UInt, \l ULongLong
+    \row \o \l Point \o PointF
+    \row \o \l Rect \o RectF
+    \row \o \l String \o \l Bool, \l ByteArray, \l Char, \l Color, \l Date, \l DateTime, \l Double,
+                         \l Font, \l Int, \l KeySequence, \l LongLong, \l StringList, \l Time, \l UInt,
+                         \l ULongLong
+    \row \o \l StringList \o \l List, \l String (if the list contains exactly one item)
+    \row \o \l Time \o \l String
+    \row \o \l UInt \o \l Bool, \l Char, \l Double, \l Int, \l LongLong, \l String, \l ULongLong
+    \row \o \l ULongLong \o \l Bool, \l Char, \l Double, \l Int, \l LongLong, \l String, \l UInt
+    \endtable
+
+    \sa convert()
+*/
+bool QVariant::canConvert(Type t) const
+{
+    if (d.type == uint(t))
+        return true;
+
+    if (d.type > QVariant::LastCoreType || t > QVariant::LastCoreType) {
+        switch (uint(t)) {
+        case QVariant::Int:
+            return d.type == QVariant::KeySequence
+                   || d.type == QMetaType::ULong
+                   || d.type == QMetaType::Long
+                   || d.type == QMetaType::UShort
+                   || d.type == QMetaType::UChar
+                   || d.type == QMetaType::Char
+                   || d.type == QMetaType::Short;
+        case QVariant::Image:
+            return d.type == QVariant::Pixmap || d.type == QVariant::Bitmap;
+        case QVariant::Pixmap:
+            return d.type == QVariant::Image || d.type == QVariant::Bitmap
+                              || d.type == QVariant::Brush;
+        case QVariant::Bitmap:
+            return d.type == QVariant::Pixmap || d.type == QVariant::Image;
+        case QVariant::ByteArray:
+            return d.type == QVariant::Color;
+        case QVariant::String:
+            return d.type == QVariant::KeySequence || d.type == QVariant::Font
+                              || d.type == QVariant::Color;
+        case QVariant::KeySequence:
+            return d.type == QVariant::String || d.type == QVariant::Int;
+        case QVariant::Font:
+            return d.type == QVariant::String;
+        case QVariant::Color:
+            return d.type == QVariant::String || d.type == QVariant::ByteArray
+                              || d.type == QVariant::Brush;
+        case QVariant::Brush:
+            return d.type == QVariant::Color || d.type == QVariant::Pixmap;
+        case QMetaType::Long:
+        case QMetaType::Char:
+        case QMetaType::UChar:
+        case QMetaType::ULong:
+        case QMetaType::Short:
+        case QMetaType::UShort:
+        case QMetaType::Float:
+            return qCanConvertMatrix[QVariant::Int] & (1 << d.type) || d.type == QVariant::Int;
+        default:
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if(t == String && d.type == StringList)
+        return v_cast<QStringList>(&d)->count() == 1;
+    else
+        return qCanConvertMatrix[t] & (1 << d.type);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Casts the variant to the requested type, \a t. If the cast cannot be
+    done, the variant is cleared. Returns true if the current type of
+    the variant was successfully cast; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \warning For historical reasons, converting a null QVariant results
+    in a null value of the desired type (e.g., an empty string for
+    QString) and a result of false.
+
+    \sa canConvert(), clear()
+*/
+
+bool QVariant::convert(Type t)
+{
+    if (d.type == uint(t))
+        return true;
+
+    QVariant oldValue = *this;
+
+    clear();
+    if (!oldValue.canConvert(t))
+        return false;
+
+    create(t, 0);
+    if (oldValue.isNull())
+        return false;
+
+    bool isOk = true;
+    if (!handler->convert(&oldValue.d, t, data(), &isOk))
+        isOk = false;
+    d.is_null = !isOk;
+    return isOk;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool operator==(const QVariant &v1, const QVariant &v2)
+
+    \relates QVariant
+
+    Returns true if \a v1 and \a v2 are equal; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \warning This function doesn't support custom types registered
+    with qRegisterMetaType().
+*/
+/*!
+    \fn bool operator!=(const QVariant &v1, const QVariant &v2)
+
+    \relates QVariant
+
+    Returns false if \a v1 and \a v2 are equal; otherwise returns true.
+
+    \warning This function doesn't support custom types registered
+    with qRegisterMetaType().
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QVariant::operator==(const QVariant &v) const
+
+    Compares this QVariant with \a v and returns true if they are
+    equal; otherwise returns false.
+
+    In the case of custom types, their equalness operators are not called.
+    Instead the values' addresses are compared.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool QVariant::operator!=(const QVariant &v) const
+
+    Compares this QVariant with \a v and returns true if they are not
+    equal; otherwise returns false.
+
+    \warning This function doesn't support custom types registered
+    with qRegisterMetaType().
+*/
+
+static bool qIsNumericType(uint tp)
+{
+    return (tp >= QVariant::Bool && tp <= QVariant::Double)
+           || (tp >= QMetaType::Long && tp <= QMetaType::Float);
+}
+
+static bool qIsFloatingPoint(uint tp)
+{
+    return tp == QVariant::Double || tp == QMetaType::Float;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+ */
+bool QVariant::cmp(const QVariant &v) const
+{
+    QVariant v2 = v;
+    if (d.type != v2.d.type) {
+        if (qIsNumericType(d.type) && qIsNumericType(v.d.type)) {
+            if (qIsFloatingPoint(d.type) || qIsFloatingPoint(v.d.type))
+                return qFuzzyCompare(toDouble(), v.toDouble());
+            else
+                return toLongLong() == v.toLongLong();
+        }
+        if (!v2.canConvert(Type(d.type)) || !v2.convert(Type(d.type)))
+            return false;
+    }
+    return handler->compare(&d, &v2.d);
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+ */
+
+const void *QVariant::constData() const
+{
+    return constDataHelper(d);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn const void* QVariant::data() const
+
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*! \internal */
+void* QVariant::data()
+{
+    detach();
+    return const_cast<void *>(constDataHelper(d));
+}
+
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+/*! \internal
+ */
+void *QVariant::castOrDetach(Type t)
+{
+    if (d.type != uint(t)) {
+        if (!convert(t))
+            create(t, 0);
+    } else {
+        detach();
+    }
+    return data();
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+  Returns true if this is a NULL variant, false otherwise.
+*/
+bool QVariant::isNull() const
+{
+    return handler->isNull(&d);
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM
+QDebug operator<<(QDebug dbg, const QVariant &v)
+{
+#ifndef Q_BROKEN_DEBUG_STREAM
+    dbg.nospace() << "QVariant(" << v.typeName() << ", ";
+    QVariant::handler->debugStream(dbg, v);
+    dbg.nospace() << ')';
+    return dbg.space();
+#else
+    qWarning("This compiler doesn't support streaming QVariant to QDebug");
+    return dbg;
+    Q_UNUSED(v);
+#endif
+}
+
+QDebug operator<<(QDebug dbg, const QVariant::Type p)
+{
+#ifndef Q_BROKEN_DEBUG_STREAM
+    dbg.nospace() << "QVariant::" << QVariant::typeToName(p);
+    return dbg.space();
+#else
+    qWarning("This compiler doesn't support streaming QVariant::Type to QDebug");
+    return dbg;
+    Q_UNUSED(p);
+#endif
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \fn int &QVariant::asInt()
+
+    Use toInt() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn uint &QVariant::asUInt()
+
+    Use toUInt() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn qlonglong &QVariant::asLongLong()
+
+    Use toLongLong() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn qulonglong &QVariant::asULongLong()
+
+    Use toULongLong() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool &QVariant::asBool()
+
+    Use toBool() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn double &QVariant::asDouble()
+
+    Use toDouble() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QByteArray &QVariant::asByteArray()
+
+    Use toByteArray() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QBitArray &QVariant::asBitArray()
+
+    Use toBitArray() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QString &QVariant::asString()
+
+    Use toString() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QStringList &QVariant::asStringList()
+
+    Use toStringList() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDate &QVariant::asDate()
+
+    Use toDate() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QTime &QVariant::asTime()
+
+    Use toTime() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QDateTime &QVariant::asDateTime()
+
+    Use toDateTime() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QList<QVariant> &QVariant::asList()
+
+    Use toList() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QMap<QString, QVariant> &QVariant::asMap()
+
+    Use toMap() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVariant::QVariant(bool b, int dummy)
+
+    Use the QVariant(bool) constructor instead.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn const QByteArray QVariant::toCString() const
+
+    Use toByteArray() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QByteArray &QVariant::asCString()
+
+    Use toByteArray() instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QPoint &QVariant::asPoint()
+
+    Use toPoint() instead.
+ */
+
+/*!
+    \fn QRect &QVariant::asRect()
+
+    Use toRect() instead.
+ */
+
+/*!
+    \fn QSize &QVariant::asSize()
+
+    Use toSize() instead.
+ */
+
+/*! \fn void QVariant::setValue(const T &value)
+
+    Stores a copy of \a value. If \c{T} is a type that QVariant
+    doesn't support, QMetaType is used to store the value. A compile
+    error will occur if QMetaType doesn't handle the type.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qvariant.cpp 4
+
+    \warning This function is not available with MSVC 6. Use
+    qVariantSetValue() instead if you need to support that version of
+    the compiler.
+
+    \sa value(), fromValue(), canConvert()
+ */
+
+/*! \fn T QVariant::value() const
+
+    Returns the stored value converted to the template type \c{T}.
+    Call canConvert() to find out whether a type can be converted.
+    If the value cannot be converted, \l{default-constructed value}
+    will be returned.
+
+    If the type \c{T} is supported by QVariant, this function behaves
+    exactly as toString(), toInt() etc.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qvariant.cpp 5
+
+    \warning This function is not available with MSVC 6. Use
+    qVariantValue() or qvariant_cast() instead if you need to support
+    that version of the compiler.
+
+    \sa setValue(), fromValue(), canConvert()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool QVariant::canConvert() const
+
+    Returns true if the variant can be converted to the template type \c{T},
+    otherwise false.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qvariant.cpp 6
+
+    \warning This function is not available with MSVC 6. Use
+    qVariantCanConvert() instead if you need to support that version
+    of the compiler.
+
+    \sa convert()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn static QVariant QVariant::fromValue(const T &value)
+
+    Returns a QVariant containing a copy of \a value. Behaves
+    exactly like setValue() otherwise.
+
+    Example:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qvariant.cpp 7
+
+    \note If you are working with custom types, you should use
+    the Q_DECLARE_METATYPE() macro to register your custom type.
+
+    \warning This function is not available with MSVC 6. Use
+    qVariantFromValue() instead if you need to support that version
+    of the compiler.
+
+    \sa setValue(), value()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn QVariant qVariantFromValue(const T &value)
+    \relates QVariant
+
+    Returns a variant containing a copy of the given \a value
+    with template type \c{T}.
+
+    This function is equivalent to QVariant::fromValue(\a value). It
+    is provided as a work-around for MSVC 6, which doesn't support
+    member template functions.
+
+    For example, a QObject pointer can be stored in a variant with the
+    following code:
+
+    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_corelib_kernel_qvariant.cpp 8
+
+    \sa QVariant::fromValue()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void qVariantSetValue(QVariant &variant, const T &value)
+    \relates QVariant
+
+    Sets the contents of the given \a variant to a copy of the
+    \a value with the specified template type \c{T}.
+
+    This function is equivalent to QVariant::setValue(\a value). It
+    is provided as a work-around for MSVC 6, which doesn't support
+    member template functions.
+
+    \sa QVariant::setValue()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn T qvariant_cast(const QVariant &value)
+    \relates QVariant
+
+    Returns the given \a value converted to the template type \c{T}.
+
+    This function is equivalent to qVariantValue().
+
+    \sa qVariantValue(), QVariant::value()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn T qVariantValue(const QVariant &value)
+    \relates QVariant
+
+    Returns the given \a value converted to the template type \c{T}.
+
+    This function is equivalent to
+    \l{QVariant::value()}{QVariant::value}<T>(\a value). It is
+    provided as a work-around for MSVC 6, which doesn't support
+    member template functions.
+
+    \sa QVariant::value(), qvariant_cast()
+*/
+
+/*! \fn bool qVariantCanConvert(const QVariant &value)
+    \relates QVariant
+
+    Returns true if the given \a value can be converted to the
+    template type specified; otherwise returns false.
+
+    This function is equivalent to QVariant::canConvert(\a value). It
+    is provided as a work-around for MSVC 6, which doesn't support
+    member template functions.
+
+    \sa QVariant::canConvert()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QVariantList
+    \relates QVariant
+
+    Synonym for QList<QVariant>.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QVariantMap
+    \relates QVariant
+
+    Synonym for QMap<QString, QVariant>.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QVariantHash
+    \relates QVariant
+    \since 4.5
+
+    Synonym for QHash<QString, QVariant>.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \typedef QVariant::DataPtr
+    \internal
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn DataPtr &QVariant::data_ptr()
+    \internal
+*/
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b7e3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant.h
@@ -0,0 +1,605 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QVARIANT_H
+#define QVARIANT_H
+
+#include <QtCore/qatomic.h>
+#include <QtCore/qbytearray.h>
+#include <QtCore/qlist.h>
+#include <QtCore/qmetatype.h>
+#include <QtCore/qmap.h>
+#include <QtCore/qhash.h>
+#include <QtCore/qstring.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_HEADER
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+QT_MODULE(Core)
+
+class QBitArray;
+class QDataStream;
+class QDate;
+class QDateTime;
+class QLine;
+class QLineF;
+class QLocale;
+class QMatrix;
+class QTransform;
+class QStringList;
+class QTime;
+class QPoint;
+class QPointF;
+class QSize;
+class QSizeF;
+class QRect;
+class QRectF;
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+class QRegExp;
+#endif
+class QTextFormat;
+class QTextLength;
+class QUrl;
+class QVariant;
+class QVariantComparisonHelper;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MEMBER_TEMPLATES
+template <typename T>
+inline QVariant qVariantFromValue(const T &);
+
+template <typename T>
+inline void qVariantSetValue(QVariant &, const T &);
+
+template<typename T>
+inline T qVariantValue(const QVariant &);
+
+template<typename T>
+inline bool qVariantCanConvert(const QVariant &);
+#endif
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QVariant
+{
+ public:
+    enum Type {
+        Invalid = 0,
+
+        Bool = 1,
+        Int = 2,
+        UInt = 3,
+        LongLong = 4,
+        ULongLong = 5,
+        Double = 6,
+        Char = 7,
+        Map = 8,
+        List = 9,
+        String = 10,
+        StringList = 11,
+        ByteArray = 12,
+        BitArray = 13,
+        Date = 14,
+        Time = 15,
+        DateTime = 16,
+        Url = 17,
+        Locale = 18,
+        Rect = 19,
+        RectF = 20,
+        Size = 21,
+        SizeF = 22,
+        Line = 23,
+        LineF = 24,
+        Point = 25,
+        PointF = 26,
+	RegExp = 27,
+        Hash = 28,
+        LastCoreType = Hash,
+
+        // value 62 is internally reserved
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+        ColorGroup = 63,
+#endif
+        Font = 64,
+        Pixmap = 65,
+        Brush = 66,
+        Color = 67,
+        Palette = 68,
+        Icon = 69,
+        Image = 70,
+        Polygon = 71,
+        Region = 72,
+        Bitmap = 73,
+        Cursor = 74,
+        SizePolicy = 75,
+        KeySequence = 76,
+        Pen = 77,
+        TextLength = 78,
+        TextFormat = 79,
+        Matrix = 80,
+        Transform = 81,
+        LastGuiType = Transform,
+
+        UserType = 127,
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+        IconSet = Icon,
+        CString = ByteArray,
+        PointArray = Polygon,
+#endif
+        LastType = 0xffffffff // need this so that gcc >= 3.4 allocates 32 bits for Type
+    };
+
+    inline QVariant();
+    ~QVariant();
+    QVariant(Type type);
+    QVariant(int typeOrUserType, const void *copy);
+    QVariant(const QVariant &other);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    QVariant(QDataStream &s);
+#endif
+
+    QVariant(int i);
+    QVariant(uint ui);
+    QVariant(qlonglong ll);
+    QVariant(qulonglong ull);
+    QVariant(bool b);
+    QVariant(double d);
+#ifndef QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII
+    QT_ASCII_CAST_WARN_CONSTRUCTOR QVariant(const char *str);
+#endif
+
+    QVariant(const QByteArray &bytearray);
+    QVariant(const QBitArray &bitarray);
+    QVariant(const QString &string);
+    QVariant(const QLatin1String &string);
+    QVariant(const QStringList &stringlist);
+    QVariant(const QChar &qchar);
+    QVariant(const QDate &date);
+    QVariant(const QTime &time);
+    QVariant(const QDateTime &datetime);
+    QVariant(const QList<QVariant> &list);
+    QVariant(const QMap<QString,QVariant> &map);
+    QVariant(const QHash<QString,QVariant> &hash);
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+    QVariant(const QSize &size);
+    QVariant(const QSizeF &size);
+    QVariant(const QPoint &pt);
+    QVariant(const QPointF &pt);
+    QVariant(const QLine &line);
+    QVariant(const QLineF &line);
+    QVariant(const QRect &rect);
+    QVariant(const QRectF &rect);
+#endif
+    QVariant(const QUrl &url);
+    QVariant(const QLocale &locale);
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+    QVariant(const QRegExp &regExp);
+#endif
+    QVariant(Qt::GlobalColor color);
+
+    QVariant& operator=(const QVariant &other);
+
+    Type type() const;
+    int userType() const;
+    const char *typeName() const;
+
+    bool canConvert(Type t) const;
+    bool convert(Type t);
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT bool canCast(Type t) const
+    { return canConvert(t); }
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT bool cast(Type t)
+    { return convert(t); }
+#endif
+
+    inline bool isValid() const;
+    bool isNull() const;
+
+    void clear();
+
+    void detach();
+    inline bool isDetached() const;
+
+    int toInt(bool *ok = 0) const;
+    uint toUInt(bool *ok = 0) const;
+    qlonglong toLongLong(bool *ok = 0) const;
+    qulonglong toULongLong(bool *ok = 0) const;
+    bool toBool() const;
+    double toDouble(bool *ok = 0) const;
+    QByteArray toByteArray() const;
+    QBitArray toBitArray() const;
+    QString toString() const;
+    QStringList toStringList() const;
+    QChar toChar() const;
+    QDate toDate() const;
+    QTime toTime() const;
+    QDateTime toDateTime() const;
+    QList<QVariant> toList() const;
+    QMap<QString, QVariant> toMap() const;
+    QHash<QString, QVariant> toHash() const;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_GEOM_VARIANT
+    QPoint toPoint() const;
+    QPointF toPointF() const;
+    QRect toRect() const;
+    QSize toSize() const;
+    QSizeF toSizeF() const;
+    QLine toLine() const;
+    QLineF toLineF() const;
+    QRectF toRectF() const;
+#endif
+    QUrl toUrl() const;
+    QLocale toLocale() const;
+#ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
+    QRegExp toRegExp() const;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT int &asInt();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT uint &asUInt();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT qlonglong &asLongLong();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT qulonglong &asULongLong();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT bool &asBool();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT double &asDouble();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT QByteArray &asByteArray();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT QBitArray &asBitArray();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT QString &asString();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT QStringList &asStringList();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT QDate &asDate();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT QTime &asTime();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT QDateTime &asDateTime();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT QList<QVariant> &asList();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT QMap<QString,QVariant> &asMap();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT QPoint &asPoint();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT QRect &asRect();
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT QSize &asSize();
+#endif //QT3_SUPPORT
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    void load(QDataStream &ds);
+    void save(QDataStream &ds) const;
+#endif
+    static const char *typeToName(Type type);
+    static Type nameToType(const char *name);
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT_CONSTRUCTOR QVariant(bool val, int) { create(Bool, &val); }
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT const QByteArray toCString() const { return toByteArray(); }
+    inline QT3_SUPPORT QByteArray &asCString() { return *reinterpret_cast<QByteArray *>(castOrDetach(ByteArray)); }
+#endif
+
+    void *data();
+    const void *constData() const;
+    inline const void *data() const { return constData(); }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MEMBER_TEMPLATES
+    template<typename T>
+    inline void setValue(const T &value);
+
+    template<typename T>
+    inline T value() const
+    { return qVariantValue<T>(*this); }
+
+    template<typename T>
+    static inline QVariant fromValue(const T &value)
+    { return qVariantFromValue(value); }
+
+    template<typename T>
+    bool canConvert() const
+    { return qVariantCanConvert<T>(*this); }
+#endif
+
+ public:
+#ifndef qdoc
+    struct PrivateShared
+    {
+        inline PrivateShared(void *v) : ptr(v), ref(1) { }
+        void *ptr;
+        QAtomicInt ref;
+    };
+    struct Private
+    {
+        inline Private(): type(Invalid), is_shared(false), is_null(true) { data.ptr = 0; }
+        inline Private(const Private &other)
+            : data(other.data), type(other.type),
+              is_shared(other.is_shared), is_null(other.is_null)
+        {}
+        union Data
+        {
+            char c;
+            int i;
+            uint u;
+            bool b;
+            double d;
+            qlonglong ll;
+            qulonglong ull;
+            void *ptr;
+            PrivateShared *shared;
+        } data;
+        uint type : 30;
+        uint is_shared : 1;
+        uint is_null : 1;
+    };
+ public:
+    typedef void (*f_construct)(Private *, const void *);
+    typedef void (*f_clear)(Private *);
+    typedef bool (*f_null)(const Private *);
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    typedef void (*f_load)(Private *, QDataStream &);
+    typedef void (*f_save)(const Private *, QDataStream &);
+#endif
+    typedef bool (*f_compare)(const Private *, const Private *);
+    typedef bool (*f_convert)(const QVariant::Private *d, Type t, void *, bool *);
+    typedef bool (*f_canConvert)(const QVariant::Private *d, Type t);
+    typedef void (*f_debugStream)(QDebug, const QVariant &);
+    struct Handler {
+        f_construct construct;
+        f_clear clear;
+        f_null isNull;
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+        f_load load;
+        f_save save;
+#endif
+        f_compare compare;
+        f_convert convert;
+        f_canConvert canConvert;
+        f_debugStream debugStream;
+    };
+#endif
+
+    inline bool operator==(const QVariant &v) const
+    { return cmp(v); }
+    inline bool operator!=(const QVariant &v) const
+    { return !cmp(v); }
+
+protected:
+    friend inline bool qvariant_cast_helper(const QVariant &, QVariant::Type, void *);
+    friend int qRegisterGuiVariant();
+    friend int qUnregisterGuiVariant();
+    friend inline bool operator==(const QVariant &, const QVariantComparisonHelper &);
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM
+    friend Q_CORE_EXPORT QDebug operator<<(QDebug, const QVariant &);
+#endif
+    Private d;
+
+    static const Handler *handler;
+
+    void create(int type, const void *copy);
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+    void *castOrDetach(Type t);
+#endif
+    bool cmp(const QVariant &other) const;
+
+private:
+    // force compile error, prevent QVariant(bool) to be called
+    inline QVariant(void *) { Q_ASSERT(false); }
+#ifdef QT_NO_CAST_FROM_ASCII
+    // force compile error when implicit conversion is not wanted
+    inline QVariant(const char *) { Q_ASSERT(false); }
+#endif
+#ifndef QT3_SUPPORT
+    // force compile error, prevent QVariant(QVariant::Type, int) to be called
+    inline QVariant(bool, int) { Q_ASSERT(false); }
+#endif
+public:
+    typedef Private DataPtr;
+    inline DataPtr &data_ptr() { return d; }
+};
+
+typedef QList<QVariant> QVariantList;
+typedef QMap<QString, QVariant> QVariantMap;
+typedef QHash<QString, QVariant> QVariantHash;
+
+inline bool qvariant_cast_helper(const QVariant &v, QVariant::Type tp, void *ptr)
+{ return QVariant::handler->convert(&v.d, tp, ptr, 0); }
+
+template <typename T>
+inline QVariant qVariantFromValue(const T &t)
+{
+    return QVariant(qMetaTypeId<T>(reinterpret_cast<T *>(0)), &t);
+}
+
+template <>
+inline QVariant qVariantFromValue(const QVariant &t) { return t; }
+
+template <typename T>
+inline void qVariantSetValue(QVariant &v, const T &t)
+{
+    v = QVariant(qMetaTypeId<T>(reinterpret_cast<T *>(0)), &t);
+}
+
+inline QVariant::QVariant() {}
+inline bool QVariant::isValid() const { return d.type != Invalid; }
+
+#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
+inline int &QVariant::asInt()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<int *>(castOrDetach(Int)); }
+inline uint &QVariant::asUInt()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<uint *>(castOrDetach(UInt)); }
+inline qlonglong &QVariant::asLongLong()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<qlonglong *>(castOrDetach(LongLong)); }
+inline qulonglong &QVariant::asULongLong()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<qulonglong *>(castOrDetach(ULongLong)); }
+inline bool &QVariant::asBool()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<bool *>(castOrDetach(Bool)); }
+inline double &QVariant::asDouble()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<double *>(castOrDetach(Double)); }
+inline QByteArray& QVariant::asByteArray()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<QByteArray *>(castOrDetach(ByteArray)); }
+inline QBitArray& QVariant::asBitArray()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<QBitArray *>(castOrDetach(BitArray)); }
+inline QString& QVariant::asString()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<QString *>(castOrDetach(String)); }
+inline QStringList& QVariant::asStringList()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<QStringList *>(castOrDetach(StringList)); }
+inline QDate& QVariant::asDate()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<QDate *>(castOrDetach(Date)); }
+inline QTime& QVariant::asTime()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<QTime *>(castOrDetach(Time)); }
+inline QDateTime& QVariant::asDateTime()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<QDateTime *>(castOrDetach(DateTime)); }
+inline QList<QVariant>& QVariant::asList()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<QList<QVariant> *>(castOrDetach(List)); }
+inline QMap<QString, QVariant>& QVariant::asMap()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<QMap<QString, QVariant> *>(castOrDetach(Map)); }
+inline QPoint &QVariant::asPoint()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<QPoint *>(castOrDetach(Point)); }
+inline QRect &QVariant::asRect()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<QRect *>(castOrDetach(Rect)); }
+inline QSize &QVariant::asSize()
+{ return *reinterpret_cast<QSize *>(castOrDetach(Size)); }
+#endif //QT3_SUPPORT
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_MEMBER_TEMPLATES
+template<typename T>
+inline void QVariant::setValue(const T &avalue)
+{ qVariantSetValue(*this, avalue); }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
+Q_CORE_EXPORT QDataStream& operator>> (QDataStream& s, QVariant& p);
+Q_CORE_EXPORT QDataStream& operator<< (QDataStream& s, const QVariant& p);
+Q_CORE_EXPORT QDataStream& operator>> (QDataStream& s, QVariant::Type& p);
+Q_CORE_EXPORT QDataStream& operator<< (QDataStream& s, const QVariant::Type p);
+#endif
+
+inline bool QVariant::isDetached() const
+{ return !d.is_shared || d.data.shared->ref == 1; }
+
+
+#ifdef qdoc
+    inline bool operator==(const QVariant &v1, const QVariant &v2);
+    inline bool operator!=(const QVariant &v1, const QVariant &v2);
+#else
+
+/* Helper class to add one more level of indirection to prevent
+   implicit casts.
+*/
+class QVariantComparisonHelper
+{
+public:
+    inline QVariantComparisonHelper(const QVariant &var)
+        : v(&var) {}
+private:
+    friend inline bool operator==(const QVariant &, const QVariantComparisonHelper &);
+    const QVariant *v;
+};
+
+inline bool operator==(const QVariant &v1, const QVariantComparisonHelper &v2)
+{
+    return v1.cmp(*v2.v);
+}
+
+inline bool operator!=(const QVariant &v1, const QVariantComparisonHelper &v2)
+{
+    return !operator==(v1, v2);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_MOC
+#if !defined qdoc && defined Q_CC_MSVC && _MSC_VER < 1300
+
+template<typename T> T qvariant_cast(const QVariant &v, T * = 0)
+{
+    const int vid = qMetaTypeId<T>(static_cast<T *>(0));
+    if (vid == v.userType())
+        return *reinterpret_cast<const T *>(v.constData());
+    if (vid < int(QMetaType::User)) {
+        T t;
+        if (qvariant_cast_helper(v, QVariant::Type(vid), &t))
+            return t;
+    }
+    return T();
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+inline T qVariantValue(const QVariant &variant, T *t = 0)
+{ return qvariant_cast<T>(variant, t); }
+
+template<typename T>
+inline bool qVariantCanConvert(const QVariant &variant, T *t = 0)
+{
+    return variant.canConvert(static_cast<QVariant::Type>(qMetaTypeId<T>(t)));
+}
+#else
+
+template<typename T> T qvariant_cast(const QVariant &v)
+{
+    const int vid = qMetaTypeId<T>(static_cast<T *>(0));
+    if (vid == v.userType())
+        return *reinterpret_cast<const T *>(v.constData());
+    if (vid < int(QMetaType::User)) {
+        T t;
+        if (qvariant_cast_helper(v, QVariant::Type(vid), &t))
+            return t;
+    }
+    return T();
+}
+
+template<typename T>
+inline T qVariantValue(const QVariant &variant)
+{ return qvariant_cast<T>(variant); }
+
+template<typename T>
+inline bool qVariantCanConvert(const QVariant &variant)
+{
+    return variant.canConvert(static_cast<QVariant::Type>(
+                qMetaTypeId<T>(static_cast<T *>(0))));
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+Q_DECLARE_SHARED(QVariant)
+Q_DECLARE_TYPEINFO(QVariant, Q_MOVABLE_TYPE);
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG_STREAM
+Q_CORE_EXPORT QDebug operator<<(QDebug, const QVariant &);
+Q_CORE_EXPORT QDebug operator<<(QDebug, const QVariant::Type);
+#endif
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QVariantList, QVariantList)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QVariantMap, QVariantMap)
+Q_DECLARE_BUILTIN_METATYPE(QVariantHash, QVariantHash)
+
+QT_END_HEADER
+
+#endif // QVARIANT_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0764fe3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qvariant_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QVARIANT_P_H
+#define QVARIANT_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists purely as an
+// implementation detail.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+// takes a type, returns the internal void* pointer cast
+// to a pointer of the input type
+
+#include <QtCore/qglobal.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+extern Q_CORE_EXPORT const QVariant::Handler *qExtendedVariantHandler;
+
+#ifdef Q_CC_SUN // Sun CC picks the wrong overload, so introduce awful hack
+
+template <typename T>
+inline T *v_cast(const QVariant::Private *nd, T * = 0)
+{
+    QVariant::Private *d = const_cast<QVariant::Private *>(nd);
+    return ((sizeof(T) > sizeof(QVariant::Private::Data))
+            ? static_cast<T *>(d->data.shared->ptr)
+            : reinterpret_cast<T*>(&d->data.c));
+}
+
+#else // every other compiler in this world
+
+template <typename T>
+inline const T *v_cast(const QVariant::Private *d, T * = 0)
+{
+    return ((sizeof(T) > sizeof(QVariant::Private::Data))
+            ? static_cast<const T *>(d->data.shared->ptr)
+            : reinterpret_cast<const T *>(&d->data.c));
+}
+
+template <typename T>
+inline T *v_cast(QVariant::Private *d, T * = 0)
+{
+    return ((sizeof(T) > sizeof(QVariant::Private::Data))
+            ? static_cast<T *>(d->data.shared->ptr)
+            : reinterpret_cast<T *>(&d->data.c));
+}
+
+#endif
+
+//a simple template that avoids to allocate 2 buffers when creating a QVariant
+template <class T> class QVariantPrivateSharedEx : public QVariant::PrivateShared
+{
+public:
+    QVariantPrivateSharedEx(const T&t) : QVariant::PrivateShared(&m_t), m_t(t) { }
+
+private:
+    T m_t;
+};
+
+// constructs a new variant if copy is 0, otherwise copy-constructs
+template <class T>
+inline void v_construct(QVariant::Private *x, const T& t)
+{
+    x->type = qMetaTypeId<T>(reinterpret_cast<T *>(0));
+    if (sizeof(T) > sizeof(QVariant::Private::Data)) {
+        x->data.shared = new QVariantPrivateSharedEx<T>(t);
+        x->is_shared = true;
+    } else {
+        x->is_shared = false;
+        new (&x->data.ptr) T(t);
+    }
+}
+
+template <class T>
+inline void v_construct(QVariant::Private *x, const void *copy, T * = 0)
+{
+    if (copy) {
+      v_construct<T>(x, *reinterpret_cast<const T*>(copy));
+    } else {
+      T t;
+      v_construct<T>(x, t);
+    }
+}
+
+
+// deletes the internal structures
+template <class T>
+inline void v_clear(QVariant::Private *d, T* = 0)
+{
+    //now we need to call the destructor in any case
+    //because QVariant::PrivateShared doesn't have a virtual destructor
+    v_cast<T>(d)->~T();
+    if (sizeof(T) > sizeof(QVariant::Private::Data))
+        delete d->data.shared;
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QVARIANT_P_H
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qwineventnotifier_p.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qwineventnotifier_p.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfbae7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qwineventnotifier_p.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qwineventnotifier_p.h"
+
+#include "qeventdispatcher_win_p.h"
+#include "qcoreapplication.h"
+
+#include <private/qthread_p.h>
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+/*
+    \class QWinEventNotifier
+    \brief The QWinEventNotifier class provides support for the Windows Wait functions.
+
+    \ingroup io
+
+    The QWinEventNotifier class makes it possible to use the wait
+    functions on windows in a asynchronous manner. With this class
+    you can register a HANDLE to an event and get notification when
+    that event becomes signalled. The state of the event is not modified
+    in the process so if it is a manual reset event you will need to
+    reset it after the notification.
+*/
+
+
+QWinEventNotifier::QWinEventNotifier(QObject *parent)
+  : QObject(parent), handleToEvent(0), enabled(false)
+{}
+
+QWinEventNotifier::QWinEventNotifier(HANDLE hEvent, QObject *parent)
+ : QObject(parent), handleToEvent(hEvent), enabled(false)
+{
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    QEventDispatcherWin32 *eventDispatcher = qobject_cast<QEventDispatcherWin32 *>(d->threadData->eventDispatcher);
+    Q_ASSERT_X(eventDispatcher, "QWinEventNotifier::QWinEventNotifier()",
+               "Cannot create a win event notifier without a QEventDispatcherWin32");
+    eventDispatcher->registerEventNotifier(this);
+    enabled = true;
+}
+
+QWinEventNotifier::~QWinEventNotifier()
+{
+    setEnabled(false);
+}
+
+void QWinEventNotifier::setHandle(HANDLE hEvent)
+{
+    setEnabled(false);
+    handleToEvent = hEvent;
+}
+
+HANDLE  QWinEventNotifier::handle() const
+{
+    return handleToEvent;
+}
+
+bool QWinEventNotifier::isEnabled() const
+{
+    return enabled;
+}
+
+void QWinEventNotifier::setEnabled(bool enable)
+{
+    if (enabled == enable)                        // no change
+        return;
+    enabled = enable;
+
+    Q_D(QObject);
+    QEventDispatcherWin32 *eventDispatcher = qobject_cast<QEventDispatcherWin32 *>(d->threadData->eventDispatcher);
+    if (!eventDispatcher) // perhaps application is shutting down
+        return;
+
+    if (enabled)
+        eventDispatcher->registerEventNotifier(this);
+    else
+        eventDispatcher->unregisterEventNotifier(this);
+}
+
+bool QWinEventNotifier::event(QEvent * e)
+{
+    if (e->type() == QEvent::ThreadChange) {
+        if (enabled) {
+            QMetaObject::invokeMethod(this, "setEnabled", Qt::QueuedConnection,
+                                      Q_ARG(bool, enabled));
+            setEnabled(false);
+        }
+    }
+    QObject::event(e);                        // will activate filters
+    if (e->type() == QEvent::WinEventAct) {
+        emit activated(handleToEvent);
+        return true;
+    }
+    return false;
+}
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qwineventnotifier_p.h b/src/corelib/kernel/qwineventnotifier_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..458c71c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qwineventnotifier_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
+** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
+**
+** This file is part of the QtCore module of the Qt Toolkit.
+**
+** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
+** No Commercial Usage
+** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
+** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
+** contained in the either Technology Preview License Agreement or the
+** Beta Release License Agreement.
+**
+** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
+** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
+** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
+**
+** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
+** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
+** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
+** package.
+**
+** GNU General Public License Usage
+** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
+** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
+** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
+** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
+**
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
+** $QT_END_LICENSE$
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef QWINEVENTNOTIFIER_P_H
+#define QWINEVENTNOTIFIER_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the Qt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of other Qt classes.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+
+#include "QtCore/qobject.h"
+#include "QtCore/qt_windows.h"
+
+QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
+
+class Q_CORE_EXPORT QWinEventNotifier : public QObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(QObject)
+
+public:
+    explicit QWinEventNotifier(QObject *parent = 0);
+    explicit QWinEventNotifier(HANDLE hEvent, QObject *parent = 0);
+    ~QWinEventNotifier();
+
+    void setHandle(HANDLE hEvent);
+    HANDLE handle() const;
+
+    bool isEnabled() const;
+
+public Q_SLOTS:
+    void setEnabled(bool enable);
+
+Q_SIGNALS:
+    void activated(HANDLE hEvent);
+
+protected:
+    bool event(QEvent * e);
+
+private:
+    Q_DISABLE_COPY(QWinEventNotifier)
+
+    HANDLE handleToEvent;
+    bool enabled;
+};
+
+QT_END_NAMESPACE
+
+#endif // QWINEVENTNOTIFIER_P_H